You are on page 1of 488

* £

о 5
о і
“ 5
£ 2
ш I
и
<
ш

Н. В. Тучина • Т. К. Меркулова • В. С. Кузьміна


* % % ш

Navigator
О
Автори висловлюють щиру вдячність Е. Г. Паповянц, кан­
дидату філологічних наук, доценту кафедри англійської філо­
логії Харківського національного університету ім. В. Н. Ка-
разіна, за уважне читання рукопису і цінні зауваження;
В. С. Поліній, старшому викладачеві кафедри англійської
мови Харківського гуманітарного університету «Українська
Народна Академія», за високий професіоналізм і артистич­
ність при начитуванні текстів; О. О. Пугачовій, викладачеві
кафедри англійської філології Харківського національного
педагогічного університету ім. Г. С. Сковороди, за талановиті
ілюстрації до оповідань; Г. С. Фоміній, викладачеві кафедри
англійської фонетики і граматики Харківського національно­
го педагогічного університету ім. Г. С. Сковороди та її брату
Олексію за чудове виконання пісні.
>-
Н. В. Тучина • Т. К. М еркулова • В. С. Кузьміна

N a v ig a to r
Національний книжковий проект
2010
ББК 81.2.Англ
Т 92

Рекомендовано для використання у загальноосвітніх та


вищих НЗ Міністерства освіти і науки України

Р ецен зент:
Кандидат педагогічних наук, доцент кафедри англійської філології Хар­
ківського національного педагогічного університету ім. Г. С. Сковороди
Крівчикова Галина Федорівна

Тучина, Н. В.
Т 92 S h o r t s to rie s w ith p lea su re. P r e-In term ed ia te level.
T each er’ s b o o k /H . В. Т у ч и н а ,Т . К . М еркул ова, В. С. К у зь ­
м ін а. — К . : Н ац іон ал ьн и й к н и ж к о в и й п р оек т, 20 1 0 . —
4 8 0 с. : іл .
ISBN 978-966-339-829-7

Книга являє собою збірку коротких фабульних оповідань


для домашнього читання із завданнями до них і призначена для
учнів 8 -9 класів, а також усіх, хто вивчає англійську і володіє
нею на рівні А2 — виживання в мовному середовищі. Оповідання
різноманітні за своїм характером: історичні, містичні, гостро-
сюжетні, гумористичні тощо. Особливою рисою посібника є ін­
тегрований розвиток умінь читання і усного мовлення, зокрема
навичок усного переказу.
Для посилення мотивації учнів до післятекстових завдань
включено кросворди і головоломки, які часто спираються на
англійські прислів’ я та приказки. Ц і цікаві завдання несуть
лінгвокраїнознавчу інформацію і можуть бути використані в ро­
лі відправної точки для дискусій.
У книзі наведено пояснення і ключі до завдань, додаткові
вправи і методичні вказівки до кожного оповідання.
До книги рекомендовано аудіодиск із записами оповідань,
який дозволяє використовувати матеріали посібника і для роз­
витку вмінь аудіювання.
ББК 81.2.Англ
© Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьміна, 2010
© Є. О. Бондар, дизайн обкладинки, 2010
© ФОП Симоненко О. В., 2010
ISBN 978-966-339-829-7 © ЗАТ «НКП», 2010
CONTENTS
Про авторів 6
Предисловие 7
Передмова 9
Short Stories and Exercises
T he Dog o f Pom peii 11
A M yste riou s Event in a C o u n try House 25
Zero 38
The B lack C a t 51
Two G e n tle m e n of Verona 65
A S im p le E xp lan atio n 80
A G ift from the Past 95
A Presen t from S trasbo urg 111
I N e ve r Forget a Face 128
Burs and Roses 142
A M int Clue 159
The Dog G u lliv e r 174
A C le v e r Hint 191
The B est Rew ard 208
From Bad to W orse 227
The E arth q u ake 245
The Lost In h e rita n ce 262
The Lady w ith Two U m b rella s 276
A Yellow Paper Bird 292
The D in n er Party 315
The Bell and the H a m m e r 334
W o rk w ith C o lo u r e d I llu s t r a t io n s 352
P h o to c o p ia b le M a t e r ia ls 353
A p p e n d ix : V o c a b u la r y 412
A p p e n d ix : I r r e g u la r v e r b s 473
ТУЧИНА НАТАЛІЯ ВАСИЛІВНА
кандидат педагогічних наук, профе­
сор Харківського національного педа­
гогічного університету ім. Г. С. Ско­
вороди, розробник нової програми з
практичного курсу англійської мови
для педагогічних ВНЗ та загальноос­
вітніх навчальних закладів, а також
курсу підвищення кваліфікації вчи­
телів англійської мови, член коман­
ди професійного розвитку виклада­
чів англійської мови при Британській
Раді України.

МЕРКУЛОВА ТЕТЯНА КОСТЯНТИНІВНА


старший викладач кафедри англій­
ської філології факультету інозем­
них мов Харківського національного
університету ім. В. Н. Каразіна, член
групи професійного розвитку викла­
дачів англійської мови Ресурсного
центру Британської Ради України.

КУЗЬМІНА В ІР А С Е Р Г ІЇВ Н А
старший викладач кафедри англій­
ської філології факультету інозем­
них мов Харківського національно­
го університету ім. В. Н. Каразіна,
член групи професійного розвитку
викладачів англійської мови Ре­
сурсного центру Британської Ради
України.
ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ
Пособие нацелено на развитие умений монологической
речи, в частности устного пересказа. Издание предназначе­
но для учащихся 8-9 классов, а также всех тех, кто изучает
английский язык и владеет им на уровне А2 — выживания
в языковой среде (согласно Рекомендациям Совета Европы
в области изучения и преподавания современных языков
и оценивания уровней владения ими).
Развитие умений устного пересказа на практике доволь­
но часто, к сожалению, подменяется заучиванием тематиче­
ских текстов. В какой-то степени, пересказ отошел на второй
план и в связи с расширением использования аутентичных
учебников, в которых преобладают тексты информативного
характера, и на их базе преимущественно развиваются умения
просмотрового и ознакомительного чтения. Восполнить имею­
щийся дефицит авторы пособия предлагают за счет фабульных
рассказов для домашнего чтения с заданиями к ним.
Короткие рассказы как известных, так и малознакомых
украинским читателям авторов разнообразны по характе­
ру: исторические, мистические, остросюжетные, юмористи­
ческие и т. д. Все рассказы адаптированы авторами для
соответствующего уровня и снабжены постраничными ком­
ментариями к именам собственным (произношение и перевод)
и грамматическим формам, знание которых данный уровень
владения языком не предполагает.
Перед каждым текстом предлагаются два-три упражне­
ния, готовящих учащихся к его восприятию: вопросы, с по­
мощью которых выясняется, что учащиеся знают по теме
рассказа, и лексические упражнения, в которых вводятся
новые слова и выражения и организуется повторение ключе­
вых для данного текста лексических единиц, уже знакомых
учащимся.
После прочтения текста учащимся предлагается согла­
ситься или не согласиться с приведенными утверждениями
либо исправить не соответствующие тексту фразы. Таким
образом проверяется понимание прочитанного и ведется под­
готовка к говорению.
Следующим этапом работы служат детальные вопросо­
ответные упражнения, дающие учащимся возможность
проговорить фрагменты рассказа еще раз. Затем учащиеся
SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

располагают ряд предложений по порядку следования собы­


тий в рассказе, в результате чего получают развернутый план
пересказа. Еще одним заданием для развития умений подго­
товленной речи является упражнение на соотнесение частей
устойчивых словосочетаний, встречающихся в рассказе. Спо­
собствуя запоминанию этих словосочетаний, упражнение го­
товит учащихся к последующему употреблению выученных
выражений в речевых упражнениях и пересказе.
Для повышения мотивации учащихся в послетекстовые
задания включены кроссворды и головоломки, которые часто
опираются на английские пословицы и поговорки. Помимо
занимательности, эти задания несут лингвострановедчес­
кую информацию и могут служить отправной точкой для
дискуссий.
В следующем задании учащимся предлагается пораз­
мышлять на заданные темы, высказать свои предположения,
основанные на тексте рассказа. Упражнение способствует
развитию умений неподготовленной речи, побуждает учащих­
ся опираться на собственный опыт, воображение и фантазию.
Опорой в этой работе могут служить и иллюстрации к тексту,
а также цветные репродукции картин известных художни­
ков, помещенные в конце книги для учащихся.
Предложенная схема работы позволяет сделать пересказ,
которым завершается работа над каждым рассказом, вполне
посильным заданием.
В книге для учителя даются пояснения и ключи к зада­
ниям, дополнительные упражнения и методические указания
к каждому рассказу.
В части «Photocopiable Materials» для удобства учителя
отдельно помещены дополнительные задания из раздела «Tips
and Notes», что облегчает их копирование для использования
на занятиях. Эти задания обозначены значком / РН%
ПЕРЕДМОВА
Посібник націлено на розвиток умінь монологічного мо­
влення, зокрема усного переказу. Видання призначене для
учнів 8-9 класів, а також усіх тих, хто вивчає англійську мову
і володіє нею на рівні А2 — виживання в іншомовному ото­
ченні (згідно з Рекомендаціями Ради Європи в галузі вивчен­
ня і викладання сучасних мов і оцінювання рівнів володіння
ними).
Розвиток умінь усного переказу на практиці досить часто,
на жаль, підміняють заучуванням тематичних текстів. Пере­
каз відійшов на другий план також у зв’язку з розширенням
використання автентичних підручників. Вони, як правило,
містять тексти інформативного характеру, які переважно роз­
вивають уміння оглядового і ознайомлювального читання.
Заповнити наявну прогалину автори посібника пропонують
за рахунок фабульних оповідань для домашнього читання
із завданнями до них.
Короткі оповідання як відомих, так і малознайомих
українським читачам авторів різноманітні за своїм характе­
ром: історичні, містичні, гостросюжетні, гумористичні тощо.
Усі оповідання адаптовані авторами для відповідного рівня.
Текст супроводжується коментарями до власних імен (вимова
і переклад) і граматичних форм, у випадках, коли їх знання
не передбачене цим рівнем володіння іноземною мовою.
Перед кожним текстом пропонуються дві-три вправи, які
готують учнів до його сприйняття: запитання, за допомогою
яких з’ясовується, що учні знають з теми оповідання, і лексич­
ні вправи, в яких уведено нові слова і вирази та організовано
повторення ключових для цього тексту лексичних одиниць,
що вже знайомі учням.
Після прочитання тексту учням пропонується погодити­
ся чи не погодитися з наведеними ствердженнями або випра­
вити фрази, що не відповідають змісту тексту. Таким чином
перевіряється розуміння прочитаного й ведеться підготовка
до говоріння.
Наступним етапом роботи служать детальні вправи, побу­
довані за схемою «запитання-відповідь», що надають учням
можливість проговорити фрагменти оповідання ще раз. Потім
учні розташовують ряд речень у порядку слідування подій
в оповіданні, у результаті чого отримують розгорнутий план
10 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

переказу. Ще одним завданням для розвитку вмінь підготов­


леного мовлення є вправа на співвіднесення складових стійких
словосполучень, що зустрічаються в оповіданні. Сприяючи
запам’ятовуванню цих словосполучень, вправа готує учнів до
подальшого використання вивчених виразів у мовленнєвих
вправах і переказі.
Для підвищення мотивації учнів у післятекстові завдання
включено кросворди і головоломки, які часто спираються на
англійські прислів’я і приказки. Ці цікаві завдання містять
лінгвокраїнознавчу інформацію і можуть бути використані
як відправна точка для дискусій.
У наступному завданні учням пропонується замислитися
над заданими темами, висловити свої припущення, базуючись
на тексті оповідання. Вправа сприяє розвитку вмінь непідго-
товленого мовлення, спонукає учнів спиратися на власний
досвід, уяву і фантазію. Підгрунтям у такій роботі можуть слу­
жити ілюстрації до тексту і кольорові репродукції картин відо­
мих художників, що вміщено наприкінці книги для учнів.
Запропонована схема дозволяє зробити переказ, яким за­
вершується робота над кожним оповіданням, завданням, ви­
конати яке цілком під силу учневі.
У книзі для вчителя пропонуються пояснення і ключі
до завдань, додаткові вправи і методичні рекомендації до кож­
ного оповідання.
У частині «Photocopiable Materials» для зручності вчите­
ля розміщені додаткові завдання з розділу «Tips and Notes»,
що полегшує іх копіювання для використання на заняттях.
Ці завдання позначені значком
THE DOG OF РОМРЕП1

1 Answer th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w .
1. Have you ever heard about the town o f
Pompeii? If yes, what do you know about it?
2. Have you ever seen Karl Bryullov’ s picture
‘ The Last Day of Pompeii’ ? If yes, what do
you remember about this picture?
I f you d o n 't know the answers to the firs t
two q u e stio n s, ask your teacher 5 questions
about the a n cien t town o f Pom peii.

2
& Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r
0 R u ssia n /U k ra in ia p e q u i v a l e n t s .

P a rt 1
1. m erry a} под уш ка /п од уш ка
2. blind b) горож анин, граж данин/
городянин, громадянин
3 birth
c) по крайней мере/принайм ні
4. a m yste ry d) товарищ по играм /товариш
5. a p laym ate по іграх
6. e) веселы й, ж изнерадостны й/
a nurse
веселий, ж иттєрадісний
7. a pillow f) особы й/особл иви й
8. e x a ctly g) зем л етрясен и е/зем л етрус
9. dry h) площ адь/площ а
i) рож дение/народж ення
10. th irsty
j) нян я/нянька
11. a squ are k) сухо й /су хи й
12. a citizen 1) слепой/сліпи й
13. at least m) точно/точно
n) тайна/таєм ниц я
14. p a rticu la r
o) испы ты ваю щ ий ж аж ду/той,
15. an earth q u ake що відчуває спрагу

1 Pompeii [pDin'peii:] Помпея/Помпея


12 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Part 2
1 6 . to d estroy a) в зр ы в /ви б ух
1 7 . a loss b) б ул очн ая/булочна
1 8 . th ick c) тян уть/тяг ТИ
d) в п еред/уп еред
1 9 . a th roa t
e) д ы ш ать/ди хати
2 0 . to cough
f) боль/біль
2 1 . to pull удивлять, пораж ать/
g)
2 2 . to push дивувати, враж ати
23. exce p t h) п о тер я/втрата
2 4 . to breathe i) густой, п л отны й/густий,
2 5 . forw ard щ ільний
j) горло/горло
2 6 . an explosion
k) руиньї/руїни
2 7 . pain
1) кром е/крім
2 8 . a bakery m) уничтож ать/знищ увати
2 9 . to astonish n) тол кать/ ш товхати
30. ruins o) каш лять/каш ляти

!ай Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


< s t a te m e n ts a f t e r i t a r e t r u e o r f a l s e .
H
Tito 2 and his dog Bimbo3 lived under the
town wall in Pompeii. It was one of the biggest
and busiest Roman towns, but Tito had no home there and
wasn’t its merriest citizen. Tito had been blind from his
birth, and nobody knew his parents or where he was from.
Bimbo was another mystery. As
long as people could remember
seeing Tito, they had seen
Bimbo. He was his playmate,
his nurse, his pillow, his father
and mother. The dog left Tito
alone exactly three times a day
as it had to get food for them
both. Bimbo never returned
2 Tito [ 'tuitou] Тито/Тіто
3 Bimbo ['bimbsu] Бимбо/Бімбо
THE DOG OF POMPEII 13

without a piece of dry bread or


a bit of meat in his teeth. But
sometimes, if Bimbo was lucky,
it came back with a sweet cake
that Tito liked so much. Besides
there was plenty of rain water,
so they were never thirsty.
Most afternoons Tito spent
in the Forum4, the central square
of Pompeii, to which every
citizen came at least once a day. On that particular
day people were talking about the earthquake that had
happened 12 years before. It was a light one. It destroyed
only some weaker houses and a part of the town wall, but
there was little loss of life. That day people began to talk
about the earthquake because they saw a column o f smoke
above the volcano Vesuvius5.
The next morning Bimbo was unusually active and
Tito couldn’t understand whether the dog wanted to play
or was trying to tell him something. Tito suddenly felt
sleepy. Besides there was a thick fog in the air that got
into his throat and made him cough. He lay down under
the town wall and fell asleep. But some time later he felt
Bimbo pulling him to his feet and pushing him forward.
Tito was still half asleep and could notice nothing except
that it was hard to breathe. Then he began to hear strange
sounds, like animals under the earth. The earth seemed
to breathe. Suddenly there was an explosion that tore the
earth and the sky. The houses around began to fall down.
To walk was not enough, they had to run, but the boy was
too weak to go on and he fell on the side of the road. The
dog pushed Tito but there was no answer. Then Bimbo did
the last thing he could - he bit his comrade! W ith a cry of
pain Tito jumped to his feet and ran as fast as he could till
he reached the sea and felt soft sand under his feet. When
he came around 6he was on a fisherman’s boat far from the
4 Forum [fo:ram] Римский форум/Римеький форум
s Vesuvius [vi'su:viss] Везувий/Везувій
6 to come around - приходить в себя/отямитися
14 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

burning town. “ Bimbo!” cried the boy, but got no answer.


The dog had disappeared.
Eighteen hundred years passed. Archaeologists were
restoring the old town of Pompeii. One day they found the
skeleton of a dog in one of the houses that looked like a
bakery. “Astonishing!” said one of them. “ It is the only
dog we have found in the ruins; all the others had enough
sense to run away in time!” For a long time they looked at
the dog with a piece of a stone cake in its teeth.
S ta te m e n ts
1. Tito and Bimbo lived under the town wall in Rome.
2. Tito couldn’t see and hear since he was born.
3. People of Pompeii had no idea where the boy and the
dog came from.
4. The dog Bimbo took care of Tito.
5. The dog never left Tito alone.
6. The boy had to feed himself and the dog.
7. Every day Bimbo brought the boy bread, meat and
sweet cakes.
8. The Forum was the usual meeting place of Pompeii
citizens.
9. A column of smoke above Vesuvius reminded people of
a tragic event.
10. The earthquake that happened 12 years before did not
take any people’ s lives.
11. The next morning the boy and the dog were unusually
active.
12. Some time later the boy fell ill and started coughing.
13. The dog made the boy run by hurting him.
14. Tito did not know that the dog had run away.
15. Archeologists thought that the dog with a stone cake
in its mouth was stupid.

ji■ Answ er th e q u e s t i o n s ab o u t th e s t o r y .

i 1.

2.
3.
Where was the town of Pompeii situated?

What was it like?


Where did Tito and Bimbo live?
THE DOG OF POMPEII 15

4. What did people know about them?


5. What did Bimbo do for the boy?
6. What food did the dog bring to his companion?
7. What role did the Forum play in the life of Pompeii
people?
8. What did people speak about in the Forum on that
particular day?
9. What reminded them of the earthquake?
10. What kind o f earthquake happened 12 years before?
11. How did Bimbo behave the next morning?
12. How did Tito feel?
13. What could Tito hear?
14. What suddenly happened?
15. How did the dog make the boy get up and run?
16. Why couldn’ t the boy run for a long time?
17. Where did the dog bring the boy?
18. Where did the boy find himself when he came around?
19. W ho did Tito call when he came around?
20. What did archaeologists restore eighteen hundred
years later?
21. What did they find in the ruins of one building?
22. W hy were they surprised?
23. What did the dog have in its mouth?

P ut th e e v e n t s and f a c t s of th e s t o r y
g in o rd e r.
A. The dog pushed Tito but there was no answer.
B. People spoke about the earthquake on the
Forum.
C. Archaeologists found the skeleton of a dog.
D. Tito and his dog Bimbo lived under the town wall of
Pompeii.
E. The fog was thick and it was difficult for the boy to
breathe.
F. The boy was saved by a fisherman.
G. Suddenly there was an explosion that tore the earth
and the sky.
16 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE
-
H. Bimbo took care both of himself and his companion.
I. The dog bit his friend.
J. The next morning Tito suddenly felt sleepy.

6
a M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e
a e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
Some numbers h a v e two o p t i o n s ,
P art 1
1. a tow n a) a day
2 . to be blind b) active
3. to get c) o f sm o ke
4. a piece of d) fog
5. a bit of e) day
6 . a sw eet f ) o f life
7. plenty of g) sleepy
8 . at least once h) wall
9. on th a t p a rticu la r i ) m eat
10 . little loss j ) cake
1 1 . a colum n k) food
1 2 . to be u n u su ally 1 ) from birth
13. to feel in) rain w ater
14. a th ick n) dry bread
P art 2
15. to m ake som eone a) o f pain
16. to fall b) on one's feet
17. to pull som eone c) the sea
18. to push so m eone d) sense
19. to be half e) one's feet
2 0 . on the side f) in tim e
2 1 . a cry g) cough
2 2 . to ju m p h) a sleep
23. to reach i ) boat
24. under j ) asleep
25. to com e k) of a dog
26. a fish e rm a n 's 1 ) on one's feet
27. the skeleto n m) of the road
28. to have enough n) forw ard
29. to run aw ay o) around
THE DOG OF POMPEII 17

S p e c u la t e about...
<5 1.How do you think the boy and the dog
happened to come to Pompeii?
2. What do you think happened to the boy’s
parents?
3. How do you think the boy and the dog usually spent
their days?
4. Why do you think the people of Pompeii came to the
Forum every day?
5. W hy do you think the dog brought the boy to the sea?
6 . W hy do you think the dog ran away and left Tito at the
sea?
7. Do you think it is a real story or a legend? What makes
you think so?

^ E n jo y d o in g t h e c r o s s w o r d b e lo w . A l l

8 t h e w ords i n i t go a c r o s s and can b e

fo u n d e i t h e r
e x e r c is e s .
i n th e
1. D
sto ry o r in th e

2. E
3. V
4. 0
5. T
6. I
0
8. N

1. to damage something so badly that it no longer exists


or works (7 letters)
2 . something that is difficult to understand or explain
(7 letters)
3. a mountain with a large opening at the top through
which gases and lava are forced out into the air
(7 letters)
18 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

4. the sudden loud bursting and loud noise of something


like a bomb (9 letters)
5. a sudden, violent shaking of the earth’ s surface
(10 letters)
6. not able to see (5 letters)
7. the structure o f bones that supports the body of a
person or an animal (8 letters)
8. the part of a building or town that remains after it has
been destroyed or severely damaged (5 letters)

Ш R e t e l l th e s t o r y as c l o s e t o th e t e x t
as p o s s i b l e .

KEYS
j
TASK 2 . Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r
R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u iv a le n t s .
PART 1: 1 - e; 2 - 1; 3 - i; 4 - n; 5 - d; 6 - j; 7 - a; 8 - m;
9 - k; 10 - o; 1 1 - h ; 1 2 - b ; 1 3 - е ; 1 4 - f ; 1 5
PART 2 : 16 - m; 17 - h; 18 - i; 19 - j; 20 - o; 21 - c;
22 - n; 23 - 1; 24 - e; 25 - d; 26 - a; 27 - f;
2 8 - b ; 29 - g; 30 - к

TASK 3 . Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


sta tem e n ts a f t e r i t a re tr u e or
fa ls e ,
1 - F; 2 - F; 3 - T; 4 - T; 5 - F; 6 - F; 7 - F;
8 - T; 9 - T; 10 - F; 11 - F; 12 - F; 13 - T;
14 - T; 15 - T

TASK 5. Put the e v e n ts o f th e s t o r y in o r d e r .


1 - D; 2 - H; 3 - B; 4 - J; 5 - E; 6 - G; 7 - A;
8 - І ; 9 - F; 1 0 - С
THE DOG OF POMPEII. KEYS 19

TASK 6. Match th e two h a lv e s o f th e


e x p r e s s io n s from th e s t o r y .
Part 1 Part 2
1 . a tow n wall 15. to m ake som eone cough
2 . to be blind from 16. to fall asleep
birth 17. to pull som eone on one's
3. to get food feet
4. a piece o f d ry bread 18. to push som eone
5. a bit of m eat forw ard
6. a sw eet cake 19. to be half asleep
7. plen ty of rain w ater 20 . on the side of the road
8. at least once a day 21 . a cry of pain
9. on th a t p a rticu la r 2 2 . to ju m p on one's feet
day 23. to reach the sea
10 . little loss o f life 24. u n d e r one's feet
11 . a colum n o f sm oke 25. to com e around
12 . to be u n u su ally 26. a fish e rm a n 's boat
active 27. the skeleto n of a dog
13. to feel sleep y 28. to have enough sense
14. a th ic k fog 29. to run aw ay in tim e
PART 1: 1 - h; 2 - 1; 3 - k; 4 - n; 5 - i; 6 - j; 7 - m; 8 - a;
9 - е ; 10 - f; 11 - c; 1 2 - b ; 13 - g; 14 - d
PART 2: 1 5 - g ; 1 6 - h / j ; 1 7 - b / l ; 18 - n; 19 - j/h ;
2 0 - m ; 2 1 - a ; 22 - 1/b; 23 - c; 24 - e; 25 - o;
26 - i; 2 7 - k ; 28 - d; 29 - f

TASK 8 . Enjoy doing the crossw ord b elow . A ll the


words in i t go a cross and can be found
e it h e r in the s to r y o r in the e x e r c is e s .
1. D e s t r 0 У
2. m У s t E r У
3. V 0 1 с a n О
4. e X p 1 0 s і 0 n
5. e a r T h q u a к e
6. b 1 I n d
7. s к e 1 e t 0 n
8. r u і N s
20 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

E l i c i t a t i o n o f backgrou n d know ledge


V a r ia n t 1: The Town o f Pom peii
Ask your Ss what they know about the town of
Pompeii.
If your Ss can’ t tell anything or can tell very little
about Pompeii, you can write several question words
on the board and ask the Ss to make up questions with
them.
W hat? W hen? W here? W ho? How m any? W hy?

e .g . Where was Pompeii situated?


How many people survived the earthquake?

• Here is some useful information about Pompeii that


you can use:

Pompeii was an ancient city in southern Italy, south­


east o f Naples, which was buried under the ash and lava
(hot liquid rock) from the volcano Mount Vesuvius, when
it suddenly erupted in 79 AD.
When archeologists started to dig the city up in the
18th century they were amazed because everything was
preserved exactly as it had been then, as the ash and lava
covered it completely. Excavations have uncovered many
buildings with their walls, wall paintings, mosaics and
furniture nearly intact. So, the scientists have learned a
lot about the life of ordinary people in Roman times.
Vesuvius is still an ‘ active’ volcano which can erupt
again at any time.

• Show your Ss Karl Bryullov’ s picture ‘ The Last Day of


Pompeii’ in Student’s Book and discuss it with them.
THE DOG OF POMPEII. TIPS AND NOTES 21

V a r ia n t 2 : Mind Map
Draw a circle on the board with the word ‘dogs’ inside it.

a guide dog -
blind people
• Ask your Ss to think in what ways dogs help people.
Offer them to write down as many ideas as possible
next to the arrows.

II. E n la rg in g backgrou nd know ledge


'DOG' IDIOMS { J » }
(For v e r y i n q u i s i t i v e g r o u p s )
Match the 'd o g ' idiom s with t h e ir ex p lan ation s.
1. a hot dog a) a v ery sile n t person
b) a glo om y person
2. a dum b dog
c) a bun with a boiled sausage
3. a sad dog d) a v e ry bad person
4. a dead dog e) a boring person
f) som e useless thing
5. a sly dog a cunning person
g)
6. a dull dog h) the w in n er
i ) the h o tte st period of the y e a r
7. a top dog
j ) used so m uch tha t the corn e rs
8. a d irty dog of the pages are turned down
k) a co n ta in e r fo r taking hom e
9. a dog in the
any food tha t is left a fte r a
m an g e r
m eal in a resta u ra n t
10. a dog's b re a kfa st 1 ) a person who stops oth er
people from using w hat he/she
11. a dog's life
does not w ant
12. dog d ays m) a thing tha t has been done
badly
13. a d o g-eared book
n} an unhappy e xiste n ce full of
14. a dog fish pro blem s and u n fa ir tre a tm e n t
o) a sm all sh a rk with v e ry sharp
15. a doggy bag teeth
22 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

KEY : 1 - c; 2 - a; 3 - b; 4 - f; 5 - g; 6 - e; 7 - h; 8 - d;
9 - 1 ; 1 0 - m; 11 - n; 1 2 - i ; 1 3 - j ; 14 - o; 1 5 - к

I I I . P r e d ic t io n
If you have time with your Ss before reading the story,
you may ask them to predict the plot of the story using the
words from Task 2.

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

IV. Are you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r ?


This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.

VARIANT 1. Read the summary o f the s to r y 'The Dog


o f Pom peii' and find 10 fa c t u a l m istakes in i t .
‘ The Dog of Pompeii’ is a story about a Spanish boy Tito
who lived in an ancient town long ago. He was deaf from
his birth and was helpless. But he had a faithful friend -
his dog Bimbo. The boy and the dog were always together
and Tito was Bimbo’ s nurse and playmate. Twice a day the
dog left Tito alone and ran away to find some food.
One day the citizens of Pompeii saw a column of smoke
above the volcano Vesuvius and started to talk about the
flood that happened 10 years before.
The next day Tito and Bimbo felt very sleepy and didn’ t
want to move. Suddenly the earth began to shake and the
dog bit the boy and made him cough. The boy and the dog
ran to the sea. Tito was saved by the sailors but the dog
disappeared.
Many centuries later archeologists found the skeleton
of a dog with a piece of meat in its mouth.
THE DOG OF POMPEII. TIPS AND NOTES 23

VARIANT 2 . T h ere a r e 10 f a c t u a l m is t a k e s i n
th e sh ort summary of th e sto ry 'T h e Dog of
P o m p e ii' t h a t I am g o in g t o r e a d t o y o u . L i s t e n
t o me c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y tim e I make a f a c t u a l
m is t a k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t m e.

‘The Dog of Pompeii’ is a story about a Spanish (1) boy


Tito who lived in an ancient town long ago. He was deaf (2)
from his birth and was helpless. But he had a faithful
friend - his dog Bimbo. The boy and the dog were always
together and Tito was Bimbo’s (3) nurse and playmate.
Twice a day (4) the dog left Tito alone and ran away to find
some food.
One day the citizens of Pompeii saw a column o f smoke
above the volcano Vesuvius and started to talk about the
flood (5) that happened 10 years before ( 6).
The next day Tito and Bimbo felt very sleepy (7) and
didn’t want to move. Suddenly the earth began to shake
and dog bit the boy and made him cough ( 8). The boy and
the dog ran to the sea. Tito was saved by the sailors but the
dog disappeared. (9)
Many centuries later archeologists found the skeleton
of a dog with a piece of meat ( 10) in its mouth.

KEY
1. Italian 6. 12 years before
2. blind 7. Tito felt very sleepy
3. Bimbo was Tito’ s 8. made him run
4. 3 times a day 9. fishermen
5. earthquake 10. with a cake
24 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

V. Work w ith p ic t u r e s
PICTURE 1 . Ask your Ss to speculate what episode from
the story is shown in the picture. Let them give
arguments.

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to speculate about


• what breed of dog it was
• where it is pictured
• why the dog was found in the bakery
• what the dog has in its mouth

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
A MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN
A COUNTRY HOUSE

Answer th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w .
1. Are you a superstitious person? W hy? Why
not?
2. Do you believe in ghosts? W hy? Why not?
3. Have any of your relatives, friends, or people you know
ever seen ghosts? If yes, tell your desk-mate about it.
4. Have you ever read any stories about ghosts? If yes,
tell your desk-mate about one o f them.

& Match th e w ords bplow w ith t h e i r

2 d R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .

Part 1
1. a coast a) ш ептать/ш епотіти
2 . unattended b) сн аруж и/зо вн і
c) спокойно, м ирно/спокійно,
3. w hile мирно
4. a b u rg lar d) ель/яли нка
5. surrounded e ) дуть/дути
f ) в то время, как; п о ка /у той
6 . huge час, як; поки
7. a fir tree g) окруж ен ны й/оточений
8. to w histle h) тем не м енее/проте
i ) побереж ье/узбереж ж я
9. to w h isp e r
j ) квартирны й вор, д о м уш н и к/
1 0 . anyw ay квартирний злодій,
1 1 . peacefu lly дом уш н и к
k) свистеть/свистіти
1 2 . ou tsid e
1 ) огром ны й/вел ичезний
1 3 . to blow m) без присм отра/без д огл яду
26 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Part 2
1 4 . to creak n) служ ащ ий , клерк/
служ бовець, клерк
1 5 . a ghost
o) приглаш ать/запрош увати
1 6 . a knock Р) почтенны й, у важ аем ы й /
1 7 . to d e live r поваж ний, ш ановний
q) угасать, за ти хать/зати хати ,
1 8 . a porch згасати
1 9 . resp ectab le г) приветствовать/вітати
s) сп окой н ы й , ти хи й /
2 0 . a brief-case
сп окій н и й , тихий
2 1 . a clerk t) воскл и ц а ть/в и кл и кува ти
2 2 . to greet и) стук/стукіт, стук
v) кр ы л ьц о/га н ок
2 3 . to invite
w) при видение/привид,
24 . to die down примара
2 5 . q uiet х) доставлять/доставл яти
у) портф ель/портф ель
2 6 . to exclaim
z) скр и п еть/скр и п іти

Ы Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f the

З к sta tem en ts a f t e r i t a re tru e o r f a l s e .

Mrs. Tupman 1had good friends who lived in


quite a big country house in Sussex2, about ten
miles from the coast. Her friends wanted to go away for
the weekend but they didn’t like
unattended as they were nervous a
asked Mrs. Tupman to come
and spend the weekend in their
house while they were away on
holiday.
It was a very old house,
surrounded by huge fir trees.
When the wind blew through
the trees, they whistled and
whispered. The house was about
1 Mrs. Tupman ['tApmsn |миссис Тапмен/місіс Тапмен
2 Sussex ['sAsiksJ Суссекс (графство в Англии)/Суссекс (графство в Англії)
A MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN A COUNTRY HOUSE 27

two hundred and fifty years old


and it didn’t seem to Mrs. Tupman
to be a friendly house.
Anyway, Mrs. Tupman went
there on Friday night, and spent
the first night quite peacefully.
On Saturday evening she was
sitting and watching television
in the living room and was rather
happy. Outside it wasn’ t a very
nice evening. The wind was
blowing and the trees around
were creaking. The house was
full of some strange noises,
too. Mrs. Tupman got a little
nervous, but she was not afraid
of ghosts or anything else.
At about half past nine she heard a knock at the door,
and she thought, “Well, it’ s funny, I’m not expecting
anyone, and it’s not the time when things are delivered.”
But she went to the door and opened it. On the porch,
there was a very respectable-looking old man, dressed
in a dark business suit, a white shirt and a black tie. To
Mrs. Tupman’ s surprise, he wasn’ t wearing a coat. He had
a bowler hat3 on and was carrying a little brief-case. He
looked like any other clerk working in the City of London.
Mrs. Tupman greeted the man and asked if she could
help him. He answered, “Yes, I’d like to see my daughter.”
Mrs. Tupman explained to the old man that everybody
was away on holiday, and would be back on Sunday night.
The old man said, “ Well, what a pity! I did want to see her.
Got something important to tell her.”
Mrs. Tupman asked him in and invited him to stay the
night and wait until they came. But the old man said he
couldn’t do that. He asked Mrs. Tupman to tell his daughter
that he had come to see her and went out of the house.
з a bowler hat ['ЬзіЛз] шляпа-котелок/капелюх-котелок
28 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Mrs. Tupman shut the door and went back to the


television, and she noticed that when she returned to the
room, the wind had died down and the house had become
quiet again.
When Mrs. Tupman’s friends came back on Sunday
evening, she told them about the strange visitor.
“Your father called last night,” she said to the lady
of the house, “ he wanted to see you on some important
matter.”
“ My father?” exclaimed her friend in surprise. “Don’ t
you know, that my father has been dead for fifteen years!”
Statem en ts
1. Mrs. Tupman’ s good friends lived in a country house
situated very close to the seacoast.
2. Mrs. Tupman’s friends could think about no-one but
her to look after their house while they were away.
3. Mrs. Tupman’ s friends didn’t want to go away because
they were afraid of burglars.
4. The house was huge and old and its walls and windows
whispered and whistled in the wind.
5. The first night in the house passed quite uneventfully.
6 . Changes in the weather changed Mrs. Tupman’s mood.
7. Mrs. Tupman was a very superstitious woman.
8 . When Mrs. Tupman heard a knock at the door she was
more surprised than frightened.
9. The man who was standing on the porch looked like a
very rich and respectable businessman.
10. All his clothes were dark and suited the weather.
11. The old man didn’ t want to tell Mrs. Tupman the
purpose of his visit.
12. Mrs. Tupman was very polite to the old man.
13. Mrs. Tupman didn’ t want the old man to stay so she
was glad that he soon left.
14. A fter the old man had left, the weather seemed to
change for the better.
15. The lady o f the house did not believe that it was her
father who had come to visit her.
A MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN A COUNTRY HOUSE 29

*5 Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s ab o u t th e sto ry .

4 0 1.

2.
3.
Where did Mrs. Tupman’s good friends live?

What did Mrs. Tupman’s friends ask her to do?


What were Mrs. Tupman’ s friends nervous
about?
4. What was the house surrounded by?
5. W hy didn’ t the house seem friendly to Mrs. Tupman?
6. How did Mrs. Tupman spend the first night in the house?
7. What was the weather like on Saturday evening?
8. What was Mrs. Tupman doing that evening?
9. How did she feel?
10. What made Mrs. Tupman get a little nervous?
11. What did Mrs. Tupman think when she heard a knock
at the door?
12. Who was standing on the porch?
13. What did the old gentleman look like?
14. What was he wearing?
15. Who did the old man want to see and why?
16. What did Mrs. Tupman explain to the old man?
17. What did Mrs. Tupman invite the old man to do?
18. What did Mrs. Tupman notice when the old man left?
19. W hy was Mrs. Tupman’s friend surprised when she
heard about the strange visitor?
W M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e
fro m t h e s t o r y .

Part 1
1. to go aw ay a) of strang e noises
2. to leave sm th b) by huge fir tre es
3 . to be n ervous c) house
4 . to be aw ay d) a little nervous
5. to be su rrounded e) unattended
6 . a frie n d ly f ) abou t burglars
7. to spend the night g) of ghosts
8 . to be full h) fo r the w eekend
9 . to get i) on holiday
1 0 . to be afraid j) quite peacefully
зо SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Part 2
1 1 . a knock k) quiet
1 2 . a re sp e ctab le -lo o k in g l ) down
13 . to be dressed m) v is ito r
14. to carry n) in su rp rise
15 . to look like o) at the door
16. to in vite sm b P) a brief-case
17. to die q) old m an
18. to becom e r) to stay the night
19. a strange s) in a da rk b u siness suit
20. to exclaim t) any o th e r clerk

t S p e c u la t e about...

б
3.
ft 1.
How old do you think Mrs. Tupman was?
What did she do for a living?
2. Why do you think she agreed to stay in her
friends’ house?
Can you guess in what season the events in the story
took place?
4. Was, in your opinion, Mrs. Tupman a brave or a
cowardly lady? Why do you think so?
5. Do you think Mrs. Tupman and the lady of the house
were very close friends and had known each other since
childhood?
6. Do you approve of Mrs. Tupman’s decision to invite
the old man to stay the night? W hy? Why not?
7. What would you do if the same thing happened to
you?
8. Do you think such mysterious events could happen in a
modern house?
9. Can you find any reasonable explanation for the event
in the story?
A MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN A COUNTRY HOUSE 31

'A E n jo y t h e c r o s s w o r d b e lo w . A l l t h e
jS w ords i n i t can b e fo u n d e i t h e r i n
th e s t o r y o r i n t h e e x e r c i s e s .
1. M
Y
3. S
4. T
5. E
6. R
7. I
8. 0
9. U
10. S
1. to say something suddenly and loudly especially
because o f strong emotion or pain (7 letters)
2 . quietly and calmly (10 letters)
3. to speak very quietly to somebody so that other people
cannot hear what you are saying (7 letters)
4. a statement, fact or situation that tells you why
something happened (11 letters)
5. a thing that happens, especially something important
(5 letters)
6 . not bravely (8 letters)
7. believing in something non-existent, imaginary, like
ghosts (13 letters)
8 . a small area at the entrance of the building that is
covered by a roof (5 letters)
9. a person who enters a building illegally in order to
steal(7 letters)
10. fair, practical and sensible (10 letters)

A R e t e l l th e s t o r y a s c l o s e to th e te x t

8 jg as p o s s ib le .
32 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

KEYS

TASK 2 . Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1: 1 - i; 2 - m; 3 - f; 4 - j; 5 - g; 6 - 1; 7 - d; 8 - k;
9 - а ; 1 0 - h; 11- е ; 1 2 - b; 1 3 - е
PART 2 : 1 4 -z ; 1 5 -w ; 1 6 -u ; 1 7 - x ; 1 8 - v ; 19 - p ; 20 - y ;
21 - n; 22 - r; 23 - 0; 24 - q; 25 - s; 26 - 1

TASK 3 . Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


sta tem e n ts a f t e r i t a re tr u e o r
fa ls e .
1 - F ; 2 - T; 3 - F ; 4 - F ; 5 - T ; 6 - T ; 7 - F ; 8 - T ; 9 - F ;
10 - F ; 1 1 - F ; 12 - T; 13 - F; 14 - T; 1 5 - T

TASK 5 . Match th e two h a lv e s o f th e


e x p r e s s io n s from th e s t o r y .
Part 1 Part 2
1 .
to go aw ay for the ц a kn ock at the door
w eeken d/on holiday 12
a re sp ectab le-lo o king
2. to leave som ething
old m an
unattended
3. to be n ervous about 1 3 - to be dressed in a da rk
burg lars b u siness su it
4. to be aw ay on h olida y/ 14. to carry a brief-case
fo r the w eekend 15 , to look like any oth er
5. to be su rrounded by cle rk
huge fir tre e s 16
to invite som eb od y to
6 . a frie n d ly house
sta y the night
7. to spend the night
q uite p eacefully 17- to die down
8 . to be full of strang e 18. to becom e quiet
noises 19 . a strang e v is ito r
9. to g et a little nervous 20 to exclaim in su rp rise
10. to be afraid of ghosts
PART 1: 1 - h /i; 2 - e; 3 - f; 4 - i/h ; 5 - b; 6 - c; 7 - j;
8 - a; 9 - d; 10 - g
A MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN A COUNTRY HOUSE. TIPS AND NOTES 33

PART 2 : 11 - o; 12 - q; 13 - s; 14 - p; 15 - 1; 16 - r; 17 -1 ;
18 - k; 19 - m; 20 - n

TASK 7 . E n joy d o in g th e cro s s w o rd b e lo w .


A l l th e words in i t go a c r o s s and
can be fou n d e i t h e r in th e s t o r y o r
in th e e x e r c i s e s .
1. e X с 1 a і M

p e a с e f u 1 1 Y
3. w h і S P e r
4. e X p 1 a n a T і 0 n
5. e V E n t
6. с 0 w a R d 1 У
7. s u p e r s t I t і 0 u s
8. P 0 r с h
9. b U r g 1 a r
10. r e a S
... —
0 n a b 1 e

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E l i c i t a t i o n o f backgrou nd know ledge


Mind Map
• Draw a circle on the board with the word ‘GHOSTS’
inside it.
• Ask your Ss to think what associations come to their
minds when they see the word ‘GHOSTS’ . Suggest
writing down as many ideas as possible next to the
arrows. w f

dead people T old castles

2 Short stories with pleasure


34 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

• Let you Ss work in pairs or small groups and explain


why they have these associations.

I I . R e c y c lin g new v o c a b u la r y
F i l l in th e gaps in th e s e n te n c e s b e lo w w ith
th e v e r b s g iv e n in th e b o x . Use th e n e c e s s a r y
te n s e form . Some o f th e v e r b s can b e u sed more
than o n c e .

to whistle to blow to deliver to creak to whisper


to exclaim to die down to surround to greet to knock
to become quiet to get nervous

1. That night the weather wasn’ t nice. The wind__________


and the huge fir trees_____________ .
2. The old house stood in the middle of an overgrown
garden which_____________ by a huge wall.
3. When the wind _____________ through the old pine
trees, th ey_____________ and_____________ .
4. When the parents left the little boy alone in the house,
he ____________ because the old house was full of
strange noises.
5. When Gerda entered the old lady’ s enchanted garden,
it seemed to her that the cold w in d _____________ and
the winter had turned into summer.
6. The g i r l _____________ in surprise when she heard
about the first prize she had won in the contest.
7. In the evening, when the children went to bed, the
house______________ .
8. If you are hungry, I will order pizza and i t ____________
in half an hour.
9. When somebody__________ at the door, the little girl
thought that it was a burglar, got frightened and hid
under the bed.
10. In small villages p eople____________everyone in the
street even if they don’t know this person.
Л MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN A COUNTRY HOUSE. TIPS AND NOTES 35

KEY
1. was blowing; were creaking 5. had died down
2 . was surrounded 6 . exclaimed
3. blew/was blowing; whispered/ 7. became quiet
were whispering; whistled/ 8 . will be delivered
were whistling 9. knocked
4. got nervous 10. greet

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

I I I . A re you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r?
This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.

VARIANT 1 . Read the summary o f the s t o r y


‘A M ysteriou s Event in a Country House’ and find
10 fa c t u a l m istakes in i t .
One day Mrs. Tupman’ s friends decided to go away
on holiday. They asked her to spend a week in their house
as they were nervous about burglars. Mrs. Tupman went
there on Friday morning and spent the first night quite
peacefully as she liked the house very much. Saturday
afternoon turned out to be quite stressful because the
weather was awful and the house was full of strange
noises. Mrs. Tupman got nervous as she was a little afraid
of ghosts.
Suddenly Mrs. Tupman heard a knock at the door. She
was sure that it was a delivery service and went to answer
the door. On the porch she saw an old man dressed in a
dark business suit, a white shirt and a black tie. He was
wearing a hat and a coat and carrying an umbrella. He said
that he wanted to see his daughter and tell her something
important. Mrs. Tupman informed the man that the lady
of the house would come home only on Monday and offered
him to wait for his daughter in the house. The gentleman
refused politely and left.
2*
36 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

When Mrs. Tupman’s friends returned, she told


them about the strange visitor and they were very much
surprised because the hostess’ s parents had died long
before.

VARIANT 2 . T h ere a r e 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n
th e sh ort summary o f th e sto ry 'A M y s t e r io u s
E vent in a C o u n try H o u se' th a t I am g o in g to
read to you . L iste n t o me c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y
tim e I make a f a c t u a l m is t a k e cry out 'S t o p '
and c o r r e c t m e.
One day Mrs. Tupman’ s friends decided to go away on
holiday. They asked her to spend a week (1) in their house
as they were nervous about burglars. Mrs. Tupman went
there on Friday morning (2) and spent the first night quite
peacefully as she liked the house very much (3). Saturday
afternoon (4) turned out to be quite stressful because
the weather was awful and the house was full of strange
noises. Mrs. Tupman got nervous as she a little was afraid
of ghosts (5).
Suddenly Mrs. Tupman heard a knock at the door.
She was sure that it was a delivery service ( 6 ) and went to
answer the door. On the porch she saw an old man dressed
in a dark business suit, a white shirt and a black tie. He
was wearing a hat and a coat (7) and carrying an umbrella
(8 ). He said that he wanted to see his daughter and tell her
something important. Mrs. Tupman informed the man
that the lady of the house would come home only on Monday
(9) and offered him to wait for his daughter in the house.
The gentleman refused politely and left.
When Mrs. Tupman’ s friends returned, she told
them about the strange visitor and they were very much
surprised because the hostess’s parents ( 10) had died long
before.
A MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN A COUNTRY HOUSE. TIPS AND NOTES 37

KEY
1. a week-end 6 . she was sure it couldn’ t
2 . on Friday night be delivery as it was
3. she thought it was not late
friendly 7. he had no coat on
4. Saturday evening 8 . he had no umbrella
5. she was not afraid of 9. Sunday
ghosts at all 10. father

IV. Work w ith p i c t u r e s


PICTURES 1 AND 2 . Ask your Ss to speculate what
episodes from the story are shown in the pictures.
Let them give arguments.

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to


the story they have just read and find out what
mistakes the painter made.
KEY
1. The old man did not have an umbrella in his hand
2. It was not raining outside

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
ZERO

U! Answer th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w .

1 1. Do you ever dream about your future career?


If yes, what job, trade or profession do you
think about?
What part do you think a person’s name plays in his/
her career?
W hy do you think famous people like film stars or
writers change their names? Can you give an example
o f such pseudonyms or pen-names?

Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r



gl R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .

Part 1
1. to hesitate a) крик, в о згл а с/в и гук
2. a ca re e r b) а плоди см енты /оп лески
c) менять, меняться/
3. a circu s зм іню вати, мінятися
4. a trick d) изобретать/ви находити
e) простой, об ы кн ов ен н ы й /
5. audience
простий, зви чайний
6. su ccess f ) приним ать на работу/
7. to gree t приймати на роботу
g) публика, зр и тели /п убл іка
8. applau se глядачі
9. a sh ou t h) невозм ож но/нем ож ливо

10. to change i ) сом неваться, колебаться/


сум ніватися, вагатися
11. to take sm b on j) ц и рк/ц и рк
12. im p ossib le k ) у сп е х /у сп іх
i ) карьер а/кар 'єр а
com m on
m) приветствовать/вітати
to invent n) трю к/трю к
ZERO 39

Part 2
1 5 . fascin atin g a) бы ть достаточны м ,
хватать/бути достатнім ,
1 6 . in general
вистачати
1 7 . to do well b) в общ ем /взагалі
c) и нтересо ваться/ц іка витися
18 . to go up
d) тр уб очи ст/са ж о трус
1 9 . n atu rally e) заработная плата/
заробітна плата
2 0 . to last
f) захва ты в а ю щ и й /той , що
2 1 . to refuse захоп лю є
g) представление/вистава
2 2 . lodgings
h) п реуспевать, процветать/
23 . a p a rt-tim e jo b досягати успіху, процвітати
2 4 . a c h im n e y-sw e e p e r i ) до л г/б о р г
j) подним аться/піднім атися
2 5 . a perform an ce k) об ьяв л е н и е /о б 'ява
2 6 . a debt 1) временная работа/
тим часова робота
2 7 , w ages m) естественно/при родно
2 8 . a notice n) отказы вать, о тка зы ваться/
відмовляти, відмовлятися
2 9 . to care about
o) ж илье/ж итло

і*.Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f the


jjsta tem en ts a f t e r i t a re tru e o r f a l s e .
When John Allen 1finished school, he did not
hesitate about his future career. He had always
dreamt of becoming an acrobat so he went to the nearest
big city where there was a circus and asked the director for
a job. The director told John to show him what he could do
and did not like very much what he saw. So he advised the
young man to have some more training and come again the
next year.
A year passed, and then another and only in three
years’ time the director agreed to give John a job in his
1 John Allen ['d 3Dn 'агізп] Джон Аллен/Джон Ален
40 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

circus. By that time John had


become very strong and had
learnt a lot of different tricks.
He was a great success with the
public and the audience always
greeted him with a storm of
applause and the loud shouts,
“ Zero! Zero!”
The reason they cried ‘Zero!’
was that John Allen had to
change his name. When the director took John on as an
acrobat he told the young man that it was impossible to
become a successful circus actor with a common name like
his. So John chose a new name for himself - Zero. It was
under that name that he became so popular with the public.
Everyone liked the young acrobat who always invented
new fascinating tricks.
But in general the circus was not doing very well. Those
years were not good for the people of the city. Business was
bad, the prices were going up, more and more people were
getting poorer and poorer. Naturally, they cared less and
less about the circus.
A t first the director sold some of the circus animals, but
the money he got for them did not last very long. Then the
director asked some of his friends to help him but they had
to refuse as their business was as bad as his. The director
had nothing else to do but 2stop paying his artists.
Zero had no money to pay for his food and lodgings,
so he had to find some part-time job. Now he worked as
a chimney-sweeper during the day and took part in the
evening performances in the circus. He was very unhappy
because he loved his job at the circus and didn’t want to do
anything else.
Time passed and things in the city began to change for
the better. More and more people came to the circus every
2 The director had nothing else to do but... - Директору ничего не оставалось
делать, как.../Д иректору нічого не залишалося робити, як...
ZERO 41

night. Zero, like all the other


circus actors, hoped that soon
he would be paid and would be
able to leave his part-time job
that he hated so much. But the
director had a lot of debts to pay
first and that is why he couldn’ t
pay the actors’ wages.
Soon the director got some
more money and was able to
start paying his actors. But the
problem was that he didn’ t have
enough money to pay all the
actors at once. So he decided to
pay only some o f them. He put
a notice on the door of his office saying that the money
would be paid in the alphabetical order of names and only
ten actors were invited to his office the next day.
Next morning Zero was the first who came to the
director’s office. When the director looked at him in
surprise, Zero calmly said, “ Oh, I’ve got tired of being
called Zero3. My name is John Allen again!”
S t a te m e n ts
1. It took John Allen a long time to choose a suitable job
for himself.
2. John Allen’ s ambition was to live and work in a big
city.
3. The director of the circus did not want to hire an
inexperienced young man.
4. As the result of his three-year training John became
the strongest man in the circus.
5. The public enjoyed watching John’s tricks.
6. John had to change his name because the audience used
to greet him with the shouts ‘ Zero’ .
7. It was the director of the circus who didn’ t like John’s
common name.
з ...I’ve got tired o f being called Zero. - ...Мне надоело, что меня называют
Зеро./...М ені набридло, що мене називають Зеро.
42 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

8 . Those years were bad for the circus because the price
for the tickets went up.
9. The director did everything possible to save the
circus.
10. The director’ s friends helped the circus with some
money but it was not enough to pay the actors.
11. In order to pay for his food and lodgings John had to
work twice as much as4he used to.
12. John was very unhappy because he could not earn
enough money for a living.
13. The director decided to pay his actors as soon as more
and more people started to come to performances.
14. The circus started to get so much money that the
director was able to pay all the actors immediately.
15. The notice said that the director was going to pay only
those actors who knew the alphabet.
16. John decided to change his name again.

Ї4 Answ er th e q u e s t i o n s ab ou t th e s t o r y .

4 1. Why did John Allen never hesitate about his


future career?

2. W hy did John go to the nearest big city after


he finished school?
3. Who did he ask for a job?
4. What did the director of the circus want John to do?
5. What was the director’s opinion of John’s acrobatic
skills?
6. What advice did the director give to John Allen?
7. How much time had passed before the director agreed
to give John a job in his circus?
8. How much did John change after the three years’
training?
9. Why was John’s performance always popular with the
public?
10. How did the audience always greet John Allen?
11. W hy did the audience always cry ‘Zero!’ ?
4 ...twice as much as... - ...в два раза больше ч е м . удвічі більше ніж ...
ZERO 43

12. Who told John that his name was not good for a circus
acrobat?
13. What kind of name did, in the director’s opinion,
a circus acrobat need?
14. W ho chose the new name for John Allen?
15. Why did the public like the young acrobat?
16. Why wasn’ t the circus doing very well in those years?
17. W hy did fewer and fewer people come to the circus?
18. What did the director do first in order to get some
money?
19. How much money did he get for the circus animals?
20. W hy did the director’ s friends refuse to help him?
21. What did the director have to stop doing?
22. Why did John have to find some part-time job?
23. What job did he find?
24. What did he do during the day and in the evening?
25. W hy was he very unhappy?
26. What happened when things in the city began to change
for the better?
27. What did John hope the director would do?
28. Why couldn’t the director pay his artists at once, when
things got better?
29. What notice did the director put on the door of his
office?
30. How many actors did the director invite to his office
the next day?
31. When did Zero come to the director’ s office next
morning?
32. W hy was the director surprised to see him?
33. How did John explain his coming?

US P ut t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s of th e sto ry

5 «jj in o r d e r .

A. People of the city seldom went to the circus


in those years.
B. T hedirectorofthecircus agreed to give John
a job.
44 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

C. To get some money the director sold some circus


animals.
D. Allen was the first to come next morning.
E. The director advised John to change his name.
F. More and more people came to the circus every
evening.
G. The director’ s friends couldn’t help him in his
trouble.
H. John had to find a part-time job.
I. John learnt many different tricks.
J. The public liked the young acrobat and always greeted
him with a storm of applause.
K. John went to the nearest big city where there was a
circus.
L. John was very unhappy because he hated his part-time
job.
M. The director was very surprised when he saw Zero.
N. The director put a notice on the door of his office.

W M atch th e two h a l v e s o f th e
, — _ - « .

Part 1
1. a future a) well
2. the n earest b) circu s a cto r
3 . in th re e y e a rs ' c) nam e
4 . to be a g re a t success d) poorer and poorer
5. to gree t sm b with e ) ca re e r
6 . a successfu l f ) new fascinating tric k s
7 . a com m on g) a storm of applause
8 . to invent h) big city
9. to do i ) tim e
1 0 . to get j ) with the public
ZERO 45

Part 2
1 1 . to pay k) w ages
1 2 . to find som e 1 ) the day
13. during m) o rd e r of nam es
14. to change n) to com e
15. the a cto rs' o) for one's food and lodgings
16. at Р) o f sm th
17. to put a notice q) in su rp rise
18. in the alp h a b etical r) p a rt-tim e jo b
19. to be the first s) fo r the better
2 0 . to look at sm b t) on the door
2 1 . to g et tired U) once

йй S p e c u la te about...

7
3.
Ц 1. Do you think the director paid Zero his wages

2.
that morning?

How many times do you think John Allen


changed his name during his life?
Do you think John worked as an acrobat all his life or
did he change his job when he got older?
4. Which of the adjectives from the box below can you
use to describe John’ s character?
lazy persistent hard-working inventive witty
loyal ambitious selfish tactless careless

E njoy d o in g th e crossw ord b elow . A l l the

8 £ words in i t go a c r o s s and can be found


e it h e r in the s t o r y o r in the e x e r c i s e s .
1. С
2. Ї
3. R
4. С
5. У
s
46 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

1. happening often, existing in large numbers or in many


places (6 letters)
2 . to produce or design something that has not existed
before (6 letters)
3. the act of showing a play, concert or some other form
of entertainment (11 letters)
4. the fact that you have achieved something that you
want and have been trying to do or get (7 letters)
5. the group of people who have gathered to watch or
listen to smth (a play or a concert, etc.) (8 letters)
6 . the noise made by a group of people clapping their hands
and shouting to show their approval or enjoyment
(8 letters)

іt R e te ll th e s t o r y as c lo s e to th e tex t

9 5 15 P°ssi“ e.

KEYS

TASK 2 . M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1: 1 —i; 2 —1; 3 —j; 4 —n; 5 —g; 6 —k; 7 - m; 8 - b;
9 - a; 10 - c; 11 - f; 12 - h; 13 - e; 14 - d
PART 2 : 15 - f; 16 - b; 17 - h; 18 - j; 19 - m; 20 - a;
21 - n; 22 - o; 23 - 1; 24 - d; 25 - g; 26 - i;
27 - e; 28 - k; 29 - с

TASK 3 . Read t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tru e or
fa ls e .
1 - F; 2 - F; 3 - T; 4 - F; 5 - T; 6 - F; 7 - T; 8 - F; 9 - T;
10 - F; 11 - T; 12 - F; 13 - F; 14 - F; 15 - F; 16 - T
TASK 5 . Put th e e v e n t s o f th e s t o r y i n o r d e r .
1 - K; 2 - I; 3 - B; 4 - E; 5 - J; 6 - A; 7 - C; 8 - G; 9 - H;
10 - L; 11 - F; 12 - N; 13 - D; 14 - M
ZERO. KEYS 47

TASK б . M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .

Part 1 Part 2
1. a fu tu re care er 11 . to pay fo r one's food
and lodgings
2. the n earest big city
12 . to find som e part-tim e
3. in three y e a rs ' tim e
jo b
4. to be a g re a t success 13. during the day
with the public 14. to change fo r the
5. to g ree t sm b with a better
storm of applause 15. the a cto rs' w ages
6. a su ccessfu l circus 16. at once
actor 17. to put a notice on the
7. a com m on nam e door
18. in the alp h a b etical
8. to in ve n t new
o rd e r of nam es
fascin atin g tricks
19. to be the first to com e
9. to do well 20 . to look at sm b in
10 . to get p oorer and su rp rise
poorer 21 . to get tired of sm th
PART 1: l -e;2-h;3-i;4-j;5-g;6- b ; 7 - c ; 8 - f
9-а; 1 0 -d
PART 2: 11-o; 12-r; 13-1; 14-s; 15-k; 16-u; 17-t
18 - m; 19 - n; 20 - q; 21 - p

TASK 8 . E n jo y d o in g th e c r o s s w o r d b e lo w . A l l
t h e w ords i n i t go a c r o s s and can b e
fo u n d e i t h e r i n th e s t o r y o r i n th e
e x e r c is e s .

1. С 0 m m 0 n
2. I n V e n t
3. P e R f 0 r m a n с e
4. s u С с e s s
5. a U d і e n с e
a P P 1 a u S e
48 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

E lic ita tio n o f b a c k g ro u n d k n o w led ge


M ind Map
Ask your students to brainstorm as many words
connected with the circus as they can and write them
next to the arrows of the mind map.
L
horses clow ns

In case of difficulty help them with the words from the


box below.
gym nasts equilibrists an orchestra riders tricks
m agicians ringm asters spotlights' audience arena
performance applause tig ht-горе dancers anim als tam ers

CIRCUS - PERSONAL ATTITUDE


• Discuss the following questions with your students:
- Have you ever been to the circus?
- If yes, did you like going to the circus? The performance
of what circus artists did you like in particular?
- If no, what was the reason? Why have you never been to
the circus? Do you dislike anything about the circus?
- What do you think about the job of a circus artist?
Have you ever dreamt of becoming a circus artist?
If yes, what circus profession did (do) you think of
in particular?
After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)
I I . A re you an a t t e n t i v e rea d er?
This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.
VARIANT 1 . R ead t h e summary o f t h e s t o r y 'Z e r o '
and find 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n i t .
John Allen had dreamt of working in a circus since
childhood. When he finished school, he went to another
city which was far away but had a circus. The director
of the circus liked the young man’ s tricks but he advised
ZERO. TIPS AND NOTES 49

John to come again in a couple of years because he thought


John was too young.
It was only three years later that John got the job. The
young man was a great success with the public. He performed
under the name ‘Zero’ because the circus director thought
that John’s name was too unusual for an acrobat.
Those years were not good for the circus because the
citizens of the city were too busy to go to the circus. The
director did his best to find money but in the end he had to
stop paying his artists. John found another full time job
but he was very unhappy because he missed his job at the
circus.
Some time passed and things got better. The circus
director managed to get a lot of money and he decided to
pay his actors in the alphabetical order. Next morning
Zero was the first to come for his money. The director got
very angry when he saw John but the young man explained
that he had decided to call himself John Allen again.

VARIANT 2 . T h e re a r e 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n
th e s h o r t summary o f th e s t o r y 'Z e r o ' t h a t I
am g o i n g t o r e a d t o y o u . L i s t e n t o me c a r e f u l l y
and e v e r y tim e I make a f a c t u a l m is t a k e c r y
o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t me.
John Allen had dreamt of working in a circus since
childhood. When he finished school, he went to another city
which was far awav ( 1Лbut had a circus. The director of the
circus liked the young man’ s tricks (2) but he advised John
to come again in a couple of years (3) because he thought
John was too voung (4).
It was only 3 years later that John got the j ob. The young
man was a great success with the public. He performed
under the name ‘ Zero’ because the circus director thought
that John’s name was too unusual (5) for an acrobat.
Those years were not good for the circus because the
citizens of the city were too busy to go to the circus ( 6 ).
The director did his best to find money but in the end he
had to stop paying his artists. John found another full
time iob (7) but he was very unhappy because he missed his
job at the circus ( 8).
50 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Some time passed and things got better. The circus


director managed to get a lot of money (9) and he decided to
pay his actors in the alphabetical order. Next morning Zero
was the first to come for his money. The director got very
angry (10) when he saw John but the young man explained
that he had decided to call himself John Allen again.
KEY
1. John Allen went to the nearest big city where there
was a circus.
2. The director told John to show him what he could do
and did not like very much what he saw.
3. The director advised the young man to come again the
next year.
4. The director advised the young man to have some more
training.
5. The director told the young man that it was impossible
to become a successful circus actor with a common
name like his.
6 . Business was bad, the prices were going up, more and
more people were getting poorer and poorer.
7. John Allen found a part-time job.
8 . He was very unhappy because he loved his job at the
circus and didn’t want to do anything else.
9. Soon the director got some more money (but not enough
to pay all the actors) and was able to start paying his
actors.
10. The director got very surprised.

I I I . Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2 . Ask your Ss to guess what episode
from the story is shown in the picture. Let them
give arguments.
PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to find what mistakes the
painter made while drawing this picture.
KEY : Zero worked as a chimney sweeper only during the
day, so there couldn’ t be a moon in the sky.
PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture
to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
THE BLACK CAT
Answ er th e q u e s t i o n s b e lo w .
«5 1. Can, in your opinion, cats and birds live
peacefully side by side? Why do you think so?
2. Have you ever kept cats or birds (parrots,
in particular) as pets? If yes, tell your desk-
mate about it.
3. Do you know any funny stories about cats or birds
(parrots, in particular)? If yes, tell your desk-mate about it.

*4 M atch th e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r

2
1.
2.
л
^

to argue
a cabin
R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .

a)

b)
заPart
борт,1за бортом/за борт, за
бортом
появл яться/з'явл ятися
3. awful
c) прекрасно, превосходно/
4. a fe a th e r прекрасно, чудово
5. n onsense d) палуба/п алуба
e) сп орить/сперечати ся
оС , to shout
f) уж а сн ы й /ж а хл и в и й
7. overboard g) перо/перо
8. p erfectly h) чеп уха /н ісен ітн и ц я
i) кричать, орать/кричати ,
9. a deck
репетувати
1 0 . to ap p e a r j) каю та/каю та
Part 2
1 1 . silly k) у би й ц а/вби вц я
1 2 . to tie 1 ) команда (ко раб ля )/ком ан да
(корабля)
1 3 . a cook
Itl) сп асать/рятувати
1 4 . to throw
n) н а и худ ш и й /н а й гір ш и й
1 5 . a g h ost o) гл уп ы й/дурний
1 6 . to save p) на ка за н и е/п о ка р а н н я
1 7 . a crew q) при вязы вать/прив'язувати
r ) бросать, ш вы рять/кидати,
1 8 . a m u rd e re r
ш пурляти
1 9 . w orst S) п р и в и ден ие/п ривид
2 0 . a p u n ish m e n t t ) пов а р /кухар
52 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

^ Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e
< sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tru e o r f a l s e .
One day Captain Gibson 1 came on board his
ship with a grey old parrot whose name was
Polly. It was his w ife’ s favourite bird and she thought
that the sea air would be good for it. The captain himself
hated the parrot and all the sailors on his ship didn’ t like
the bird either, but they couldn’t argue. If the captain’ s
wife said that the parrot must go with them, it would go
with them.
All the sailors on board the ship talked about the parrot
and the ship’s cat. It was a big black cat, named Satan2,
who was born and grew up on the ship and was everybody’ s
favourite. Everybody was sure that Satan would eat the
bird and the result of that would be awful. They decided to
watch the cat and not let it see the parrot.
For two days everything was all right. The sailors
didn’ t let Satan come near the captain’s cabin. But on
the third day the cat ran away and stayed in the captain’ s
cabin for about five minutes. When the captain came into
his cabin soon after that, he shouted in such a voice that
everybody on board the ship jumped up.
“ Has anything happened,
sir?” asked Old Sam, Satan’ s
greatest friend.
“ Happened? Come into my
cabin and see!”
Old Sam came in, looked at
the parrot and closed his eyes:
there were no feathers on the
bird.
“ Well, what do you think of
that?” asked the captain.
“ It’ s bad food ,” said Old
Sam. “ You see, if a grey parrot,

1 Captain Gibson [’ gibsn] Капитан Гибсон/Капітан Гібсон


2 Satan ['seitn] Сатана/Сатана
THE BLACK CAT 53

...and it happens only to grey


parrots..., so if a grey parrot
doesn’t get good food, it begins
to lose its feathers.”
“Nonsense!” cried the captain.
“You know very well that it was
Satan who did it and I shall throw
that cat overboard!”
With these words the captain
ran on deck and called the cat.
But Satan was a very clever cat
and he understood perfectly
the angry notes in the captain’s
voice. When he didn’t appear •
after several minutes of calling,
the captain ordered Old Sam to bring the cat.
“ No, sir,” said the old man, “ I shall not do it even for
a bag of gold. You are an educated man and you’ve read a
lot o f clever books, and you are not afraid of black cats, but
I once knew a man who killed a black cat and ...”
The angry captain didn’ t want to listen to the end of
Sam’ s silly story, turned to the cook and ordered him to
tie something heavy to the cat and throw it overboard.
But George, the cook, said, “ No, sir, not the black cat.
I don’ t want to see ghosts all my life!”
At that moment one of the sailors came up to the
captain and said that the parrot had got a little better as it
opened one eye.
That saved the crew’s favourite cat! The captain said,
“OK, I shall not do anything bad to the cat now, but if the
parrot dies, you will take this black murderer to my wife
yourselves and it will be the worst punishment for you all!”
S ta te m e n ts
1. One day Captain Gibson’s wife brought her parrot on
board her husband’s ship because she thought that the
sea air would be good for it.
2. The captain and his crew had similar feelings for the
parrot.
54 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

3. Captain Gibson always obeyed his wife.


4. Satan, the ship’ s cat, was brought to the ship when it
was a little kitten.
5. The crew hoped that the cat would eat the parrot.
6. Two days after the parrot’ s arrival the cat attacked it.
7. Old Sam, Satan’s great friend, wanted to protect the cat.
8. The captain threatened to kill the cat.
9. Satan was very sensitive to the intonation of people’ s
voices.
10. Old Sam was superstitious and would kill the cat if it
wasn’ t black.
11. George, the cook, told the captain that he couldn’t find
the cat on board.
12. One of the sailors saved the bird by giving it some good
food.
13. The captain promised a severe punishment to the crew
if the parrot died.

X Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s abou t th e s t o r y .

4
3.
< 1. What did Captain Gibson bring on board his

ship one day?


2. What was the bird’s name?
Who was the parrot’s owner?
4. W hy did Mrs. Gibson send the parrot to the ship?
5. How did the captain and his crew feel for the bird?
6. What was the topic of all conversations on board the
ship?
7. W hy was Satan everybody’ s favourite?
8. What was the crew afraid of?
9. What plan did the crew work out?
10. Did the plan work?
11. How long did Satan stay in the captain’ s cabin?
12. What happened to the bird?
13. What was the captain’s reaction when he saw the parrot?
14. How did Old Sam explain the parrot’ s loss of feathers?
15. Did the captain believe him?
16. What did he promise to do to the cat?
THE BLACK CAT 55

17. W hy didn’ t the cat come to the captain’ s call?


18. How did Old Sam explain why he couldn’t obey the
captain’s order?
19. What did the captain order the cook to do?
20. Why did George refuse?
21. What saved the cat’ s life?
22. What punishment did the captain promise to his crew
in case the parrot died?

fg g a! M atch th e two h a l v e s o f th e
e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
1 . to com e a) fea th ers
2. a grey .b) notes
3. to be good c) old p arrot
4. the ship's d) a little better
5. on board e) m u rd e re r
6. e ve ryb o d y's f) p u n ish m e n t
7. the captain's g) m an
8. to lose h) on board the ship
9. to throw sm b i) o f gold
10. an g ry j) fo r sm b
11. a bag k) cat
12. an educated 1) cabin
13. to get m) overboard
14. a black n) the ship
15. the w orst o) fa vou rite

6 W Use th e Da V in c i (m irro r a lp h a b e t) code


^ t o re a d th e t h r e e E n g lis h p ro v e rb s and

s a y in g s g iv e n i n th e b o x . Which o f them
do you th in k has (have) a n y th in g t o do
w ith th e s t o r y you have re a d ?
P H E V B FV G L X V Y YR Q GUR PNG
Prompt: A = N; В = О; С = P; etc
GB SRRY YVXR N PNG BA UBG OEVPXF
GBYRGGUR PNG BHG BS G U R ONT
56 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

*4 S p e c u la t e about...

7 1.

2.
What, in your opinion, was the relationship
between Captain Gibson and his wife?
Why do you think the captain and his crew
hated the parrot?
3. W hy do you think the ship’s cat was black?
4. Why do you think the ship’ s cat was called Satan?
5. How do you think the cat could get into the captain’s
cabin?
6. W hy do you think the cat couldn’ t put up with 3 the
bird’ s presence on board the ship?
7. Was Old Sam, in your opinion, good at lying?
8. Do you believe that both Old Sam and George were
superstitious? W hy? Why not?
9. Why do you think the captain believed that his w ife’ s
anger would be the worst punishment for his crew?
10. Do you think the captain told his wife what really had
happened to the parrot when they came back from the
voyage? Why? W hy not?

8 ^ R e t e l l th e s t o r y a s c l o s e to th e t e x t
?! as p o s s ib le .

1. On behalf of the narrator.


2. On behalf of Captain Gibson.
3. On behalf o f Old Sam.
4. On behalf of George, the cook.
5. On behalf of Satan, the cat.
6 . On behalf of Polly, the parrot.
7. On behalf of the sailor who saved the cat.

KEYS

TASK 2 . M arch t h e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1: 1 - e; 2 - j; 3 - f; 4 - g; 5 - h; 6 - i; 7 - a; 8 - c;
_________ 9 - d; 10 - b
3 to put up with - смириться/упокорюватися
THE BLACK CAT. KEYS 57

PART 2 : 11 - o; 12 - q; 13 - t; 14 - r; 15 - s; 16 - m;
1 7 -1 ; 1 8 - k ; 1 9 - n ; 2 0 - p

TASK 3 . Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


sta te m e n ts a f t e r it are tru e or
fa ls e .
1 - F; 2 - T; 3 - T; 4 - F; 5 - F; 6 - F; 7 - T; 8 - T; 9 - T;
1 0 - T ; 11 - F ; 1 2 - F ; 1 3 - T

TASK 5 . M atch th e two h a l v e s o f th e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
1. to come on board the 9. to throw sm b
ship overboard
2. a grey old parrot 10 . an gry notes
3. to be good for smb 11 . a bag o f gold
4. the ship's cat 12 . an educated m an
5. on board the ship
13. to get a little b etter
6. everybody's favourite
14. a black m u rd e re r
7. the captain's cabin
8. to lose feathers 15. the w orst pun ish m en t
1 - h; 2 - c; 3 - j; 4 - k; 5 - n; 6 - o; 7 - 1; 8 - a; 9 - m;
1 0 - b ; 1 1 - i ; 12 - g; 1 3 - d ; 14-e; 1 5 - f

TASK 6 . U se t h e Da V i n c i (m ir r o r a lp h a b e t )
c o d e t o r e a d t h e t h r e e E n g li s h
p r o v e r b s and s a y i n g s g i v e n i n th e
b o x . W hich o f them do yo u t h in k h a s
(h a v e) a n y t h in g t o do w ith t h e s t o r y
you h a v e r e a d ?
Prompt: A = N; В = О; С = P; etc
The Da Vinci (mirror alphabet) code:
A -N D -Q G -T J-W L -Y
B -0 E -R H -U K -X M - Z
С -P F -S I - V

1. C U R IO SIT Y KILLED THE CAT. About the fact that the


cat came into the captain’ s cabin out of curiosity and
tore all the feathers from the parrot.
58 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

2. TO FEEL LIKE A CAT ON HOT BRICKS. = to feel nervous,


e.g. Sam and the cook felt very nervous (like cats on
hot bricks) when the captain asked them about Sam.
3. TO LET THE CAT OUT OF THE BAG. = to tell a secret
carelessly or by mistake (does not fit the story)

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E lic ita tio n o f b a c k g ro u n d k n o w led ge


V a r ia n t 1 : CATS
• Cats are probably among the most favourite pets in the
world. Can you give any reasons for that?
• If your Ss have difficulty in giving reasons, help them
with the following ideas:
- Cats are easily tamed.
- Cats need much less care than dogs or other
domestic animals.
- Cats are very loving (affectionate) animals, they
always respond to their owners’ caress and care.
- Cats help their owners to get rid o f rats and mice.
- Cats clean themselves.
- Cats make houses/flats cosier.
• Below there are some statements about cats. In your
opinion, which of them are true and which are false?
- Cats hate dogs. (F)
Cats get used to people while dogs get used to places. (F)
- Cats can climb trees. (T)
- Cats are good at catching fish. (F)
- Cats meow very loudly in bad weather. (F)
- Cats can see in the dark. (T)
- Cats don’t eat vegetables. (F)
- Cats like to bathe in the snow. (T)
- Cats have kittens only in spring. (F)
- Cats can swim very well. (T)
- Cats do not live in the wild. (F)
- Cats are predators. (T)
THE BLACK CAT. TIPS AND NOTES 59

• C a t 's P r o v e r b s and S a y i n g s , f ph
(For very inquisitive and advanced groups)

STEP 1 . T h e re a r e many p r o v e r b s and s a y i n g s


a b o u t c a t s . M atch them w ith th e ir
R u s s ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .
I. To se t a cat am ong the Д овольны й как кот.
pigeons. Быть как на иголках.
2. The cat did it. Ж ивуч как кош ка.
3. Has the cat got you r
В темноте все кош ки
ton gue?
серы.
4. It's enough to m ake a
М ного будеш ь знать,
cat laugh.
скоро состариш ься.
5. To let the cat out o f the
bag. Без труда не вы ловиш ь
6. It's raining cats and и ры бку из пруда.
dogs. Без кота мыш ам
7. A cat m ay look at the раздолье.
king. И хочется и колется.
8. To play cat and m ouse Белый медведь
w ith som ebody. (П уш кин) это сделал.
9. To be like a cat on hot П устить л и су в
bricks. курятник.
10. To look like a cat tha t's Вольно псу и на
got the cream .
в лады ку брехать.
II. W hen the cat is away,
Сделать тайно е явны м.
the m ice will play.
Ты что, язы к
12. C u rio sity killed the cat.
проглотил?
13. A cat has nine lives.
14. All cats are grey in the Курам на см е х./С м е х да
dark. и только.
15 . A cat in gloves catches Д ож дь л ьет как из
no m ice. ведра.
16. All cats like fish but Играть с кем-то в
fe a r to w et th e ir paws. кош ки-м ы ш ки.
KEY: 1 - j; 2 - і; 3 - m; 4 - n; 5 - 1; 6 - о; 7 - k; 8 - p; 9 - b;
10 - a ; 11 - g ; 12 - e ; 1 3 -е ; 1 4 - d ; 1 5 - f ; 16- h
60 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

STEP 2 . Choose 3 p roverb s and s a y in g s about c a t s


g iv en above and e x p la in how you understand
them.
STEP 3 . F i l l i n th e gaps w ith one o f th e sa y in g s
and p ro v erb s about c a t s t o com plete th e
s i t u a t i o n s . С зб{ 5
1. Who has broken Mum s favourite vase? I suppose,
, not you?
2. What is the weather like in your parts? - Awful!
I
3. Why aren’ t you answering your mother’s question?
?
4. I wanted it to be a surprise but my sister

5. Before her final exams, Donna was like

6 . When the teacher praised Fiona’ s composition, she


was like _________________________ . She was almost
purring with pleasure.
7. When the daughter told her parents she was going to
drop out of college, that really____________________ .
8 . If you want to be a success, you should really work very
hard. Roll up your sleeves and get down to business.

9. Tell me the truth, don’ t _________________________


with me.
10. Y o u ask to o m any q u e stio n s . R em em b er,

11. We are looking forward to our parents’ leaving for


a holiday. Then we’ ll have a great party. - Oh, I see,

KEY
1. the cat did it,
2. It’s raining cats and dogs!
3. Has the cat got your tongue?
4. let the cat out of the bag.
5. a cat on hot bricks.
6. a cat that’s got the cream.
THE BLACK CAT. TIPS AND NOTES 61

7. set a cat among the pigeons.


8. A cat in gloves catches no mice.
9. play cat and mouse.
10. curiosity killed the cat.
11. when the cat is away, the mice will play.

V a r ia n t 2 : BIRDS
• Draw a circle on the board with the word 'B I R D S '
inside it. Ask your Ss to write the names of as many
birds as they know next to the arrows.

^<^jlRDS^5^
p arrots ▼ sparrow s

• If your students don’ t know any names of birds in


English help them using the following matching
activity:
M atch t h e E n g li s h names o f t h e b i r d s b e lo w w ith
t h e i r R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s , ( m j .
1. a w ood p ecker a) дрозд/дрізд
2. a crow b) ж а воро но к/ж ай ворон о к
3. a raven c) соловей/соловейко
4. a sparrow d) м алиновка/м ал и нівка
5. a sw allow e) сорока/сорока
6. a ja y f) волнисты й п оп угай чи к/
хвилястий папуж ка
7. an owl
8. a m agpie
g) орел/орел
h) л а сточка/ластівка
9. a blackbird
i ) дятел/дятел
10. a n ig h tin g ale
j ) ястреб/яструб
11. a haw k k) ворон/ворон
12. a robin 1) воробей/горобець
13. a lark m) ворона/ворона
1 4 . a b u d g e rig a r n ) сой ка/сой ка
1 5 . an eagle o) сова/сова.
KEY: 1 - i; 2 - m; 3 - k; 4 -1 ; 5 - h; 6 - n; 7 - o; 8 - e; 9 - a;
1 0 - c ; 11 - j ; 12 - d; 1 3 - b ; 1 4 - f ; 1 5 - g
62 SHORT STORIES WITII PLEASURE

• Sort out the birds given above into the following


categories:
Birds that live in
the wild
Birds that can live
in cities
Birds of prey
Singing birds
Birds that can be
kept as pets
KEY
Birds that live in a woodpecker, a raven, a swallow, a lark,
the wild a robin, a nightingale, a crow, a blackbird,
a sparrow, a jay, a magpie, an eagle, a
hawk, an owl, a budgerigar
Birds that can live a crow, a blackbird, a sparrow, a swallow,
in cities a jay, a magpie
Birds of prey an eagle, a hawk, an owl
Singing birds a blackbird, a lark, a robin, a nightingale
Birds that can be a budgerigar, a blackbird, an owl
kept as pets

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)


/ p h\
I I . Work w ith P r e p o s i t i o n s
F i l l i n t h e g a p s i n t h e s e n t e n c e s b e lo w w ith
p r e p o s i t i o n s w here n e c e s s a r y .
1. Captain Gibson’ s wife was sure that the sea air would
be g ood ____ her favourite parrot.
2. There wasn’ t a single sa ilor____ board the ship who
wouldn’t talk____ the parrot and the ship’s cat.
3. For two days the sailors w atched____ the cat very
carefully but____ the third day it g o t_____the captain’s
cabin and stayed there____ about 5 minutes.
4. Having seen the parrot ____ feathers the captain
shouted____ such a voice that everyone jum ped____.
5. Old Sam said that he was afraid____ killing black cats
and wouldn’t do it even____ a sack_____ gold.
THE BLACK CAT TIPS AND NOTES 63

6 . The angry captain didn’t want to listen____ Old Sam’ s


explanations. He tu rn ed ____ the cook and ordered
him to throw the cat overboard____ once.
7. All the sailors hoped that the parrot would get better
because to explain____ Mrs Gibson what had happened
■ her pet would be the worst punishment ____
them.
KEY
1. Captain Gibson’ s wife was sure that the sea air would
be good for her favourite parrot.
2. There wasn’t a single sailor on board the ship who
wouldn’t talk about the parrot and the ship’s cat.
3. For two days the sailors watched __ the cat very
carefully but on the third day it got into the captain’ s
cabin and stayed there for about 5 minutes.
4. Having seen the parrot without feathers the captain
shouted in such a voice that everyone jumped up.
5. Old Sam said that he was afraid of killing black cats
and wouldn’ t do it even for a sack of gold.
6. The angry captain didn’ t want to listen to Old Sam’s
explanations. He turned to the cook and ordered him
to throw the cat overboard at once.
7. All the sailors hoped that the parrot would get better
because to explain to Mrs. Gibson what had happened
to her pet would be the worst punishment tor them.

I l l . R o le -p la y
STEP 1 Find yourself a partner. Imagine that your
partner is Mrs. Gibson and you are Captain
Gibson (Variants: Old Sam/ the cook).
STEP 2 Role-pay the meeting of Captain Gibson (Old
Sam/the cook) and Mrs. Gibson after the voyage.
Choose one of the following situations:
- the parrot has fully recovered.
- the parrot hasn’t grown its feathers completely.
64 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

IV . Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2 . Ask your Ss to speculate what
episodes from the story are shown in the pictures.
Let them give arguments.

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to the


story they have just read and speculate about:
• what breed of parrot was Polly
(let your Ss choose from the following breeds:
a budgerigar - волнистый попугайчик/хви-
лястий папужка, a cockatoo - какаду/какаду,
a macaw - ара/ара)
• why the cat plucked all the feathers from the parrot
but didn’ t eat it
• why the cat that was fed very well by the cook attacked
the parrot in the first place

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA1
j*S
Answer th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w .

1 <
1. A famous English playwright wrote a play
with the same name. Do you happen to know
who it was?
2. Quite a lot of children were left orphans after the war.
What do you know about their lives? How did they
live?
3. During the war many children helped soldiers and
partisans to defend their Motherland. Do you know
what they did?

M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w it h t h e i r

Part 1
1. tow ards a) прохож ий /перехож и й
2. a stra w b e rry b) достоприм ечательность/
визначна пям'ятка
3. a b asket c) независим ы й/незал еж ний
4. a fountain d) полночь/північ
e ) площ адь/м айдан
5 . a squ are
f ) чистить до б л еска/
б. to shine начищ ати до блиску
7. a p asser-by g) ож ивленны й, заполненны й
лю дьм и/ж вавий ,
8. a place of in terest залю днений
9. a knee h) кам ен ны й/кам 'яний
i ) исчезать/зн икати
1 0 . m id n ig h t
j ) уди вл ен н ы й , изум ленны й/
1 1 . crow ded здивовани й
k) к, по направлению к/
1 2 . in d e p e n d e n t
д о , у н апрям ку до
1 3 . a ston ish ed 1) колено/коліно
m) ф онтан/ф онтан
1 4 . stone (adj)
n) клубн и ка /п ол ун и ц я
1 5 . to d isa p p e a r o) ко р зи н ка /ко ш и к
1 Verona [уэ'гэипэ] Верона/Верона

3 Short stories with pleasure


66 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Part 2
16. a nurse a) вним ател ьно/уваж но
17. to follow b) кром е/за винятком , крім
18. an entran ce c) сообщ ение/повідом л ення
19. to knock d) в ой ска /вій ська
20 . to be sile n t e) м едсестра/м едсестра
21. silk f) нести/нести
22. a tte n tive ly g) враг/ворог
h) солдат/солдат
23. a sign
i ) ш елковы й /ш овко ви й
24. except
j ) стучать/стукати
25. to ruin
k) молчать/м овчати
2 6 . an e n em y 1 ) следовать за кем-то/
27. to carry прям увати за кимось
28. a m essage m) вход/вхід
29. troop s n) р а зруш ать/руй н увати
30. a so ld ie r o) зн а к /зн а к

Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e
^ sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tru e o r f a l s e .
P We were driving from Switzerland 2 towards
'* the beautiful old Italian city o f Verona. Just
outside the city two small boys stopped us. They were
selling strawberries that looked very nice lying on the
green leaves in the boys’ baskets. My friend spoke to the
boys and found out that they were brothers. Nicolo 3 was
thirteen and Jacopo4, the smaller one, was almost twelve.
We bought their biggest basket of strawberries and
continued our way to Verona.
The next morning, coming out of the hotel, we saw the
two brothers again. They were near the fountain on the
city square, shining passers-by’ s shoes. They were very
busy but they said hello to us like old friends.
“ I thought you sold strawberries,” I said.

2 Switzerland [ ’ switzaland] Ш вейцария/Швейцарія


3 Nicolo [ш кэ1э] Н иколо/Ніколо
4 Jacopo [dja'kopau] Д жакопо/Джакопо
TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA 67

“We do many things, sir” ,


Nicolo answered seriously,
looked at us and added, “ We
sometimes take people around
the city showing them places of
interest.”
During the next week we saw
the boys several times a day. If
we wanted American cigarettes
or tickets for the opera, or the
name of a good restaurant, the
brothers were always there to
help us. They worked all day
under the hot summer sun,
shining shoes, selling newspapers, taking people around
Verona. They were always ready to help, always busy.
One night I saw them on the city square again. Nicolo
was sitting on the ground beside the fountain. His face
looked pale and tired. Jacopo was sleeping with his head
on his brother’ s knees. It was almost midnight.
The next morning, when Nicolo was shining my shoes,
I said, “You and Jacopo work too much. I’ve noticed that
you buy no clothes and eat very little. Tell me how you
spend your money.”
For some time the boy was silent. He was looking at
the fountain and the crowded square. Then he said in his
independent way, “We have plans, sir.”
“W ell,” I said, “we are leaving Verona on Monday. Can
I do anything for you before we go away?”
Nicolo began to say no, but his brother stopped him,
“ Every Sunday we go to a village not far from Verona. We
usually go by bus, but tomorrow, sir, perhaps, you could
take us in your car?”
“ Of course,” I said.
Driving out of Verona that Sunday I thought that we
would stop in some poor little house in the village. I was
astonished when in front of a nice big house behind a high
stone wall Nicolo suddenly said, “ Please, stop here, sir.”
з*
68 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

“ We will not be long, sir. Not more than an hour.


Perhaps, you’ d like to wait in a small restaurant in the
village.”
The boys disappeared around the corner of the wall.
I waited a few minutes and then followed the boys.
I found the entrance and knocked at the door. I had to wait
for some time.
A woman came to answer the door and I saw that she
was a nurse. “ Excuse me,” I said, “ I have just brought two
small boys here.”
“Ah, yes,” she said with a smile. “ Nicolo and Jacopo.
Please, come in.”
We went through several beautiful small rooms and I
could see they were the rooms of a hospital. At the door of
the next room the woman stopped, smiled and asked me
to be silent. Through the half-open door I looked into the
room. The two boys were sitting near a bed. In it there was
a girl of about twenty, wearing a nice silk jacket. She was
listening attentively while the two boys were telling her
something. It was easy to see that they were her brothers
because she looked so much like them. I saw some flowers on
the table near the bed, a dish of fruit and several books.
With a sign the woman showed me that it was time to
leave and we went back through the nice hospital. While we
were walking she told me the story of my two young friends.
“ Nicolo and Jacopo are alone in the world, except for
their sister, Lucia5. Their mother died when they were very
young. Their father, a famous
opera singer, was killed during
a bomb attack on Verona in the
early years of the war. Their
house was ruined and the boys
and their sister lived in the
streets of Verona. When the
enemy came, the boys began to
carry secret messages across
the mountains to the troops
5 Lucia [ lu:sia] Л ючия/Лючія
TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA 69

that were trying to free the city. The boys lived in the
mountains, coming and going through the night with
secret letters in their shoes. You can understand how hard
their life was and all the time they thought about their
sister who was alone in the city full o f fascist 6soldiers.”
“ When the war ended, the two brothers came back
to Verona and found their sister sick with tuberculosis7.
What did the boys do then? You can see the answer. They
brought her here and asked us to take care of her. Lucia
is making excellent progress. She is going to get well.
She will even sing again. She has a beautiful voice and is
dreaming to be an opera singer like her father.”
“Of course, everything is very difficult now, after the
war. Food is very dear. Medicine is very dear. We must ask
people in our hospital to pay us. Not everyone can do it,
but the boys bring us money every week. I don’t know what
their work is, but they do it very well.”
I thanked the nurse, said good-bye and waited for the
boys until they came back to the car. Then I drove them
back to the city. They sat quietly, looking serious and
proud, those two gentlemen of Verona.
S ta te m e n ts
1. The narrator and his friend were on their way from
Italy to Switzerland.
2. They stopped their car when they saw two small boys
selling strawberries.
3. A fter a short talk with the boys the narrator learnt
that they were brothers.
4. There was a little more than a year difference between
them.
5. Nicolo was the younger of the two brothers.
6. Selling berries was not the boys’ only occupation.
7. The boys seemed to get most of their money from
foreigners and tourists of Verona.
8. The narrator never saw the boys rest, they were busy
all the time.
6 fascist ['fasjist] фашистский/фашистський
7 tuberculosis [ tj u b з:kj u 1о usіs] туберкулез/туберкульоз
70 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

9. The narrator wanted to know how the boys spent their


money.
10. It was Jacopo who accepted the narrator’ s offer of
help.
11. The place to which the boys brought the narrator
surprised him.
12. The boys invited the narrator to follow them into the
house.
13. The hospital was situated in an old beautiful little
house outside Verona.
14. The boys’ parents died during a bomb attack in the
early years of the war.
15. During the war the boys often risked their lives.
16. A fter the war the boys and their sister had nowhere to
live.
17. Lucia’ s illness was progressing.
18. The boys never failed to pay for their sister’ s
treatment.
19. In the car, on the way back, the boys looked quiet and
sad.

)4 Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s ab ou t th e s t o r y .

4
3.
,<! 1. Where were the narrator and his friend

driving to when the two boys stopped them?


2. What were the boys doing there?
What did the narrator’ s friend find out about the
boys?
4. What did the narrator and his friend buy from the
boys?
5. What were the boys doing the next morning when the
narrator came out of the hotel?
6. Why was the narrator surprised to see the boys
again?
7. What did the boys do to earn money?
8. What were the boys doing on the city square at
midnight?
9. What answer did Nicolo give to the question about how
they spent their money?
TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA 71

10. Where did Jacopo ask the narrator to take them on


Sunday?
11. W hy was the narrator surprised when Nicolo asked
him to stop the car?
12. What did the narrator do when the boys turned round
the corner of the wall?
13. Who answered the door when the narrator knocked?
14. What was the hospital like inside?
15. Where did the nurse take the narrator?
16. How was the narrator able to see what was inside the
room?
17. Who was lying in bed?
18. What did the girl look like?
19. Who was talking and who was listening in the hospital
room?
20. What was there on the table near Lucia’s bed?
21. What happened to the children’s parents?
22. What did the boys do during the war?
23. W hy didn’ t they have a place to live?
24. When did the boys find out about their sister’ s illness?
25. How did the boys pay for their sister’ s treatment?
26. How did the boys look on their way back to Verona?

X P ut t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s o f th e s t o r y
in o rd e r.
jj A. The narrator thanked the nurse and left the
hospital.
B. The narrator asked the boys if he could do anything for
them.
C. The two brothers sold their biggest basket of strawberries.
D. The door was answered by a woman who looked like a
nurse.
E. The boys were sitting on the ground near the fountain.
F. The travellers were leaving Verona the next day and
decided to do something for the boys.
G. The nurse told the narrator the story of the two brothers.
H. The narrator drove the boys back to Verona.
I. The boys did a lot of jobs during the day.
72 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Ы M a tc h t h e tw o h a l v e s o f th e
її e x p r e s s i o n s fr o m th e story .

ІЗ 1. a b asket
Part 1
a) a day
2. to shine b) around the city
3. to say c) places of in te rest
4. like old d) ready to help
5. to take people e) p a sse rs-b y's shoes
6. to show sm b f) o f the wall
7. several tim e s g) of stra w b e rrie s
8. to be alw ays h) friends
9. around the co rn e r i) hello
Part 2
1 0 . to knock j) well
1 1 . to a n sw e r k) with tu b e rcu lo sis
1 2 . to listen 1 ) e xce lle n t progress
13. a bom b m) at the door
14. to carry n ) a tta ck
15 . to be sick o ) good-bye
16. to m ake p ) a tte n tive ly
17. to get q ) se cre t m essages
18. to say r ) the door

7
g U se t h e Da V i n c i ( m i r r o r a l p h a b e t ) c o d e
Of)
t o s o l v e t h i s p u z z l e an d r e a d an E n g l i s h
S
p r o v e r b . W hat d o y o u t h i n k t h i s p r o v e r b
h as t o d o w ith th e s t o r y y ou h a v e re a d ?
Prompt: A = N; В = О; С = P; etc
NPGVBAF FCRN X YB H Q R R GUNA JBEQ F

Ы S p e c u la te a b o u t ...

8 g 1. After you have read the story how will you

a)
b)
characterise it? Choose from the options below:
sad
optimistic
d) a story with a happy end
e) ________ (your choice)
c) tragic
TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA 73

2. In the situation the two brothers found themselves


after the war, other children might start begging for
money. What do you think made the boys choose to
work hard instead?
3. Why do you think Nicolo wanted to refuse the
narrator’ s help at first?
4. What do you think made the narrator go inside the
house?
5. The narrator was friendly and sympathetic towards
the boys. W hy do you think the boys didn’ t tell him
their story?
6. In the story the narrator calls the boys ‘ serious and
proud’ . Can you find proofs to support his point of
view?
7. There are several definitions of the word ‘gentleman’ .
Which of them, in your opinion, describes the heroes
of the story best?
a) A man o f the wealthy, leisured class.
b) A man of high principles, honourable and
courteous.
c) A man who does not work for his living but lives
on private income.
d) A man who is polite and well-educated, who has
excellent manners and always behaves well.
8. What do you think the narrator’ s attitude to the boys
was? Why do you think the narrator used the word
‘ gentlemen’ in the title of the story?
9. Many years passed after the war. The boys and their
sister are old people now. They have lived a long life.
What do you think they have achieved in their lives?

Retell th e s t o r y as close to the text

у
74 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

KEYS

TASK 2 . Match th e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1. 1 - k; 2 - n; 3 - o; 4 - m; 5 - e; 6 - f; 7 - a; 8 - b;
9 - 1 ; 1 0 - d; 11 - g ; 1 2 - c ; 1 3 - j ; 1 4 - h ; 1 5 - i
PART 2. 16 - e; 17 - 1; 18 - m; 19 - j; 20 - k; 21 - i; 22 - a;
23 - o; 24 - b ; 25 - n; 26 - g; 27 - f ; 28 - c; 29 - d;
30 - h

TASK 3 . R e a d t h e s t o r y a n d d e c i d e i f t h e
sta tem en ts a f t e r i t a re tr u e o r f a l s e .
1 - F; 2 - F; 3 - F; 4 - T; 5 - F; 6 - T; 7 - T; 8 - T; 9 - T;
10 - T ; 1 1 - T ; 1 2 - F ; 13 - F ; 1 4 - F ; 1 5 - T ; 1 6 - T ; 17 - F ;
18- T; 19 - F

TASK 5 . Put th e e v e n ts o f th e s t o r y in
ord er.
1 - C; 2 - I; 3 - E; 4 - F; 5 -B ; 6 - D; 7 - G; 8 - A; 9 - H

TASK 6 . M a t c h t h e tw o h a l v e s o f th e
e x p r e s s i o n s fr o m t h e story .
P art 1 P art 2
1. a basket of straw berries 10. to knock at the door
2. to shine passers-by's
11. to answer the door
shoes
3. to say hello 12. to listen attentively
4. like old friends 13. a bomb attack
5. to take people around the 14. to carry secret
city messages
6. to show smb places of
15. to be sick with
interest
tuberculosis
7. several tim es a day
8. to be always ready to 16. to make excellent
help progress
9. around the corner of the 17. to get well
wall 18. to say good-bye
TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA. TIPS AND NOTES 75

PART 1: 1 - g; 2 - e; 3 - i; 4 - h; 5 - b; 6 - c; 7 - a; 8 - d;
9-f
PART 2 : 10 - m; 11 - r; 12 - p; 13 - n; 14 - q; 15 - k;
16-1; 17 - j; 18-o

TASK 7 . U se t h e Da V i n c i ( m i r r o r a l p h a b e t )
co d e t o s o lv e t h is p u z z le and re a d
an E n g l i s h p r o v e r b . W h at d o y o u
th in k t h i s p r o v e r b h as t o d o w ith
th e s t o r y you have re a d ?
Prompt: A = N; В = О; С = P; etc
A C T IO N S S P E A K LO U D ER THAN W O RD S.
The Da Vinci (mirror alphabet) code:
A -N D -Q G -T J-W L -Y
B -O E -R H -U K -X M - Z
С -P F -S I -V

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E lic ita tio n o f b a c k g r o u n d k n o w le d g e


ITALY
Tell your Ss that the story they are going to read is
about Italy. Invite them to do the quiz below to find
out how much they know about that country.
ITALY QUIZ
1. Which of the three outlines belongs to Italy?

a)
76 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

2. Which of the following descriptions shows the


geographical position of Italy?
a) It is a small country that lies on the Iberian
Peninsula in the west of the continent of Europe.
b) This country is an island located o ff the northwest
coast of the mainland of Europe and is separated
from the mainland by the English Channel in the
south and the North Sea in the east.
c) This country occupies a boot-shaped peninsula that
extends into the Mediterranean Sea from southern
Europe.
3. Which of the three cities is the capital of Italy?
a) Venice b) Rome c) Milan
4. Which of these mountain ranges are NOT situated in
Italy?
a) the Alps b) the Apennines c) the Andes
5. The word ‘ Italia’ for ancient Romans meant
a) the land of oxen
b) the land that looks like a boot
c) the land near the sea
6 . In which of these Italian cities the main means of
transport is a gondola?
a) Verona b) Venice c) Florence
7. In which of these Italian cities is the famous Opera
House ‘ La Scala’ situated?
a) Rome b) Milan c) Genoa
8. Which of the following famous Italians is NOT a painter?
a) Antonio Vivaldi c) Raphael de Santi
b) Leonardo da Vinci
9. Which of the three playwrights wrote the comedy ‘Two
Gentlemen of Verona’ ?
a) William Shakespeare c) Jean-Baptiste Moliere
b) Lope de Vega
10. Which of the following means ‘ I love you’ in Italian?
a) Grazie di tutto c) Ciao bambino
b) Ті amo
TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA. TIPS AND NOTES 77

KEY: 1 - b; 2 - c; 3 - b; 4 - c; 5 - a; 6 - b; 7 - b; 8 - a;
9 - а ; 10- b

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

II. Are you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r ?


( i t i s recommended t o do t h i s a c t i v i t y o r a l l y ,
r e a d in g b o th th e q u e s t io n s and th e answ ers t o
th e Ss)
If you have read the story carefully you will be able to
answer the questions below from memory without looking
back in the text.
1. Which fruit were the boys selling when the narrator
saw them for the first time?
a) blackberries c) strawberries
b) raspberries
2. Which of the boys was younger?
a) Jacopo b) Nicolo
3. Which of the jobs below Jacopo and Nicolo did NOT
do?
a) selling fruit and berries
b) shining shoes
c) showing tourists places o f interest
d) serving drinks and snacks to tourists
e) selling newspapers
f) selling cigarettes
g) buying theatre tickets for tourists
4. On which day of the week did the brothers visit their
sister?
a) on Saturday c) on Monday
b) on Sunday
5. Where did the boys offer the narrator to wait for
them?
a) in front of a nice house c) in his car
b) in a small restaurant
78 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

6 . What did the narrator see on the table near the girl’s
bed?
a) some flowers, a dish of fruit and several books
b) some flowers, a dish of strawberries and several
books
c) some flowers, a dish o f fru it and several
magazines
7. Which of these people was a famous opera singer?
a) Jacopo and Nicolo’ s mother
b) Jacopo and Nicolo’ s father
c) Jacopo and Nicolo’ s sister
8 . Where did the boys live during the war?
a) in the forest c) in the mountains
b) in the city
9. How did the boys carry secret messages?
a) in their baskets with fruit
b) in their pockets
c) in their shoes
10. How often did the brothers pay for their sister’s
treatment?
a) every weekc) every month
b) every two weeks

KEY : 1 - c; 2 - a; 3 - d; 4 - b; 5 - b; 6 - a; 7 - b; 8 - c; 9 - c;
10 - a

III. W ork w i t h p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2 . Ask your Ss to speculate what
episodes from the story are shown in the
pictures. Let them give arguments.

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to


the story they have just read and find out what
mistakes the painter made.
TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA. TIPS AND NOTES 79

KEY
1. both boys were sitting near their sister’ s bed
2 . she was wearing a jacket, not a nightgown
3. there was a table near her bed with some flowers, a dish
of fruit and several books

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
A SIMPLE EXPLANATION

i*S Answer th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w ,

1 g. 1. Have you ever had any bewildering


experiences that you couldn’ t at first explain
but later they had a simple explanation? If
yes, tell your desk-mate about it.
Have you read stories or seen films where people mixed
up houses or other things because they were alike? If
yes, tell your desk-mate about it.

Й Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r

2
1.
^ R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u iv a le n t s .

an exp e rie n ce a) Part 1


ц елиться/цілитися
2. a button b) вийоваты й/винуватий
c) убивать/вбивати
3. aston ish in g
d) сметь/сміти
4. a scene e) портьє/портьє
5. fu riou s f ) сту п е н ьки /схо д и н ки
g) поразительны й/разю чий
6 . to point
h) взбеш енны й, р азъ ярен ны й/
7. frig h ten ed розлю чений
8. g u ilty i) сцена/сц ена
a j) озадаченны й, сбиты й
to dare
с то л ку/зд и в о в ан и й ,
10. sta irs спантеличений
k) кнопка (лиф та)/кн опка
i i . a p orter
(ліф та)
12. to m u rd e r 1) испуганны й/зл яканий
13. bew ildered m) случай, приклю чение/
випадок, пригода
A SIMPLE EXPLANATION 81

Part 2
1 4 . to follow n) вьістрел/постріл
1 5 . to fall asleep о) наж им ать/натискати
1 6 . to persuade p) извиняться/вибачатися
1 7 . im agin ation q) репети ровать/репети рувати
1 8 . a shot г) точно/точно
1 9 . an en q u iry s) прем ьера/прем 'єра
t ) уб еж дать/п ерекон увати
2 0 . care le ss
u) за сы п ать/заси н ати
2 1 . to press
v) следовать/дотрим увати ся
2 2 . e xa ctly
w) воображ ение/уява
2 3 . to rehearse
x) небреж н ы й/недбалий
2 4 . to ap olog ize
у) наведение сп равок/
2 5 . to b u rst наведення д о в ід о к
2 6 . the opening night г) вры ваться/вриватися

US Read th e s t o r y and c o r r e c t th e

3 ф sta tem en ts a f t e r i t .

Last autumn I had a rather interesting


experience at a big hotel in the West End of
London. It was one of those modern and not very expensive
hotels where every room is the
same size and has the same
furniture, and looks just like
every other room. My room was
311 on the third floor.
One night, I got to the
hotel quite late after a visit
to the theatre and a very good
dinner with some friends in our
favourite Chinese restaurant. I
walked into the lift and pressed
the button. When the lift
stopped, I got out and walked
to my room - or what I thought
was my room. I took out the
SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

key, but to my great surprise


the door was not locked.
When I opened the door,
I saw an astonishing scene:
an elderly man, who looked
furious, was pointing a big
revolver at a beautiful young
woman sitting in an armchair.
The woman was saying in a
frightened voice, “ Please, don’t
shoot me! I ’ m not guilty!”
I turned round and ran along the corridor and down
the stairs as fast as I could. I didn’t dare to wait for the
lift. In the hall I found the night porter.
“Quick!” I cried out, “Someone is being murdered in
my room!”
Controlling his surprise, the clerk came back with me,
but when we opened the door of 311, the room was empty.
The porter looked at me strangely and said, “ I think, sir,
you’d better go to bed1.” and left.
I was too bewildered to protest and, thinking that I
must have had too much to drink2, followed his advice. Of
course, I couldn’ t fall asleep at once. I was thinking about
what I had seen, trying to persuade myself that it was all
my imagination. And at least, I thought, I didn’ t hear a
revolver shot.
The next morning I made some enquiries, and the
explanation was really quite simple.
Last night by mistake, instead of pressing the button
of the third floor, I pressed the fourth floor button and as
all the rooms looked exactly the same, I got into the room
where a famous actor and his wife had been rehearsing a
scene from their new play.
I decided to apologize and went to see them. When I
told them that it was I who had burst into their room the
1 ...you’d better g o to bed. - ...вы бы лучш е пош ли сп ать./...ви б краще іш ли спати.
2 ...I m u s t h a v e h a d t o o m u c h t o d rin k ... - ...Я д о л ж н о б ы т ь , с л и ш к о м м н о го
в ы п и л .../...Я , м а б у т ь , з а н а д то б а г а т о в и п и в ...
A SIMPLE EXPLANATION 83

night before, they laughed and gave me a ticket to see their


play on the opening night.
Well, I always say, “All is well that ends well.”
S ta tem e n ts
1. Last summer the narrator had a rather interesting
experience at a big hotel in the East End of London.
2. It was one of those modern and very expensive hotels
in the best part of the city.
3. The narrator’ s room was 311 on the fourth floor.
4. One night, after a visit to the cinema and dinner at a
Japanese restaurant he came to the hotel quite late.
5. When the narrator opened the door of his room with
his key he saw an astonishing scene: a young couple
shouting at each other.
6. The elderly man, who was sitting in an armchair was
pointing a big revolver at them.
7. The young man was saying to the elderly man in a
frightened voice, “ Please, don’ t shoot me! I’ m not
guilty!”
8. The narrator ran along the corridor to the lift which
was standing on that floor and went downstairs.
9. In the hall he found the night porter and a clerk who
went upstairs with him after he had told them that
someone was being murdered in his room.
10. Room 311 turned out to be unlocked and empty.
11. The porter understood that the narrator had had too
much to drink and put him to bed.
12. When the narrator was trying to fall asleep, he heard
a revolver shot.
13. His next day enquiries made it clear that there had
been a murder the previous night.
14. While rehearsing a scene from their new play a famous
actor shot his young wife.
15. The narrator was very much upset as he had a ticket
for the opening night.
84 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

UJ Answer th e q u e s t io n s a b ou t th e s t o r y .

4 0 1. Where did the narrator stay in London?

2 . What kind o f a hotel was that?


3. Where was his room?
4. W hy did the narrator return to his hotel so late one
night?
5. What surprised him when he tried to open the door of
his room?
6. W hy was he astonished when he opened the door?
7. What did the man and the woman look like?
8. What was the woman saying in a frightened voice?
9. What did the narrator do when he ran out of the
room?
10. Who did he find in the hall?
11. What did the narrator cry out to the porter?
12. What did they see in Room 311?
13. What did the porter advise the narrator to do?
14. What did the narrator think before he followed the
porter’s advice?
15. W hy couldn’ t the narrator fall asleep at once?
16. How did he calm himself down?
17. What did the narrator do the next morning?
18. W hy did he press the wrong button in the lift?
19. W hy did he enter the wrong room?
20. What were the famous actor and his wife doing when
the narrator came in?
21. W hy did the narrator go to see the famous actor and
his wife?
22. What was the actors’ reaction to the narrator’ s
apology?
A SIMPLE EXPLANATION 85

'A Match th e two h a lv e s o f th e

5
1. a rath e r in teresting
Part 1
a) a button
2. a m odern and b) m an
3. the sam e c) furious
4. like eve ry d) surprise
5. a C h in ese e) scene
6. to press f ) round
7. to one's g reat the co rrid o r
8. an a ston ish in g h) exp e n siv e hotel
9. an eld e rly i ) a re v o lve r at som eone
10. to look j) exp erie n ce
11. to point k) re sta u ra n t
12. to turn 1 ) size
13. to run along m) o th e r room

Part 2
14. to control one's n) a re v o lve r shot
15. to be too bew ildered o) a room
16. to follow one's P) the sam e
17. to fall q) th a t ends well.
18. to persuade r) a scene
19. to hear s) su rprise
20. to m ake t) night
21. to look e xa ctly u) advice
22. to reh earse v) o n ese lf
23 . to bu rst into w) asleep
24. the opening x) enq u iries
25 . All is well y) to p ro test
SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

, Put e v e n ts atnd f a c t s o f th e s t o r y

S jg in o r d e r .

A. Instead of pressing the button o f the third


floor, the narrator pressed the fourth floor
button.
B. Too bewildered to protest and, thinking that he must
have had too much to drink, the narrator followed the
porter’s advice.
C. One night, quite late, the narrator got to the hotel
after a visit to the theatre and a very good dinner with
some friends in their favourite Chinese restaurant.
D. The narrator’ s room was 311 on the third floor.
E. The narrator decided to apologize and went to see the
famous actor and his wife.
F. When the narrator and the night porter opened the
door of 311, the room was empty.
G. The narrator didn’ t dare to wait for the lift.
H. An elderly man, who looked furious was pointing a
big revolver at a beautiful young woman sitting in an
armchair.
I. And at least, the narrator thought, he didn’ t hear a
revolver shot.
J. The narrator took out the key, but to his great surprise
the door was not locked.
К. The actor and his wife laughed and gave him a ticket to
see their play on the opening night.
L. The next morning the narrator made some enquiries,
and the explanation was really quite simple.

S p e c u la te about...
1. What do you think the narrator was doing in
London?
2. How old do you think he was? What did he do
for a living? What did he like to do in his free
time?
3. Was, in your opinion, the night porter of
that hotel used to hearing such strange
A SIMPLE EXPLANATION 87

things from the customers? Do you think he believed


the narrator at once or did he follow him out of his
professional duty?
4. What do you think was the reaction of the famous actor
and his wife to the narrator’ s sudden appearance in
their room and his even more sudden disappearance?
5. W ho do you think the narrator turned to the next day
to make enquiries? What questions could he ask?
6 . How do you think the narrator felt after he found out
what had really happened?

8
*5 E n joy d o in g th e p u z z le b e lo w .
; STEP 1 . In the story find the English
equivalents o f the phrases below.
STEP 2 . Put the letters whose numbers are
given in brackets into the grid. Don’t
forget about the articles and the
particle ‘ to’ . The first letter is done
for you.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
D ; .і
1
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
1 1
1 . быть озадаченным, сбитым с толку/бути збентеже­
ним, спантеличеним (letter 10) = to be bewildered
2. премьера/прем’єра (letter 4)
3. репетировать сцену/репетирувати сцену (letter 15)
4. следовать чьему-либо совету / слідувати чиїсь пораді
(punctuation mark - 12)
5. нажимать кнопку/натискати на кнопку (letter 13)
6 . ворваться в комнату/вриватися до кімнати (letter 16)
7. засыпать/засинати (letter 4)
8 . наводить справки/наводити довідки (letter 5)
9. Все хорошо, что хорошо кончается./У се добре, що
добре закінчується, (letter 14)
88 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

10. пожилой мужчина/літній чоловік (letter 11)


11. воображение/уява (letter 2)
12. нацеливать револьвер/націлювати револьвер (letter 2)
13. выглядеть взбешенным/виглядати розлюченим
(letter 8)
14. убедить самого себя/переконати самого себе (letter 12)
15. услышать выстрел/почути постріл (letter 11)
16. выглядеть точно так же/виглядати так само (letter 18)
17. китайский ресторан/китайський ресторан (letter 4)
18. простое объяснение/просте пояснення (letter 13)
19. извиняться/вибачатися (letter 7)
20 . испуганный голос/зляканий голос (letter 2)
21 . сидеть в кресле/сидіти у кріслі (letter 10)
22 . убийство/вбивство (letter 2 )
23. бежать по коридору/бігти коридором (letter 8)
24. небрежно/недбало (letter 5)
25. интересный случай/цікавий випадок (letter 14)
26. кнопка четвертого этажа/кнопка четвертого
поверху (letter 9)
27. театральный билет/театральний квиток (letter 10)
28. по крайней мере/принаймні (letter 3)
29. быть виноватым/бути винним (letter 8 )
STEP 3 . Read the proverb you’ve got. How do
you think this proverb is connected
with the story you’ve just read?
UJ R e t e ll th e s t o r y as c lo s e to th e te x t
■ jg as p o s s ib le .

KEYS

TASK 2 . M a t c h t h e w o r d s b e l o w w i t h t h e i r
R u s s ia n /U k r a in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1: 1 - m; 2 - k; 3 - g; 4 - i; 5 - h; 6 - a; 7 - 1;
8 - b; 9 - d; 10 - f; 11 - e; 12 - c; 13 - j
PART 2: 14 - v; 15 - u; 16 - t; 17 - w; 18 - n; 19 - y;
20 - x; 21 - o; 22 - r; 23 - q; 24 - p; 25 - z;
26 - s
A SIMPLE EXPLANATION. KEYS 89

TASK 5 . M a t c h t h e tw o h a l v e s o f th e
e x p r e s s i o n s fr o m t h e story .

P a rt 1 P a rt 2
1. a rather interesting 14. to control one's
experience surprise
2. a modern and 15. to be too bewildered to
expensive hotel protest
3. the same size 16. to follow one's advice
4. like every other room 17. to fall asleep
5. a Chinese restaurant 18. to persuade oneself
6. to press a button 19. to hear a revolver shot
7. to one's great surprise 20. to make enquiries
8. an astonishing scene 21. to look exactly the
9. an elderly man same
10,. to look furious 22. to rehearse a scene
11,. to point a revolver at 23. to burst into a room
smb 24. the opening night
12,. to turn round 25. All is well that ends
13,. to run along the well
corridor
PART 1: 1 - j; 2 - h; 3 - 1; 4 - - m; 5 - k; 6 - a; 7 — d:
8 — e; 9 — b; 10 — с; 11 — і; 12 — f; 13 — g
PART 2: 14 — s; 15 — y; 16 - u; 17 - w; 18 - v; 19 - n:
20 — x; 21 — p; 22 — r; 23 — o; 24 — t; 25 — q

TASK 6. Put th e e v e n ts o f th e s t o r y in
ord er.
1 - C ; 2 - D ; 3 - A ; 4 - J ; 5 - H; 6 - G ; 7 - F ; 8 - B ; 9 - І ;
10-- L ; 11 - E ; 1 2 - К

TASK 8 . E n j o y d o i n g t h e p u z z l e b e l o w .
STEP 1 . I n th e story fin d th e E n g lis h
e q u iv a le n ts o f th e p h ra s e s b e lo w .
STEP 2 . P u t t h e l e t t e r s w h o s e n u m b e rs a r e g i v e n
i n b r a c k e t s i n t o t h e g r i d . D o n 't f o r g e t
a b o u t th e a r t i c l e s and th e p a r t i c l e
' t o ' . The f i r s t l e t t e r i s d o n e f o r y o u .
90 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
D
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

1. быть озадаченным, сбитым с толку - to be bewildered


(letter 10)
2. премьера - the opening night (letter 4)
3. репетировать сцену - to rehearse a scene (letter 15)
4. следовать чьему-либо совету - to follow onels advice
(punctuation mark 12)
5. нажимать кнопку - to press the button (letter 13)
6 . ворваться в комнату - to burst into a room (letter 16)
7. засыпать - to fall asleep (letter 4)
8 . наводить справки - to make enquiries (letter 5)
9. Все хорошо, что хорошо кончается. - All is well that
ends well, (letter 14)
10. пожилой мужчина - an elderly man (letter 11)
11. воображение - imagination (letter 2)
12. нацеливать револьвер - to point a revolver (letter 2)
13. выглядеть взбешенным - to look furious (letter 8)
14. убедить самого себя - to persuade oneself (letter 12)
15. услышать выстрел - to hear a shot (letter 11)
16. выглядеть точно так же - to look exactly the same
(letter 18)
17. китайский ресторан - a Chinese restaurant (letter 4)
18. простое объяснение - a simple explanation (letter 13)
19. извиняться - to apologize (letter 7)
20 . испуганный голос - a frightened voice (letter 2)
21 . сидеть в кресле - to sit in an armchair (letter 10)
22 . убийство - a murder (letter 2)
23. бежать по коридору - to run along the corridor (letter 8)
24. небрежно - carelessly (letter 5)
25. интересный случай - an interesting experience (letter 14)
26. кнопка четвертого этажа - the fourth floor button
(letter 9)
A SIMPLE EXPLANATION. TIPS AND NOTES 91

27. театральный билет - a theatre ticket (letter 10)


28. по крайней мере - at least (letter 3)
29. быть виноватым - to be guilty (letter 8 )
STEP 3 . Read th e p r o v e r b y o u 'v e g o t . How do
you th in k t h i s p r o v e r b i s co n n e cte d
w ith th e s t o r y y o u 'v e j u s t re a d ?

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E l i c i t a t i o n o f backgrou nd know ledge


Mind Map
• Draw a circle on the board with the word ‘ HOTEL’ inside
it. Ask your Ss to write at least 10 words they associate
with hotels next to the arrows.
t

check-in desk ▼ luxurious


If your students have difficulty in supplying the
words, help them with the following ideas:
1-5 star hotel cheap expensive a chamber maid
a receptionist a single room a double-room a restaurant
to check in to check out an elevator (lift) a key
a porter
• Ask your Ss if any of them have ever stayed at a hotel.
What was it like? Ask them to describe the rooms in
the hotel they stayed at.
• If none o f your Ss have ever stayed at a hotel, ask
them to imagine what a hotel room must look like and
describe what must be there: furniture, a refrigerator,
a TV set, etc.
• Ask your Ss to suggest what pleasant extras there can
be in a hotel room to welcome guests: flowers, sweets,
fruit, magazines, newspapers, soft and alcoholic
drinks, etc.
92 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

11. P r e d ic tio n .
Write on the board or dictate to your Ss the following
words:
- a modern hotel - too much drink
- a very good dinner - to apologize
- the wrong lift button - theatre
- a revolver - to laugh
the night porter
Ask your Ss to predict what the story they are going to
read is about.

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

I I I . Work w ith P r e p o s it io n s
Read a s h o r t summary o f th e s t o r y 'A Sim ple
E x p la n a tio n ' and f i l l in th e gaps w ith
p r e p o s i t i o n s where n e c e s s a r y .
Once a man who was staying____ a big hotel_____ the
West End of London, had an amusing experience. One night
____ a good d in n er_____ his frie n d s_____ an expensive
restaurant, he returned___ his hotel. He took his key_____
the reception, g o t ____ a lift and pressed the button_____
the floor where his room was. When he opened the door, he
saw a furious old man pointing a revolver_____ a beautiful
young woman. He quickly turned____ , ran_____ the stairs
____ the hall and cried_____ the night porter that someone
was being m urdered____ his room. The porter followed
the m a n ____ his room, but when they opened the door,
they saw that the room was empty. The mystery was solved
the next morning. It turned____ that the man pushed the
wrong b u tton ____ the lift and g o t _____ the wrong room
____ mistake. There he saw two actors rehearsing a scene
____ a new play. The man was happy not only because no
one was murdered, but also because the actors gave him a
free tick et____ their play.
A SIMPLE EXPLANATION. TIPS AND NOTES 93

KEY
Once a man who was staying at a big hotel in the West
End of London, had an amusing experience. One night after
a good dinner with his friends in an expensive restaurant,
he returned to his hotel. He took his key at the reception,
got into a lift and pressed the button o f the floor where his
room was. When he opened the door, he saw a furious old
man pointing a revolver at a beautiful young woman. He
quickly turned round, ran down the stairs to the hall and
cried to the night porter that someone was being murdered
Ід his room. The porter followed the man to his room, but
when they opened the door, they saw that the room was
empty. The mystery was solved the next morning. It
turned out that the man pushed the wrong button in the
lift and got into the wrong room by mistake. There he saw
two actors rehearsing a scene from a new play. The man
was happy not only because no one was murdered, but also
because the actors gave him a free ticket tor their play.

IV. Pantomime
Find 3 partners and mime the story ‘A Simple
Explanation’ starting from the moment when the man
returns to the hotel after dinner and up to the final episode
when he apologizes to the actors and gets a ticket for the
theatre.

V. Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2.
• Ask your Ss to speculate what episodes from the story
are shown in the pictures. Let them give arguments.
• Ask your Ss to look at Picture 1 and say what makes
them think that the nar+rator was not sober.
• If your Ss imagined the main characters in a different
way, let them describe their appearance.
94 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

PROBABLE ANSWER: the actor should look older and the


actress much younger

PICTURE 3. If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
A GIFT FROM THE PAST

14 Answer th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w .

1 , 1. Have you read any books or seen any films

in which people were looking for treasures?


If yes, give the titles of these books or films.
2. In those books and films, where was the treasure
usually hidden?
3. Were those people who tried to find that treasure
always successful?
4. Why, in your opinion, people have always wanted to
find treasures?
5. Have you ever wanted to find a treasure? W hy? Why
not?
6 . What would you do with a treasure if you found one?
>4 Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r
R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u iv a le n t s .

P a rt 1
1. rebuilding a) потолок/стеля
2. redecorating b) конверт/ко нверт
3. to e xa m in e c) пы лесос/пил осос
4. a roof d) палец руки /п а л е ц ь руки
5. a hole e) дю йм/дю йм
f) п ерестро йка/перебудова
6. a ceiling
g) приз, награда/п риз, н а го­
7. an attic
рода
8. du st
h) рем онт/рем онт
9. an inch
вн и зу/ун и зу
i)
10. a v a cu u m -cle a n e r рвать/рвати
j)
11. an en velope k) пы ль/пил
12. a prize 1) ч ердак/горищ е
13. to te a r m) осм атривать/огл ядати
14. a fin g e r n) кры ш а/дах
15. d o w n sta irs o) дьіра/діра
96 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

P art 2
1 6 . restoration a) колы до/обручка
1 7 . a d e p a rtm e n t b) драгоц ен н ьїй /дорогоц ін н и й
c) раствор/розчин
1 8 . a tre a su re
d) неоплаченный/несплачений
1 9 . a coin e) сч е т/р а ху н о к
2 0 . a diam ond f) восстановление, реставра-
ция/відн овл ення, реста в ­
2 1 . a ring
рація
2 2 . precious отдел/відділ
g)
2 3 . a stone h) разоча р ов ан н ы й /р озча р о-
ваний
2 4 . a solution
і) након ец /нареш ті
2 5 . to pretend рем онт/рем онт
j)
2 6 . fin a lly k> кл ад/скарб
2 7 . disapp oin ted 1) кам ен ь/кам ін ь
m) монета/монета
2 8 . unpaid
n) алм аз, бри льянт/алм аз,
2 9 . a bill д іам ант
3 0 . m ending o) делать вид/робити вигляд

Read the story and decide if the


statements after it are true or false.
Mr. Thompson 1 bought a very old cottage
in a village. The house was about three hundred
years old and needed much
rebuilding and redecorating.
Mr. Thompson was very good
with his hands and decided to
do all the jobs about the house
himself.
After he had carefully
examined all the house, he
decided to start with the roof.
'
But it turned out that when the
1 Mr. Thompson [ tompsanj мистер Томпсон/містер Томпсон
A GIFT FROM THE PAST 97

house was built there was no


door that could lead to the roof.
So Mr. Thomson had to cut a
hole in the ceiling to get to the
attic. It was clear that nobody
had been into the place since
it was built because there was
dust three inches thick all over
the floor o f the attic.
The first thing Mr. Thompson
had to do was to take a vacuum-
cleaner up there to clean the dust. While he was doing it,
he saw a strange thing in one of the corners. It was a little
envelope, once white, but now dirty-grey. On the front of
the envelope Mr. Thompson could see the words ‘A Prize
for You’ .
Mr. Thompson wanted to open it at once, but the
envelope was so old and the paper was so thin that he
thought it could easily tear under his fingers.
So Mr. Thompson went downstairs, put the envelope
into an empty cigar box and took it to the documents
restoration department of one of London’ s museums. The
man there was very interested and said that he needed 2 or
3 months to open an old envelope like that.
For all those long months Mr. Thompson could think
about nothing else but the envelope. When Mr. Thompson
was a school-boy, he read a lot of books that told how people
had found treasures under the floor of old houses, in their
gardens and even in the legs of their beds.
“ Now my hour has come,” thought Mr. Thompson.
He pictured treasure maps and thousands of gold coins,
diamond rings and precious stones. He imagined how
he would spend the money that his fortune was going to
present him with.
At last the museum man phoned Mr. Thompson
and invited him to his laboratory. He started to tell
Mr. Thompson how interesting it was for him to work with

4 Short stories with pleasure


98 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

the envelope, what chemical solutions he had used to save


the paper and described all the details of the restoration.
But Mr. Thompson was only pretending to listen to the man.
He could hardly wait until the man took the envelope out of
the chemical solution and put it under the microscope.
When the envelope was carefully opened, there turned
to be another envelope in it and again it said, ‘A Prize for
You’ . Mr. Thompson’s heart nearly stopped beating.
Finally, the museum man unfolded the piece of paper
that had been lying on the dusty attic for about a century
and handed it to the happy dreamer.
Mr. Thompson looked at the old yellow paper and
at first could not believe his eyes. Then he gave out a
disappointed cry - in front of him there was an unpaid bill
which read,
I Roof m ending - £ 3. Ju ly 12, 1851. 1
S ta te m e n ts
1. Though the house Mr. Thompson bought was very old,
it didn’ t need much work.
2. Mr. Thompson didn’ t need anybody’ s help to rebuild
and redecorate his new house.
3. A fter Mr. Thompson had carefully examined all the
house, he decided to start with the ceiling.
4. It was impossible to get to the attic without doing some
extra work.
5. It was very dirty in the attic.
6. Mr. Thompson was a very tidy man who couldn’t work
with the dust around.
7. While vacuum-cleaning the attic Mr. Thompson found
a strange-looking envelope under the dust in the middle
of the room.
8. The envelope had lost its original colour.
9. The words on the front of the envelope made
Mr. Thompson open it at once.
10. There was another envelope inside the first one which
Mr. Thompson decided to take to a specialist.
11. The museum expert promised to open the envelope
immediately.
A GIFT FROM THE PAST 99

12. When he was a boy, Mr. Thompson liked to read books


about treasure hunts.
13. Mr. Thompson dreamt of getting rich.
14. Mr. Thompson was interested in all the details of the
restoration.
15. It was impossible to read the old document without
special instruments.
16. Mr. Thompson was not very surprised when he saw
what was written on the old paper.

UJ A n sw er t h e q u e s t i o n s a b ou t th e story .

4 1. What kind of cottage did Mr. Thompson buy?

2. How old was the house?


3. What kind of redecoration did it need?
4. W ho did Mr. Thompson ask to repair his
house? Why?
5. What did Mr. Thompson decide to start with?
6 . W hy did he have to cut a hole in the ceiling?
7. What helped him to understand that nobody had come
to the attic for many years?
8 . W hy did Mr. Thompson take a vacuum-cleaner to the
attic?
9. What did Mr. Thompson see in one of the corners of
the attic?
10. What did the envelope look like?
11. W hy didn’ t Mr. Thompson open the envelope at once?
12. Where did he put the envelope?
13. Where did Mr. Thompson take the envelope?
14. What did the man in the museum tell Mr. Thompson?
15. What kind of books did Mr. Thompson read when he
was a boy?
16. What was Mr. Thompson dreaming about while the
museum man was working with the envelope?
17. What did the museum man tell Mr. Thompson when
the latter came to get his envelope?
18. What did Mr. Thompson and the museum man find in
4*
the envelope?
100 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

19. What did Mr. Thompson see when he unfolded the piece
of paper that he had found in the smaller envelope?
20. What was his reaction to what he had seen?

5
fed Put t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s o f th e s to r y
< in o r d e r .
H
A. Mr. Thompson could hardly wait till the man
took the envelope out o f the chemical solution
and put it under the microscope.
B. A fter Mr. Thompson had carefully examined all the
house, he decided to start with the roof.
C. Mr. Thompson went downstairs and put the envelope
into an empty cigar box.
D. The museum man got very interested and said that he
needed 2 or 3 months to open an old envelope like that.
E. Then Mr. Thompson gave out a disappointed cry.
F. Mr. Thomson had to cut a hole in the ceiling to get to
the attic.
G. The museum man phoned Mr. Thompson and invited
him to his laboratory.
H. Mr. Thomson imagined how he would spend the money
that his fortune was going to present him with.
I. Mr. Thompson had to take a vacuum-cleaner to the
attic to clean the dust.
J. In front of him was an unpaid bill for the roof mending.
K. Mr. Thompson decided to do all the jobs about the
house himself.
L. The museum man started to tell Mr. Thompson how
interesting it was for him to work with the envelope.
M. On the front of the envelope Mr. Thompson could see
the words ‘A Prize for You’ .

6
Uji S p e c u la t e about...
< 1. What do you think Mr. Thompson did for a
living? How old was he? What did he look like?
2. Where do you think Mr. Thompson had lived
before he bought a cottage in a village?
A GIFT FROM THE PAST 101

3. How do you imagine the cottage that Mr. Thompson


bought?
4. Do you think Mr. Thompson had a family? W hy? Why
not?
5. Do you think Mr. Thompson was an educated person?
Why? Why not?
6. Why do you think Mr. Thompson dreamt about finding
a treasure?
7. How do you think the bill got to the attic if there was
no door leading to the roof?
8. What do you think Mr. Thompson did with the unpaid
bill for the roof mending?
9. Why do you think it was written on the envelope
‘A Prize for You’ ?

E n jo y d o in g t h e c r o s s w o r d b e lo w . A l l
th e w ords i n i t go a c r o s s and can b e
fo u n d e i t h e r i n t h e s t o r y o r i n th e
e x e r c i s e s . F in d o u t t h e word h id d e n
i n t h e sh a d e d co lu m n .

1. a room or space just below the roof of the house, often


used for storing old things (5 letters)
2. the top of a building (4 letters)
3. a flat paper container used for sending letters (8 letters)
4. the hardest precious stone (7 letters)
102 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

5. an instrument used for making small things look


larger, often used in science (10 letters)
6 . a liquid in which something is dissolved (8 letters)
7. to behave in a particular way in order to make other
people believe something that is not true (7 letters)
8 . repairing (7 letters)

їй R e t e l l th e s t o r y a s c lo s e to th e t e x t

8 fi a s p o s s i b l e .

KEYS

TASK 2 . M atch th e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r j


R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1: 1 - f; 2 - h; 3 - m; 4 - n; 5 - o; 6 - a; 7 - 1; 8 - k;
9 - e; 10 - c; 11 - b ; 12 - g; 13 - j; 14 - d; 15
PART 2 : 16 - f; 17 - g; 18 - k; 19 - m; 20 - n; 21 - a;
22 - b; 23 -1 ; 24 - c; 25 - o; 26 - i; 27 - h; 28 - d;
29 - e; 30 - j

TASK 3 . Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e if th e


sta te m e n ts a f t e r it are tru e or
fa ls e .
1 - F; 2 - T; 3 - F; 4 - T; 5 - T; 6 - T; 7 - F; 8 - T; 9 - F;
10 - F; 11 - F; 12 - T; 13 - T; 14 - F; 15 - T; 16 - F

TASK ' 5 . P u t t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s of th e


s to r y in o rd e r.
1 - K; 2 - В; 3 - F; 4 - I; 5 - M; 6 - C; 7 - D; 8 - G; 9 - H; ,
10 - L; 11 - A; 1 2 - E ; 1 3 - J
A GIFT FROM THE PAST. TIPS AND NOTES 103

TASK 7 . E n jo y d o in g t h e c r o s s w o r d b e lo w . A l l
th e w ords i n i t go a c r o s s and can b e
fo u n d e i t h e r i n t h e s t o r y o r i n th e
e x e r c i s e s . F in d o u t t h e word h id d e n
i n th e sh a d e d c o lu m n .
1. a t T і с
2. R 0 0 f
3. e n V E 1 0 P e
4. d і A m 0 n d
m і с r 0 S с 0 p e
6. s 0 1 U t і 0 n
7. p R e t e n d
8. m E n d і n 9

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E lic ita tio n o f b a ck g ro u n d k n ow led ge


LOOKING FOR TREASURES
• Ask your Ss to remember the titles of the books or
films in which the main characters were looking for
treasure.
• In case of difficulty remind your Ss of the two most
famous books and films:
- ‘Treasure Island’ by Robert Louise Stevenson
- ‘ King Solomon’ s Mines’ by Rider Haggard

TREASURE ISLAND Q O
• Elicit what your Ss remember about ‘Treasure Island’
by Robert Louise Stevenson. To help them speak about
this book give your Ss a list of the main characters’
names and ask the following questions:
104 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Jim H aw kins 1 Billy Bones 2 Squire Trelawney 3 Dr. Livesey'


Captain Sm ollett 5 Long John Silver 6 Ben Gunn 7

1. W ho is the central character o f the novel?


2. Where do we first meet the central character?
3. W ho possesses a map showing the location o f Captain
Flint’ s treasure?
4. Who finds the map?
5. Who is the cook of the ship?
6 . Who decides to sail on the ‘ Hispaniola’ in search of the
treasure?
7. Who lives on the desert island where the treasure is
hidden?
8 . Is the treasure found?
9. Which of the pirates manages to escape?
• If your Ss fail to answer all these questions in the right
way, give them an activity sheet with the summary of
the book’ s plot. When they have read it, ask them to
answer the questions again.

TREASURE ISLAND
The central character is Jim Hawkins, whose mother
keeps an inn near the coast in the West Country. Jim meets
an old pirate, Billy Bones, who has in his possession a map
showing the location of Captain Flint’ s treasure. Bones
dies after a second visit of his enemies. Jim, his mother,
and a blind man named Pew open Bones’s sea chest and
find an oilskin packet, which contains the map.
Squire Trelawney, Dr. Livesey, Jim, and a small
crew with Captain Smollett sail for Treasure Island. Jim
discovers that the crew o f the Hispaniola includes pirates,
1 Jim Hawkins [djim 'ho:kir)z] Джим Х окинз/Д ж им Хокінз
2 Billy Bones ['bili 'baunz] Билли Боне/Біллі Боне
3 Squire Trelawney ['skwais 'treb:ni] Сквайр Трелони/Сквайр Трелоні
4 Dr. Livesey ['dnkta 'laivsei] Доктор Ливеи/Доктор Лівсі
5 Captain Smollett [' kaeptin 'smn:lit] Капитан Смоллетт/Капітан Смоллетт
6 Long John Silver ['I dq d jD n 's ilv a ] Одноногий Джон Сильвер/Одноногий
Джон Сільвер
7 Ben Gunn [ ben длп] Бен Ганн/Бен Ган
A GIFT FROM THE PAST. TIPS AND NOTES 105

led by a one-legged man named Long John Silver, the cook


of the ship.
On a journey to the island interior, Jim encounters Ben
Gunn, the former shipmate of the pirates. A fter several
adventures the pirates are defeated, Jim befriends Long
John, and the treasure is found.
Jim and his friends sail back to England. Long John
Silver manages to escape, taking as much gold as he can
carry.
NOTE: The famous song from the novel ‘Treasure
Island’
“ Fifteen men on the dead man’s chest
Yo-ho-ho, and the bottle of rum!
Drink and the devil had done for the rest
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!”
could have originally been “Fifteen men on the Dead Man’s
Chest...” referring to a Caribbean Island. According to a
tale, the notorious pirate Edward Teach left fifteen men
on the island of Dead Man’s Chest, with a bottle of rum
and a sword.
KING SOLOMON'S MINES
• Some of your Ss have probably seen the recent TV
version of the ‘ King Solomon’ s Mines’ by Rider
Haggard. Offer them to read the summary of the book’s
plot and find at least 5 differences from the film. It
is recommended that this activity should be given as
homework.
What i s d i f f e r e n t ? Read th e summary o f th e p l o t
and find a t l e a s t 5 d i f f e r e n c e s fro m th e film .
KING SOLOMON'S MINES
Allan Quatermain1, an English adventurer and hunter
who lived in Durban2, South Africa, is approached 3 by an
English aristocrat Sir Henry and his friend Captain Good,
1 Allan Quatermain Г'аеїзп 'kwo:tamein] Аллан Квотермейн/Аллан Квотермейн
2 Durban ['d3:ban] Дурбан/Дурбан
3 Allan Quatermain ... is approached by ... Sir Henry - к Аллан Квотермейну
обратился Сэр Генри/до Аллана Квотермейна звернувся Сер Генрі
106 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

seeking 4his help to find Sir Henry’ s lost brother, who was
last seen travelling in the north on a quest5 for the fabled 6
King Solomon’ s Mines. Quatermain has a map leading to
the mines and agrees to lead an expedition in return for
part of the treasure, or a stipend for his son if he is killed
along the way. He has little hope they will return alive.
They also hire a mysterious native, Umbopa7, who seems
more regal8, handsome and well spoken than the other
porters, and who is very anxious9 to join the party.
Travelling by oxen and cart they reach the edge of
a desert. Quatermain’ s map shows an oasis and they
continue on foot, almost dying of thirst before reaching it.
They cover the rest of the desert without any incidents and
reach the edge o f a mountain chain. They climb to the top
and enter a cave where they find the dead body o f the 16th
century explorer who had originally drawn Quatermain’ s
map. They cross the mountain chain into a green valley
inhabited by a tribe of natives known as the Kukuanas10,
who are well organized militarily and speak an ancient
dialect of Zulu11.
They are taken to see King Twala12, who rules over
his people with ruthless violence. He came to power years
ago when he murdered his brother who had been King,
and exiled 13 his brother’ s wife and infant son, who they
thought died in the desert. King Twala’ s adviser is an old
evil withered hag 14named Gagool15.
The regal servant who has come with the Englishmen
turns out to be the son of the murdered king. A rebellion 16
4 seeking - ищущий/який шукає
5 on a quest - [kwest] в поисках/у пошуках
6 fabled ['feibld] легендарный/легендарний
7 Umbopa [эш'Ьэирэ] Амбопа/Амбопа
8 regal ['ri:gsl] с царственной осанкою /з царственою статурою
9 to be anxious [ aeijk/as] страстно стремиться, желать/жагуче прагнути, бажати
ю Kukuanas [,ки:ки'агпэг] кукуаны/кукуани
її Zulu ['zu:lu:] зулусы/зулуси
12 Twala [ twa:la] Твала/Твала
13 to exile [ eksail] изгонять/виганяти
14 a hag - колдунья/чаклунка
15 Gagool [дэ'ди:1] Гагула/Галула
16 rebellion [ri'beljsn] восстание, мятеж/повстання, заколот
A GIFT FROM THE PAST. TIPS AND NOTES 107

begins and the rebels overthrow 17Twala and, in accordance


with Kukuana tradition, Sir Henry kills Twala in a duel.
The Englishmen catch the evil Gagool and she leads them
to King Solomon’ s Mines. On finding the treasure, Gagool
tricks the Englishmen and a giant boulder seals18 them
inside the mountain tomb. W ith no light and little water
they prepare to die. With luck they escape, bringing with
them only a few pocketfuls of diamonds from the immense
treasure, but still enough to make them rich.
The party leaves the valley and returns to the desert
taking a different route, where in an oasis they find
Sir Henry’s brother with a broken leg, unable to move.
They all return to Durban and eventually to England,
wealthy enough to live out comfortable lives.
KEY: The main differences are:
1. In the film Allan Quatermain was approached by a lady
who was looking for her father.
2. Allan Quatermain was much older in the book and he
had a son.
3. The evil Gagool was young in the film but very old in
the book.
4. There were no Russian revolutionaries in the book.
5. In the film it was not Sir Henry but Allan Quatermain
who killed Twala in a duel.
6 . The evil Gagool in the book was squashed by the
giant boulder that sealed the adventurers inside the
mountain tomb.
II. D is c u s s io n
• Invite your Ss to discuss the following issue:
According to the laws of our country a person who
finds a treasure has the right for only 25% of the
worth of all the valuables he/she has found. Do you
think it is fair?
• Divide your class into groups of 3-4 students in each.
Let them appoint a secretary who will be recording all
the group members’ suggestions.
17 to overthrow - отстранить от власти/відсторонити від влади
18 a giant boulder seals - огромный валун закрывает вход/величезний валун
закриває вхід
108 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

• Ask each group to find at least 3 arguments for and 3


against giving 75% of the found treasure to the state.
• Let each group give one for-argument at a time and let the
other groups answer it with their counterarguments.
• Draw a conclusion.

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

I I I . A re you an a t t e n t i v e reader?
This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.
VARIANT 1 . Read th e summary o f th e sto ry
'A G i f t fro m t h e P a s t ' and find 10 f a c t u a l
m is ta k e s in i t .
The story is about Mr. Thompson whose dream to
become rich never came true. One day he bought a beautiful
old house in a village. It was in a bad state of repair but
Mr. Thompson knew he could hire someone to rebuild and
redecorate it. Mr. Thompson decided to examine the house
from the roof but he couldn’t get there because there were
no stairs. So he got there through a hole that he made in
the ceiling. The attic was dirty and there were a lot of
strange things in the corners. His attention was attracted
by a little envelope with the words on the back ‘A Prize
for You’ . Mr. Thompson started to open the envelope but
it was too old, so he took it to a special department in a
museum. The man there promised to do the job within a
month. During all this time Mr. Thompson read books
about found treasures and thought how he would spend
his fortune.
At last the museum man phoned Mr. Thompson and
invited him to come. Mr. Thompson listened carefully to
the man’ s explanation how he had opened the envelope.
Then the moment came when the envelope was taken from
under the microscope and opened. In it there was another
envelope. Mr. Thompson could hardly breathe until he
saw a piece of paper which now looked almost new. But to
Mr. Thompson’ s bitter disappointment it was only an old
unpaid bill for roof repairing.
A GIFT FROM THE PAST. TIPS AND NOTES 109

VARIANT 2 . T h ere a r e 10 f a c t u a l m is t a k e s i n
th e s h o r t summary o f th e s t o r y 'A G i f t fro m th e
P a s t ' t h a t I am g o in g t o r e a d t o y o u . L i s t e n t o
me c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y tim e I make a f a c t u a l
m is ta k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t m e.
The story is about Mr. Thompson whose dream to
become rich never came true. One day he bought a beautiful
old house in a village. It was in a bad state of repair but
Mr. Thompson knew he could hire someone to rebuild and
redecorate it (1). Mr. Thompson decided to examine the
house from the roof but he couldn’ t get there because there
were no stairs (2). So he got there through a hole that he
made in the ceiling. The attic was dirty and there were a
lot of strange things in the corners (3). His attention was
attracted by a little envelope with the words on the back
(4) ‘A Prize for You’ . Mr. Thompson started to open the
envelope (5) but it was too old, so he took it to a special
department in a museum. The man there promised to do the
job within a month ( 6). During all this time Mr. Thompson
read books about found treasures (7) and thought how he
would spend his fortune.
At last the museum man phoned Mr. Thompson and
invited him to come. Mr. Thompson listened carefully ( 8 )
to the man’ s explanation how he had opened the envelope.
Then the moment came when the envelope was taken
from under (9) the microscope and opened. In it there was
another envelope. Mr. Thompson could hardly breathe
until he saw a piece of paper which now looked almost new
(10). But to Mr. Thompson’s bitter disappointment it was
only an old unpaid bill for roof repairing.
KEY
1. Mr. Thompson was good with his hands and could do it
himself
2. There was no door that could lead to the roof.
3. While he was doing it, he saw a strange thing in one of
the corners.
4. On the front of the envelope Mr. Thompson could see
the words ‘A Prize for You’ .
110 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

5. Mr. Thompson wanted to open it at once, but the


envelope was so old and the paper was so thin that he
thought that it could easily tear under his fingers.
6. The museum man said that he needed 2 or 3 months to
open an old envelope like that.
7. Mr. Thompson only thought about the treasure. He read
books about finding treasures when he was a school-boy.
8. Mr. Thompson was only pretending to listen to the man.
9. The museum man took the envelope out of the chemical
solution and put it under the microscope.
10. It couldn’t look new because it was ‘ old yellow paper’ .

I V . Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURE 1 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to the
story they have just read and find what needs
rebuilding, repairing or redecorating in the
house Mr. Thompson bought. Ask them to use
the following grammar patterns:
P a t t e r n 1 - The whole house needs rebuilding.
P a t t e r n 2 - І think Mr. Thompson should rebuild the
whole house
In case o f difficulty, give your Ss the following prompts:
- the roof - to mend
- the window glass - to change
the shutters - to take o ff/t o hang on
- the fence - to make new wooden planks/to make a
new iron fence
a lawn - to plant grass
- a garden - to plant fruit trees and flowers
PICTURE 2 .
• Ask your Ss to speculate what episode from the story is
shown in the picture. Let them give arguments.
• Ask your Ss why in their opinion Mr. Thompson looks
so happy in the picture.
PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture
to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG1
)4 Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s b e lo w ,

1
2.
1. Do you know any jokes, anecdotes or funny stories
connected with people misunderstanding each
other because they can’t speak foreign languages?
If yes, tell your class about one of them.
Do you like travelling by train? W hy? Why not?
3. When was the last time you travelled by train? Where
did you go? How long was the journey? Did you enjoy
it? Did you meet any interesting people on the train?

a! M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w it h t h e i r

2
1.
«[і R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .

crow ded P a rярм


a) t 1ар ка /я р м а р ок
2. a fe llo w -tra v e lle r
b) проникнуться симпатией,
п о н р а ви ться/перейнятися
3. a co m p a rtm e n t сим патією , сподобатися
c) о гур ец /о гір о к
4. to introd u ce
d) задрем ать/задрім ати
o n e se lf
e) трясти/трясти
5. a luggage rack f) удача/вдача
б. to nod g) переполненны й лю дьм и/
переповнений лю дьми
7. a fa ir h) зам едлить хо д /уповільнити
8. fu r Хід
i) попутчи к/п оп утн и к
9. to take fan cy багаж ная полка/багаж на
j)
1 0 . fu rry полиця
k) купе п о езда/купе потяга
1 1 . a cu cu m b e r
1) м ех/хутро
1 2 . to slow down m) мохнаты й, покры ты й мехом/
волохатий, покритий хутром
1 3 . to sh ake
n) кивать головой /хитати
1 4 . luck головою
0) представляться/рекоменду­
1 5 . to sn ooze off
ватися, називатися
1 Strasbourg [' str£esb3:g] Страсбург (город в Швейцарии)/Страсбург (місто у Швейцарії)
112 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

P art 2
1 6 . a c u sto m s-o ffice r а) и скл ю чен и е/ви н яток
1 7 . a border b) сви стеть/сви стіти
c) поднос/та ця
1 8 . to forbid
d) колл ега/колега
1 9 . perm issio n e) б р и тье /гоління
2 0 . to exa m in e f) квартирная хозяй ка,
сдаю щ ая ж илье внаем/
2 1 . n e g a tive ly квартирна господарка, що
2 2 . to w h istle здає ж итло внайми
g) граница/корд он
2 3 . w illin g ly
h) разреш ение/дозвіл
2 4 . an exception і) там ож енник/м итн ик
2 5 . honest j) дом аш ний лю бим ец /
дом аш ній улю бл ен ець
2 6 . a colleagu e
k) проверять, осм атривать/
2 7 . a lan dlady перевіряти, оглядати
2 8 . a pet 1) отри ц ательно/заперечл и во
m) запрещ ать/забороняти
2 9 . a shave
n) охотно/охоче
3 0 . a tray o) честны й/чесний

3
Uj F i l l i n th e t a b l e b e lo w w ith th e
сл
m i s s i n g fo rm s o f i r r e g u l a r v e r b s .
I f you have d o u b ts ch eck th e A ppen dix
a t t h e end o f t h e b o o k .
Infinitive Past Past Present Russian/
Indefinite Participle Participle Ukrainian
Translation
to bring
to take
to feed
to feel
to wake
to shake
to forbid
to understand
to speak
to leave
A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG 113

Infinitive Past Past Present Russian/


Indefinite Participle Participle Ukrainian
Translation
t o f in d
to sh o w
to m a k e
t o s it
to e a t
to p u t

Read t h e s t o r y and c o r r e c t th e
^ sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t .
Mr. Brown, a middle-aged Englishman, was
on his holiday travelling to Austria 2in the Grand
European Express. The train was crowded and most of the
passengers were French. Mr. Brown’ s fellow-traveller
in the compartment was a pleasant fat old man. On the
luggage rack above his head there was a huge wooden box.
The two men nodded to each other, introduced
themselves and started a conversation-. It turned out that
the Frenchman was going to Strasbourg Fair and in his box
he had some rabbits. He brought the box down, opened it
and out jumped the rabbits. They were funny little animals
with white fur and red eyes. Mr. Brown was very fond of
animals of any kind and he took fancy to these furry white
balls immediately.
The two gentlemen fed them with several carrots that
the Frenchman had taken
with him from home and a
cucumber sandwich which
Mr. Brown took out of his
bag. And then the rabbits
were packed up in the box
again.
In twelve minutes’
time the train slowed
down as it was Strasbourg.
2 Austria ['3:strio] Австрия/Австрія
114 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Mr. Brown shook his neighbour’s hand and wished him


good luck at the Fair.
Now Mr. Brown was alone in the compartment. Soon
he felt sleepy, his head dropped on his chest and he snoozed
off. Suddenly he was woken up by Swiss customs officers.
They explained to him that he was crossing the border of
Switzerland3.They also asked him if he had anything that
was forbidden to take across the border. Mr. Brown smiled
politely and answered negatively. When one of the officers
asked for permission to examine his bag, Mr. Brown
willingly gave it.
The officer opened his bag and whistled. “A rabbit,”
he said, “you can’t take it to Switzerland without a special
medical examination.”
Mr. Brown understood at once that the rabbit jumped
into his bag after he had taken the sandwich out of it, and
explained the situation to the officers. They spoke to each
other in German, then smiled back at Mr. Brown. They
allowed him to take the rabbit just as an exception only
because Englishmen had a reputation o f honest people in
the Grand European Express. The officers gave Mr. Brown
some paper and left the compartment.
Several hours later the train arrived in Austria. An
Austrian customs officer
looked at the rabbit and at
the paper given by his Swiss
colleagues. Then he smiled
and wished Mr. Brown a good
holiday in Austria.
In the afternoon Mr. Brown
arrived in Salzburg4. He felt
terribly tired and hungry.
He found a room in a small
hotel near the railway station.
When the landlady showed

3 Switzerland ['switsolandj Швейцария/Швейцарія


4 Salzburg ['so:lzb3:g] Зальцбург (город в Австрии)/3альцбург (місто в Австрії)
A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG 115

Mr. Brown his room, he took the rabbit out of his bag and
gave it to her.
“ Oh, what a fine rabbit!” she said.
Mr. Brown smiled at her, “ It will make a fine pet. Take
it as a present.”
An hour later after a bath and a shave, Mr. Brown was
sitting in the dining-room, waiting for his meal.
The landlady came into the dining-room with a tray
and put in front of him a plate which smelled wonderful.
Mr. Brown started to eat, but then he put down his fork.
“What do you call this dish?” he asked.
The woman looked at him with surprise, “ But it’ s a
rabbit pie!” she answered.
* S ta te m e n ts
1. Mr. Brown’ s fellow-traveller was going to France.
2. There were few passengers on the train.
3. Mr. Brown’ s fellow-traveller didn’t have any baggage
with him.
4. The two men had known each other before they met on
the train.
5. Both Mr. Brown and his fellow-traveller were going to
Austria.
6. Suddenly a huge wooden box lying on the luggage rack
above Mr. Brown’ s fellow-traveller opened and out
jumped some white rabbits.
7. Mr. Brown was not very pleased with the perspective
of travelling with the rabbits.
8. The two gentlemen fed them with half o f a cucumber
sandwich that the Frenchman had taken with him from
home and several carrots which Mr. Brown had taken
out of his bag.
9. The rabbits jumped in the compartment till the train
reached Strasbourg.
10. In twenty minutes’ time the train slowed down as it
was Strasbourg.
11. Mr. Brown snoozed o ff before his fellow-traveller left
the compartment and was woken up when they arrived
in Switzerland.
116 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

12. When one of the customs officers asked Mr. Brown


for permission to examine his bag, he answered
negatively.
13. Mr. Brown understood at once that the rabbit jumped
into his bag while he was taking the sandwich out of it.
14. It turned out that it was prohibited to take rabbits to
Switzerland.
15. The customs officers told Mr. Brown that they
permitted him to take the rabbit with him because
he had a good reputation in the Grand European
Express.
16. An Austrian customs officer looked at Mr. Brown and
at the paper given by his Swiss colleagues, smiled and
wished him a good holiday in Austria.
17. Though Mr. Brown ate a cucumber sandwich on the
train, he felt very hungry when he found a room in a
small hotel near the railway station.
18. Mr. Brown asked his landlady to make a pie from the
rabbit that he gave her as a present.

Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e s t o r y .
1. W hy was Mr. Brown in the Grand European
Express?
2. How old was Mr. Brown?
3. Who was there on the train besides Mr. Brown?
4. Who was Mr. Brown’ s fellow-traveller?
5. Where was his luggage?
6. Where was the Frenchman going?
7. What was there in his luggage?
8. What did the rabbits look like?
9. What was Mr. Brown’ s attitude to animals in general
and to those rabbits in particular?
10. What did the two gentlemen feed the rabbits with?
11. What did the owner of the rabbits do after that?
12. How did the two gentlemen part in Strasbourg?
13. W ho else was left in the com partm ent besides
Mr. Brown?
A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG 117

14. W hy did Mr. Brown snooze off?


15. Who woke him up suddenly?
16. What did the customs officers explain to Mr. Brown?
17. What did they ask him?
18. What was Mr. Brown’ s answer?
19. How did Mr. Brown give his permission to examine his
bag?
20. Why did one of the customs officers whistle?
21. W h y c o u l d n ’ t M r. Brown take the rabbit to
S w itzerlan d?
22. When did the rabbit jump into his bag?
23. What language did the customs officers speak to each
other?
24. Why did they allow Mr. Brown to take the rabbit to
Switzerland?
25. What did the officers give Mr. Brown?
26. How did an Austrian customs officer react to the rabbit
and Mr. Brown’ s paper?
27. How did Mr. Brown feel when he arrived in Salzburg?
28. Where did he find a room for himself?
29. What did Mr. Brown give the landlady his rabbit for?
30. What did Mr. Brown do before he came down to his
meal?
31. What dish did the landlady bring to Mr. Brown?

6 ^ P ut t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s o f th e s t o r y
j< in o r d e r .

A. The officers gave Mr. Brown some paper and


left the compartment.
B. Mr. Brown started to eat but then put down
his fork.
C. He brought the box down, opened it and out jumped
the rabbits.
D. Mr. Brown smiled politely and answered the customs
officers’ questions.
E. Mr. Brown explained the situation to the officers.
118 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

F. The two gentlemen fed the rabbits with several carrots


and a cucumber sandwich.
G. Mr. Brown took fancy to the furry white rabbits
immediately.
H. Mr. Brown felt terribly tired and hungry.
I. “ But it’ s a rabbit pie!” she answered.
J. On the luggage rack above his head there was a huge
wooden box.
K. The train was crowded and most of the passengers were
French.
L. Soon Mr. Brown felt sleepy, his head dropped on his
chest and he snoozed off.
M. Mr. Brown shook his neighbour’ s hand and wished him
good luck at the Fair.

X M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e
< e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .

P art 1
1. a m id dle-aged a) to som eone
2. a luggage b) down
3. a huge w ooden c) sandw ich
4. to introduce d) sleepy
5. to sta rt e) hand
6. w hite f ) to som eone
7. to take fancy g) E nglishm an
8. a cu cu m b e r h) box
9. to slow i) off
10 . to sh ake sm b's j) a conversatio n
1 1 . to w ish sm b k) fur
1 2 . to feel 1 ) oneself
1 3 . to snooze m) rack
1 4 . to explain n) good luck
A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG 119

P art 2
to cross a) later
16. to take sm th b) at som eone
17. to sm ile c) a good holiday
18. to an sw e r d) tired and hungry
19. to ask e) an exception
20. to give perm ission f) with su rprise
21. a special g) people
22. ju s t as h) w onderful
23. honest i) fo r perm issio n
24. several hours j ) the border
25. to w ish som eone k) politely
26. to feel te rrib ly 1) n egatively
27. to sm ile m) a cross the border
28. to sm ell n) m edical exa m in atio n
29. to look at som eone o) w illin g ly

8
Do the crossword below and in th e shadowed
I column find out the word which e x p la in s the
reason why the r a b b it was cooked,
l.

3.
4.

6.
7.
8.
9.
10 .
11 .
12 .
13.
14.
15.
16.
120 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

1. to look at something closely to see if there is anything


wrong with it (7 letters)
2 . a type of entertainment in a field or park at which
farm animals or products are shown and take part in
competitions (4 letters)
3. to make a high sound or a musical tune by forcing your
breath out when your lips are closed (7 letters)
4. a long vegetable with dark green skin and light green
flesh, that is usually eaten raw (8 letters)
5. feeling that you want to eat (6 letters)
6 . a line that divides two countries (6 letters)
7. a thing that does not follow a rule (9 letters)
8 . the act o f allowing to do something (10 letters)
9. an informal talk involving two or several people
(12 letters)
10. one of the separate sections which a railway carriage is
divided into (11 letters)
11. two slices of bread, often spread with butter, with a
layer of cheese, meat, etc. between them (8 letters)
12. to have a short light sleep, especially during the day
and not in bed (6 letters)
13. a woman from whom you rent a room (8 letters)
14. readily; in an enthusiastic way (9 letters)
15. always telling the truth (6 letters)
16. bags and suitcases that contain people’ s things when
they are travelling (7 letters)

X S p e c u la t e about...

9 < 1. Where do you think Mr. Brown lived? What

did he do for a living?


2.
W hy do you think he decided to spend his
holiday in Austria?
3. What kind of holiday do you think he liked: an active
or a passive one?
4. Why do you think Mr. Brown’ s fellow-traveller was
taking rabbits to the Fair: to sell or to exhibit them?
A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG. KEYS 121

5. W hy do you think Mr. Brown didn’ t leave the rabbit at


Swiss border?
6 . What reputation do English people have in the whole
world?
7. What do you think was written in the paper that the
Swiss customs officers gave Mr. Brown?
8 . Do you think Mr. Brown finished eating his rabbit pie?
Why? Why not?
9. What do you think Mr. Brown did after that?

10
R e t e l l th e s t o r y as c lo s e to th e
t e x t as p o s s ib le .

KEYS

TASK 2 . M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1 : l - g ; 2 - i ; 3 - k ; 4 - o ; 5 - j ; 6 - n ;7 - a ;8 - l ;
9 - b; 10 - m; 11 - c; 12 - h; 13 - e; 14 - f;
15 - d
PART 2 : 16 - i; 17 - g; 18 - m ; 19 - h; 20 - k; 21 - 1;
22 - b; 23 - n; 24 - a; 25 - o; 26 - d; 27 - f;
28 - j; 29 - e; 30 - с

TASK 6 . P u t t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s o f th e
s t o r y in o r d e r .
1 - K; 2 - J; 3 - C; 4 - G; 5 - F; 6 - M; 7 - L; 8 - D; 9 - E;
10 - A; 11 - H; 1 2 - B ; 1 3 - І
122 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 7 . M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f t h e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .

Part 1 Part 2
a m id dle-ag ed 15. to cross the border
1.
Englishm an 16. to take sm th a cross
the border
2. a luggage rack 17. to sm ile at som eone/
3. a huge w ooden box politely
18. to a n sw e r n egatively
4. to in trod u ce o n e se lf
19. to a sk fo r perm ission
5. to sta rt a con versatio n 20 . to give perm ission
6 . w hite fur w illin gly
21 . a special m edical
7. to tak e fa n cy to
exa m in atio n
som eone
22 . ju s t as an exception
8. a cu cu m b e r sandw ich 23. honest people
9. to slow down 24. several hours la ter
25. to w ish som eon e a
10 . to sh ake sm b 's hand
good holiday
11. to w ish sm b 26. to feel te rrib ly tired
good luck and hungry
12 . to feel sleep y 27. to sm ile politely/
at som eone
13. to snooze off
28. to sm ell w onderful
14. to explain to som eone 29. to look at som eone
with surprise

PART 1: l - g ; 2 - m ; 3 - h ; 4 - l ; 5 - j ; 6 - k ; 7 - a /f; 8 - е ;
9 - b; 10 - e; 11 - n; 12 - d; 13 - і; 14 - f/a
PART 2: 15 - j; 16 - m; 17 - b /k ; 18 - 1; 19 - i; 20 - o;
21 - n; 22 - e; 23 - g; 24 - a; 25 - c; 26 - d;
2 7 - k /b ; 28 - h; 29 - f

TASK 8 . Do th e c r o s s w o r d b e lo w and i n th e
shadow ed colum n find o u t t h e word
w h ich e x p l a i n s t h e r e a s o n why t h e
r a b b i t was c o o k e d .
A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG. TIPS AND NOTES 123

1. e X a M і n e

2. f a i r

3. w h і s t 1 e
4. с u с и m b e r

5. h u N g r У
6. b 0 r D e r

7. e x с E P t і 0 n

8. p e R m і s s і 0 n

С 0 n V e r S a. t і 0 n

с 0 m P a r T m e n t

11 . s A n d w і с h

12 . s N 0 0 z e

13. 1 a n D 1 a d У
14. w I 1 1 і n g 1 У
15. h 0 N e s t

16. 1 u g G a g e

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

Elicitation of background knowledge


Mind Map
Draw a circle on the board with the words ‘DOMESTIC
ANIMALS AND BIRDS’ inside it.
124 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Ask your Ss to think what words come to their minds


when they see or hear the words ‘ DOMESTIC ANIMALS
AND BIRDS’ . Suggest writing down as many words as
possible next to the arrows.

cow s ♦-turkeys

• Let you Ss work in pairs or small groups and explain


how people use these domestic animals.

G a p -F illin g - DOMESTIC ANIMALS AND BIRDS ( g )


Ask your Ss to fill in the missing letters in the names
of domestic animals and birds given below. All the words
are in the plural form.
F i l l i n th e g a p s i n t h e w ords g i v e n b e lo w and
r e a d t h e names o f d o m e s t ic a n im a ls and b i r d s

1. h __ . 8. b
2. r __ 9. о
3. с __ 10 . t s
4. P 11 . с n
5. s __ 12 . d
6. d _ 13. q
7. g _
KEY
1. horses 5. sheep 8. bulls 11. chicken
2. rabbits 6. donkeys 9. oxen 12. ducks
3. cows 7. goats 1 0 .turkeys 13. geese
4. pigs

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)


II. Have yo u g o t a g o o d memory?
Ask your students to answer the questions
below without looking at the text.
A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG. TIPS AND NOTES 125

1. How many fellow-passengers besides the owner of


the rabbits were there in Mr. Brown’s compartment?
(None)
2. What nationality was Mr. Brown’ s fellow-passenger:
Swiss, German, French or Austrian? (French)
3. How many rabbits were there in the box of Mr. Brown’s
fellow-passenger? (It was not mentioned in the story.)
4. How many sandwiches did Mr. Brown take with him to
eat on his journey? (One)
5. How many vegetables are mentioned in the story?
(2 - cucumbers and carrots)
6. How many borders did Mr. Brown have to cross?
(3: British - French; French - Swiss; Swiss - Austrian)
7. How many Swiss customs officers came into
Mr. Brown’ s compartment? (The exact number was
not mentioned in the story, but it is clear that there
were more than one.)
8. What language did the Swiss customs officers speak
to each other: English, French, German, Swiss or
Austrian? (German. Explain to your Ss that Swiss
or Austrian do not exist because the population of
Switzerland speaks German, French, Italian and
English, while in Austria they speak German.)
9. When did Mr. Brown ask the landlady about the name
of the dish she served him?
a) when he caught the delicious smell o f the dish
b) when he started to eat the dish
c) when he finished eating the dish
(The right answer is: b)

I I I . C o n t i n u a t io n o f t h e s t o r y .
• Invite your Ss to imagine that it was not the end of the
story about the poor rabbit.
• Ask them to write 5 sentences to describe what, in their
opinion, happened after Mr. Brown had learnt that the
dish he was offered was a rabbit pie.
126 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

• In case of difficulty offer your Ss to answer the


following questions:
a) What do you think Mr. Brown told the landlady?
b) What do you think the landlady answered
Mr. Brown?
c) Do you think Mr. Brown stayed in that boarding
house or found some other place to stay?
d) Do you think the landlady did something to
somehow mend the awkward situation?
e) What do you think Mr. Brown did after he came
back to England?

I V . A so n g a b o u t d o m e s t ic a n im a ls { j j p l + $
• Offer your Ss to learn the song ‘Old McDonald Had a
Farm’ .
• Use the pictures from the section ‘ Photocopiable
materials’ to learn the names of the domestic animals
and the sounds they produce.
• If necessary, explain to your students what the words
of the song mean.
• Learn the song and sing it with your students.

V . Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2 .
• Ask your Ss to speculate what episodes from the story
are shown in the pictures. Let them give arguments.
• Ask your Ss to say whether they imagined
Mr. Brown and his fellow-traveller look the way the
painter drew them in the pictures.
• If the Ss imagined the main characters in a different
way, let them describe their appearance.
• Ask your Ss to look at Picture 2 and find out what
mistake the painter made.
KEY : Mr. Brown was not reading a newspaper while the
rabbits were jumping about in the compartment.
A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG. TIPS AND NOTES 127

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
I NEVER FORGET A FACE

Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s b e lo w .
1. How well do you remember people’ s faces?
2. Can you always remember both a person’ s
name and his/her face?
3. Have you ever had a feeling that you have seen someone
before but in fact you have never met this person? If
yes, tell the class about it.
4. Do you know any techniques that can help you
remember people’ s faces and names?

^4 M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r

2
1.
< R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .

recently a)
P a rt 1
вагон/вагон
2. a peculiarity b) приближаться/наближатися
c) раздражать/дратувати
3. to fit d) кивать/кивати
4. a com m uter e) крепко спать/міцно спати
5. a fellow -traveller f) тормозить/гальмувати
g) постучать, похлопать/
6. cheerfully постукати, поплескати
7. particular h) попутчик/попутник
i) недавно/нещодавно
8. hardly
j) (зд.) подбирать, соотнести/
9. a carriage підбирати, співвіднести
10 . to annoy к) постоянный пассажир
пригородного поезда/
1 1 . to nod постійний пасажир
12. to be fast asleep приміського потяга
13. to approach 1) едва/ледве
пі) особенность/особливість
14 . to pull up п) радостно/радісно
1 5. to tap о) особый/особливий
I NEVER FORGET A FACE 129

P art 2
1 6 . a chap a) головная боль/головний
біль
1 7 . to pour
b) исчезать/зникати
1 8 . a quarter
c) грязный/брудний
1 9 . a yard d) раскалывающий/той, що
розколює
20 . to give someone
a lift e) ограбление/пограбування
f ) негодяй/негідник
2 1 . awfully
g) покушение на убийство/
2 2 . a yard замах на вбивство
h) лить/лити
2 3 . to slow down
i ) четверть/чверть
2 4 . muddy
j ) двор/двір
2 5 . splitting k) приятель, парень/приятель,
хлопець
2 6 . a headache
1 ) замедлить ход/уповільнити
2 7 . to disappear хід
2 8 . a scoundrel m) ужасно/жахливо
n) подвезти кого-либо/
2 9 . a robbery
підвезти когось
3 0 . an attempted o) ярд (мера длины)/ярд (міра
m urder довжини)

'A Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e

3 g sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tru e o r f a l s e .

I will tell you a strange story that has


happened to me recently. One of my peculiarities
is that I never forget a face if I have seen it once. The
trouble is that rather often I can’t fit a name to it.
I have been living in Barfield1 for about 30 years and
I always travel up and down to London as I work there.
I am a regular commuter and I know most of my fellow-
travellers. Actually, when I meet the passengers whose
names I ['ba:fi:ld]
і Barfield don’ t know we still greet each other cheerfully.
Барфилд/Барфілд

5 Short stories with pleasure


130 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

On that particular evening


I was kept at my office a bit
late and hardly managed to get
to the station in time to catch
the 7.42 train. There were not
very many people and soon
there were only two of us left
in the carriage, myself and this
fellow who I am telling you
about. He wasn’ t one of the
regular passengers but I was sure he was from Barfield. I
recognized his face the moment I saw him but the annoying
thing was that I couldn’t remember who the fellow was.
I thought that he might be one of those who had moved
to Barfield not long ago. So I smiled and nodded to him.
He nodded too but didn’t seem interested in talking to me.
Well, I started reading my evening newspaper. The next
moment I looked at him, he was fast asleep.
We were approaching our station, and though the train
suddenly pulled up sharply, he didn’t wake up. So I lightly
tapped him on the knee and said, “ Hey, old chap, wake up.
We are here.” He came awake all at once and got o ff at the
station after me.
When we came out of the station it was dark and
pouring with rain. I saw that my fellow-passenger didn’t
have an umbrella and said, “ Look here, old man. The bus
isn’t coming for another quarter of an hour at least. I have
my car in the station yard. I can give you a lift, if you
want.” “ That’ s awfully kind of you,” he said.
When we were half way across the field - Barfield is
about a mile from the station - he suddenly said, “ You can
put me down here.”
I was surprised because there wasn’t a single house
within five hundred yards. All the same, I slowed down.
The next thing I remember was that something hard
hit me on the back of my head and everything went black.
I NEVER FORGET A FACE 131

When I came round, I was


lying on the muddy road with the
rain pouring down on me. I was
WANTED
having a splitting headache, my
pockets were empty and my car
had disappeared.
I somehow managed to get
to Barfield and went straight to
the police station. The minute I
got there I remembered who the
scoundrel was. F D R ROBBERY
We have got a picture of him AND ATTEMPTED MURDER
outside the police station with the big
words written above and below it,
"W A N T E D FOR RO BB ER Y AN D ATTEM PTED M U RD ER

S tatem en ts
1. This story happened to the narrator very long ago.
2. When the narrator sees a familiar face, he very often
can’ t remember this person’s name.
3. As the narrator lives in London and works in Barfield,
he gets to and from his work by a local train.
4. The narrator knows all the other commuters who go by
the same train.
5. On that particular evening the narrator stayed at work
longer than usual.
6. When he caught the 7.42 train, it turned out to be
overcrowded.
7. Closer to the narrator’s station most of the passengers
left the carriage.
8. The face of the passenger who was left in the carriage
seemed very familiar to the narrator.
9. The narrator was sure that the passenger was a new
citizen of Barfield who had moved there not long before.
10. The narrator’s fellow-traveller smiled at him, nodded
and fell asleep.
11. The narrator’s fellow-traveller slept so soundly that
he did not hear the train come to the station.
5*
132 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

12. The narrator offered his fellow-traveller a lift as it was


already dark.
13. They hadn’ t reached Barfield yet when the man asked
the narrator to stop the car.
14. The narrator was attacked, his money was stolen and
his car was broken.
15. The narrator’s fellow-traveller had committed crimes
like that before.

^ Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s ab o u t th e s t o r y ,

4 rj 1. When did this strange story happen to the


narrator?

2. What is one of the narrator’s peculiarities?


3. What is the narrator’ s problem?
4. How long has the narrator been living in Barfield?
5. Where does he work?
6. How does he get to and from his office?
7. How many fellow-travellers does the narrator know?
8. How does he greet his fellow-travellers?
9. When did the narrator leave his office on that
particular evening?
10. What train did he manage to catch?
11. How many people were there on the train that
evening?
12. Did the narrator recognize the passenger who he was
left in the carriage with?
13. What did the narrator think about him?
14. How did the narrator’s fellow-traveller show that he
was not interested in any conversation?
15. How did the narrator wake up his fellow-traveller?
16. What was the weather like when they got o ff the train
and came out o f the station?
17. W hy did the narrator offer his fellow-passenger a lift
to Barfield?
18. When did the narrator’s fellow-traveller ask to put
him down?
19. W hy was the narrator surprised?
I NEVER FORGET A FACE 133

20. What was the last thing the narrator could remember?
21. Where did he find himself when he came round?
22. How did the narrator feel?
23. Where did the narrator go?
24. What did he remember the minute he got there?
25. Where did the narrator see the man’s picture?
26. What was written above the picture?

P ut t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s o f th e s t o r y
in o r d e r .
A. The man wasn’t one of the regular passengers
but the narrator was sure he was from Barfield.
B. The narrator was surprised because there wasn’ t a
single house within five hundred yards.
C. The narrator remembered seeing a picture of that man
outside the police station.
D. The next moment the narrator looked at him, he was
fast asleep.
E. One of the narrator’s peculiarities was that he never
forgot a face if he saw it once.
F. When they came out of the station it was dark and
pouring with rain.
G. The narrator had lived in Barfield for a long time.
H. What annoyed the narrator was that he couldn’ t
remember who the fellow was.
I. The narrator offered his fellow-traveller to give him a
lift to Barfield.
J. When the narrator came around, he was lying on the
muddy road with the rain pouring down on him.
K. The narrator somehow managed to get to Barfield and
went straight to the police station.
L. The narrator was a regular commuter and knew many
of his fellow-travellers.
M. When they were approaching Barfield, the narrator
lightly tapped his fellow-traveller on the knee and
woke him up.
134 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

^ M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f t h e e x p r e s s i o n s
£ fro m t h e s t o r y .

P art 1

1. to fit a nam e a) the station


2. to travel up b) on the knee
3. a reg u la r c) late
4. to greet d) m anage
5. on th a t p a rticu la r e) in tim e
6. a bit f) co m m u te r
7. to hardly g) each o th e r ch ee rfu lly
8. to get to the station h) evening
9. an evening i) at the station
10. to be fast j) all at once
11. to approach k) to the face
12. to tap som eone 1) and down to London
13. to get off m) new spaper
14. to com e aw ake n) asleep

P art 2

15. to pour a) road


16. a n o th e r q u a rte r b) down
17. at c ) of one's head
18. to give som eone d) headache
19. h a lf w ay e ) to the police station
20. a m ile f) round
21. to slow g) m urd er
22. the back h) least
23. to com e i) fo r robbery
24. a m uddy j ) with rain
25. a splitting k) a lift
26. to go stra ig h t 1) a cross the field
27. w anted m) from the station
28. an attem p ted n) of an hour
I NEVER FORGET A FACE. KEYS 135

Use th e Da V in c i (m irro r a lp h a b e t)

7 ■fj cod e t o s o lv e t h i s p u z z le and rea d


an E n g lis h s a y in g . What do you th in k
t h i s s a y in g has t o do w ith th e s t o r y
you have re a d ?
P rom pt: A = N ; В = О ; С = P ; e t c
JR FBBA ORYVRIR JUNG JR QRFVER ~

S p e c u la te about...
1. How old do you think the narrator was? What
kind of work did the narrator do in his office
in London?
2. The narrator had to spend quite a long time on the
train. What do you think he usually did during his
journeys?
3. What do you think the police’ s reaction to the
narrator’ s story was?
4. Do you think the narrator’ s car was ever found?
5. In your opinion, was the man from the police picture
found in the end?
6. What lesson do you think the narrator was taught?

OI R e t e l l th e s t o r y as c l o s e t o th e t e x t
as p o s s i b l e .

KEYS

TASK 2 . Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1 : 1 - i ; 2 - m ; 3 - j; 4 - k ; 5 - h ; 6 - n ; 7 - o ; 8 - 1 ; 9 - а ;
1 0 - c ; 11 - d ; 12 - e ; 13 - b ; 1 4 - f ; 1 5 - g
PART 2 : 16 - k; 17 - h; 18 - i; 19 - j /o ; 20 - n; 21 - m;
22 - o /j ; 23 - 1; 24 - c; 25 - d; 26 - a; 27 - b;
28 - f ; 29 - e; 30 - g
136 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 3 . Read t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f t h e


s t a t e m e n t s a f t e r it a r e t r u e o r
fa ls e .
1 - F; 2 - T; 3 - F; 4 - F; 5 - T; 6 - F; 7 - T; 8 - T; 9 - F;
10 - F; 11 - T; 12 - F; 13 - T; 14 - F; 15 - T

TASK 5 . P ut t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s of th e
s t o r y in o r d e r .
1 - E; 2 - G; 3 - L; 4 - A; 5 - H; 6 - D; 7 - M; 8 - F; 9 - I;
10 - B; 11 - J; 1 2 - K ; 1 3 - C

TASK б . M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
P art 1 P art 2
1. to fit a nam e to the face 15. to pour w ith rain
2. to travel up and down 16. a n o th e r q u a rte r o f an
to London hour
3. a re g u la r co m m u te r 17. at least
4. to g ree t each oth e r
18. to give som eon e a lift
ch e e rfu lly
5. on th a t p a rticu la r 19. h a lf w ay a cross the
evening field
6. a bit late 20 . a m ile from the station
7. to hardly m anage 21 . to slow down
8. to get to the station in 22 . the back of one's head
tim e 23. to com e round
9. an evening n ew spaper 24. a m uddy road
10 . to be fa st asleep 25. a sp littin g headache
11 . to approach the station
26. to go stra ig h t to the
12 . to tap som eon e on the
police station
knee
27. w anted fo r robbery
13. to get off at the station
14. to com e aw ake all at 28. an a ttem pted m u rd er
once
PART 1: 1 - k; 2 - 1; 3 - f; 4 - g; 5 - h; 6- c; 7 - d; 8 - e;
9 - m ; 10 - n; 11 - a; 12 - b; 13 - i; 14 - j
PART 2 : 15 - j; 16 - n; 17 - h; 18 - k; 19 - 1; 20 - m;
21 - b; 22 - c; 23 - f; 24 - a; 25 - d; 26 - e;
27 - i; 28 - g
I NEVER FORGET A FACE. TIPS AND NOTES 137

TASK 7 . U se th e Da V i n c i (m ir r o r a lp h a b e t )
co d e t o s o l v e t h i s p u z z l e and r e a d
an E n g li s h s a y i n g . W hat do you t h in k
t h i s s a y i n g h a s t o do w ith t h e s t o r y
you have re a d ?
Prompt: A = N; В = 0, etc
WE SO O N BELIEVE W HAT WE D ESIR E

The Da Vinci (mirror alphabet) code:


A -N D -Q G -T J-W L -Y
B -O E -R H -U K -X M -Z
С -P F -S I -V

T IP S AND NOTES

Pre-Reading Activities

I . E lic ita tio n o f b a c k g ro u n d k n o w led g e

• Give your students two definitions o f the word


‘COMMUTER’- one taken from a dictionary, the other - a
short poem by E.B. White. Ask your Ss which of them
they like better and why.

Commuter is a person who travels into a city to work


each day, usually from quite far away.

Ґ Commuter - one who spends his life Л


In riding to and from his wife;
A man who shaves and takes a train
And then rides back to shave again, у
138 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

II. E n la r g in g s t u d e n t s ' k n o w led g e


COMMUTERS
• Give your students an activity sheet with Alan Maley’ s
poem ‘Commuter’ . Ask them to fill in the gaps in the
poem with the words from the box.
F i l l i n th e g a p s i n th e poem b e lo w w ith th e
w ords fro m th e b o x and r e a d a b o u t B r i t i s h
co m m u ters.
briefcase turn what paper m iserably sam e
canteen evening over hasn't coffee bus
morning choice chips
COMMUTER
He lives in a house in the suburbs
He rises each_ __ at six
He runs for the _____to the station
Buys h is______ and looks at the pics1.

He always gets in the same carriage,


Puts his up on the rack,
Thinks of his office,
And knows he can never back.

He gets to his desk by nine thirty,


W ondering_____ __ he should do.
When th e______ break comes at eleven,
He knows he still a clue.

His lunch break is quite uninspiring


He sits it out in the
It’ s fish and _________ , mince or potatoes,
A that’s quite literally obscene.

At five he runs back to the station,


Gets in th e_____ carriage again,
Unfolds h is____ paper,
Pulls a veil down his brain.
1 pics - short for ‘ pictures’
I NEVER FORGET A FACE. TIPS AND NOTES 139

KEY
He lives in a house in the suburbs
He rises each morning at six
He runs for the bus to the station
Buys his paper and looks at the pics

He always gets in the same carriage,


Puts his briefcase up on the rack.
Thinks miserably of his office,
And knows he can never turn back.

He gets to his desk by nine thirty,


Wondering what he should do.
When the coffee break comes at eleven,
He knows he still hasn’ t a clue.

His lunch break is quite uninspiring,


He sits it out in the canteen.
It’s fish and chips, mince or potatoes,
A choice that’s quite literally obscene.

At five he runs back to the station,


Gets in the same carriage again,
Unfolds his evening paper,
Pulls a veil down over his brain.

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)


jr pjj <
L
I I I . M is s in g A d je c t i v e s \379 /
Read t h e s h o r t summary o f th e s t o r y and f i l l
i n th e g a p s w ith t h e a d j e c t i v e s fro m t h e b ox
b e lo w .
regular particular police fam iliar splitting dark
annoying attem pted strange muddy interesting hard
rainy next em pty nearest big most
T h is____________(1) story happened to the man who
had a n ____________(2) peculiarity: he never forgot a face
140 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

if he saw it once. This man was a ____________(3) commuter


and he knew___________ (4) of his fellow-travellers. On that
__________ (5) evening he stayed at work late and almost
missed the train. There was another passenger in the
carriage whose face w as_____________ (6) to the narrator,
but the ____________ (7) thing was that he couldn’ t
remember who the fellow was. The other passenger soon
fell asleep and had to be woken up at the station. It was
a __________ ( 8 ) _____________(9) night , so the narrator
offered to give the man a lift. A fter the car had gone about
a mile, the man asked to put him down.
The narrator did that and th e___________ (10) thing he
remembered was something _ _ _ _ _ (11) hitting him
on the back of his head. When he came round, he was lying
on the __________ (12) road, having a __________ (13)
headache. His pockets w ere___________ (14) and his car
had gone.
The narrator managed to get to the (15)
_________ (16) station and there he remembered where he
had seen the scoundrel. His picture was outside with the
_________ (17) words above it ‘Wanted for robbery and
____________(18) murder’ .
KEY
1. strange 7. annoying 13. splitting
2. interesting 8. dark 14. empty
3. regular 9. rainy 15. nearest
4. most 10. next 16. police
5. particular 11. hard 17. big
6. familiar 12. muddy 18. attempted

IV. Work w ith p i c t u r e s


PICTURE 1 . Ask your Ss to speculate what episode from
the story is shown in the picture. Let them give
arguments.
I NEVER FORGET A FACE. TIPS AND NOTES 141

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to the


story they have just read and describe in detail
the appearance of the criminal wanted by the
police.

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
BURS AND ROSES

fcjj Answer th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w .

I g 1. Have you ever read any stories or watched

any films in which people’ s natural wit


helped them in difficult situations? If yes,
tell your desk-mate about one of them.
2. Sometimes wit helps schoolchildren and students in
difficult situations at school. Tell your desk-mate about
the most remarkable story when your wit helped you.
3. Do you like walking barefoot? W hy? W hy not?

Ы Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r

2
1.
2.
p

to happen

to quarrel
R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .
P art 1
a) торговец/торговец ь
b) см есь/сум іш
О c) отчаяние/розпач

3■> to arrange
d) прощ ать/прощ ати
4. a consul e) лю бим ы й, лю бим ая/
5. to settle улю блений, улю блена
f) представлять себе/уявляти
6. a tra d e r
собі
7. to m ake fun g) стыд, позор/сором , ганьба
8. to w elcom e h) устраи вать/ул аш товувати
i) случаться/траплятися
9. to im agin e
j ) ссориться/сваритися
10. a m ixtu re
k) подш учивать/ж артувати
11. sh am e 1) радуш но при гласи ть/радо
12. d e sp a ir запросити
m) ко н сул /кон сул
13. to forg ive
n) поселяться, о б о сн о вы ваться/
14. beloved оселятися, улаш товуватися
BURS AND ROSES 143

P art 2

1 5 . to su sp e ct a) босой/босий
b) п есок/п ісок
1 6 . a bur
c) ш аг/крок
1 7 . the natives d) наступать ногой/наступати
ногою
1 8 . to calm
e) см екал ка, остроум и е/
1 9 . to pro m ise км ітливість, дотепність
2 0 . to sca tte r f) усп о ка и в ать/засп окою ва ти
g) приним ать/прийм ати
2 1 . sand h) завоевать, победить/
2 2 . to hurt завою вати, перемогти
i) п одозревать/підозрю вати
2 3 . barefoot местны е ж ители, коренное
j)
2 4 . a step насел ени е/м ісц еві ж ителі,
корінне населення
2 5 . to tram p k) разбрасы вать/розкидати
2 6 . to accept 1) колю чка, шип, репей/
колю чка, шип, реп'ях
2 7 . w it m) об ещ ать/обіцяти
2 8 . to win n) травм и р овать, ранить/
травм увати, ранити

Ы Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e

З sta tem en ts a f t e r i t a re tru e o r f a l s e .

Johnny was a young man who lived in a small


American town. He loved a girl whose name was
Rose. But it so happened that he quarrelled with her and
decided to leave his home town. He arranged to go to South
America as an American Consul. He settled in a little town
of Coralio1 and met there another American whose name
was Billy.
Billy and Johnny worked together and became best
friends. Part of their work was to answer all the letters
і Coralio [кз'геїіізи] Коралио/Кораліо
that came to the Consulate. One day they got a letter from a
144 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

trader who lived in Johnny’ s home


town. He wrote that he would like
to open a shoe shop in Coralio. At
first the two friends just laughed
at the man who didn’t know that
the climate in that country was
so hot that only a few people wore
shoes. Then they decided to make
fun of that trader. They wrote a
nice letter to him in which they
said that there were three thousand
people in Coralio who had no shoes
and would like to buy them. They
welcomed the man to come and open a shoe shop in the
town.
A month later Billy came to Johnny’s room and told him
that the trader had come to Coralio and he had brought so
many shoes with him that he would not be able to sell them
even in twenty years. He also told Johnny that the man
had come with his daughter and the name o f that beautiful
girl was Rose.
You can imagine what feelings could be read on
Johnny’ s face. In his heart there was a mixture of love,
shame, hope and despair. He understood that if Rose ever
knew about the joke, she would never forgive him. He had
to do something about it and to do it very quickly.
He sent Billy to find a flat for Rose and her father and
then ran to the port to meet his beloved. A fter the first
look at the girl’s face he understood that Rose was glad
to see him and that she still loved him. He even suspected
that it was Rose who had made her father write that letter
about the shoe shop. His heart sang with happiness, and
yet he didn’ t know what to do.
In the evening Johnny and Billy put their heads
together and started to think. They thought and thought
but had no idea what to do. At last Billy said that they
could ask all their friends to buy some shoes. Johnny said
that they had too few friends to buy all the shoes. They sat
BURS AND ROSES 145

down again and went on


thinking. When morning
came they were still at the
table thinking.
Suddenly, Johnny
smiled, got up and began
to sing. Then he sent a
telegram to his friend
in Am erica, in which he
asked for 500 kilograms
of dry burs.
A week later Rose’s father opened his shop. Johnny
and Billy and all their friends bought new shoes but after
a week Rose’ s father began to ask Johnny why the natives
did not come into his shop. Johnny calmed the trader and
promised that everything would be all right.
The next day early in the morning a ship from America
came to Coralio and Johnny brought home five bags of
burs. At night Billy and Johnny went up and down the
streets of Coralio and scattered the burs from the bag onto
the sand and the grass.
The burs were very dry and big and when in the
morning the natives left their homes they couldn’ t walk
without hurting their bare feet. As soon as they made a
step they tramped on a bur and started to jump from one
foot to the other.
The native people didn’t know what to do. But Billy
and Johnny were right there to advise them to go to the
shoe shop and buy shoes. That day Rose’ s father sold quite
a lot of shoes.
And so it went on. At night Billy and Johnny scattered
the burs and during the day Rose’ s father sold shoes. When
all the shoes had been sold, the trader, who had got rather
rich, decided to go home.
Johnny didn’ t lose his chance and offered Rose to
marry him. She gladly accepted. They lived happily for
many years but he never told her how his wit had helped
him to win his wife.
146 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

S ta te m e n ts
1. Johnny left his native town because the girl he loved
had quarrelled with him.
2. Both Billy and Johnny worked in an American
government office.
3. Billy and Johnny’s job was connected with
correspondence.
4. Billy and Johnny decided to play a joke on Rose’ s
father.
5. The two young men invited the trader to open his
business in Coralio.
6. The natives of Coralio didn’t wear shoes because they
didn’ t need them.
7. When Johnny realized that the trader was Rose’ s
father he got very embarrassed.
8. Johnny found a good flat for Rose and her father.
9. When Johnny looked at Rose’ s face at the port, he
understood that her feelings for him had not changed.
10. The next day after his arrival in Coralio, Rose’s father
opened his shoe shop.
11. During the first week of sales, Rose’ s father sold most
of the shoes he had brought with him.
12. Billy found an excellent way out of the situation.
13. Johnny had good friends back in America.
14. To help Johnny Billy scattered burs at night.
15. The natives followed Billy and Johnny’ s advice.
16. Rose’ s father left Coralio much richer than he was
when he came there.
17. A fter the wedding Johnny told Rose about the burs
and they had a good laugh.

4
;ajAnswer th e q u e s t io n s a b ou t th e s t o r y .
% 1. Where did Johnny live?
2. W hy did he decide to leave his native town?
3. Where did he settle?
4. Who did Johnny meet there?
5. What kind of work did Billy and Johnny do in
Coralio?
BURS AND ROSES 147

6. What was in the letter that came from Johnny’ s home


town?
7. W hy did the trader’s letter make the two friends
laugh?
8. What did the young men write to the trader?
9. When did the trader come to Coralio?
10. How many shoes did he bring?
11. How did Johnny feel when he realized that the trader
was Rose’ s father?
12. What did Johnny think about the joke they had played
on the trader?
13. What did Johnny understand when he met Rose at the
port?
14. What did Billy and Johnny have to think about in the
evening?
15. Could they think of anything immediately after they
put their heads together?
16. What idea came to Billy’s head?
17. Why wasn’ t that idea very good?
18. W hy did the trader begin to worry at the end of the
first week?
19. What idea came to Johnny’ s head?
20. How many burs did he ask his American friend to send
him?
21. How did his friends send him the burs?
22. What did Billy and Johnny do at night?
23. What happened to the natives in the morning?
24. What did Billy and Johnny advise the natives to do?
25. When did Rose’s father decide to leave Coralio?
26. What chance didn’t Johnny want to lose?
27. W hy didn’ t Johnny tell Rose about the burs?

M Put th e e v e n ts and f a c t s o f th e s t o r y

5 <j in o r d e r .

A. Rose’ s father couldn’t understand why the


natives didn’t buy shoes.
B. Johnny’ s heart sang with happiness.
148 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

C. The two friends decided to make fun of the trader.


D. One day Johnny quarrelled with his girl-friend.
E. Rose agreed to become Johnny’ s wife.
F. The natives couldn’ t walk as burs hurt their bare feet.
G. The trader arrived in Coralio.
H. Billy and Johnny put their heads together and started
thinking about their problem.
I. One day Billy and Johnny read a letter from an
American trader who wanted to sell shoes in Coralio.
J. Billy and Johnny scattered burs at night and the sale
was good in the morning.
K. Johnny understood that Rose still loved him.
L. Johnny sent a telegram to his friends in America.
M. As soon as Rose’s father sold all the shoes, he decided
to go home.

6
istf M a tc h th e tw o h a lv e s of th e
ft e x p r e s s io n s fro m th e s to ry .

P a rt 1
1. a native a) a shoe shop
2. to w ork b) of som eone
3. to becom e c) la te r

4. to a n sw e r d) w ith happiness
e) town
5. to open
f) love, sham e, hope
6. to w e a r
and d e sp a ir
7. to m ake fun g) to g e th e r
8. a m onth h) best friends
9. a m ixtu re of i) shoes
1 0 . to sing j ) letters
BURS AND ROSES 149

Part 2
1 1 . to put on e s' heads k) last
1 2 . early 1) rich
1 3 . to hurt m) to the oth er
1 4 . to m ake n) one's chance
1 5 . to tram p o) gladly
1 6 . to ju m p from one foot P) one's bare feet
17 . to get rath er q) in the m orning
1 8 . at r) to g e th e r
1 9 . to lose s) a step
2 0 . to accept t) on a bur

^ F i l l in t h e g a p s w it h t h e m is s in g

7 ^ le t t e r s

1.
a n d r e a d t h e s e n t e n c e s b e lo w .

When we were small my sister and I used to


q ______________1over toys all the time.
2. People never s ______________d in this area because of
its severe climate.
3. Very often English and French t ________________s
cheated native Indians and gave them cheap glass
beads for their rich furs and gold.
4. Close your eyes and і ______________ e that you are in
the forest - the birds are singing, the air is fresh and
you are happy.
5. This wonderful city is a m______________e of beautiful
old areas and modern housing estates.
6. When the girl was accused of stealing the money, her
face burnt with s ________ e.
7. Lora’ s heart filled with d ________________ r when
she finally realized that she had lost her way in the
forest.
8. If you don’t want the burglars t o s _____________ t that
there is no one at home, ask your neighbours to collect
your mail while you are away.
150 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

9. Can you help me t o s ______________ r the grass seeds


over the lawn after dinner?
10. The poor children were wearing shabby clothes and
their feet were b _____ e.
11. Are you going to a ___________ t John’ s invitation to
his birthday party?

8 ^ S p e c u la t e about...
1. What do you think was the reason f or Johnny
and Rose’s quarrel?
2.
Do you think J ohnny and Rose fell out of love
with each other when they quarrelled?
3. W hy do you think the trader wrote a letter to Coralio?
Did he do it because his business was very bad in
America? Or was there any other reason?
4. Do you think Billy and Johnny often played tricks on
people?
5. W hy do you think Johnny had no idea that the trader
was Rose’s father?
6. Explain the mixture of Johnny’s feelings when he
learnt about Rose and her father’ s arrival?
7. Do you think Johnny’ s idea about burs was the best
possible solution of the problem?
8. What do you think could have happened if the trader
had not turned out to be Rose’ s father2?
9. What do you think the natives could do if they knew
the truth?
10. Do you think Johnny and Rose went on living in Coralio
or did they go back to America? Why do you think so?
11. Why do you think Johnny never told Rose about the burs?

\4 R e t e l l th e s t o r y a s c lo s e to th e t e x t

9 2
I as p o s s ib le .

W hat do you think could have happened if the trader had not turned out to
be Rose’ s father ? —Что вы думаете могло бы случиться, если бы торговец
не оказался отцом Р озы ?/Щ о, на ваш погляд, могло б трапитись, якби
торговець не виявився батьком Рози?
BURS AND ROSES. KEYS 151

KEYS

TASK 2 . M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1 : 1 - i; 2 - j; 3 - h; 4 - m; 5 - n; 6 - a; 7 - k; 8 - 1;
9 - f; 1 0 - b ; 11 - g; 12 - c; 1 3 - d ; 1 4 - e
PART 2 : 15 - i; 16 —1; 17 - j; 18 - f; 19 - m; 20 - k; 21 - b;
22 - n; 23 - a; 24 - c; 25 - d; 26 - g; 27 - e; 28 - h

TASK 3 . Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


s ta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a r e t r u e o r f a l s e .
1 - F; 2 - T; 3 - T; 4 - F; 5 - T; 6 - T; 7 - T; 8 - F; 9 - T;
10 - F; 11 - F; 12 - F; 13 - T; 14 - F; 15 - T; 16 - T; 17 - F

TASK 5 . Put th e e v e n t s o f th e s t o r y i n o r d e r .
1 - D; 2 - I; 3 - C; 4 - G; 5 - K; 6 - B; 7 - H; 8 - L ; 9 -A ;
1 0 - J; 1 1 -F ; 1 2 -M ; 3 - E

TASK 6 . M atch th e two h a l v e s o f th e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
Part 1 Part 2
1. a native tow n 11 . to put o n e s' heads
2. to w ork to g e th e r to g e th e r
3. to becom e best friends 12 . ea rly in the m orning
4. to a n sw e r letters 13. to hurt one's bare feet
5. to open a shoe shop 14. to m ake a step
6 . to w e a r shoes 15. to tra m p on a bur
7. to m ake fun of 16. to ju m p from one foot
som eone to the oth er
8 . a m onth la te r 17. to get ra th e r rich
9. a m ixtu re o f love, 18. at last
sh am e, hope and 19. to lose one's chance
d e sp a ir 20 . to accept gladly
10 . to sing w ith happiness
PART 1 : 1 - e ; 2 - g ; 3 - h ; 4 - j; 5 - a; 6 - i ; 7 - b ; 8 - е ; 9 - f ;
10 - d
PART 2 : 1 1 - r ; 1 2 - q ; 1 3 - p ; 1 4 - s ; 1 5 - t ; 1 6 - m ; 1 7 - 1 ;
18 - k; 19 - n; 20 - о
152 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 7. F i l l in th e gaps w ith th e m issin g


l e t t e r s and rea d th e s e n te n c e s b e lo w .
1. qu arrel 4. im agin e 7. d e sp a ir 10. bare
2. settled 5. m ixtu re 8 . su sp e ct 11. accept
3. tra d e rs 6. sham e 9. sca tte r

T IP S AND NOTES
Pre-Reading Activities

I. E l i c i t a t i o n o f backgrou nd know ledge


V a r ia n t 1 : SHOPS
• Give your students an activity sheet or write the words
given below on the board:
book
je w e lle ry
tea/coffee
n ew spaper
flo w er
m ilk
d ress SH O P
shoe
m eat
g ro cery
ve g eta b le
bread
fish
• Ask your students which of these words can be
combined with the word ‘SHOP’ and which cannot.
Let the Ss give the names of the shops and examples of
what can be bought in these shops.
KEY
1. a bookshop - books, magazines, dictionaries,
guidebooks, etc
2. a jewellery shop - rings, bracelets, necklaces,
brooches, watches, etc
3. a tea/coffee shop - tea, coffee, biscuits, pastry, etc
(You can also have a cup of tea or coffee there.)
BURS AND ROSES. TIPS AND NOTES 153

4. a newsagent’s shop - newspapers, magazines, envelopes,


stamps, cigarettes, etc
5. a florist’ s (shop) - bunches and bouquets o f flowers
6. a dairy shop - milk, yogurt, butter, cream, etc
7. a clothes shop - dresses, suits, trousers, etc
8. a shoe shop - shoes, sandals, boots, slippers, etc
9. a butcher’s (shop) - beef, mutton, pork, veal, etc
10. a grocer’s (shop) - cereals, butter, margarine, sausages,
etc
11. a greengrocer’s (shop) - potatoes, tomatoes, onions,
garlic, pepper, etc
12. a baker’ s (shop) - bread, rolls, buns, pretzels, etc
13. fishmonger’ s (shop) - cod, trout, perch, salmon, etc

V a r ia n t 2 : SOUTH AMERICAN COUNTRIES


STEP 1 . Match South Am erican c o u n t r ie s w ith
th e ir c a p ita ls .
(It is recommended to give this activity to the Ss as
homework so that they could use their geographic atlases.
Encourage your Ss to look up the transcription o f these
geographic names in their dictionaries.)
1. A rg e n tin a a) Q uito
2. Bolivia b) M ontevideo
3. Brazil c) Lim a
4. Chile d) C aracas
5. C olom bia e) P aram aribo
6. Ecu ad or f) Buenos A ire s
7. G uyana g) C ayenne
8. Paraguay h) Bogota
9. Peru i) Brasilia
10. S u rin a m e j) Asuncion
11. U ruguay k) La Paz; S ucre
12. Venezu ela 1) S a n tiag o
13. French G uiana m) G eorgetow n
KEY
1. Argentina [,а:сІ53пЧі:па] - Buenos Aires ['bwenas'eariiz]
2. Bolivia [Ьэ'Ную] - La Paz [la:'pa:s]; Sucre ['su:krei]
3. Brazil [brg'zil] - Brasilia [bra'zilia]
154 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

4. Chile [ 'tfili] - Santiago [,saenti'a:g3u]


5. Colombia [кз'ІлшЬіз] - Bogota [,ЬэидэЧа:]
6. Ecuador ['ekwgdo:] - Quito ['ki:tsu]
7. Guyana [даі'а:пз] - Georgetown ['djoic&taun]
8. Paraguay ['pasrsgwai] - Asuncion [,a:su:n'sj3un]
9. Peru [рэ'ги:] - Lima ['Н :тэ]
10. Suriname [^игі'пскт] - Paramaribo [,раегз'таегіЬзи]
11. Uruguay ['juragwai] - Montevideo [,mDntivi'dei3u]
12. Venezuela [.vens'zwiib] - Caracas [kgra'kaes]
13. French Guiana ['frentjgi'aina] - Cayenne [kai'en]
1 - f; 2 - k; 3 - i; 4 - 1; 5 - h; 6 - a; 7 - m; 8 - j; 9 - c;
10 - e; 11 - b ; 12 - d; 13 - g
STEP 2 , Look a t th e map o f South American
c o u n tr ie s and t r y t o find C o r a lio on i t .
р И Д В К = = 2 » ІИ П Г *ІІМ И І М ^

0 7 5 0 K ilo m e te r;
50'S
Lat
A N TA RC TIC A ,^
120* W 100* W 80* W qp* W 40* W 2Q*W 0» Long
K E Y : The country of Coralio DOES NOT exist, it is a
fictitious country.
BURS AND ROSES. TIPS AND NOTES 155

II. P r e d ic tio n
W r i t e on t h e b o a r d o r d i c t a t e to y o u r Ss th e
fo llo w in g w ord s:
- Johnny + Rose = love
- quarrel
- South America
- Johnny + Billy = friends
- a letter
- a shoe shop
a ship from America
the locals
- a telegram
- burs
- success
- Johnny + Rose = marriage
A sk y o u r Ss t o p r e d i c t w hat t h e s t o r y t h e y a r e
g o in g to re a d i s a b o u t.

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

I I I . A re you an a t t e n t i v e reader?
This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.

VARIANT 1 . Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'B u rs


and R o s e s ' and find 10 f a c t u a l m is t a k e s i n i t .
Johnny, a young man from a small town in the US,
decided to go to South America after a quarrel with his
girl-friend Rose. He went to Coralio together with his
friend Billy and they both started working in the American
Consulate. All their job was to answer the letters sent to the
consul. One day they got a letter from a trader who lived
in Johnny’s home town. The man wanted to open several
shoe shops in Coralio. It was a silly idea as the weather in
Coralio was always hot and nobody wore shoes there, but
the two friends decided to play a practical joke on the man
and invited him to come to Coralio.
156 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

A week later the man arrived in Coralio with all his


family. Billy and Johnny went to meet them and Johnny
was shocked when he learnt that the trader’ s daughter was
Rose. Johnny still loved the girl and he knew she would
never forgive him the joke on her father.
Then a great idea came to Billy’s head. He wrote a
letter to his friend in America and asked him to send 500
kg of burs. Soon the burs arrived and late at night the two
friends scattered them all over the town.
As a result the natives had to buy shoes and Rose’s
father got a lot of money. He decided to go to the US for
more shoes and his daughter agreed to marry Johnny. The
young people lived happily ever after and Johnny never
told his secret to his wife.

VARIANT 2 . T h e re are 10 fa c tu a l m is ta k e s in
t h e s h o r t summary o f t h e s t o r y 'B u r s and R o s e s '
t h a t I am g o i n g t o r e a d t o y o u . L i s t e n t o me
c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y tim e I make a f a c t u a l
m is t a k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t me.
Johnny, a young man from a small town in the US,
decided to go to South America after a quarrel with his girl­
friend Rose. He went to Coralio together with his friend
Billy (1) and they both started working in the American
Consulate. All their job was to answer the letters sent to
the consul (2). One day they got a letter from a trader who
lived in Johnny’s native town. The man wanted to open
several shoe shops (3) in Coralio. It was a silly idea as the
weather in Coralio was always hot and nobody wore shoes
there (4), but the two friends decided to play a practical
joke on the man and invited him to come to Coralio.
A week later (5) the man arrived in Coralio with all
his family (6). Billv and Johnny went to meet them (7)
and Johnny was shocked when he learnt that the trader’s
daughter was Rose. Johnny still loved the girl and he knew
she would never forgive him the joke on her father.
BURS AND ROSES. TIPS AND NOTES 157

Then a great idea came to Billy’ s head (8). He wrote a


letter (9) to his friend in America and asked him to send
500 kg of burs. Soon the burs arrived and late at night the
two friends scattered them all over the town.
As a result the natives had to buy shoes and Rose’s
father got a lot of money. He decided to go to the US for
more shoes (10) and his daughter agreed to marry Johnny.
The young people lived happily ever after and Johnny
never told his secret to his wife.
KEY
1. Johnny met Billy and made friends with him in
Coralio.
2. Part of their job was to answer the letters sent to the
consul.
3. The man wanted to open one shoe shop in Coralio.
4. Very few people wore shoes there.
5. A month later the man arrived in Coralio.
6. He came only with his daughter.
7. Only Billy went to meet them.
8. Then a great idea came to Johnny’s head.
9. Johnny sent a telegram to his friend in America.
10. When all the shoes had been sold, the trader, who had
got rather rich, decided to go home.

I V . Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURE 1 .
• Introduce the word ‘ thorn’ .
• Ask your Ss to look at the two plants drawn in the
picture and say what they have in common.
KEY: both the rose and the bur have thorns that can prick
people and animals.
• Ask your Ss what plants have thorns and what they are
meant for.
KEY: plants that have thorns are: dog-roses, thistles,
cactuses, acacia, chestnuts, etc. Thorns help plants
to reproduce themselves
• There is an English proverb ‘ Life is not a bed of roses. ’
Ask your Ss how they understand it.
158 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to speculate what episode from


the story is shown in the picture. Let them give
arguments.

PICTU RE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
A MINT CLUE

1
2.
&
g
Answ er th e q u e s t i o n s b e lo w ,
1. Have you ever got any trophies for victories
in sports competitions? If yes, tell your
partner (the class) about them.
Where do you keep your trophies? Do you want anyone
to see them? Why? Why not?
3. What, in your opinion, should famous people do in
order not to attract burglars into their homes?

2
>4 M atch th e w o rd s b e lo w w it h t h e i r
jjj R u s s ia n /U k r a in ia n .e q u i v a le n t s .

Part 1
i. an in vestig atio n a) стоящ ий/ва ртий
b) соревнование, тур н и р /
2. a b u rg lary
зм агання, турн ір
3. a troph y c) очевидны й/очевидний
4. a cup d) впечатление/враж ення
e) ценньїй/цінний
5. a pound
f) рассл едован ие/
6. w orth розслідування
7 _ at least g) граф ство/граф ство
h) зам етить/зау важити
8. a th ie f i) краж а со взлом ом /крадіж ка
9. a to u rn a m e n t зі зломом
3) вы ходить на/виходити на
10. valu ab le k) спортивны й приз, награда/
11. e vid e n t спортивний приз, нагорода
1) ф унт стерл ингов/ф унт
12. to face стерлінгів
1 3 . a county m) по крайней м ере/принайм ні
n) куб о к /к уб о к
14 im p ressio n
o) вор, грабитель/злодій,
1 5 . to rem a rk грабіж ник
160 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Part 2
1 6 . to m ention a) сосать/см октати
b ) конф етная обертка/
17 . to get upset
ц укеркова обгортка
1 8 . to realize c) взлом щ ик сей ф ов/зл ом щ и к
сейф ів
1 9 . vain
d} сосредоточенность/
2 0 . a desire зосередж еність
e ) преступл ени е/зл очи н
2 1 . to show
f ) нем едл ен но/негайно
o n e se lf off
g) упом януть/згадати
2 2 . to suck h) тщ есл авны й/м арнолю б ний
i ) реш ать/ви ріш у вати
2 3 . a m int
j ) расстраиваться/
2 4 . to prom ise засм учуватися
k) вы ставлять себя в выгодном
2 5 . a sw eet w rapping
свете/виставляти себе у
2 6 . im m e d ia te ly вигідном у світлі

2 7 . a sa fe -cra cke r 1) понимать, осознавать/


розуміти, усвідом лю вати
2 8 . con cen tration m) мятны й лед енец/м 'ятний
льод ян и к
2 9 . a crim e
n) ж елание/баж ання
3 0 . to settle o ) обещ ать/обіцяти

Sad Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e

З £ statem en ts a f t e r i t are tru e o r f a l s e .

One cold rainy morning Inspector W atts1


arrived at Mr. Gosling’ s2 house to carry out
an investigation of a burglary. The owner of the house
brought the police officer into the dining room. Along one
of the walls there was a large glass case full of gold and
silver cups - Mr. Gosling’ s golf trophies. Beside it, there
was a wall safe which was open and empty.
The detective naturally wanted to find out what had
been stolen. Mr. Gosling told Inspector Watts that the
1 Inspector W atts [WDts] инспектор Вотс/інспектор Вотс
2 Mr. Gosling [ ’ gD slirj] мистер Гослинг/містер Гослінг
A MINT CLUE 161

thief had taken about three ^


hundred pounds in banknotes
and a very expensive stamp ,^
collection which was worth |. Л ‘
at least ten thousand pounds.
However, the thief had not
touched any of Mr. Gosling’ s
golf trophies though the gold
and silver cups that he had won *4
in different tournaments were 4
very valuable. But the inspector
did not find that strange. He knew that such things as
trophies were more difficult to sell and easier to find.
It was evident that the thief got into the house
through one of the French windows3 facing the garden.
The burglary happened during the night as the previous
evening Mr. Gosling saw everything in its place. That night
he was alone as his wife and children were on holiday. And
he didn’t hear anything as his bedroom was upstairs in the
other side of the house.
A fter examining the dining-room, Inspector Watts
was interested in only two things. The first one was
Mr. Gosling’ s photograph in a newspaper that had been
published a week before. It was a picture of the famous
golfer Mr. Gosling. He was standing with the County Golf
Cup in his hands in front of the glass case in his dining
room. Mr. Gosling explained that it was his own idea
to choose the place for taking the photo as he thought it
would make the best impression on the readers.
Inspector Watts remarked that it was really a good idea
but also an expensive one because when the thief saw the
picture he couldn’t help noticing4 a wall safe. Besides, the
reporter mentioned the valuable stamp collection that was
kept in it. Mr. Gosling got very much upset when he realized
that his vain desire to show himself o ff cost him a lot.
But there was one more thing that attracted Inspector
W atts’ attention. “ Do you suck mints?” he suddenly
3 a French window - a glass door that leads to a garden or a yard
4 ...he couldn’t help noticing... - ...не мог не заметить.../...не міг не помітити...

6 S h ort stories w ith pleasure


162 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

asked Mr. Gosling. The owner


of the house was surprised and
answered negatively.
“ Then I hope you will soon
have your collection back,”
promised Inspector Watts
picking up a small piece of
paper from the floor. It was a
sweet wrapping and seeing it
the inspector immediately thought about Minty Miller, a
professional safe-cracker, who always sucked mint candies
to help his concentration.
It took the inspector less than ten minutes to call the
police station and find out that Minty Miller who had
already been arrested four of five times for similar crimes,
had come out of prison a week before.
“ That seems to settle the matter, doesn’ t it?” said
Inspector Watts to Mr. Gosling. “ But, please, next time
you have your photograph taken, don’t let the whole world
know where your personal safe is, will you?”
S ta te m e n ts
1. Inspector Watts had to find a burglar who had broken
into Mr. Gosling’ s house.
2. Along one of the walls of the sitting room, there was a
large glass case full of gold and silver cups.
3. Next to the glass case, there stood Mr. Gosling’ s
personal safe.
4. What surprised the inspector was that the thief had
not taken Mr. Gosling’ s golf trophies.
5. The inspector found out that the thief had climbed into
the house through one of the French windows facing
the garden.
6. During the night o f the burglary there was no one in
the house except Mr. Gosling.
7. Mr. Gosling couldn’t hear the burglar because he
usually slept very soundly.
8. A fter examining the dining-room, Inspector Watts
found a couple of things that interested him.
A MINT CLUE 163

9. The newspaper photograph that interested the


inspector was taken in Mr. Gosling’ s dining room.
10. Mr. Gosling thought that the photographer had chosen
the best place for the picture.
11. In Inspector W atts’ s opinion, the place for taking the
picture was most inappropriate.
12. Without wishing to do it, the newspaper reporter helped
the thief find a very valuable thing in Mr. Gosling’ s
house.
13. Mr. Gosling was fond of mint candies.
14. The professional safe-cracker Minty Miller had made a
mistake that cost him his freedom.
15. Mr. Gosling understood that the burglary of his house
was partially his fault.

A nsw er th e q u e stio n s abou t th e story.

4 ft 1. Why did Inspector Watts come to Mr. Gosling’s


house one cold rainy morning?

2. Where did the owner of the house take the


police officer?
3. What did the inspector see in the dining room?
4. What was there in the glass case?
5. What was stolen from Mr. Gosling’s dining-room?
6. W hy didn’t the thief steal anything from the glass
case?
7. How did the burglar get into the house?
8. How did Inspector Watts know that the burglary had
happened at night?
9. W hy did no one in the house hear the burglar?
10. What was the first thing that interested the
inspector?
11. When was the newspaper with Mr. Gosling’s picture
published?
12. Where was Mr. Gosling standing when the photographer
took the picture?
13. W ho found the place for taking the picture?
14. How did Mr. Gosling help the burglar?
6*
164 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

15. How did the reporter help the burglar?


16. W hy did Mr. Gosling get very much upset?
17. What other thing attracted Inspector W atts’
attention?
18. Which of the inspector’ s questions surprised Mr.
Gosling?
19. W hy was Inspector Watts so sure that Mr. Gosling
would soon have his collection back?
20. What did Inspector Watts pick up from the floor?
21. What did Minty Miller do for a living?
22. What did Minty Miller usually do to help his
concentration?
23. Where did Inspector Watts phone?
24. What did Inspector Watts find out about Minty
Miller?
25. What advice did Inspector Watts give to Mr. Gosling?

^ M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e

5
1.
jj*j e x p r e s s i o n s fro m th e s t o r y .

a cold rainy
Part 1
a) sta m p collection
2. to carry out b) w indow
3. the ow n er c) the garden
4. a police d) into the house
5. g olf e) sm th strange
6. a wall f) evening
7. a valu able g) m orning
8. to find h) trop h ies
9. to get i) inspecto r
1 0 . a French j) an investigatio n
1 1 . to face k) of the house
1 2 . the previou s 1) safe
A MINT CLUE 165

Part 2
1 3 . in the o th e r side m) m int candies
1 4 . to take n) sa fe -cra cke r
1 5 . to m ake o) one's concentration
1 6 . one's vain P) the m a tter
1 7 . to show q) w rapping
1 8 . to suck r) of the house
1 9 . to an sw e r s) the police station
2 0 . a sw eet t) o n e se lf off
2 1 . a p rofessional u) a photo
2 2 . to help v) the best im pressio n on sm b

2 3 . to call w) n egatively
2 4 . to settle x) desire

У**"* & S p e c u la t e about...


< 1.
How do you think Minty Miller managed to
Ilk find out about Mr. Gosling’s collection if he
was in prison at that time?
2. Do you think Mr. Gosling ever invited
newspaper men into his house again after the
burglary?
3. Was, in your opinion, the story of the burglary in
Mr. Gosling’ s house and the result of Inspector W atts’
investigation published in any newspaper? W hy? Why
not?
4. Do you think Mr. Gosling found a new place to keep his
collection and money at after they had been returned
to him?
5. Where would you keep your collection and money if
you were Mr. Gosling?
166 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

7
j*< Enjoy doing the crossword below. All
£3 the words in it go across and can be

found either in the story or in the


exercises. Find out the word hidden
in the shaded column.
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.

1. a person who steals from another person or place


(5 letters)
2. a plant with dark green leaves and fresh smell and
taste; often added to food and drinks to give flavour
(4 letters)
3. very useful, expensive or important (8 letters)
4. at once (11 letters)
5. a strong wish to have or do something (6 letters)
6. a territorial division in Britain, Ireland or the USA
(6 letters)
7. an idea, a feeling or an opinion that you get about
somebody or something (10 letters)
8. a sporting game played over a large green ground
using specially shaped sticks to hit a small hard ball
into holes (4 letters)
A MINT CLUE. KEYS 167

9. a sports competition (10 letters)


10. ability to direct all your effort and attention to one
thing, without thinking of other things (13 letters)
11. connected with a job that needs special training or
skills (12 letters)
12. an official organisation whose job is to make people
obey law, to prevent and solve crimes (6 letters)
13. opposite of ‘positively’ (10 letters)

8
R e t e l l th e s t o r y a s c l o s e to th e t e x t
as p o s s ib le .

KEYS

TASK 2 . M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n £ q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1: 1 - f; 2 - і; 3 - k; 4 - n; 5 - 1; 6 - a; 7 - m; 8 - o;
9 - b ; 10 - e; 1 1 - c ; 1 2 - j ; 13 - g; 1 4 - d ; 1 5 - h
PART 2 : 16 - g; 17 - j; 18 - 1; 19 - h; 20 - n; 21 - k;
22 - a; 23 - m; 24 - o; 25 - b; 26 - f; 27 - c;
2 8 - d ; 29 - e; 30 - і

TASK 3 . R ead t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tru e or
fa ls e .
1 - T; 2 - F; 3 - F; 4 - F; 5 - F; 6 - T; 7 - F; 8 - T; 9 - T;
10 - F; 11 - T; 12 - T; 13 - F; 14 - F; 15 - T

TASK 5 . M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
PART 1 : 1 —g; 2 —j; 3 - k; 4 - i; 5 - h; 6 - 1; 7 - a; 8 - e;
9 - d; 10 - b; 1 1 - c ; 1 2 - f
PART 2 : 13 - r; 14 - u; 15 - v ; 16 - x ; 17 - t; 18 - m;
19 - w; 20 - q; 21 - n; 22 - o; 23 - s; 24 - p
168 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

P art 1 P art 2
1 . a cold rainy m orning 13. in the o th e r side of the
2 . to ca rry ou t an house
in vestigatio n 14. to take a photo
15. to m ake the best
3. the ow n e r of the house
im p ressio n on sm b
4. a police in sp ecto r 16. one's vain desire
5. g o lf trop h ie s 17. to show o n e se lf off
6 . a wall safe 18. to su ck m in t candies
7. a valu ab le stam p 19. to a n sw e r n egatively
collection 20 . a sw eet w rapping
8 . to find sm th strang e 21 . a pro fessional sa fe ­
cra cker
9. to g et into the house
22 . to help one's
10 . a French w indow concentration
11 . to face the garden 23. to call th e ,p o lice station
12 . the p re vio u s evening 24. to se ttle the m a tte r

TASK 7 . E n jo y d o in g t h e c r o s s w o r d b e lo w . A l l
t h e w ords i n i t go a c r o s s and can b e
fo u n d e i t h e r i n t h e s t o r y o r i n th e
e x e r c i s e s . F in d o u t t h e word h id d e n
i n t h e sh a d e d c o lu m n .
1. t h I e f
2. m і N t
3. V a 1 и а b 1 e
4. і m m E d і а t e 1 У
5. d e S і г е
-j-
6. с 0 u n У
і m P r e s s I О n
8. G 0 1 f
9. t 0 u r n A m е п t
10. с 0 n с e n T г а t і 0 n
P r 0 f e s s I О п а 1
12. p 0 1 і с е
13. N е 9 а t і V e 1 У
A MINT CLUE. TIPS AND NOTES 169

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I. E l i c i t a t i o n o f backgrou nd know ledge


BURGLARY
Ask your Ss to answer the following question:

Is y o u r house (flat) a bu rglar's dream ?

Then tell you Ss that before entering the house burglars


have to make sure that the owners of the house are
not at home. What clues do the owners might give the
burglars?
In case of difficulty suggest the following clues:
- The mailbox is full of mail.
- No one is seen entering and leaving the house (flat)
for a long time.
- There is no light in the windows of the house (flat)
in the evening.
- The curtains on the windows are not drawn apart
during the day.
There is a note on the door saying ‘ The key is under
the doormat.’
- There are no footprints on the snow around the
house in winter.
The grass in the front garden is not cut.

Give your students an activity sheet and ask them what


else shouldn’ t the owners do not to attract burglars
into their houses (flats).
170 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Make y o u r House a Castle

S u g g e s te d a n sw e r:
1. No windows should be left open in the house.
2. All the doors should be locked.
3. All the doors should be locked.
4. The tree branches shouldn’t be close to the house.
5. The garden wall should be high.
6. The postman should be warned not to bring mail.
7. The milkman should be warned not to bring milk.
8. All the ladders should be kept locked in the shed or
garage.
A MINT CLUE. TIPS AND NOTES 171

I I , E n la r g in g s t u d e n t 's v o c a b lu a r y

T H IE V E S Сш)
T h e r e a r e m any 'p r o f e s s i o n s ' am ong t h i e v e s . M a tc h
th e t h ie v in g p r o f e s s io n s w it h t h e ir d e f in it io n s .
1. a t h ie f a) a p e r s o n w h o s t e a ls fr o m s tr o n g
m e t a l b o x e s o r c u p b o a r d s w it h a
c o m p lic a t e d lo c k , u s e d f o r s t o r in g
v a lu a b le t h i n g s s u c h a s m o n e y o r
je w e ls
2. a b u r g la r b) a p e r s o n w h o s t e a ls f r o m a n o t h e r
p e r s o n o r p la c e , e s p e c i a l l y u s in g
v io le n c e o r t h r e a t s
3. a p ic k p o c k e t c) a p e r s o n w h o s t e a ls fr o m a n o t h e r
p e r s o n o r p la c e w i t h o u t u s in g
v io le n c e
4. a ro b b e r d) a t h i e f w h o c l i m b s u p t h e o u t s id e o f a
b u ild in g in o r d e r t o e n t e r it a n d s t e a l
sm th
5. a s a fe -c ra c k e r e) a p e r s o n w h o s t e a ls m o n e y o r
v a l u a b l e s f r o m o t h e r p e o p le 's c lo t h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y in c r o w d e d p la c e s
6. a c a t - b u r g la r f) a p e r s o n w h o e n t e r s a b u ild in g
i l l e g a l l y in o r d e r t o s t e a l
KEY: l-c ;2 -f;3 -e ;4 -b ;5 -a ;6 -d

IN V E S T IG A T IO N OF A C R I M E i 385
1. a n a lib i a) a p e r s o n w h o is b e lie v e d t o h a v e d o n e
s o m e t h in g w r o n g
2. a c lu e b) a c a r e f u l e x a m i n a t i o n in o r d e r t o f in d
s o m e t h in g
3. e v id e n c e c) a p e r s o n w h o w a s a c t u a lly p r e s e n t a t a n
e v e n t a n d s h o u ld b e a b le t o d e s c r i b e it
4. in v e s t ig a t io n d) a n y t h in g t h a t m a k e s c l e a r o r p r o v e s
s o m e t h in g
5. a se a rc h e) a f a c t , id e a , o r a n o b j e c t t h a t h e lp s
d e t e c t i v e s t o s o lv e a c r im e
6. a su spect f) e v id e n c e t h a t p r o v e s t h a t a p e r s o n w a s
in a n o t h e r p la c e a t t h e t i m e o f a c r im e
a n d s o c o u ld n o t h a v e c o m m it t e d it
7. a w it n e s s g) a n o f f ic ia l e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e f a c t s
a b o u t a c r im e
KEY: 1 - f ; 2 -е ; 3 - d; 4 - g; 5 - b; 6 - a; 7 - с
172 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

I I I . M is s in g A d je c t iv e s
F ill in th e gaps in th e s to ry "A M in t C lu e '
w it h th e a d je c t iv e s g iv e n in th e box.

la r g e g o ld d in in g fa m o u s g re y g o lf
w a ll sta m p s ilv e r sta m p sw eet g la s s
b e tte r p r o f e s s io n a l e x p e n s iv e p e r s o n a l v a lu a b le c o ld
m in t

The story is about a burglary in the house of the


____________(1) ______________ (2) champion Mr. Gosling.
Inspector Watts was ordered to carry out an investigation.
On a ____________(3) _____________ (4) morning he arrived
at Mr. Gosling’ s place and was taken into th e____________
(5) room. There he saw a _________ (6) ___________ (7) case
full o f __________ (8) a n d ___________ (9) trophies. Next
to it was an open____________ (10) safe. It turned out that
the thief had stolen some money and a n _____________ (11)
________ (12) collection. Surprisingly, t h e _________ (13)
trophies had not been touched.
Inspector Watts got interested in two things only.
One was Mr. Gosling’ s photograph in a newspaper which
clearly showed not only the champion near his trophies but
also the safe. Besides, the paper mentioned Mr. Gosling’s
____________ (14) collection.
The second thing which attracted the inspector’s
attention was a __________ (15) wrapping on the floor. He
at once remembered Minty Miller, a ____________(16) safe­
cracker, who always sucked____________(17) candies.
Thus the matter was settled. But before leaving
Mr. Gosling’s house the Inspector advised him to find a
_____________ (18) place for h is____________ (19) safe and
to keep it a secret.
A MINT CLUE. TIPS AND NOTES 173

KEY
1. famous 6. large 11. expensive 16. professional
2. golf 7. glass 12. stamp 17. mint
3. cold 8. gold 13. valuable 18. better
4. grey 9. silver 14. stamp 19. personal
5. dining 10. wall 15. sweet

IV . Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURE 1. Ask your Ss to speculate what episode from
the story is shown in the picture. Let them give
arguments.

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to


the story they have just read and find out what
mistakes the painter made.
KEY: there was only a wrapping, there was no sweet next to it

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
THE DOG GULLIVER1

1
>4 Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s b e lo w .
H 1. What do you know about dogs’ reputation?
2. Have you heard about any incidents when
dogs saved people’ s lives? If yes, tell your
desk-mate about it.
The dog’ s name in the story you are going to read was
Gulliver. What do you think the dog named like this
looked like?
4. What do you think could be the character o f the dog
named like this?

2
M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w it h t h e i r
a R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .

P art 1
1. huge a) морское путеш ествие/м орська
2 . to m iss подорож
b ) за борт/за борт
3. fre ig h t
c ) боль/біль
4. to confess d) спасательны й плот/
5. to get рятувальний пліт
frigh ten ed e) остры й/гострий
6 . a voyage f) огром ны й/вели чезн ий
7. a fire g) ребро/ребро
h) приходить в себя/опритом ніти;
8 . a sa ilo r
отямитися
9. a life-raft i ) п р и зн аваться/зізн авати ся
1 0 , a deck j ) пож ар/пож еж а
1 1 . overboard к) опазды вать, пропускать/
сп ізню ватися, пропускати
12. pain
1 ) грузовой/вантаж ний
13. sharp
т ) пугаться/лякати ся
14. a rib п) палуба/палуба
15. to com e to о) моряк, м атрос/м оряк, матрос
і Gulliver ['длііуз] Гулливер/Гулівер
THE DOG GULLIVER 175

P art 2
16. w reckage a) черствы й/черствий
17. sunken b) тонуть/тонути

1 8 . to su rvive c) ж аж да/спрага
d) ж евать/ж увати
1 9 . to draw
e) кр ош ка/кри хта
20. un fo rtu na te ly f) за то нув ш и й /за тон ул ий
2 1 . to drow n g) рев/ревіння
2 2 . hu n ger h) глотать/ковтати
i) сп аси те л ь/р ятівн и к
2 3 . th irst
j) об лом ки/улам ки
2 4 . to search
k) вы тащ ить/витя гти
25. stale 1) остаться в ж ивы х, выж ить, .
2 6 . to chew сп асти сь/за ли ш и ти ся в ж ивих,
виж ити, врятуватися
2 7 . to sw allow
m) к несчастью /на нещ астя;
2 8 . a crum b на ж аль
2 9 . a roar n) голод/голод
3 0 . a sa vio u r o ) искать/ш укати

■"Л fed Read th e s t o r y and d e c i d e i f th e


A statem en ts a f t e r i t are tru e o r f a l s e .
V' It happened in 1901 when I was coming home
to England from the Philippines2. It so happened
that I missed my boat and had to travel on an old freight
ship. When we left the port I saw that dog for the first
time. What a huge dog he was! I must confess that I got so
frightened that I decided never to cross his way3. His name
was Gulliver, and he was the Captain’s favourite dog.
On the third day of our voyage something happened on
the ship and it caught fire. The sailors quickly lowered the
life-boats and jumped into them. I wanted to join them, but
it was too late - they were already far from the ship and
I was not a good swimmer. Suddenly I remembered that
1 had seen a life-raft during my long daily walks on the
2 the Philippines ['filipinz] Филиппинские острова/Філіппінські острови
3 ...never to cross his way... - ...никогда не становиться ему поперек дороги.../
...ніколи не ставати йому поперек дороги...
176 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

deck. I had no time to


lose so I ran up to the raft
and pushed it overboard.
Then I jumped down
and heavily landed on
my side. The pain in my
ribs was so sharp that
I don’t remember what
happened after that.
When I came to, I
looked around me. The
sea was calm but I could see neither the wreckage of the
sunken ship nor the life-boats. Perhaps, I was the only one
who survived.
Then I saw something that frightened me even more
than being alone in the open sea. The big head of the dog
Gulliver was coming towards me through the water. I was
in a danger which might be much worse than drowning or
fire. I thought I was lucky to have my gun with me and I
quickly drew it out of my pocket. But, unfortunately, it
was wet, and I couldn’ t use it.
Soon Gulliver’s head touched the raft. Then the dog
heavily jumped onto it, shook himself, went to the other
side o f the raft and lay down.
I couldn’t sleep that night as I felt I had to watch him.
I could see that his eyes were open - Gulliver was watching
me too. I will remember that night all my life!
I fell asleep only towards morning, when the sky was
turning grey. When I woke up, the sun was already up in
the sky. Besides the dog, there was another danger waiting
for me - hunger and thirst.
I searched the raft and found some stale bread and a
flask of water. While I was chewing the first bite o f bread
and washing it down with water, I could see that the dog’s
eyes were on the bread that I was eating.
“ He must be as hungry as I am” , I thought, “ I had better
give him some or he might attack me” . And I threw him a
THE DOG GULLIVER 177

piece o f bread. He immediately


swallowed it and looked up at
me. I threw him another piece.
“That’ s all for today,” I said
and was surprised how well he
understood.
When it grew dark I began
to talk to Gulliver. I talked
about everything - my life, the
people back home, the woman I loved, the books I used to
read and other things like that - and Gulliver listened. I
talked and talked, sitting on one side of the raft, and he
went on listening to me, lying on its other side. At last he
raised himself heavily and came up to me. He lay down at
my feet and I allowed him to stay there.
On the fifth day, when we didn’ t have a crumb o f bread
to eat and not a drop of water to drink, I saw a ship miles
away from us.
“ Look, they are coming!” I cried to Gulliver. He came
up to me and for the first time I put my hand on his head
to pet him.
A few minutes later I understood that the ship was
passing us without seeing our little raft.
“ Speak, Gulliver,” I cried to the dog, “ speak!”
He understood. A terrible roar came from the dog.
They heard us on the ship and soon my saviour and I found
ourselves on board a big ship.
I never parted with Gulliver till the very last of his
days. Now I live in the company of his son and I will always
be grateful to the dog that saved my life.
S ta te m e n ts
1. When this story happened the narrator was travelling
from England to the Philippines.
2. The narrator had to travel by another ship because he
didn’ t arrive at the port in time.
3. The Captain’ s favourite dog impressed the author very
much.
178 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

4. When the ship caught fire, the crew first tried to save
the passengers.
5. The narrator couldn’ t join the crew because there was
no room in the life-boats.
6. The narrator’ s ability to observe saved his life.
7. The narrator hurt himself when he jumped onto the
raft.
8. When the narrator recovered from his fall, he found
out that he was alone in the open sea.
9. The narrator’s discovery that there was another living
being that survived the fire made him very happy.
10. The weapon the narrator had about him could not help
him to protect himself.
11. When Gulliver climbed onto the raft, he shook himself
and lay down at the narrator’s feet.
12. During the first night on the raft both the man and the
dog slept very soundly.
13. There was a little food and water on the raft.
14. The narrator shared bread with the dog because he felt
pity for him.
15. Gulliver asked for food all the time.
16. The dog approached the man only at the end of the
second day.
17. Bread and water lasted the man and the dog for five
days.
18. The narrator found enough courage to pet the dog only
on the fifth day o f their voyage.
19. The people on the passing ship did not notice the little
raft.
20. It was Gulliver that made the sailors on the passing
ship notice the survivors of the shipwreck.

A nsw er t h e q u e s t i o n s about th e s t o r y .
1. When did the event described in the story happen?
2. Where was the narrator travelling?
3. Why did the narrator have to travel by a
freight ship?
THE DOG GULLIVER 179

4. When did the narrator see the dog for the first time?
5. What was his first impression of the dog?
6. When did the ship catch fire?
7. What did the sailors of the ship do?
8. Why didn’ t the narrator join the sailors?
9. What did the narrator see during his daily walks on
the deck?
10. How did the narrator save himself?
11. What happened when he jumped onto the life-raft?
12. What did the narrator see around himself when he
recovered consciousness?
13. What frightened the narrator even more than being
alone in the open sea?
14. W hy couldn’t the narrator use his gun?
15. What did Gulliver do when he got on the raft?
16. W hy didn’ t the narrator and the dog sleep that night?
17. When did the narrator fall asleep?
18. What dangers waited for him in the morning?
19. What did the narrator find on the raft?
20. What did the narrator notice while he was chewing the
first bite of bread?
21. W hy did he share his food with the dog?
22. How many pieces o f bread did the narrator throw to
the dog?
23. W hy didn’ t he give the dog more bread?
24. When did the narrator begin to talk to Gulliver?
25. What did he tell the dog about?
26. What was the dog doing while the narrator was telling
him his stories?
27. How far from each other were the dog and the man?
28. What did the dog do at last?
29. What did the narrator allow him to do?
30. How long did the bread and the water last the
shipwrecked4?
31. What did the narrator and the dog see on the fifth day?
32. When did the narrator pet the dog for the first time?
4 the shipwrecked (pi. n) - потерпевшие кораблекрушение/ті, хто зазнали
корабельну аварію
180 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

33. Why was the narrator disappointed a few minutes later?


34. What did he order the dog to do?
35. How did the dog save the narrator?
36. How long did Gulliver live with the narrator?
37. Did Gulliver have any descendants?

00 M atch th e two h a l v e s o f th e
e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
Some numbers h a v e two o p t i o n s .
Part 1
1. to m iss a) pain
2. a freigh t b) overboard
3. fo r the first c) to o n e se lf
4. a huge d) to lose
5. to cross e) w alks
6. to catch f) around
7. to low er g) fire
8. to be a good h) of the sunken ship
9. daily i ) one's w ay
10. to have no tim e j ) dog
11. to push k) ship
12. a sharp 1 ) a boat
13. to com e m) tim e
14. to look n) a life-b o at
15. the w reckage o) sw im m e r
Part 2
16. to draw sm th a) bread
17. in the open b) aw ay from sm b
18. to fall c) of bread
19. to turn d) o n e se lf
20. stale e) of w ater
21. a fla sk f) dark
22. to chew g) asleep
23. to w ash sm th down h) o f w ater
24. to grow i ) sea
25. th in g s j ) a ship
26. a cru m b k ) grey
27. a drop 1) out of one's pocket
28. m iles m) w ith w ater
29. to find n) a bite o f bread
30. on board o) like th a t
THE DOG GULLIVER 181

s*< Put t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s of th e s t o r y

6 £3 in o rd e r.

A. The narrator shared the bread and water he


found on the raft with the dog.
B. Gulliver roared so loudly that the sailors o f the passing
ship heard his voice.
C. The narrator landed on the raft so awkwardly that he
felt sharp pain and nothing after it.
D. On the third day of the voyage something happened on
the ship and it caught fire.
E. The passing ship definitely didn’ t see the raft.
F. The sailors managed to escape from the burning ship
on all the available life-boats.
G. It was impossible to use the gun as it was wet.
H. The narrator didn’ t even try to reach the lif e-boats as
he was not a good swimmer.
I. The narrator was grateful to the dog that saved his
life.
J. On the fifth day there was no food left.
K. The narrator missed the boat on which he had to go
home to England from the Philippines.
L. Gulliver’ s head that the narrator saw in the water
frightened him more than anything else.
M. Gulliver was the Captain’ s favourite dog.

^ S p e c u la t e about...
Щ 1. What kind of person do you think the captain
/ of the ship was to own a dog like Gulliver?
і 2. What do you think had happened to the
captain of the ship if he allowed the sailors to
escape first before saving the passengers and
his dog?
3. Why did the sailors use only the lif e-boats and not the
raft?
4. Who do you think left the bread and the water on the
life raft?
5. W hy do you think the bread and the water were stale?
184 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 8, U se th e Da V in c i ( m ir r o r a lp h a b e t )
c o d e t o s o lv e t h i s p u z z le a n d re a d
a n E n g lis h s a y in g a b o u t d o g s . W h at
do y o u t h in k i t h a s to do w it h th e
s t o r y you h ave re a d ?
Prompt: A = N; В = О; С = P; etc
DOGS LEAVE PAW PRINTS ON YO UR HEART

The Da Vinci (mirror alphabet) code:


A -N D -Q G -T J-W L -Y
B -0 E -R H -U K -X M -Z
С -P F -S I-V

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E lic it a t io n o f b a ckg ro u n d k n o w le d g e
S H IP W R E C K S
• Ask your Ss to remember at least two most famous
shipwrecks that happened in real life or were described
in literature. Introduce the word ‘shipwreck’ with its
definition ‘ a loss or destruction of a ship at sea because
of a storm or because it hits rocks’ .
• If your Ss have difficulty in giving examples, help
them with the following:
- The shipwreck in Daniel Defoe’ s ‘ Robinson
Crusoe’
- The shipwreck in Jonathan Swift’s ‘Gulliver’
- The British ship ‘ Titanic’ in 1912
- The Soviet icebreaker ‘Tcheluskin’ in 1934
- The Soviet ship ‘Nahimov’ in 1986
• Ask your Ss what, in their opinion, helps people
to survive shipwrecks. Invite your Ss to rank
the explanations given below according to their
importance.
THE DOG GULLIVER. TIPS AND NOTES 185

Rank t h e r e a s o n s t h a t h e lp p e o p le t o s u r v i v e
sh ip w r e c k s in ord er of th e ir im p o rta n c e .
E x p la in y o u r c h o i c e .
___ availability of food and water
___ strong will power
___ favourable weather conditions
___ luck
___ friendly fellow-travellers
___ availability of weapons
___ availability of fishing tackles
___ availability of lifeboats or rafts
___ availability of matches
___ animals
___ skills and knowledge
___ instruments from the wrecked ship

II. Bank C l o z e .

ROBINSON CRUSO
Ask your Ss to fill in the gaps in the passage given
below with the words from the box.
F i l l i n th e g a p s i n th e t e x t b e lo w w ith th e
a d je c tiv e s fro m t h e b o x and find o u t more
i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t th e m o st fam ous s h ip w re c k
d e s c r ib e d in l i t e r a t u r e .
interesting cleverly rescues coast passing
experiences servant met sailor
‘ Robinson Crusoe’ is an imaginary story about a
shipwrecked___________ ( 1) who found himself on a desert
island o ff the northern____________(2) of South America.
Daniel Defoe wrote this novel in 1719. He based the story
partly on the___________ (3) of a Scottish sailor, Alexander
Selkirk. But Defoe’ s realistic account of Crusoe’ s life is
much m o re ____________ (4), and has become one o f the
most popular books in English.
The book explains how Crusoe____________(5) manages
to make himself at home while he lives on the island.
After living alone for 26 years, C rusoe__________ ( 6 ) a
186 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

man from cannibals. He calls the man Friday because he


________ (7) him on that day. Friday becomes Crusoe’ s
trusted friend and__________ (8 ). Finally, after 28 years,
Crusoe and Friday are discovered by a ____________(9)
British ship and are taken to England.
KEY
1. sailor 6. rescues
2. coast 7. met
3. experiences 8. servant
4. interesting 9. passing
5. cleverly

GULLIVER
Ask your Ss what associations they have when they
hear the word ‘ Gulliver’ . If they can’t remember anything
but the word ‘ Lilliputians’ 1, invite them to read the story
about ‘Gulliver’ s Travels’ .
GULLIVER
In th e sto ry b e lo w some se n te n c e s or p a rts
of se n te n c e s are d e le te d . F ill in th e gaps
1 -7 w ith t h e s e n t e n c e s A -G and r e a d t h e s t o r y
about 'G u l l i v e r 's T r a v e l s '.
‘ Gulliver’ s Travels’ is one of the most favourite
children’ s stories in English literature. It was published
in London in 1726 under the name of Lemuel Gulliver2,
supposedly a ship’ s surgeon and later a captain.__ 1__
In the book, Dr. Gulliver describes his fantastic
adventures in distant lands. The story begins with a
shipwreck in which Gulliver, the only survivor, swims
ashore. He finds himself in Lilliput3, ___ 2___ . But the
Lilliputians take themselves very seriously. At first the
Lilliputians treat Gulliver well and Gulliver helps them a
lot, but after a time they turn against him and he is happy
to escape their land.
1 Liliputians [,lili'putjanz] Лилипуты/Ліліпути
2 Lemuel Gulliver [Jemjual'gAliva] Лэмюэль Гулливер/Лемюель Гулівер
3 Lilliput ['lilipat] Лилипутия/Ліліпутія
THE DOG GULLIVER. TIPS AND NOTES 187

Gulliver’ s second voyage takes him to Brobdingnag 4


___ 3___ . Though the people in that country are tremendous
giants, they are better tempered than the Lilliputians.
However, Gulliver becomes a pet of a little 9-year-old girl,
4___ . He has terrifying experiences and in the end he
is happy when he manages to escape.
Gulliver’ s third voyage takes him to several strange
kingdoms in which people, even scientists, behave very
foolishly. For example, in the academy of Lagado5, scholars
spend all their time on useless projects___ 5___
In his last, fourth voyage, Gulliver discovers a land
ruled by wise and gentle horses called Houyhnhnms6.
___ 6___ The Yahoos 7 look like human beings. The horses
distrust Gulliver because they believe he is a Yahoo.
Gulliver wishes to stay in the agreeable company of the
clever horses, but they force him to leave. A fter Gulliver
returns to England,___ 7___

A. ...who is much taller than Gulliver.


B. ...where the people are 12 times larger than Gulliver
and are greatly amused by his tiny size.
C. Savage, stupid animals, called Yahoos7, also live
there.
D. In reality, Jonathan Swift8, the witty dean of
St. Patrick’s Cathedral in Dublin, wrote the book.
E. ...such as extracting sunbeams from cucumbers.
F. ...he speaks at first only with the horses in his stable.
G. ...where the people are only 6 inches (15 centimetres)
high.

KEY: 1 -D ; 2 -G ; 3 -B ; 4 -А ; 5 -Е ; 6 -C ; 7 -F

4 Brobdingnag ['brobdirjnaeg] Бробдиньяг/Бробдіньяг


5 Lagado ['laegadau] Лагадо/Лагадо
6 Houyhnhnms ['huinsmz] Гуигнгмьі/Гуігнгми
7 Yahoos ['ja:hu:z] И еху/Ієху
8 Jonathan Swift ['djDnsGan'swift] Джонатан Свифт/Джонатан Свіфт
188 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

I I I .C la s s d is c u s s io n
Ask your Ss to choose the reasons that helped the
narrator to survive in the shipwreck described in the story
they have read. The reasons given in I will help them to
discuss this point.
/ PH <
IV. A re you an a t t e n t i v e read er?
This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.
VARIANT 1 . Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'The
Dog G u l li v e r ' and find 10 f a c t u a l m ista k e s in i t .
The narrator once travelled in a small passenger ship
which caught fire on the fourth day of the voyage. All the
sailors left the ship in life boats and forgot about their only
passenger. The narrator was fortunate to find one more
boat on the deck. He pushed it into the sea and jumped into
it. When he fell, he hurt his head and lost consciousness.
When he came round, the sea was calm, and far in the
distance he could see the sailors’ life-boats.
The narrator was all alone on his raft but not for a long
time. Very soon he saw a small dog swimming towards
his raft. It was captain’s favourite dog whose name was
Gulliver. The narrator was very happy to see the dog.
Both the dog and the man were very hungry but luckily
in the boat there were some stale biscuits and a bottle of
fresh water.
The man and the dog shared the raft, the bread and the
water for four days and that made them friends. On the
fifth day the dog suddenly started barking. That sound
was heard on the ship that was passing by and the narrator
and Gulliver were rescued.

VARIANT 2 . T h e re a r e 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n th e
s h o r t summary o f th e s t o r y 'The Dog G u l li v e r '
t h a t I am g o in g t o r e a d t o y o u . L i s t e n t o me
c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y tim e I make a f a c t u a l
m is t a k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t me.
THE DOG GULLIVER. TIPS AND NOTES 189

The narrator once travelled in a small passenger ship


( 1) which caught fire on the fourth dav ( 2 ) of the voyage.
All the sailors left the ship in life boats and forgot about
their only passenger. The narrator was fortunate to find
one more boat (3) on the deck. He pushed it into the sea and
jumped into it. When he fell, he hurt his head (4) and lost
consciousness. When he came round, the sea was calm, and
far in the distance he could see the sailors’ lif e-boats (5).
The narrator was all alone on his raft but not for a long
time. Very soon he saw a small dog ( 6) swimming towards
his raft. It was captain’ s favourite dog whose name was
Gulliver. The narrator was very happy to see the dog (7).
Both the dog and the man were very hungry but luckily
in the boat there were some stale biscuits ( 8 ) and a bottle
of water (9).
The man and the dog shared the raft, the bread and
the water for four days and that made them friends. On
the fifth day the dog suddenly started barking. (10) That
sound was heard on the ship that was passing by and the
narrator and Gulliver were rescued.
KEY
1. a freight ship 6. a huge dog
2. on the third day 7. he was very frightened
3. a life raft 8. stale bread
4. his ribs 9. a flask of water
5. he couldn’ t see 10. the narrator asked the
anything around him dog to speak

V. Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2 .
• Ask your Ss to speculate what episodes from the story
are shown in the pictures. Let them give arguments.
• Ask your Ss to speculate what breed the Dog Gulliver
might be. Let them choose from the following breeds:
- a hound - гончая/гонча
- a mastiff - мастифф/мастиф
- a terrier - терьер/тер’ єр

190 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

-
a German shepherd - немецкая овчарка/німецька
вівчарка
a Duchshund - такса/такса
a mongrel - дворняжка/дворняжка
• Ask your Ss to look at the illustrations to the story they
have just read and find out what mistakes the painter
made.
KEY
1. this kind of raft could not be kept on board the ship for
emergencies
2. there is no flask with water on the raft in the first
picture

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture to


illustrate this story, what would you draw in it?
Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
A CLEVER HINT

Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s b e lo w .
1. Do you enjoy listening to music? What kind
of music do you prefer: classical, pop, rock,
jazz or any other kind?
Do you play any musical instruments? Why? Why not?
Have you ever wanted to learn to play any musical
instruments? W hy? W hy not?
It is difficult to imagine our life without music. It
sounds from everywhere: shops, restaurants, houses,
personal stereos, mobile phones, etc. Some people don’ t
like listening to music that is imposed on them. What,
in you opinion, can they do?
People of older generations don’ t share the musical
tastes of the younger ones. How do you think this
problem could be solved?

i4 Do t h e q u iz b e lo w and find o u t how


ft much yo u know a b o u t c l a s s i c a l m u s ic ,
co m p o se rs and p e r f o r m e r s .
1. Which of these musicians composed ‘The
Moonlight Sonata’ ?
a) Johann Sebastian Bach
b) Ludwig van Beethoven
c) W olfgang Amadeus Mozart
d) Pyotr Ilyich Tchaikovsky
Which of these composers is the author of the opera
‘Aida’ ?
a) Giuseppe Verdi c) Vincenzo Bellini
b) Giacomo Puccini d) Gioacchino Antonio Rossini
Which of the following musical instruments does NOT
belong to stringed ones?
a) a violin c) a clarinet
b) a cello d) a contrabass
192 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

4. Which musical instrument did the famous musician


David Oistrach play?
a) a violin c) a clarinet
b) a cello d) a contrabass

5. Which o f these musical instrument CANNOT be found


in a symphony orchestra?
a) a piano c) drums
b) a guitar d) cymbals

6 . Which of these composers is known as ‘ the Waltz


King’ and composed ‘ Tales from the Vienna W oods’ ?
a) the German composer Richard Strauss
b) the Austrian composer Oscar Straus
c) the Austrian composer Johann Strauss, Sr.
d) the Austrian composer Johann Strauss, Jr.
7. Which of these is NOT one o f the vocal classifications
for women?
a) soprano c) contralto
b) mezzo-soprano d) tenor

8 . The voices of the famous Italian singers Luciano


Pavarotti, Jose Carreras and Placido Domingo are called
a) lyric tenors c) basso cantante
b) baritones d) basso profundo

9. Which of these ballets was NOT composed by


Tchaikovsky?
a) Swan Lake c) The Nutcracker
b) The Sleeping Beauty d) Carmen

10. The musical term ‘ adagio’ means


a) slow c) at a moderate speed
b) fast and lively d) with great feeling
A CLEVER HINT 193

3
Match the words and expressions given below
£ with th eir Russian/Ukrainian equivalents.
P art 1
successful a) вдохновлять/надихати
2 . to retire b) вызывать/викликати
3 . quiet c) наследовать/успадковувати
4 . to surround d) поселяться/поселятися
5 . well-kept
e) немедленно/негайно
f) племянница/племінниця
6. picturesque g) преуспевающий, удачливый/
7 . to inspire процвітаючий, щасливий
8 . an advantage h) знакомиться/знайомитися
9, elderly i) окружать/оточувати
1 0 . to cause j) уходить на пенсию/іти на пенсію
1 1 . to inherit к) тихий, спокойный/тихий,
1 2 . a niece
спокійний
1) живописный/мальовничий
1 3 . to settle down
т) пожилой, престарелы й/літній,
1 4 . im m ediately старий
1 5 . to get п) ухоженный/гарно доглянутий
acquainted 0) преимущество/перевага
P art 2
1 6 . respectful a) живо интересоваться, страстно
1 7 . to be fond of увлекаться/живо цікавитися,
smth жагуче захоплюватися
b ) возражать/заперечувати
1 8 . to promise
c) установить/установити
1 9 . polite d) грубый/грубий
2 0 . to look forward e) жужжание/дзижчання
to smth £) вежливый, почтительный/
2 1 . to be keen on увічливий, шанобливий
smth д) любить что-то, увлекаться чем-
2 2 . to mind то/любити щось, захоплюватися
2 3 . to install
чимось
h) обещать/обіцяти
2 4 . a choice 1) быть в растерянности/бути
2 5 . rude розгубленим
2 6 . to im agine j) вежливьій/ввічливий
2 7 . to be at a loss к) газонокосилка/газонокосарка
1) вьібор/вибір
2 8 . buzzing
т) облегчение/полегшення
2 9 . a lawnm ower п) представлять/уявляти
3 0 . relief о) с нетерпением ждать чего-то/
з нетерпінням чекати чогось
7 Short stories with pleasure
194 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Read t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f the


s t a t e m e n t s a f t e r i t a re tr u e o r f a l s e .
Mr. Brooks was a successful businessman
before he retired. All his life he had been working
and living in a big, noisy town and his dream had always
been to buy a house in a very quiet place where there would
be no smoke, no noise and very few people.
When Mr. Brooks retired, he found such a place and
bought a house in the country. The house was not big but
very comfortable, surrounded by a well-kept garden with
lots of fruit-trees and flowers. The nature around was
beautiful and picturesque and inspired Mr. Brooks for
long walks. One o f the main advantages of the house was
that Mr. Brooks had only one next-door neighbour, a quiet
elderly lady who very seldom went out and never caused
any trouble. So, Mr. Brooks was absolutely happy.
Two years later the old lady, however, died and her
house was inherited by her niece who soon arrived and
settled down in the house for the summer. She was a pretty
young thing and her name was Elizabeth1. She immediately
got acquainted with Mr. Brooks and asked him to call her
Beth. The girl was very nice and respectful and very soon
Mr. Brooks and Beth became
friends. The old man used to
invite Beth around to have
afternoon tea with him and they
had interesting conversations
before his usual evening walks
to the nearest village.
Mr. Brooks and Beth often
talked about music because Beth
was a music student and was
really fond of classical music.
She could speak for hours about
her favourite composers and
their music. She also promised
1 Elizabeth [i'lizsbsO] Злизабет/Елізабет
A CLEVER HINT 195

Mr. Brooks to play for him as


soon as her piano was brought
from town. Of course, being a
polite man, Mr. Brooks said he
would be glad to listen to Beth’s
playing and was looking forward
to it, but frankly speaking, he
was not keen on music, though
he didn’t mind it either.
When Beth’ s piano at last
arrived, she decided to install it
in the garden. As she practised
many hours a day, Mr. Brooks
had a choice either to listen to
all that rather loud music or sit in his house with all the
windows shut. He realized that he hated both things, but he
also didn’t want to be rude with such a nice girl as Beth.
Every day when they met over their afternoon tea,
Beth told Mr. Brooks how happy she was and how much
the beautiful nature helped her practising. She was crazy
about music and couldn’ t imagine that somebody might
not enjoy it.
Poor Mr. Brooks did not know what to do. Then one day
a wonderful idea came into his mind. Early one morning
he went to town and came back with a big box.
Next morning when Beth began practising at 10 o’ clock
as usual, she saw Mr. Brooks in his garden with something
strange in his hands. It turned out to be an electric machine
for cutting grass and when Mr. Brooks switched it on, it
started to make a lot of noise.
Beth was very surprised. “ I’m practising,” she cried
out to Mr. Brooks.
“ It’ s all right, I don’ t mind your music,” answered the
old man calmly and went on cutting the grass.
At first Beth was at a loss because she just couldn’t play
to the loud buzzing of the lawnmower. Then she suddenly
understood everything and even laughed with relief. The
next day Beth had her piano moved into the house.
7*
196 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Till the end of the summer Beth and Mr. Brooks enjoyed
their conversations over the afternoon tea and they both
were really sorry when Beth had to leave at the end of
August to go on with her studies in her music college. And
Mr. Brooks stayed in his peaceful country house looking
forward to Beth’ s next holidays.
S ta te m e n ts
1. Mr. Brooks’s dream was to live in a quiet and peaceful
place with a lot of friendly neighbours.
2. When Mr. Brooks retired, he bought a big comfortable
house in a quiet countryside.
3. The nature around the house was so beautiful that
Mr. Brooks often had long walks.
4. Mr. Brooks was very pleased with his next-door
neighbour.
5. When the old lady died three years later, her young
niece moved to the house.
6. It didn’ t take Mr. Brooks and his new neighbour long
to become friends.
7. Before his usual morning walks to the nearest village,
Mr. Brooks and Beth enjoyed having tea together.
8. One of Mr. Brooks and Beth’ s topics for conversation
was modern music.
9. Mr. Brooks enjoyed classical music as much as Beth.
10. Mr. Brooks was looking forward to listening to Beth’ s
music.
11. Beth thought that the best place for her piano would be
in the garden.
12. At first Mr. Brooks disliked Beth’ s music and had to
sit in his house with all the windows shut.
13. Mr. Brooks didn’ t tell Beth that he disliked her music
because he didn’ t want to be rude with her.
14. Mr. Brooks had no idea how to explain to the girl that
her practising for long hours was too much for him.
15. One day Mr. Brooks got a big box from town in which
he found a lawnmower.
16. As soon as Beth heard the loud sound of the lawnmower,
she realized that Mr. Brooks hated her music.
A CLEVER HINT 197

17. Beth was so angry with Mr. Brooks that she had her
piano moved into the house.
18. The incident with the piano did not break Mr. Brooks
and Beth’s friendship.

14 A nsw er th e q u e s t io n s about th e s to ry .

5 < 1.

2.
What did Mr. Brooks do before he retired?

Where had Mr. Brooks worked and lived all


his life?
3. What had his dream always been?
4. What kind of place did he want to live in?
5. What kind of house did Mr. Brooks buy?
6. What did the nature around the house inspire
Mr. Brooks to do?
7. What was one of the main advantages of the house?
8. What happened to his neighbour two years later?
9. Who inherited the old lady’ s house?
10. How long did Mr. Brooks’ s new neighbour plan to stay
in the house?
11. What was Mr. Brooks’ s new neighbour like?
12. What did the girl ask Mr. Brooks to call her?
13. When did Mr. Brooks invite Beth over to tea?
14. When did Mr. Brooks usually walk to the nearest village?
15. What did Mr. Brooks and Beth often talk about?
16. W hy did they often talk about music?
17. Where did Beth study?
18. What could Beth speak about for hours?
19. Why didn’ t Beth play for Mr. Brooks?
20. What did Beth promise to do as soon as her piano was
brought from town?
21. W hy did Mr. Brooks say that he would be glad to listen
to Beth’ s playing?
22. What was Mr. Brooks’s real attitude to music?
23. Where did Beth decide to install the piano when it arrived?
24. How long did Beth usually practise playing the piano?
25. What choice did Mr. Brooks have?
26. Was he happy about that choice?
27. What, in Beth’ s opinion, helped her practising?
198 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

28. W hy didn’t Mr. Brooks tell Beth that he disliked her


loud music?
29. What couldn’ t Beth imagine?
30. What idea suddenly came into Mr. Brooks’ s mind?
31. What did he bring from town one morning?
32. What did Beth see in Mr. Brooks’s hands next
morning?
33. What happened when Mr. Brooks switched on the
machine?
34. What did Beth cry out to Mr. Brooks?
35. What did he answer?
36. How did Beth feel at first?
37. What did she realize later?
38. What did Beth do the next day?
39. What did Beth and Mr. Brooks enjoy till the end of the
summer?
40. How did Beth and Mr. Brooks part?

^ Put th e e v e n ts and f a c t s o f th e s t o r y

6 И in o r d e r .

A. Mr. Brooks and Beth became good friends.


B. A wonderful idea came into Mr. Brooks’ s
mind.
C. Beth went back to town to continue her studies in her
music college.
D. Mr. Brooks retired and moved to the country.
E. Mr. Brooks was not happy about Beth’ s practising in
the garden.
F. Mr. Brooks’s old neighbour died and her house was
inherited by her niece.
G. Mr. Brooks had always dreamed of living in a quiet
place in the country.
H. The buzzing sound of the lawnmower blocked the
sound of Beth’ s music.
I. Mr. Brooks’ s elderly neighbour never caused him any
trouble.
J. Beth’ s piano was brought from town and installed in
the garden.
A CLEVER HINT 199

K. Mr. Brooks was a rich and successful businessman.


L. Mr. Brooks and Beth used to have interesting
conversations over the afternoon tea.
M. Mr. Brooks was not very fond of music though he
didn’t mind it either.

йй Match th e two h a lv e s o f th e

7
1.
e x p r e s s io n s from th e s t o r y .

a successfu l
Part 1
a) with sm b
2. a w e ll-k e p t b) w alks
3. pictu resqu e c) friends
4. to in spire som eon e fo r d) tea
5. a n e xt-d o o r e) villa g e
6. to cause f) student
7. to settle down g) businessm an
8. to g et acquainted h) garden
9. to becom e i ) nature
10. afternoon j ) long w alks
11. usual evening k) in a house
12. the n earest 1 ) neighbo ur
13. a m usic m) trouble
Part 2
14 . to be fond n) a choice
15. fa vou rite o) o f noise
16. fra n kly P) of a law nm ow er
17. to be keen 4) w ith relief
18 . to be crazy r) a loss
19. to have s) of cla ssica l m usic
20. to cut t) to the next holidays
21. to m ake a lot u) with studies
22 . to be at v ) about m usic
23. the buzzing w) speaking
24. to laugh x) on m usic
25. to go on У) com p o sers
26. to look forw ard z ) grass
200 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

>4 S p e c u la t e a b o u t . ..

8 ^ 1. Why do you think Mr. Brooks lived alone?

Do you think he had ever had a family?


2. Do you think Mr. Brooks was a sociable
person? W hy? W hy not?
3. W hy do you think the young girl like Beth enjoyed the
company of an old man?
4. Do you think a garden is a good place for installing
a piano? Why? W hy not?
5. W hy do you think Beth never realized that Mr. Brooks
was not as keen on classical music as she was?
6 . Could you think of any other things Mr. Brooks could
do to stop Beth’s practising in the garden?
*

9
E n j o y d o in g t h e c r o s s w o r d b e lo w . A l l t h e
</3
< w o rd s i n i t go a c r o s s a n d c a n b e fo u n d
и
e it h e r in th e s to ry o r in th e e x e r c is e s .

1. a quality in something that makes it better or more


useful than smth else (9 letters)
A CLEVER HINT. KEYS 201

2 . to give somebody the desire, confidence or enthusiasm


to do something (7 letters)
3. to tell somebody that you will definitely do or not do
something (7 letters)
4. to make the sounds and movements o f your face that
show that you are happy (5 letters)
5. achieving one’s aims (adj - 10 letters)
6 . very pretty, especially about landscapes (11 letters)
7. the feeling of happiness that you have when something
unpleasant stops or does not happen (6 letters)
8 . a person who lives next to you or near you (9 letters)
9. in an honest and direct way (7 letters)
10. at once (11 letters)
11. the part of the day from 12 midday until about 6 pm
(9 letters)
12. an electric machine for cutting grass (9 letters)
A f t e r you h a v e g u e s s e d a l l th e words
r i g h t , r e a d th e word i n t h e shadow ed
c o lu m n . Why do yo u t h in k t h e a u t h o r s
o f t h e b ook d e c id e d t o p l a c e t h i s v e r y
word a f t e r t h i s v e r y s t o r y ? Do you
know a n y t h in g a b o u t i t ?

10
^ R e t e l l th e s t o r y a s c lo s e to th e
j£ te x t as p o s s ib le .

KEYS

T A S K 2 . Do t h e q u iz b e lo w and find o u t how


much yo u know a b o u t c l a s s i c a l m u s ic ,
c o m p o se rs and p e r f o r m e r s .
1 - b; 2 - a; 3 - c; 4 - a; 5 - b; 6 - d; 7 - d; 8 - a; 9 - d;
10- a
202 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 3 . M atch t h e w ords and e x p r e s s i o n s g i v e n


b e lo w w ith t h e i r R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n
e q u iv a le n ts .
PART 1 : 1 - g ; 2 - j; 3 - k ; 4 - i ; 5 - n ; 6 - 1 ; 7 - а ; 8 - o ; 9 - m ;
10 - b; 11 - c; 12 - f; 1 3 - d ; 14 - e; 1 5 - h
PART 2 : 16 - f ; 17 - g ; 18 - h; 19 - j; 20 - o; 21 - a;
22 - b; 23 - c; 24 - 1; 25 - d; 26 - n; 27 - i; 28 - e;
29 - k; 30 - m

TASK 4 . Read t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tr u e or
fa lse.
1 - F; 2 - F; 3 - T; 4 - T; 5 - F; 6 - T; 7 - F; 8 - F;
9 - F; 10 - F; 11 - T; 12 - F; 13 - T; 14 - T; 15 - F; 16 - F;
17 - F; 18 - T

TASK 6 . P u t t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s o f th e
s to r y in o rd e r.
1 - K; 2 - G; 3 - D; 4 - I; 5 - F; 6 - A; 7 - L; 8 - M; 9 - J;
1 0 - E ; 1 1 - B ; 12 - H; 1 3 - С

TASK 7 . M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
P art 1

1. a successfu l 7. to se ttle down in a


bu sin essm an house
2. a w e ll-k e p t garden 8. to get acquainted with
sm b
3. p ictu re sq u e nature
9. to becom e friends
4. to in spire som eone
fo r long w alks 10 . afternoon tea
11 . usual evening w alks
5. a n e xt-d o o r
n e ig h bo ur 12 . the nea rest villa g e
6. to cause trouble 13. a m usic stu d en t
Л CLEVER HINT. KEYS 203

P a rt 2

14. to be fond of classical 21. to m ake a lot of noise


m usic 22. to be at a loss
15. favourite com posers 23. the buzzing of a
16. frankly speaking law nm ow er
17. to be keen on m usic 24. to laugh with relief
18. to be crazy about music 25. to go on with studies
19. to have a choice 26. to look forw ard to the
20. to cut grass next holidays

PART 1: 1 —g; 2 —h; 3 — i; 4 —j; 5 - 1; 6 - m; 7 - k; 8 - a;


9 - е ; 1 0 - d ; 11 - b ; 12 - e ; 1 3 - f
PART 2: 14 - s; 15 - y; 16 - w;, 17 - x; 18 - v; 19 - n;
20 - z; 21 - o; 2 2 - r ; 23 - p; 24 - q; 25 - u; 26 - 1

TASK 9. E n j o y d o i n g t h e c r o s s w o r d b e l o w . A l l
th e w ords in it go a cross and can b e
fo u n d e i t h e r in th e s t o r y o r in th e
e x e r c is e s .
1. a d V A n t a 9 е
2. і n s P і r e
3. P r 0 m і S е
4. 1 A u 9 h
5. s u с с e S s f u 1
p і с t u r e S q u e
7. r e 1 I e f
8. n e і 9 h b 0 u r
9. f r a N к 1 У
10 . і m m e d і A t e 1 У
11. a f T e r n О О п
12 . 1 A w n m О W е г

KEY: Appassionata is a sonnet composed


by Ludwig van Beethoven.
204 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E lic ita tio n o f b a c k g ro u n d k n ow led ge


M ind Map
• Ask your students to brainstorm music genres which
they think belong to classical music and write them
next to the arrows o f the mind map.

• In case of difficulty help you Ss with the words from


the box below.
a sym phony a s o n a ta a se re n a d e a m u s ic a l c o m e d y
a c o n ce rto a c h o ru s a n o c tu rn e

• Ask your students to do the matching activity


connected with music genres.

How W e ll do yo u Know C l a s s i c a l M u s ic ? \ 390J


M atch t h e m u s ic g e n r e s g i v e n b e lo w w ith t h e i r
d e fin itio n s .
1. an opera 6. a nocturne
2. a m u sical com edy 7. a concerto
3. a sym p h o n y 8. an overtu re
4. a sonata 9. a suite
5. a seren ade 10 . a toccata
A. A piece o f music for one or more solo instruments
playing with an orchestra.
B. A gentle piece of music in several parts, usually for a
small group of instruments which borrowed its name
from a love song sung at night under the window of a
beloved woman.
C. A dramatic composition with music in which all or
most of the words are sung.
D. A piece of music written as an introduction to an opera
or ballet.
A CLEVER HINT. TIPS AND NOTES 205

E. A group of instrumental selections from a ballet or


opera.
F. A piece of music for one or two instruments, one of
which is usually a piano, made up of three or four parts
of varying speed.
G. A light amusing play with songs and dancing.
H. A long musical composition in three or four parts for a
large orchestra.
I. A piece o f music for organ which includes difficult
passages designed to show the player’ s skill.
J. A short piece of music in a romantic style often related
to the night, especially for the piano.
KEY: 1 - C; 2 - G; 3 - H; 4 - F; 5 - B; 6 - J ; 7 - A ; 8 - D;
9 -Е ; 10- I

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

II. A re you an a t t e n t i v e read er?


This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.
VARIANT 1. Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'A
C le v e r H in t' and find 10 f a c t u a l m is ta k e s i n i t .
A fter Mr. Brooks, a successful businessman, retired,
he moved to the country where he rented a comfortable
cottage which was surrounded by a large overgrown
garden. Among his several neighbours there was an
elderly woman who never caused him any trouble. When
the old lady died, the house was bought by her niece, an
art student. Mr. Brooks and his new neighbour, Beth, soon
became good friends. Beth often invited Mr. Brooks to her
garden for a cup of afternoon tea. Then they both went for
long walks in the evening.
When Beth’ s piano arrived from town, she started
practising in the garden which irritated Mr. Brooks
who hated classical music. To stop Beth’ s practising,
Mr. Brooks bought an electric lawnmower and switched
it on every time Beth began playing. Very soon Beth had
206 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

to leave for town to continue her studies and Mr. Brooks


wasn’ t sorry that she was going away.
VARIANT 2 . T h e r e a r e 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n
t h e s h o r t sum m ary o f t h e s t o r y 'A C l e v e r H i n t '
t h a t I am g o i n g t o r e a d t o y o u . L i s t e n t o me
c a r e f u l l y a n d e v e r y t i m e I m ake a f a c t u a l
m is ta k e cry out 'S t o p ' a n d c o r r e c t m e.
A fter Mr. Brooks, a successful businessman, retired,
he moved to the country where he rented (14 a comfortable
cottage which was surrounded by a large overgrown (2)
garden. Among his several neighbours (3) there was an
elderly woman who never caused him any trouble. When
the old lady died, the house was bought (4) by her nieee, an
art (5) student. Mr. Brooks and his new neighbour, Beth,
soon became good friends. Beth often invited Mr. Brooks
(6) to her garden for a cup of afternoon tea. Then they both
(7) went for long walks in the evening.
When Beth’ s piano arrived from town, she started
practising in the garden which irritated Mr. Brooks
who hated classical music (8). To stop Beth’s practising,
Mr. Brooks bought an electric lawnmower and switched it
on every time (9) Beth began playing. Very soon Beth had
to leave for town to continue her studies and Mr. Brooks
wasn’ t sorry (10) that she was going away.
KEY
1. he bought the house
2. surrounded by a well-kept garden
3. he had only one neighbour
4. the niece inherited the house
5. a music student
6 . Mr. Brooks often invited Beth
7. only Mr. Brooks used to go for long walks to the nearest
village
8 . he was not keen on it but didn’ t mind it
9. only once when he bought it
1 0 . he was sorry
A CLEVER HINT. TIPS AND NOTES 207

III. Work with pictures


PICTURES 1 AND 2 .
• Ask your Ss to speculate what episodes from the story
are shown in the pictures. Let them give arguments.
• Ask your Ss to say whether they imagined Beth and
Mr. Brooks look the way the painter has drawn them in
the pictures.
• If your Ss imagined the main characters in a different
way, let them describe their appearance.
• What similar mistake did the painter make, in both
pictures?
KEY: Both Beth and Mr. Brooks did not openly demonstrate
that they didn’t like what their neighbours were
doing.

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
THE BEST REWARD
>|4 How much do you know a b o u t fine a r t s ?

1
1.
jg Do th e q u iz b e lo w and find o u t how good

y o u r know ledge a b o u t p a i n t i n g i s .

The world’s famous museum Louvre is situated in


a) London, Great Britain
b) Madrid, Spain
c) Paris, France
2. The pictures of one of the most famous English painters
William Turner are exhibited in
a) The British Museum, London
b) The National Gallery, London
c) The Tate Gallery, London
3. ‘Mona Lisa’ is the greatest masterpiece painted by
a) Raphael de Santi
b) Leonardo da Vinci
c) Michaelangelo Buonarotti
4. The famous picture ‘Zaporozhsky Cossacks are writing
a letter to a Turkish Sultan’ belongs to the brush of
a) Michail Vrubel
b) Ilya Repin
c) Vasily Perov
5. Kazimir Malevich’ s ‘ Black Square’ belongs to the
trend of
a) abstractionism
b) realism
c) imagism
6 . Pictures showing arrangements of objects such as
flowers, fruit, etc are called
a) landscapes
b) still lifes
c) genre pictures
7. Ivan Aivazovsky’s favourite genre was
a) seascapes
b) still lifes
c) genre pictures
THE BEST REWARD 209

8 . The famous painter Van Gogh lived


a) in. the 19th century Holland
b) in the 20th century France
c) in the 18th century Italy
9. Salvador Dali is a famous painter who lived in
a) Italy
b) France
c) Spain
10. Vladimirsky Cathedral in Kyiv was painted by
a) Taras Shevchenko and Karl Bryullov
b) Michail Vrubel and Victor Vasnetsov
c) Ivan Kramskoy and Valentin Serov

iatj M atch th e w ords and e x p r e s s i o n s g i v e n

2
1.
ft b e lo w w ith t h e i r R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n

e q u iv a le n t s . P art 1

a reward а) решить, принять решение/


2. a maid вирішити, прийняти рішення
b) естественно/природно
3. to hand
c) решимость/рішучість
4. though
d) воля/воля
5. familiar e) упрямый/впертий
6. to introduce f ) представлять(ся)/
7. a favour відрекомендувати(ся)
8. to make up g) против/проти
one's mind h) награда/нагорода
9. naturally i ) служанка/служниця
10. stubborn j ) покойньїй/покійний
к) настаивать/наполягати
11. against
1) хотя/хоча
12. will
ш) знакомый/знайомий
13. late п) подавать, передавать/
14. determination подавати, передавати
15. to insist о) услуга/послуга
210 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

P art 2
1 6 . im pulse a) невеж ественны й/
неосвічений
1 7 . to m anage
b) иметь с кем -ли бо дело/м ати
1 8 . definite з ким -н еб уд ь справу
1 9 . a m aste rp ie ce c ) ю рист/ю рист
2 0 . im m e d ia te ly d) приветствовать/вітати
e) и н аче/інакш е
2 1 . ignorant
f ) поры в, им пул ьс/порив,
2 2 . to in te rru p t ім пульс
2 3 . to exclaim g) возм ущ енно, негодую щ е/
обурено
2 4 . in d ig n a n tly
h) б еспол езны й/м арний
2 5 . to deal w ith sm b i ) преры вать/переривати
2 6 . a law yer j ) уда ваться/уда вати ся
k) оп редел ен н ы й /ви зн ач ен и й
2 7 . w orth less
1 ) в о ск л и ц а ть/в и гу кувати
2 8 . to gree t m) ш едевр/ш едевр
2 9 . d iffe re n tly n) независим ы й/незал еж ний
3 0 . indepen d en t o) немедлен но/негайно

gS R ead t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e
(S sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tru e or
W false.
It was ten o ’ clock in the morning. A maid
came into a comfortable art studio of the famous London
painter Richard Layton 1 and handed him a visiting card.
Though the name on the card was not familiar, the painter
asked to show Lady Lloyd 2 in. The lady who came into the
studio was about forty and very richly dressed.
She sat down in one of the armchairs, introduced
herself and said, “ I want to ask you for a favour. It’ s about
my sqn, Charles3. He is my only child and he has always
been a good boy. But when he went to college, he made up
1 Richard Layton [ ' ritfsd leitan] Ричард Лейтон/Річард Лейтон
2 Lady Lloyd [' leidi ' bid] Леди Ллойд/Леді Ллойд
3 Charles [tfa:lz] Чарльз/Чарльз
THE BEST REWARD 211

his mind to become a


painter. Naturally,
all our family was
shocked. But he is
stubborn and he said
he would do it even
against my will. I’ d
like to bring him to
you and I want you to
tell him that he has no
talent at all. Charles
should follow his late
father’ s steps and go into politics, marry well and have a
brilliant career.”
Lady Lloyd paused. Then she said with determination,
“ If he insists on becoming an artist, he will never get a
penny from me.”
The first impulse Layton had was to point the visitor
to the door, but he managed to control his temper and said
politely, “ I can’ t promise anything definite until I see your
son’ s pictures. He may be really talented.”
Lady Lloyd handed the painter several sheets of
drawing paper. The pictures were not masterpieces, but
Layton immediately understood that the boy was not
ignorant about painting. The pictures showed both humour
and talent.
Lady Lloyd interrupted the painter’s thoughts, “ Of
course, your favour will be paid for. I am ready to offer
you one hundred pounds if you tell my son that he is not
good at painting.”
Suddenly Layton knew what he had to do. “ One hundred
pounds!” he exclaimed indignantly. “ Do you realize that
you are dealing with the famous Richard Layton? I will not
do this for less that one thousand pounds!”
To his surprise Lady Lloyd didn’t say a word but took
out a checkbook, wrote the sum he had asked for and hand­
ed it to him.
212 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

When she left, Layton rang


up his lawyer and asked him to
come to his house as he wanted
to arrange something with him.
Two days later, Lady Lloyd
came to Layton’s studio again,
but this time with her son, a
nervous and excited boy who
brought more paintings with him
to show to the famous artist.
Layton looked through the pictures silently. Then
he sadly shook his head, “ Sorry, young man, I’ m afraid
you have no talent. Your paintings are worthless. You’ d
better choose 4 some other career. Leave painting to
professionals.”
Shocked, Charles pushed the door open and ran out of
the studio. Lady Lloyd smiled at the painter and calmly
followed her son.
Four years passed. Once, walking down Regent Street5
Layton met Charles Lloyd again. The young man greeted
him politely and said, “You may have forgotten me6. My
name is Charles Lloyd and four years ago you told me
that I had no talent. But there were people who thought
differently. Three days after my visit to your studio a man
came up to me in the street and offered to pay one thousand
pounds for my studies in an art college. Well, it made me
independent of my mother. Would you like to look at my
work now?”
“ Certainly,” answered Layton with a smile. He
carefully examined the young man’s drawing. “ It’ s a nice
piece of painting,” he said and Charles flushed with a
pleasurable shock.

4 Y ou’ d better choose ... - Вы бы лучше выбрали.../В и б краще вибрали...


5 Regent Street [ ' rid33nt] Риджент Стрит/Ріджент Стріт (one of the main
streets in London)
6 You may have forgotten me. - Вы, возможно, меня забыли./В и, можливо,
мене забули.
THE BEST REWARD 213

“ It’ s my first published drawing,” he said. “ You can


take it as a souvenir. Oh, if only I knew 7 the person who
helped me with the money and could thank him!”
Layton smiled and said, “ But you have already done it.
Your drawing is the best reward for me.”
S ta te m e n ts
1. It was rather late in the evening when a maid came into
Richard Layton’ s art studio and handed him a visiting
card.
2. The name on the card was familiar and the painter
asked to show Lady Lloyd in.
3. The lady who came into the studio was not very young
and was wearing expensive clothes.
4. Lady Lloyd didn’t have any more children except
Charles.
5. Lady Lloyd’s son had been a stubborn and spoilt boy
since his very childhood.
6. The Lloyd family did not approve of Charles’ decision
to become a politician.
7. Charles Lloyd’ s hobby was painting.
8. Lady Lloyd wanted the famous painter to persuade the
young man that he was untalented.
9. Lady Lloyd had all her son’s life planned for him.
10. Lady Lloyd refused to give her son any financial
support in case he disobeyed her.
11. Richard Layton understood the mother’ s feelings and
agreed to see the young man.
12. Richard Layton looked at the boy’ s pictures that his
mother had brought with her and realized that they
were masterpieces.
13. Lady Lloyd promised to pay the artist for giving his
true opinion of her son’ s pictures.
14. The famous artist was not satisfied with the sum of
money that Lady Lloyd offered to pay him and asked
for more.
7 ...if only I knew... - ...если бы я только знал.. . / . . . якби я тільки знав.
214 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

15. The money Richard Layton wanted for his service was
not a big sum for Lady Lloyd.
16. A fter Lady Lloyd had left, Richard Layton made an
important telephone call.
17. The next day Lady Lloyd brought her son to Richard
Layton’s art studio.
18. The young man very much disliked the famous painter ’ s
opinion of his pictures and ran away.
19. Lady Lloyd was very pleased with Richard Layton’ s
answer to her son.
20. Four years later Charles Lloyd came to Richard
Layton’ s art studio again.
21. It turned out that Charles Lloyd’ s studies in an art
college had been paid for by a very rich friend of his
mother’s.
22. Richard Layton praised the young man’ s first
published work.
23. Charles Lloyd didn’t know who to thank for his
financial independence.
24. It was Richard Layton who helped Charles Lloyd to
become a painter.

М Answer th e q u e s t io n s a b o u t th e s t o r y .

І Й 1. When did a maid come into Richard Layton’ s

2.
art studio?
What did the maid hand to the famous
artist?
3. What did the painter think about the name on the
visiting card?
4. What did he ask the maid to do?
5. What did the lady who entered the studio look like?
6. What did the lady want to ask the painter for?
7. How many children did Lady Lloyd have?
8. What was her son like in his childhood?
9. What did he decide to do when he went to college?
10. What was the family’ s reaction to Charles’ s decision?
11. What career did Lady Lloyd plan for her son?
THE BEST REWARD 215

12. What was Richard Layton’ s first impulse?


13. What did he say when he managed to control his
temper?
14. What did Lady Lloyd show to the painter?
15. What did the painter understand when he looked at
the pictures?
16. How much money was Lady Lloyd ready to pay for
Richard Layton’s favour?
17. How much money did Richard Layton ask for?
18. Why was Richard Layton surprised at Lady Lloyd’ s
reaction?
19. What did the painter do when Lady Lloyd left his
studio?
20. When did Lady Lloyd bring her son to Richard Layton’ s
art studio?
21. How did the young man feel?
22. What did he bring with him?
23. What did the famous artist say after he had looked
through the boy’s pictures?
24. What was Charles’s reaction when he heard the
painter’s words?
25. How did Lady Lloyd feel when she was leaving the
artist’ s studio?
26. Where and when did Richard Layton meet Charles
Lloyd again?
27. How did Charles Lloyd get money to go to an art
college?
28. What did Charles Lloyd offer the famous artist to do?
29. What did Layton say after he had examined the young
man’s drawing?
30. Why did Charles Lloyd give his first published picture
to the famous artist?
31. Who did the young man want to thank?
32. What did Richard Layton mean saying about the best
reward?
216 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

яШОВ U M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e


^ e x p r e s s i o n s fro m th e s t o r y .

P a rt 1
1. to intro duce a) ca re e r
2. to a sk for b) a bout painting
3. to m ake up c) one's te m p e r
4. to do sm th ag ain st d) the fa vo u r
5. to follow e) su rp rise
6. to go into f) sm th definite
7. to have a b rillia n t g) a fa v o u r
8. to point som eone h) som eon e 's tho u g h ts
9. to control i) in d ig n a ntly
10. to prom ise j) politics
11. to be ignorant k) o n eself
12. to in te rru p t 1) to the d oor
13. to pay fo r m) som eone else 's will
14. to exclaim o) one's m ind
15, to one's P) som e on e's steps
P a rt 2
16. to ring a) to som eone in the stree t
17 . to look through b) w ith a plea su ra ble shock
18. to shake c) independent of a n oth er
19. to leave sm th person
20. to push d) as a so u v e n ir
e) carefu lly
21. to run
f) differen tly
22. to w alk
g) w ith m oney
23. to gree t som eone
h) politely
24. to th in k
i) out of the studio
25. to com e up
j) som eone up
26. to m ake som eone
k) one's head sadly
27 . to e x a m in e sm th
1) the d oor open
28. to flush the pictures
m)
29. to take sm th to pro fession als
и)
30 . to help som eone о) down a street
THE BEST REWARD 217

X Remember and say w hich o f the

6 j2 c h a r a c t e r s o f th e s t o r y th e q u e s t io n s
b elow r e f e r t o . F o llo w th e m o d e l.
MODEL. Which of the characters was a famous
painter? - It was Richard Layton who
was a famous painter.
Which o f th e ch a ra cte rs...
1. ...flushed with a pleasurable shock?
2 . ...carefully examined the young man’s drawing?
3. ...took out a checkbook?
4. ...said something with determination?
5. ...brought more paintings with him/her to show the
famous artist?
6 . ...managed to control his/her temper?
7. ...was about forty and very richly dressed?
8 . ...greeted another character politely?
9. ...handed the painter several sheets of drawing paper?
10. ...rang up his/her lawyer?
11. ...exclaimed indignantly?
12. ...was not ignorant about painting?
13. ...knew what he/she had to do?

>4 S p e c u la te about...

7 ^ 1. W hy do you think Lady Lloyd didn’t want

2.
her son to become a painter?
What kind of pictures do you think Charles
Lloyd painted: landscapes, seascapes, still lifes,
animal pictures, portraits, genre pictures?
3. What, in your opinion, was Lady Lloyd’s reaction when
her son disobeyed her and went to the art college?
4. Do you think one thousand pounds was enough for
Charles Lloyd to pay for his education and to live on
during his studies?
5. What do you think was the young man ’ s reaction when
he learnt about the role Richard Layton had played in
his life?
6 . What do you think happened to Charles Lloyd in his
future life? In your opinion, did he make up with his
family? Did he become a famous painter?
218 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

^j T e s t y o u r s e l f w h i l e d o i n g th e c r o s s w o r d

8 £ b e lo w . A l l th e w o rd s i n

G iv e t h e t r a n s l a t i o n
w it h o u t lo o k in g in
it

o f th e s e
go a c ro ss.

w o rd s
th e t e x t o r e x e r c is e s .

1.
2.
3.
4.

5l _
6.
7.
8.
___9.
10 .
1. возмущенно, негодующе/обурено (11 letters)
2. награда/нагорода (6 letters)
3. независимый/незалежний (11 letters)
4. никчемньїй/нікчемний (9 letters)
5. прерывать/переривати (9 letters)
6. у слуга/послуга (6 letters)
7. шедевр/шедевр (11 letters)
8. знакомый/знайомий (8 letters)
9. упрямый/впертий (8 letters)
10. юрист/юрист (6 letters)
A f t e r y o u h a v e g u e s s e d a l l th e w o rd s r ig h t ,
r e a d th e w o rd i n t h e s h a d o w e d c o lu m n .
W hy d o y o u t h in k th e a u th o rs of th e book
d e c id e d t o u s e t h is v e ry w o rd a f t e r t h is
v e ry sto ry ?

^ R e t e ll th e sto ry as c lo s e to th e te x t

9 as p o s s ib le .
THE BEST REWARD. KEYS 219

KEYS

TASK 1 . How much do you know a b o u t fine a r t s ?


Do th e q u iz b elo w and find o u t how good
y o u r know ledge a b o u t p a i n t i n g i s .
1 - c; 2 - c; 3 - b; 4 - b; 5 - a; 6 - b; 7 - a; 8 - a; 9 - c; 10 - b

TASK 2 . M atch t h e w ords and e x p r e s s i o n s g iv e n


b e lo w w ith t h e i r R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n
e q u iv a le n ts .
PART 1: 1 - h; 2 - і; 3 - n; 4 - 1; 5 - m; 6 - f; 7 - o; 8 - a;
9 - b; 10 - e; 11 - g ; 1 2 - d ; 1 3 - j ; 1 4 - c ; 1 5 - k
PART 2 : 16 - f; 17 - j; 18 - k; 19 - m; 20 - o; 21 - a;
22 - i; 23 -1 ; 24 - g; 25 - b; 26 - c; 27 - h; 28 - d;
29 - e; 30 - n

TASK 3 . Read t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tr u e or
fa lse.
1 - F; 2 - F; 3 - T; 4 - T; 5 - F; 6 - T; 7 - F; 8 - T; 9 - T;
1 0 - T ; 1 1 - F ; 1 2 - F ; 1 3 - F ; 1 4 - T ; 15 - T ; 16 - T ; 1 7 - F ;
18 - T; 19 - T; 20 - F; 21 - F; 22 - T; 23 - T; 24 - T

TASK 5 . M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
P art 1
1 . to in trodu ce o n e se lf 9. to control one's
2. to ask fo r a fa v o u r te m p e r
3. to m ake up one's m ind 10 . to prom ise sm th
4. to do sm th ag ain st definite
som eon e eise 's will 11 . to be ignorant about
5. to follow som eone's painting
step s 12 . to in terru p t som eone's
6. to go into politics tho u g h ts
7. to have a b rillia n t care er 13. to pay fo r the fa vo u r
8. to point som eone to the 14. to e xclaim in dign antly
d oor 15. to one's surprise
220 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

P a rt 2
16. to ring someone up 25. to come up to someone
17. to look through the in the street
pictures 26. to make someone
18. to shake one's head independent of another
sadly person
19. to leave smth to 27. to exam ine smth
professionals carefully
20. to push the door open 28. to flush with a
21. to run out of the studio pleasurable shock
22. to walk down a street 29. to take smth as a
23. to greet someone souvenir
politely 30. to help som eone with
24. to think differently money

PART 1: 1 - k; 2 - g; 3 - o; 4 - m; 5 - p; 6 - j; 7 - a; 8 - 1
9 - c; 10 - f; 11 - b; 12 - h; 13 - d; 14 - і
15 - e
PART 2: 1 6 - j ; 1 7 - m ; 18 - k; 19 - n; 2 0 - 1 ; 21 - i;
2 2 - o ; 2 3 - h ; 24 - f; 25 - a; 26 - c; 27 - e;
2 8 - b ; 29 - d; 30 - g

TASK 6. Rem em ber a n d say w h ic h of th e


c h a ra c te rs o f th e s t o r y d id th e
t h in g s l i s t e d b e lo w . F o llo w th e
e x a m p le .
1. Charles Lloyd 8 . Charles Lloyd
2. Richard Layton 9. Lady Lloyd
3. Lady Lloyd 10. Richard Layton
4. Lady Lloyd 11. Richard Layton
5. Charles Lloyd 12. Charles Lloyd
6. Richard Layton 13. Richard Layton
7. Lady Lloyd

TASK 8. T e s t y o u r s e l f w h ile d o in g t h e
c r o s s w o r d b e lo w . G iv e t h e t r a n s l a t i o n
o f th e se w o rd s w it h o u t lo o k in g in
THE BEST REWARD. TIPS AND NOTES 221

th e t e x t o r e x e r c i s e s . A l l th e words
in i t go a c r o s s .
1. і n d і G n a n t 1 У
2. r E w a r d
і n d e P e N d e n t
w 0 r t h 1 E s s
5. і n t e R r u p t
6. f a v 0 u r
7. m a S t e r P і e с e
8. f a m I 1 і a r
9. s T u b b 0 r n
10. 1 a w Y e r

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities
I. E l i c i t a t i o n o f backgrou nd knowledge
Mind Map
• Draw a circle on the board with the words ‘ARTS’
inside it.
• Ask your students to think what kinds of arts they
know. Suggest writing down as many ideas as possible
next to the arrows.

painting f sculpture
• If your students don’ t know the names of these kinds
of arts in English help them using such words as:
opera music ballet
architecture cinema theatre
222 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

P R O F E S S IO N S C O N N E C T E D W IT H A R T S
• Ask your Ss to remember 10 professions connected
with arts. In case they can’t think of any, help them
using such words as:
a painter an architect an opera singer a film actor
a ballet dancer a producer a pop singer a designer
a musician a museum worker a sculptor a camera-man
• Let the students choose three professions connected
with arts they would like to take up and rank them
according to the prestige they have in modern society.
Ask them to explain their choice.
• Ask your students what their parents’ reaction would
be if they decided to choose one of these professions.

II. R e w a rd s fo r a r t is t s
(Explain to your Ss that the word ‘artist’ is used here in
its broad meaning)
• Ask your students to imagine that they are
representatives of one of the professions they have
chosen. Which of the rewards given below would be
the most valuable for them:
a money prize people’ s recognition
an honorary title people’ s gratitude

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)


I I I . S e q u e n c in g and c o m p a r is o n
• Below there is another story about a painter but all the
sentences in it are mixed up. Ask your Ss to put the
sentences in order and read the story.
Put th e s e n te n c e s in th e sto ry b e lo w in o rd e r
an d e n jo y r e a d in g it .
A. At the end of his holiday he wanted to pay the farmer,
but the farmer said, ‘No, I don’t want any money, but
give me one of your pictures’ .
B. The artist was very pleased and thanked the farmer for
saying such kind words about his paintings.
C. The farmer smiled and answered, ’ It is not that. I have
a son in London. He wants to become an artist.’
THE BEST REWARD. TIPS AND NOTES 223

D. An artist went to a beautiful part of the country for a


holiday and stayed there with a farmer.
E. ‘ What is money? In a week it will be all finished, but
your painting will still be here.’
F. Every day he went out with his paints and his brushes
and painted from morning till evening.
G. ‘When he comes here next month, I will show him your
picture, and then he will not want to be an artist any
more, I think.’
H. When it got dark, he went back to the farm and had a
good dinner before he went to bed.
KEY: 1 -D ;2 -F ;3 -H ;4 -A ;5 -E ;6 -B ;7 -C ;8 -G

An artist went to a beautiful part o f the country for


a holiday and stayed there with a farmer. Every day he
went out with his paints and his brushes and painted from
morning till evening. When it got dark, he went back to
the farm and had a good dinner before he went to bed.
At the end of his holiday he wanted to pay the farmer,
but the farmer said, ‘ No, I don’ t want any money, but give
me one o f your pictures. What is money? In a week it will
be all finished, but your painting will still be here.’
The artist was very pleased and thanked the farmer for
saying such kind words about his paintings.
The farmer smiled and answered, ’ It is not that. I have
a son in London. He wants to become an artist. When he
comes here next month, I will show him your picture, and
then he will not want to be an artist any more, I think.’
• When the Ss have read the story ask them to find at
least 2 differences and 2 similarities between the story
‘The Best Reward’ and this joke.
D iffe r e n c e s :
I. The farmer did not go to the painter, it was the painter
who came to the country and stayed in the farmer’s
house.
2. The farmer did not offer money to the painter, but it
was the painter who wanted to pay the farmer.
224 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

3. In the joke the story took place in the country, and in


the ‘ Best Reward’ in a big city.
4. In ‘The Best Reward’ the artist painted in his big
studio, and in the joke he painted outside, in the open air.
5. In ‘The Best Reward’ the boy disobeyed his mother
and became a painter, and in the joke the reader knows
nothing about the boy’ s future.
6 . In ‘The Best Reward’ the mother wanted to use the
painter’ s authority to lie to her son about his talent,
and in the joke the farmer wanted to use the painter’ s
picture as an example o f absence o f talent.
S im ila r itie s :
1. In both stories sons wanted to become painters.
2. In both stories parents didn’ t want their children to
become artists.
3. In both stories the parents were not able to change
their sons’ mind about becoming artists.
4. In both stories the parents used someone else to
persuade their children not to become artists.
5. In both stories the boys lived in London.
IV . A re you an a t t e n t i v e reader?
This activity can be used either as г ling or a
listening task.
VARIANT 1 . Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'The
B e s t Reward' and find 10 f a c t u a l m is ta k e s i n i t .
One evening the famous painter Richard Layton had
an unexpected visitor. Though the painter had heard Lady
Lloyd’s name before, he had never met her in person. Lady
Lloyd came to ask the famous painter for a favour. She had
a problem with her son who decided to become an artist.
Lady Lloyd wanted her son to become a military man so she
asked Richard Layton to tell Charles that he had no talent
for painting. Lady Lloyd also said that if her son did not
obey her, she would give him very little financial support.
A fter Lady Lloyd showed Richard Layton several
pictures of her son, the painter understood that the boy
I'lIE BEST REWARD. TIPS AND NOTES 225

had no talent at all. He asked for one hundred pounds


because he had a plan how to help the boy. A fter the boy’s
mother left, the famous painter went to his lawyer.
When Lady Lloyd brought her son, Richard Layton
told him that it was better for him to become a politician.
Some years later Layton met Charles Lloyd again. The
young man was now independent of his family as one of his
relatives paid for his education in an art college.
Richard Layton told Charles that it was him who
paid for his studies after the young man gave the famous
painter one of his pictures to show his gratitude.
VARIANT 2 . T h e re a r e 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n th e
s h o r t summary o f t h e s t o r y 'T h e B e s t Reward'
t h a t I am g o i n g t o r e a d t o y o u . L i s t e n t o me
c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y tim e I make a f a c t u a l
m is t a k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t me.
One evening (1) the famous painter Richard Layton had
an unexpected visitor. Though the painter had heard Lady
Lloyd’ s name before (2), he had never met her in person.
Lady Lloyd came to ask the famous painter for a favour.
She had a problem with her son who decided to become an
artist. Lady Lloyd wanted her son to become a military
man (3) so she asked Richard Layton to tell Charles that
he had no talent for painting. Lady Lloyd also said that
if her son did not obey her, she would give him very little
financial support (4).
A fter Lady Lloyd showed Richard Layton several
pictures of her son, the painter understood that the boy
had no talent at all (5). He asked for one hundred pounds
( 6) because he had a plan how to help the boy. A fter the
boy’s mother left, the famous painter went to his lawyer
(7).
When Lady Lloyd brought her son, Richard Layton told
him that it was better for him to become a politician (8).
] Some years later Layton met Charles Lloyd again. The
young man was now independent of his family as one of his
relatives (9) paid for his education in an art college.
8 Short stories with pleasure
226 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Richard Layton told Charles that it was him who


paid for his studies after the young man gave the famous
painter one of his pictures to show his gratitude ( 10).
KE!
1. morning 6. for one thousand pounds
2 . the painter had not 7 Richard Layton rang up
heard Lady Lloyd’ s his lawyer and asked him
name before to come to his house,
3. a politician g
to choose another career
4. no financial support
5. his pictures showed an unknown man
both talent and Ю. as a souvenir just to
humour remember him

V. Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURE 1 . Ask your Ss to speculate what episode from
the story is shown in the picture. Let them give
arguments.

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to the


story they have just read and speculate what the
painter wanted to show by it. In their opinion,
who is the man in the picture? Where is he at the
moment? Whose pictures is he looking at?
SUGGESTED ANSWER: The man may be Richard Layton
who came to the first exhibition of pictures of the young
painter Charles Lloyd.

P IC T U R E 3 . I f y o u w e r e a s k e d t o d r a w t h e t h i r d p ic t u r e
t o i l l u s t r a t e t h i s s t o r y , w h a t w o u ld y o u d r a w i n
i t ? D e s c r ib e y o u r p ic t u r e t o y o u r p a r t n e r ( c la s s ­
m a te s ) .
FROM BAD TO WORSE
bt Answ er th e q u e s t i o n s b e lo w .

1 < 1. What associations do you have with the word


‘Saturday’ ?
2. How do you usually spend Saturday
mornings?
Some people believe that if a day starts in a bad way, it
can go even worse. What is your opinion about it?
Have you ever had days when things went from bad
to worse? If yes, tell your partner (class) about one of
them.

a! M atch t h e w ords and e x p r e s s i o n s g i v e n

2 b e lo w w ith t h e i r R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n
e q u iv a le n ts .

P art 1

1. m em ories a) очень у ст а л ы й/дуж е


втомлений
2. a cartoon
b) д вою родны й брат (сестра)/
3. a sh ift двою рідний брат (сестра)
4. d e liciou s c) родственник/родич
5. m id n ig h t d) в лучш ем сл у ч а е /у кращ ом у
в ипадку
6. how ever
e) ги ган тски й /гіган тськи й
7. e xhau sted f) уж ас/ж ах
8. h orror g) восп ом инан ия/спогади
h) несчастны й, ж алкий/
9. a cousin
нещ асливий, ж алю гідний
1 0 . a relative м ультф ильм /м ультф ільм
i)
1 1 . a sigh j) комар; м оскит/ком ар; москіт
1 2 . at best k) рабочая см ена/робоча зміна
1) очень в кусн ы й /д уж е смачний
1 3 . g ia n t (adj)
m) п олночь/північ
1 4 . a m osquito n) в здох/зітхан ня
1 5 . m iserab le o) од н а ко/о д н ак
228 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

P art 2
1 6 . to buzz a) рей с/рейс
1 7 . a saw b) счет (в р есто р ан е )/р ахун о к
(у ресторані)
18 . to cut down
c ) давать взайм ы /давати в борг
1 9 . on tim e d) чудо/чудо
2 0 . soft d rin ks e) неспособны й/н ездатн ий
2 1 . a fligh t f ) ж уж ж ать/дзиж чати
д) н а правл яться/направл яти ся
2 2 . a couple
h ) м удры й/м удрий
2 3 . a bill i ) сп ущ ен н о е колесо, пробитая
2 4 . to get ш и н а /сп ущ ен е колесо,
e m barrassed пробита шина
2 5 . to lend j ) рубить, пилить/рубати,
пиляти
2 6 . w ise
к) пила/пила
2 7 . a m iracle 1 ) воврем я/вчасно
2 8 . to head т ) пара/пара
2 9 . a fla t tyre п) см утиться/збентеж итися
о) беза л когол ьн ы е напитки/
3 0 . unable безал когол ьні напої

ut Read th e s t o r y and c o r r e c t th e
,<j s ta te m e n ts a f t e r i t .
‘ Saturday’ is the word that usually makes
me happy. This word brings back childhood
memories of Saturday mornings spent watching Mickey
Mouse cartoons on television and having delicious
breakfast cooked by my mother. But last Saturday was one
of the worst days of my life.
Part o f what made last Saturday so terrible was last
Friday. On Friday I had to work at my hospital job on the
night shift, from midnight to 8 o’ clock in the morning.
That, however, did not stop me from going to a party with
my friends the night before. Of course, I arrived at work
very tired and by the end o f my shift I was absolutely
FROM BAD TO WORSE 229

exhausted. When I was driving home I couldn’t think of


anything else but sleep, wonderful sleep!
Then I remembered with horror that my two cousins
from New Jersey 1 were going to spend the day in New
Orleans2 on their way home from my grandmother’s
house. At first I thought about telling my cousins that I
wasn’t free to spend the day with them but understood at
once that I didn’t really want to do that as they were my
favourite relatives. W ith a sigh I said good-bye to sleep.
So, when my telephone rang at 9 o ’clock, I answered
it with my best “ ready-to-have-a-good-time” voice. Those
were my cousins Callie3and Kate. They said they were sorry
but they couldn’t arrive until 8 o ’clock in the evening.
At best we would be able to have an hour together at the
airport. They were very sorry, but I wasn’ t. I wanted to see
them very much, but I wanted to sleep more.
So, I went to bed and waited for my wonderful sleep
to come. It never came. Oh, I did fall asleep, but I dreamt
that a giant mosquito was attacking me. I woke up hot and
miserable, with the sound of mosquito still buzzing in my
ear. Very soon I understood that I was hot and miserable
because the air-conditioning was not working. And the
mosquito turned out to be a man with an electric saw who
was cutting down a tree in my neighbour’ s yard.
I left my house at half past four to have enough time to
get to the airport to meet Callie
and Kate. They arrived on time,
and we found a place in a cafe
to sit down. A fter ordering soft
drinks, Callie went to check on
the flight. She returned with the
news that the plane was going
to leave at 10 pm, so we had a
couple o f hours to go to town.
We got into my car and went to
a restaurant which turned out
1 New Jersey [nju:'d33:zi] Нью Джерси (штат в СШ А)/ Нью Джерсі (штат у США)
2 New Orleans [nju:'3:lianz] Новый Орлеан (большой город в США)/Новий
Орлеан (велике місто у США)
3 Callie ['kaeli] Келли/Келлі
230 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

to be more expensive than I had


expected. When the time came
to pay the bill, I didn’t have
enough money and got very
embarrassed asking Kate to
lend me some.
On our way from the
restaurant, Callie found a pay
phone and called the airport
to check on the flight again.
It was very wise of her as she
learnt that the plane was going to leave at 9 pm, not at
10! I looked at my watch. We had 21 minutes to get to the
airport. It was a miracle, but we somehow made it. After a
quick good-bye I headed back to the city.
“ Surely, nothing more could possibly go wrong,” I
thought. A few minutes later I discovered that a bad day
can always get worse. Bang! A flat tyre! For a while I just
sat in the car unable to move. But there was nothing else to
do but get out of the car. It took up another thirty minutes
to change the tyre.
I arrived home just in time to change my clothes and
go to another night shift in my hospital.
S ta te m e n ts
1. In the narrator’ s memory Saturday mornings are
associated only with Mickey Mouse cartoons.
2. When the narrator was a child, he used to cook
delicious breakfasts on Saturdays.
3. The previous Saturday was terrible for the narrator
because he had to work at his hospital on the night
shift.
4. A fter the night shift on Friday the narrator was so
exhausted that he was not able to go to a party with his
friends.
5. When the narrator was driving home he was thinking
only about his work.
6. The narrator was very pleased when he remembered
about his cousins’ visit.
FROM BAD TO WORSE 231

7. The narrator’s cousins were going to spend the day in


New Orleans on their way to their grandmother’s house.
8 . The narrator decided to tell his cousins that he would
not be able to see them as he was busy.
9. When the telephone rang at 9 o ’clock, the narrator
answered it in a sleepy voice.
10. The cousins called the narrator to inform him that
they were coming early in the morning.
11. That news upset the narrator very much.
12. The narrator couldn’ t fall asleep because some
mosquitoes attacked him.
13. When the narrator did fall asleep he got cold because
the air-conditioning didn’t work.
14. The narrator was woken up by a man who was selling
an electric saw.
15. The narrator left his house at 3.30 to have enough time
to get to the airport in time to meet his cousins.
16. Because the flight was cancelled the narrator and his
cousins decided to go to a restaurant in town.
17. The restaurant turned out to be cheaper than the
narrator had expected.
18. The narrator got embarrassed when Kate offered to
pay the bill.
19. When Callie phoned the airport again, she found out
that their flight had been delayed for one hour.
20. The narrator did not worry because they had enough
time to get to the airport.
21. On the way home from the airport the narrator had a
serious problem with his car.
22. The end of the narrator’s day was even worse than the
beginning as he didn’ t have time to go home before
another night shift in his hospital.

Ж Answer th e q u e s t io n s a b ou t th e s t o r y .
' Й '« 1- What does the word ‘ Saturday’ mean to the
«Д » narrator?
JL. 2. What memories does this word bring back to
him?
232 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

3. What made last Saturday so terrible for the narrator?


4. Where did the narrator go last Friday?
5. Where did he have to go after the party?
6. How did the narrator feel when he arrived at work?
7. How did the narrator feel by the end of his night
shift?
8. What was the narrator thinking about when he was
driving home?
9. What did the narrator remember with horror?
10. Where were the narrator’s two cousins from New
Jersey heading?
11. What did the narrator want to tell his cousins first?
12. W hy did he change his mind later?
13. When did the telephone ring the next morning?
14. How did the narrator answer it?
15. What did the narrator’s cousins inform him about?
16. W hy wasn’ t the narrator sorry when he heard about
that?
17. What did the narrator dream about when he fell
asleep?
18. Why was the narrator hot and miserable when he woke up?
19. What did the ‘giant mosquito’ turn out to be?
20. When did the narrator leave the house for the
airport?
21. When did the narrator’ s cousins arrive?
22. Where did the narrator take his cousins?
23. What did they order in a cafe?
24. Who went to check on the flight?
25. W hy did the narrator and his cousins decide to go to
town?
26. W hy did the narrator get embarrassed in the
restaurant?
27. Why did Callie look for a pay phone?
28. What did Callie find out when she called th^ airport?
29. How much time did the narrator and his cousins have
to get to the airport?
30. How did they manage to get to the airport in time?
FROM BAD TO WORSE 233

31. Where did the narrator head after a quick good-bye?


32. What did he think about on his way home?
33. What happened to the narrator’s car on his way
home?
34. How long did it take the narrator to change the flat
tyre?
35. What did the narrator have to do as soon as he came
home?

И0 ^ P ut th e e v e n t s and f a c t s o f th e sto ry
^ in o rd e r.
Ja A. It took up another thirty minutes to change
^ the tyre.
B. The narrator left his house at half past four to have
enough time to get to the airport.
C. Part of what made last Saturday so terrible was last
Friday.
D. The narrator went to bed and waited for his wonderful
sleep to come.
E. Callie learnt that the plane was going to leave at 9 pm,
not at 10!
F. The cousins’ plane was going to leave at 10 pm, so they
had a couple of hours to go to town.
G. The narrator went to a party with his friends the night
before.
H. The narrator dreamt that a giant mosquito was
attacking him.
I. The narrator’ s cousins said they were sorry but they
couldn’t arrive until 8 o’ clock in the evening.
J. The narrator arrived home just in time to change his
clothes and go to another night shift in his hospital.
K. The narrator got very embarrassed when he had to ask
Kate to lend him some money.
L. The mosquito turned out to be a man with an electric saw
who was cutting down a tree in the neighbour’s yard.
M. When the narrator was driving home he couldn ’ t think
of anything else but sleep, wonderful sleep.
234 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

^ M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e
^ e x p r e s s i o n s fro m th e s t o r y .
6

1. childhood a) before
P art 1
2. S a tu rd ay b) re la tive s
3. M ickey Mouse c) good-bye
4. a deliciou s d) exhausted
5. a night e) asleep
6. the night f ) m e m orie s
7. a b so lu te ly g) saw
8. to re m e m b e r h) best
9. on one's way i ) m osquito
10. favo urite j ) m ornings
11. to say k) carto ons
12. at 1) w ith horror
13. to fall m) sh ift
14. a g ian t n) hom e
15. an e le ctric o) brea kfa st

P art 2
16. to cut down a) o f hours
17. a n eigh bour's b) m oney
18. to a rrive c) phone
19. to ord e r d) one's clothes
20. to ch eck e) wrong
21. a couple f) of the car
22. to pay g) the a irp o rt
23. to have enough h) yard
24. to get v e ry i) tyre
25. a pay j) on tim e
26. to call k) a bill
27. to go 1) on the flig h t
28. a flat m) em b arrassed
29. to g et out n) a tree
30. to change o) soft drin ks
FROM BAD TO WORSE 235

7
^ F ill in th e g ap s i n th e s e n t e n c e s b e lo w
jg w it h som e o f t h e e x p r e s s i o n s fro m TASK 6.
1. D i d y o u e n jo y w a t c h i n g ______________________
in your childhood?
2. When the girl wasn’t able to answer the teacher’s question,
she________________________ and turned red.
3. After cleaning all the windows in the house and tidying
up the kitchen, Nelly felt ________________________
and decided to have a rest in front of the TV.
4. Ouch! - W hat’s the matter? - I think I have been
bitten by a ________________________ . It hurts so
much!
5. We decided to________________________ and some
ice-cream and started to count how much money we
had.
6 . Susan, can y o u ________________________ and find out
when your aunt’ s plane is going to arrive? - Yes, Mum,
I’ ll do it as soon as I finish washing my hair.
7. Derek, please help your grandpa___________________ .
He is too old to manage it himself.
8 . Before going to bed yesterday I_____________________
that the teacher had promised us a test on irregular
verbs the next day.
9. On Sunday we went out for a picnic and had
at the bank of the river.
10. Dolly, why are you still in your school uniform? Hurry
u p ,________________________ and come down to dinner.
Everyone is waiting for you.
11. Phyllis, what did you do on Saturday? - Oh, it wasn’ t
a very busy day. I spent _______________________
speaking on the phone with my friends and then
watched TV till it was time to go to bed.
12. Telma, who is your ________________________ ? - My
granny on my mother’ s side, she is very kind and
caring.
13 . _______________________Mr. Stout usually buys his
favourite evening newspaper and drops in at the pub
for a pint of beer.
236 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

8
Srp e c u la t e about...
СЛ
1. How old do you think the narrator was?
2. What education, in your opinion, did he
have? Was he a doctor or a male nurse?
Do you think the narrator liked his job in the hospital?
Do you think it was a well-paid job?
4. W hy do you think the narrator liked his cousins so
much?
5. In your opinion, was the narrator a good driver? Why?
W hy not?
6. How do you think the narrator felt after his two night
shifts and no sleep during the day?
7. How well do you think the narrator slept the day after
his second night shift?

9
U se th e Da V i n c i (m ir r o r a lp h a b e t )
c o d e t o s o l v e t h i s p u z z l e and r e a d an
з
E n g li s h p r o v e r b . What do you t h in k
t h i s p r o v e r b h a s t o do w ith th e s t o r y
y ou h a v e r e a d ?
Prompt: A = N; В = О; С = P; etc
VG ARIRE ENVAF, OHG VG CBHEF

10
\£ R e t e l l th e s t o r y as c lo s e to th e
t e x t as p o s s ib le .

KEYS

TASK 2 . M atch t h e w ords and e x p r e s s i o n s g i v e n


b e lo w w ith t h e i r R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n
e q u iv a le n ts .
PART 1: 1 - g; 2 - і; 3 - k; 4 - 1 ; 5 - m; 6 - o; 7 - a; 8 - f;
9 - b ; 10 - c; 11 - n ; 1 2 - d ; 1 3 - е ; 14 - j; 15 - h
FROM BAD TO WORSE. KEYS 237

PART 2 : 16 - f ; 17 - k; 18 - j; 19 - 1; 20 - o; 21 - a
22 - m ; 23 - b; 24 - n; 25 - c; 26 - h; 27 - d
28 - g; 29 - i; 30 - e

TASK 5 . P ut t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s o f th e
s to r y in o rd e r.
1 - C; 2 - G; 3 - M; 4 - I; 5 - D; 6 - H; 7 - L; 8 - B; 9 - F
10 - K ; 11 - E; 1 2 - A ; 1 3 - J

TASK б . Match the two halves of the


expressions from the story.
Part 1 Part 2
1 . childhood m e m o rie s 16. to cut dow n a tree
2. S a tu rd a y m orn in gs 17. a n eigh bo ur's yard
3. M ickey M ouse carto on s 18. to a rriv e on tim e
4. a d e licio u s b re a kfa st 19. to o rd e r soft d rin ks
5. a night sh ift 20 . to ch eck on the flig h t
6. the night before 21 . a couple of hours
7. a b so lu te ly exhausted 22 . to pay a bill
8 . to re m e m b e r with 23. to have enough m oney
h orror
24. to get very
9. on one's w ay hom e e m barrassed
10 . fa v o u rite re la tive s 25. a pay phone
11 . to say good-bye 26. to call the a irp o rt
12 . at best 27. to go w rong
13. to fall asleep 28. a fla t tyre
14. a g ia n t m osquito 29. to get out of the car
15. an e le ctric saw 30. to change one's clothes

PART 1: l - f ; 2 -j ;3 -k ;4-o; 5- m; 6- a; 7- d; 8-l


9 - n ; 1 0 - b ; 1 1 - c ; 12- h ; 1 3 -е ; 1 4 - i ; 1 5 - g
238 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

PART 2 : 16 - n; 17 - h; 18 - j; 19 - o; 20 - 1; 21 - a;
22 - k; 23 - b; 24 - m; 25 - c; 26 - g; 27 - e;
2 8 - i ; 29 - f; 30 - d

TASK 7 . F i l l i n t h e g a p s i n th e s e n t e n c e s
b e lo w w ith some o f t h e e x p r e s s i o n s
fro m TASK 5 .
1. Mickey Mouse cartoons 8 . remembered with horror
2 . got very embarrassed 9 . a delicious breakfast
3. absolutely exhausted
10. change your clothes
4. giant mosquito
11. a couple of hours
5. order soft drinks
6 . call the airport 12. favourite relative
7. to get out of the car 13. On his way home

TASK 9 . U se t h e Da V i n c i (m ir r o r a lp h a b e t )
c o d e t o s o l v e t h i s p u z z l e and r e a d
an E n g li s h p r o v e r b . What do you
t h i n k t h i s p r o v e r b h a s t o do w ith
t h e s t o r y yo u h a v e r e a d ?

P rom pt: A = N; В = О; С = P; etc

IT NEVER RAINS, BUT IT POURS

The Da V i n c i (m ir r o r a lp h a b e t ) code:

A -N D -Q G -T J -W L -Y
B -0 E -R H -U K -X M -Z
С -P F -S I-V
r
FROM BAD TO WORSE. TIPS AND NOTES 239

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E lic it a t io n of b a ck g ro u n d k n o w le d g e
I r r e g u la r D e g re e s of C o m p a r is o n
of A d j e c t iv e s
TASK 1 . F i l l in th e t a b le w it h t h e c o r r e c t fo rm s
of a d je c t iv e s . The f ir s t one is done fo r you.

Positive Com parative Superlative


Degree Degree Degree
good better the best
bad
little
m any/
much
near
far
late
old
KEY
Positive Com parative Superlative
Degree Degree Degree
good better the best
bad worse the worst
little less the least
many/ more the most
much
near nearer the nearest/
the next
far farther/further the farthest/
the furthest
late later the latest/the last
old older/elder the oldest/the
eldest
240 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

II. E n la r g in g stu d e n ts' v o c a b u la r y f ?»}


TASK 2 . M a t c h t h e e x p r e s s i o n s w i t h t h e a d j e c t i v e s
'b e s t ' and 'w o r s t ' w it h t h e i r R u s s ia n / U k r a in ia n
e q u iv a le n t s .
1. a change for the идти все хуже и хуже/йти
a)
better все гірше і гірше
b) в худшем случае/у
2. to change for the гіршому випадку
worse c) делать все возможное/
3. so much the better робити все можливе
d) все к лучш ему/усе на
4. so much the worse краще
e) быть в ударе; быть на
5. if the worst comes высоте/бути в ударі; бути
to the worst на висоті
f) перемена к лучшему/
6. to go from bad to
зміна на краще
worse
g) в счастье и в несчастье/
7. at best у щасті й у нещасті
h) меняться к худш ему/
8. at worst змінюватися на гірше
i) насколько я знаю/
9. to do one's best наскільки я знаю
10. to be at one's best j) в самом худшем случае/
у самому гіршому
11. to make the best випадку
of a bad job k) наихудшее из зол/
найгірше із зол
12. all for the best I) тем хуже/тим гірше
m) тем лучше/тим краще
13. to the best of my
knowledge n) в лучшем случае/
у кращому випадку
14. for better or worse °) не унывать, не падать
духом; делать хорошую
15. the worst of all мину при плохой игре/
evils не сумувати; не падати
духом; робити веселу
міну при поганій грі
KEY: 1 —f ; 2 — h; 3 - m; 4 -1; 5 —j ; 6 - а ; 7 - n ; 8 - b ;
9 - е ; 1 0 - e ; 11 - o; 12 - d; 1 3 - і ; 14 - g; 1 5 - k
FROM BAD TO WORSE. TIPS AND NOTES 241

TASK 3. F ill in th e gaps w ith one of th e


e x p r e s s io n s fro m t h e p r e v i o u s task. |

1. What will you do if you fail your English exam? -


, I’ ll try to sit it again.
2. I really don’t want you to leave now, but perhaps,
in this situation.
3. I promise y o u ,_______________________, we will never
part.
4. W hy didn’ t you finish your work before the deadline?
- I’m really sorry, I trie d _____________________ , but
I’ m afraid, the task was too difficult for me.
5. Are you sure the weather is g oin g __________________ ?
- Yes, I heard the weather forecast, it will be raining
the whole day tomorrow.
6 . _________________________ , Angola is in South Africa
and not in North Africa.
7. Things in the Dickens family w ent__________________
and in the end the whole family, except Charles, had to
live for some time in a debtor’ s prison.
8 . Laura has a beautiful voice. Wil 1you sing to us, Laura?
- Sorry, I’ d better not. I am not really__________
today.
9. Tim, dinner is ready, everyone is waiting for
you. - Sorry, mum, I won’t come. I’m not hungry. -
_____________________ , your brother will have two
desserts, his and yours! - No, wait, I’ m coming!

KEY

1. If the worst comes to the 6 . To the best of my


worst knowledge,
2. it s all for the best 'j from bad to worse
3. for better or for worse
8 . at my best
4. to do my best
9. So much the better
5. to change for the worse
242 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 4 . B elow i s an E n g li s h s a y i n g i n w hich


a l l th e w ords a r e s c r a m b le d . S o r t them o u t and
re a d th e s a y in g .

IF OF CAN N O T BEST, HAVE THE M AKE HAVE


B E ST W HAT YOU YOU THE
E x p la i n how you u n d e r s ta n d t h i s s a y in g and
g i v e ex a m p le s fro m y o u r l i f e .
KEY

IF YOU CAN N O T HAVE THE BEST, M AKE THE B E ST OF


W HAT YOU HAVE

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)


I I I . A re yo u an a t t e n t i v e read er?
This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.
VARIANT 1 . Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'From
Bad t o W orse' and find 10 f a c t u a l m ista k es in i t .
The hero of the story liked Saturdays, but hated Fridays
because he always worked on night shifts on Fridays. One
Saturday turned out extremely difficult for him. He went
to a friend’ s party on Friday after work and felt very tired
on Saturday. When he came home, he wanted to have a good
night’ s sleep, but he didn’ t manage to rest at all because his
two cousins were coming to stay with him for a few days.
So he had to go to the airport early in the morning, and he
only had a few hours to sleep. He woke up earlier than he
had planned because of mosquitoes buzzing in his ear and
also because it was rather cold in the room.
The cousins’ plane arrived on time and they went to
a restaurant to have a drink. When it was time to pay the
bill, the young man found out that he had no money which
was very embarrassing.
The cousins had almost missed the plane because it
was leaving earlier than they had expected. The young
FROM BAD TO WORSE. TIPS AND NOTES 243

man thought that he had had enough troubles for one day,
but he was wrong. He was late for work because of the flat
tyre.
VARIANT 2 . T h ere a r e 10 f a c t u a l m is t a k e s i n
t h e s h o r t summary o f th e s t o r y 'From Bad t o
W o rse ' t h a t I am g o in g t o r e a d t o y o u . L i s t e n
t o me c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y tim e I make a f a c t u a l
m is t a k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t me.
The hero of the story liked Saturdays, but hated
Fridays (1) because he always (2) worked on night shifts on
Fridays. One Saturday turned out extremely difficult for
him. He went to a friend’ s party on Friday after work (3)
and felt very tired on Saturday. When he came home, he
wanted to have a good night’ s sleep, but he didn’t manage
to rest at all because his two cousins were coming to stay
with him for a few davs (4). So he had to go to the airport
early in the morning. (5) and he only had a few hours to
sleep. He woke up earlier than he had planned because of
mosquitoes buzzing in his ear ( 6 ) and also because it was
rather cold (7) in the room.
The cousins’ plane arrived on time and they went to a
cafe ( 8) to have dinner. When it was time to pay the bill,
the young man found out that he had no money (9) which
was very embarrassing.
The cousins had almost missed the plane because it was
leaving earlier than they had expected. The young man
thought that he had had enough troubles for one day, but
he was wrong. He was late for work (10) because of the flat
tyre.
KEY
1. He didn’t. 6 . There were no real
2. sometimes mosquitoes.
7. It was very hot.
3. on Thursday before work
8 . to a restaurant
4. They were going to spend 9. He didn’t have enough
only one day with him. money.
5. in the evening 10. He wasn’ t late.
244 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

IV , Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2 .
Ask your Ss to speculate what episodes from the
story are shown in the pictures. Let them give
arguments.

PICTURE 2 . Which of the ‘characters’ shown in the


picture is not real but imaginary?
KEY: the mosquito

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
THE EARTHQUAKE

1
йй Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s b e lo w .
«З 1. Which of these two descriptions matches
your room?
• I don’t care about the mess in my room. Mum says
that she hates it when all my things are scattered
around but it is easier for me to find what I want.
• I like to have everything in my room in order. Then
I can find what I need much quicker. Even the soft
toys on my shelves are always in the same places.
2 . What is your attitude to work about the house? What
do you like or dislike about it?
3. Do you think children should help their parents and do
their share of the housework? W hy? W hy not?
4. What can you find in common between a very messy
house and a tidy house after an earthquake?

2
*
t/ j
Match the words and e x p r e ssio n s below
.<
H w ith t h e i r R ussian /U krain ian e q u iv a le n ts .
P art 1
1 . an e a rth q u ake a избалованный/розпещений
2 . to allow b страстно увлекаться/жагуче
захоплюватися
3. a se rva n t
с велосипедный спорт/
4. to b oth er велосипедний спорт
5. sp oilt d заглушать звуки/заглушати
б. to be fond of звуки
sm th є землетрясение/землетрус
£
r ужасно/жахливо
7. a sp littin g
У платяной шкаф/платяна шафа
G
headache h неряшливый, грязный/
8. a perform an ce неохайний, брудний
9. to be keen on і позволять, разрешать/дозволяти
sm th j слуга/слуга
Jc беспокоиться, затруднять себя/
10. cycling турбуватися, утруднювати себе
11. a ru cksack 1 рюкзак/рюкзак
12. to b lock the Ш ужасная головная боль/
sounds жахливий головний біль
n любить что-либо, увлекаться
13. a w ardrobe
чем-либо/любити що-небудь,
14. aw fully захоплюватися чим-небудь
15. m essy о игра, исполнение/гра, виконання
246 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Part 2
1 6 . to believe a) давать приют, принимать/давати
притулок, приймати
1 7 . safe
b) однообразие, монотонность/
1 8 . to explain одноманітність, монотонність
19. sym p a th e tic c) вверх дном, вверх тормашками/
догори дном, шкереберть
20 . to put up d) ждать, ожидать/чекати,
2 1 . lonely очікувати
e) верить/вірити
2 2 . m onotony f) обращаться с кем-то/поводитися
2 3 . upside down з ким-небудь
2 4 . a heap д) безопасный/безпечний
h) кухонная мойка/кухонна мийка
2 5 . a sin k i) отношение/ставлення
2 6 . deafening j) объяснять/пояснювати
к) напрасно/дарма
2 7 . to expect і) полный сочувствия/повний
2 8 . in vain співчуття
2 9 . an attitu d e га) оглушающий, оглушительный/
приголомшуючий, оглушливий
3 0 . to tre a t п) куча/купа
som eon e о) одинокий/самотній

З
■jt Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e
ft sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tru e o r f a l s e .
Once in California there lived a very rich
businessman whose name was Benj amin Sanders1.
He lived in a very big house with his three sons. His wife
had died many years before and Mr. Sanders was away
from home most of the time as he was busy making money.
Mr. Sanders loved his sons very much. He used to say that
he had no one dearer than his children in the whole world.
He always allowed them to do whatever they wanted.
The house was full of servants who did all the work
about the house. The boys never had to do anything but go
to school and do their homework but they never bothered
to study well. So the children were very spoilt and spent
most of the time enjoying themselves.
The eldest boy, George, was fond of hard rock and he
used to lie on his bed listening to his records all day long.
і Benjamin Sanders ['bendjsmin'saendsz] Бенджамин Сандерс/Бенджамін Сандерс
THE EARTHQUAKE 247

He played his music very


loudly and all the servants in
the house got very nervous
or had splitting headaches.
When he didn’ t listen to his
music, he played his electric
guitar. As he had no ear for
music, his performances
were even worse than the
rock he listened to.
The second boy, Bill, was keen on cycling. Early in the
morning he took a rucksack with some sandwiches and a
bottle of Cola and went away to the country on his bicycle.
He came back home only late in the evening when it got
dark, hungry and tired, and in very dirty clothes. His day
finished with watching sports channels on TV which he
made very loud to block the sounds o f the rock music his
elder brother was listening to.
But the youngest boy, Dan, was the laziest of the three.
At school he never listened to his teachers’ explanations or
took part in class discussions. At home he never did his
homework. He only lay on his sofa and played with his
favourite cat. If he took any thing from the table or out of
the wardrobe, he never put it back in its place. His room
was awfully messy and the servants had to collect all his
things lying here and there and to clean his room oftener
than any other place in the house.
Once newspapers reported that in some short time a
terrible earthquake was to happen in California 2 close to
the place where Mr. Sanders and his children lived. Some
people believed it, others did not. Those who did, started
to leave the town or send their children away to some safer
places. Mr. Sanders got really worried. As he loved his
sons more than his own life, he decided to send his sons
away, too.
2 ...a terrible earthquake was to happen in California... [,kaeli'fo:nja] - ...в Ка­
лифорнии должно было произойти ужасное землетрясение.../...y Каліфор­
нії мав статися жахливий землетрус...
248 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Mr. Sanders had an old


school friend, Mr. Walker3,
who lived in another part of the
USA. He called him and explained
the situation. Mr. Walker was
very sympathetic and agreed to
put up his friend’s sons till the
danger of the earthquake was
over.
Mr. Walker was a doctor, not rich at all, worked in a
little town hospital and was busy all the time. As he was
not married he had to cook and to do all the work about his
house himself.
At first he was very glad when the boys came as they
broke the monotony of his lonely life. But quite soon
he became very unhappy. When he came home after a
hard working day, he found his house in a terrible mess.
Practically everything was turned upside down. There
were heaps of dirty clothes lying everywhere. The kitchen
sink and the table were full of dirty dishes that hadn’t been
washed after the meals the boys had had during the day.
The music was deafening. The boys were hungry again
waiting for him to come and to cook dinner for them.
Though the doctor tried to teach the boys to take care
of themselves, to cook, to wash and clean the house, they
were too lazy to do that. That is why the doctor did all that
himself expecting the boys to change their attitude to the
work about the house. To his regret, it was in vain - the
boys continued doing nothing but enjoying themselves
and treating Mr. Walker like a servant.
Finally Mr. Walker felt that he could not stand it any
longer 4 and sent their father a telegram, “ Send me the
earthquake but take the boys away!”

3 Mr. Walker ['wo:ks] мистер Вокер/містер Вокер


4 ...felt that he could not stand it any longer... - ...почувствовал, что не может
больше этого выносить.../...відчув, що не може більш цього терпіти...
THE EARTHQUAKE 249

S ta te m e n ts
1. Benjamin Sanders was a widower with three sons who
he loved very much and spent all his time with.
2. Mr. Sanders was usually very strict with his children.
3. The boys didn’t have any responsibilities about the
house.
4. All the boys did was going to school and doing their
homework.
5. All Mr. Sanders’ sons had hobbies.
6. George’s hobby bothered the servants most of all.
7. George had a great music talent.
8. Bill, the second son, spent very little time at home.
9. In the evenings George and Bill made the servants
suffer most of all.
10. Dan was the laziest of the three boys so the servants
had fewer problems with him.
11. Mr. Sanders was one o f those who believed in the
danger of the coming earthquake at once.
12. Mr. Sanders had an old school friend, Mr. Walker, who
lived not far from California.
13. Though Mr. Walker enjoyed his lonely life, he agreed
to help his friend.
14. Mr. Walker and his wife were not rich and had to do all
the work about the house themselves.
15. In Mr. Walker’s house the boys behaved in the same
way as at home.
16. Mr. Walker’ s servants didn’ t like the boys either.
17. Mr. Walker would rather live through an earthquake5
than have the three boys in his house.

Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s a b o u t th e s t o r y .
% 1. Where did Benjamin Sanders live?
2. Was he married?
3. How many children did he have?
4. Why was he away from home most of the time?
5 Mr. Walker would rather live through an earthquake... - Мистер Вокер
скорее согласился бы пережить землетрясение.../М істер Вокер скоріше
погодився б пережити землетрус...
250 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

5. How much did he love his sons?


6 . What did Mr. Sanders allow the boys to do?
7. W ho did all the work about the house?
8 . What were the boys’ responsibilities?
9. How did the spoilt children spend most of their time?
10. What was the eldest boy fond of?
11. W hy did the servants often have splitting headaches?
12. What did George do when he wasn’t listening to music?
13. How good was he at playing the guitar?
14. What was the second brother keen on?
15. Where did he go every morning?
16. What did he usually take with him?
17. How did his day usually finish?
18. W hy did he turn the sound of TV on?
19. How different from his brothers was the youngest son?
20. Why did he do badly at school?
21. What did Dan usually do at home?
22. What did Dan’ s room look like?
23. What did the servants have to do about Dan’s room?
24. What did California newspapers report one day?
25. Did everyone believe the news?
26. What did Mr. Sanders decide to do?
27. Who did he call and explain the situation to?
28. What did Mr. Walker do for a living?
29. W ho did all the work about the doctor’ s house?
30. Why was he very glad when the boys came?
31. Why did Mr. Walker soon become very unhappy?
32. What did his house look like when he came home from
work?
33. W hy were the boys always waiting for him to come?
34. What did the doctor try to teach the boys?
35. Why didn’ t the doctor manage to teach the boys to
work about the house?
36. How did the boys treat Mr. Walker?
37. What kind of telegram did Mr. Walker send to the
boys’ father?
ТІШ EARTHQUAKE 251

>£ M atch th e two h a l v e s o f th e

51.
£3

to m ake
e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .

Part 1
a sp orts ch an n e ls or
2. to do all the w ork b the sounds
3. to study с a sp littin g headacl
4. to spend d back hom e
5. to enjoy e m oney
6. to play one's m u sic f b ro ther
7. to get g of the three
8. to have h well
9. to com e і m ost o f the tim e
1 0 . to w atch j o n e se lf
1 1 . to block к a b ou t the house
1 2 . an eld e r 1 v e ry loudly
1 3 . the la zie st m v e ry nervous

Part 2
1 4 . aw fully n the m onotony
1 5 . in som e 0 place
1 6 . to send P dishes
1 7 . an old q vain
1 8 . the d a n g e r r o f the earth qu ake
1 9 . to break s of d irty clothes
2 0 . a sa fe r t sh o rt tim e
2 1 . a hard u like a serv a n t
2 2 . heaps V m essy
2 3 . d irty w m usic
2 4 . deafening X the children aw ay
2 5 . in У school friend
2 6 . to tre a t som eone z w orking day
252 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

F i l l in p r e p o s i t i o n s in th e q u e s t io n s
j23 b elow and answer them.
1. How often are your p a ren ts____________
home?
2. Who is dearer_________ you than anyone else__ the
whole world?
3. Are you fo n d _______ hard rock or heavy metal?
4. How often do you lie ______ your bed reading or
watching television?
5. Can you say that you have an ear______music?
6 . Are you keen______cycling? W hy? W hy not?
7. Do you like to g e t______early______ the morning?
8 . Does your family like goin g______________ holidays?
9. How do your parents feel if you come home late______
the evening?
10. Do you enjoy watching sports channels ______ TV?
Why? W hy not?
11. How many hours a day do you listen________ music?
12. Do you always listen______the teachers’ explanations
______school? W hy? W hy not?
13. Do you like to take part______ class discussions? W hy?
W hy not?
14. If you take something_____ the table o r ______________
the wardrobe, do you always put it back______ its place?
Why? W hy not?
15. Is your school (place of your studies) clo se _______the
place where you live?
16. Have you ever asked your friends to put you
the night? Why?
17. Do you like it when everything ______ your room
(house) is turned_____________ ? Why? Why not?
18. Do you think your parents have taught you to take
care______yourself?
19. Is it e a s y ______you to change your attitu d e______
something? W hy? Why not?
ГНЕ EARTHQUAKE. KEYS 253

W S p e c u la t e a b o u t . ..

7 ^ 1. Do you think the boys behaved in the same

way when their father was at home?


2.
In your opinion, did Mr. Sanders fully realize
how spoilt his sons were?
3. Do you think the servants ever complained to
Mr. Sanders about his sons’ behaviour?
4. What do you think Dr. Walker could do to make the
boys help about the house?
5. What do you think happened when Mr. Sanders got
the doctor’s telegram?
| U se th e Da V in c i ( m ir r o r a lp h a b e t )

8 code

t h is
you
to
E n g lis h
s o lv e
p ro v e rb .
p ro v e rb
have re a d ?
t h is

has
p u z z le
W hat do yo u
to d o w it h
and re a d
t h in k
th e s to ry
an

Prom pt: A = N; В = О; С = P; etc

FCNER N EBG NAQ FCBVY GUR PUVYQ

H ow d o you u n d e rs ta n d t h is p ro v e rb ?
Do y o u a g re e w it h it ?

9
^ R e t e ll th e sto ry as c lo s e to th e te x t
g- as p o s s ib le .

KEYS

TASK 2 . M atch t h e w ords and e x p r e s s i o n s


b e lo w w ith t h e i r R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n
e q u iv a le n ts .
PART 1: 1 - e; 2 - і; 3 - j; 4 - k; 5 - a; 6 - n; 7 - m; 8 - o;
9 - b ; 10 - c ; 11 - 1; 12 - d ; 1 3 - g ; 1 4 - f ; 1 5 - h
PART 2 : 16 - e; 17 - g; 18 - j; 19 - 1; 20 - a; 21 - o;
2 2 -b ; 2 3 - c ; 2 4 -n ; 2 5 -h ; 2 6 -m ; 2 7 -d ; 2 8 -k ;
29 - i; 30 - f

TASK 3. Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


sta tem e n ts a f t e r i t a re tr u e o r
fa ls e .
1 - F; 2 - F; 3 - T; 4 - F; 5 - F; 6 - T; 7 - F; 8 - T;
9 - T ; 1 0 - F ; 11 - T; 12 - F; 13 - F; 14 - F; 15 - T;
16 - F; 17 - T

TASK 5 . M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .

P art 1 P art 2
1. to m ake m oney 14. aw fully m essy
2. to do all the w ork 15. in som e short tim e
a bout the house
16. to send the children
3. to stu d y well
aw ay
4. to spend m ost of the
tim e 17. an old school friend
5. to en jo y o n e se lf 18. the d a n g e r of the
6. to play one's m usic earth qu ake
v e ry loudly 19. to break the m onotony
7. to get v e ry nervous 20 . a sa fe r place
8. to have a splitting 21 . a hard w orking day
h eadache
22 . heaps o f d irty clothes
9. to com e back hom e
10 . to w atch sp orts 23. d irty dishes
ch an n els on TV 24. deafening m usic
11 . to block the sounds 25. in vain
12 . an e ld e r b ro ther 26. to tre a t som eon e like
13. the la zie st of the three a serva n t

PART 1: 1 - е ; 2 - k; 3 - h; 4 - і ; 5 — j ; 6 - 1 ; 7 - m;
8 - е ; 9 - d; 10 - a; 1 1 - b ; 12 - f ; 1 3 - g
PART 2: 1 4 - v ; 15 —t; 1 6 - x ; 1 7 - y ; 1 8 - r ; 1 9 - n ; 2 0 - o ;
21 - z; 22 - s; 23 - p; 24 - w; 25 - q; 26 - u
ТІ-IE EARTHQUAKE. KEYS 255

TASK 6 . F i l l in p r e p o s itio n s in th e q u e s tio n s


b e lo w and answ er them .
1. How much are your parents away from home?
2. Who is dearer to you than anyone else in the whole
world?
3. Are you fond o f hard rock or heavy metal?
4. How often do you lie on your bed reading or watching
television?
5. Can you say that you have an ear for music?
6. Are you keen on cycling? W hy? Why not?
7. Do you like to get up early in the morning?
8. Does your family like going away for holidays?
9. How do your parents feel if you come home late in the
evening?
10. Do you enjoy watching sports channels on TV? Why?
Why not?
11. How many hours a day do you listen to music?
12. Do you always listen to the teachers’ explanations at
school? Why? W hy not?
13. Do you like to take part in class discussions? Why?
W hy not?
14. If you take something from the table or out o f the
wardrobe, do you always put it back in its place? Why?
Why not?
15. Is your school (place of your studies) close to the place
where you live?
16. Have you ever asked your friends to put you up for the
night? Why?
17. Do you like it when everything in your room (house) is
turned upside down? W hy? W hy not?
18. Do you think your parents have taught you to take care
of yourself?
19. Is it easy for you to change your attitude to something?
Why? W hy not?
256 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 8 . U se t h e Da V i n c i (m ir r o r a lp h a b e t )
c o d e t o s o l v e t h i s p u z z l e and r e a d
an E n g l i s h p r o v e r b . W hat do you
t h i n k t h i s p r o v e r b h a s t o do w ith
t h e s t o r y yo u h a v e r e a d ?

P rom pt: A = N ; В = О ; С = P ; etc

SPA RE A ROD AN D S P O IL THE CH ILD

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E l i c i t a t i o n o f b a c k g ro u n d k n ow led ge
M ind Map 1 : NATURAL CALAMITIES ( d i s a s t e r s )
• Draw a circle on the board with the words ‘NATURAL
CALAMITIES (DISASTERS) ’ inside it.
• Ask your Ss to think what natural calamities or
disasters they know. Ask them to write down as many
ideas as possible next to the arrows.

a flood-*---- ( )— *~a tsunami

If your students don’t know the names of any natural


calamities or disasters in English, help them using the
words from the box:
a v o l c a n o e r u p t io n a h u r r ic a n e a to rn a d o
a n a v a la n c h e a s lid e a d ro u g h t

• Ask your students to guess the natural calamities or


disasters by their definitions:
1. A mountain with a large opening at the top through
which gases, lava and rocks are forced out into the
air (a volcano eruption)
THE EARTHQUAKE. TIPS AND NOTES 257

2. A sudden violent movement of the earth’s surface


(an earthquake)
3. A large amount of water covering the area that is
usually dry (a flood)
4. A sudden fall of a large amount of rock or earth
down a hill or a mountain (a slide)
5. A large destructive sea wave generated by an
earthquake or volcanic eruption (a tsunami)
6 . A long period of time when there is no or little rain
(a drought)
7. A violent storm with very strong winds which
move in a circle (a tornado)
• You can discuss the following questions with your
students:
1. Which o f these calamities do you think is the most
dangerous? Why?
2. Is it possible for people to survive in any o f these
natural disasters? How?
3. Which o f these calamities usually come together?
4. Name the places where such natural disasters
happen most often, (e.g. volcano eruptions
- Japan; tsunamis - Japan, Malaysia; tornadoes
and hurricanes - the USA; avalanches and slides
- mountainous countries; droughts - Africa and
other very hot countries)

M ind Map 2 : WORK ABOUT THE HOUSE


• Draw a circle on the board with the words ‘WORK ABOUT
THE HOUSE’ inside it.
• Ask your Ss to think what jobs or chores that must be
done about the house they know. Ask them to write
down as many ideas as possible next to the arrows.

beating carpets ■*- ►washing up

9 Short stories with pleasure


258 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

• A fter they have done it, ask the Ss to read out one
activity at a time for all of the class and to either tick
it in their mind maps or add to it.
• Then ask your Ss to mark the jobs around the house
they like doing with a ‘ + ’ and the ones they hate doing
with a
• Ask your Ss to choose three most favourite and most
hateful jobs around the house and tell their partners
why they like or dislike them.

I I . D is c u s s io n
• In the process of doing the previous activities you will
inevitably find out that very few students of yours
enjoy working about the house. Invite them to discuss
the following issue:
Som e A m e r i c a n p a r e n t s p a y m oney to th e ir
c h i l d r e n f o r t h e h o u s e w o r k t h e y d o . W h at i s
y ou r o p in io n a b ou t i t ?
• Divide your class into groups o f 3-4 students. Let them
appoint a secretary who will be recording all the group
members’ suggestions.
• Ask each group to find at least 3 arguments ‘fo r ’ and
3 arguments ‘ against’ paying money to children for
doing housework.
• Let each group give one for-argument at a time
and let the other groups answer it with their
counterarguments.
• Draw a conclusion.

I I I . Hangman
• Invite your Ss to guess the title of the text they are
going to read by guessing the letters o f the word
written on the board.

E A R T H ^Q U A K^E
• Invite your Ss to give one letter at a time. If this letter
is found in the word, write it above the dash, if it
THE EARTHQUAKE. TIPS AND NOTES 259

doesn’t fit the word, draw a line for each wrong letter
to draw gallows and a hangman.
• Ask your students to speculate about what there may
be in common between an earthquake and a messy
house.

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

IV . A re y o u an a t t e n t i v e reader?
This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.

VARIANT 1 . R ead th e sum m ary o f th e story 'T h e


E a rth q u a k e' a n d fin d 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n it.
Mr. Sanders was a rich businessman. He was single
but he had three sons who he loved dearly. They lived
in California in a nice little house full of servants.
Mr. Sanders was often away on business, so his sons were
actually brought up by the servants.
Mr. Sanders’s sons were very spoilt boys. Though they
did well at school, they did nothing but enjoyed themselves
at home. The eldest son was good at playing his guitar and
he drove all the servants mad with his loud music. The
middle boy was crazy about cycling so he spent most of
his time outside and the servants didn’ t have any troubles
with him. But the youngest boy was a real disaster because
he was the noisiest of all.
Once newspapers reported that a terrible earthquake
was going to happen in California. Though Mr. Sanders
did not take the news seriously, he decided to send his sons
to his friend who lived far away. At first, Mr. Walker, did
not like that idea very much, but he agreed to have the boys
for some time. The boys tried to help the doctor as much as
they could, but still the house was a mess and very soon the
boy’s father got a telegram, ‘Take back the boys and send
me the earthquake.’
260 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

VARIANT 2 . T h e re a r e 10 f a c t u a l m is t a k e s i n
t h e s h o r t summary o f t h e s t o r y 'T h e E a r th q u a k e '
th a t I am g o i n g to read to you. L is te n t o me
c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y tim e I make a f a c t u a l
m is t a k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t me.
Mr. Sanders was a rich businessman. He was single
(1) but he had three sons who he loved dearly. They lived
in California in a nice little (2) house full of servants.
Mr. Sanders was often away on business, so his sons were
actually brought u p bv the servants (3).
Mr. Sanders’s sons were very spoilt boys. Though
they did well (4) at school, they did nothing but enjoyed
themselves at home. The eldest son was good at playing
his guitar (5) and he drove all the servants mad with his
loud music. The middle boy was crazy about cycling so he
spent most of his time outside and the servant didn’ t have
any troubles with him ( 6 ). But the youngest boy was a real
disaster because he was the noisiest of all (7).
Once newspapers reported that a terrible earthquake
was going to happen in California. Though Mr. Sanders did
not take the news seriously (8 ), he decided to send his sons
to his friend who lived far away. At first, Mr. Walker, did
not like that idea very much (9), but he agreed to have the
boys for some time. The boys tried to help the doctor as
much as they could ( 10) but still the house was a mess and
very soon the boy’ s father got a telegram, ‘ Take back the
boys and send me the earthquake.’
KEY
1. a widower 6 . the servants had to wash
2 . in a nice big house his dirty things
3. the servants did not 7. the laziest o f all
bring up the children 8 . Mr. Sanders took it very
4. the boys did badly at seriously
school 9. at first Mr. Walker liked
5. he was bad at the idea very much
playing his guitar 10. they didn’ t do anything
THE EARTHQUAKE. TIPS AND NOTES 261

V. Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURE 1.
• Ask your Ss to speculate what episode from the story is
shown in the picture. Let them give arguments.
• W ho is who in the picture? Whose room are the boys in
at the moment?

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to


the story they have just read and find out what
mistakes the painter made.
KEY: the boys never did the things drawn by the painter:
they didn’t water the flowers, sweep the floor or do
their homework

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
THE LOST INHERITANCE
\A

1
A nsw er t h e q u e s t i o n s b e l o w .
£ 1. Have you ever inherited anything from your
relatives? If yes, what was that?
2. Do you think it is fair that people who did not
earn the money or things they inherit, use
them for their own benefit?
3. What would you do if you inherited quite a large sum
o f money?

2
Ui M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r
*§ R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .
Part 1
1. a collar a) двоюродный брат (сестра)/
2. a nephew двоюрідний брат (сестра)
3. a cousin b) избалованный/розпещений
4. justice c) собственность/власність
5. truth d) наследовать/успадковувати
6. a doubt e) воротник/комір
7. spoilt f) похороны/похорон
8. to inherit g) завещ ание/заповіт
9. to trem ble h) правда/правда
10. property i) племянник/племінник, небіж
11. a funeral j) дрожать/тремтіти
12. a will k) сомнение/сумнів
1) справедливость/справедливість
Part 2
13. a colleague m) сумасшедший/божевільний
14. a lawyer n) лгать/брехати
15. a quarrel o) притворяться/прикидатися
16. a debt P) поношенный/поношений;
зношений
17. to drop
q) блестящий; залоснивш ийся/
18. worn
лискучий; заяложений
19. crazy r) умный/розумний
20 . intelligent s) уродливый/виродливий
21 . to pretend t) ссора/сварка
22 . to lie u) ронять/упускати
23. shiny v) сотрудник, коллега по работе/
24. ugly співробітник, колега по роботі
w) юрист/юрист
x) долг/борг
THE LOST INHERITANCE 263

j*! Read t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


^ sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tr u e o r f a l s e .
“ My uncle was a very rich man,” one of my
colleagues, Mr. Stern 1 said, “ and he left me all
his money.”
I looked at the man with doubt; his shiny coat and worn
collar didn’t seem rich to me.
“Yes, he left all his money to me,” Mr. Stern1continued,
“but I never got it. You see, it was like this. He was my
uncle on my mother’s side and at the age o f thirty-seven he
inherited a lot of money. He was a librarian all his life, and
as soon as the money came to him, he, instead o f enjoying
himself and buying new clothes and other pleasant things,
bought tons of paper, ink and pens and started to write
books. He wanted to be a great writer but he didn’ t know
what to write about. So he wrote down his own thoughts
about Truth and Justice, and published book after book at
his own expense2. Nobody ever bought or read his books,
even critics didn’t notice them.
My uncle had two nephews: me and my cousin, who was
a very spoilt boy. Once, just after my uncle had inherited
the money, my cousin was brought to see his rich relative.
But the boy began to cry out loudly, “ Take away this ugly
man, take him away!” and he was never brought there
again. A fter that for many years I was the only person who
visited the uncle.
Every Sunday my mother
washed me up and brushed
my hair and sent me to his
house where I had to listen
to his crazy ideas for hours.
Oh, how boring it was! But
according to my mother’s
instructions I had to sit, and
look intelligent and nice and
pretend to be very interested.
Every time he gave me his new
1 M r. S te r n [st3:n] м и с т е р С т е р н /м іс т е р С терн
2 ...at h is o w n e x p e n se . - ...за с в о й с о б с т в е н н ы й с ч е т ./...з а в л а сн и й р а х у н о к .
264 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

book. Coming another time I lied


that I had read the book.
The same happened the very
last time I saw him. He was
feeling ill then and gave me the
book with a trembling hand. “ My
last book, Ted,” he said. “ It’ s my
very last word. Read it. I’ve left
all my property to you, use it
better than I have done.”
That was the end of my uncle.
My mother and I organised a
rich funeral and then started
to look for the will. It wasn’t in the desk, it wasn’t in
the bookcase. It wasn’ t in the chairs and in the sofas and it
wasn’ t even in the walls! It was nowhere! We couldn’t find
the will that was to give my uncle’s money to me3!
Several days later, a lawyer brought us the will that
had been made years before during some quarrel with my
mother. In that will he left all his money to my cousin who
had never come to see him. What a shock it was for me! My
cousin spent the money very quickly and the last I heard of
him, he was in prison for card debts.
It was my bad luck that only after that I found the real
will. It happened one day when cleaning the flat I dropped
the book my uncle gave me before his death. It opened and
out came the will.
I wonder if my uncle knew that I had never read his books.
S ta te m e n ts
1. It was difficult to believe that Mr. Stern had a rich
relative.
2. Ted’s uncle earned all that big money being a famous
writer.
3. It was Ted’ s mother’ s brother who inherited a lot of
money.
4. Ted’s uncle dealt with books all his life.
3 ...that was to g iv e m y u n cle ’ s m on ey to m e - ...к отор ое до л ж н о б ы л о передать
деньги м оего дя д и м н е /...я к и й мав передати г р о ш і м ого д я дька м ені
THE LOST INHERITANCE 265

5. People liked Ted’ s uncle’s books and he soon became


very popular.
6. Ted’ s uncle always paid for the books he published.
7. Ted confessed that he was a spoilt boy in his
childhood.
8. Ted’ s cousin visited his uncle regularly.
9. Ted went to see his uncle only because his mother made
him do it4.
10. Ted seldom read the books his uncle gave him at the
end o f his every visit as they were boring for the boy of
his age.
11. Ted wasn’t a very honest boy and sometimes told lies.
12. At the end of his life Ted’s uncle doubted if he had used
his inheritance in the right way.
13. Ted and his mother spent quite a lot of money to show
their last respect to Ted’s uncle.
14. Though Ted and his mother turned the house upside
down, they were not able to find the will.
15. In his last will Ted’s uncle left all his money to the
nephew who had never come to see him.
16. Ted’ s uncle changed his will after he quarrelled with
Ted’ s mother.
17. Ted’s cousin was very clever about the money he
inherited.
18. Ted found the real will by chance, but it was already
too late.

Ы Answer th e q u e s t io n s a b ou t th e s t o r y .

4 .< 1.
What did the narrator’ s colleague, Mr. Stern,
look like?
2. W hy didn’ t the narrator believe his colleague
that the latter had come into a fortune5?
3. How old was Ted’s uncle when he inherited a lot of money?
4. What did Ted’ s uncle do for a living?
5. How did Ted’ s uncle’s life change after he had got all
that money?
4 ...h is m o th e r m ad e h im d o it . - ...м а ть з а ст а в л я л а е г о д ел а ть э т о ./...м а т и
з м у ш у в а л а й о г о р о б и т и ц е.
5 ...had c o m e i n t o a fo r t u n e - ...п о л у ч и л н а с л е д с т в о /...о д е р ж а в с п а д щ и н у
266 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

6. What did Ted’s uncle spend some of the money on?


7. What did Ted’s uncle want to become?
8. What did Ted’s uncle write in his books about?
9. Why didn’ t he become a successful writer?
10. What was Ted’ s cousin like?
11. Why did Ted’ s cousin visit his uncle only once?
12. What did Ted’s mother make him do every Sunday?
13. What instructions did she give him?
14. What did Ted’ s uncle give the boy at the end of every
visit?
15. Why did the boy have to lie to his uncle?
16. Why didn’ t Ted read his uncle’ s books?
17. What was Ted’s last visit like?
18. What were the exact words Ted’s uncle said to the boy?
19. What kind of funeral did Ted and his mother organise
for the uncle?
20. Where did they look for the will?
21. What did the lawyer bring them a few days later?
22. When was the old will written?
23. Who got the money by that will?
24. What did Ted’s cousin do with the money he inherited?
25. How did Ted find the real will?
26. How did Ted feel about that?

І4 M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e
f'JTi
ft e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .

Part 1
1. to look at sm b a) a lot o f m oney
2. a shiny b) of th irty -se v e n
3. a worn c) boy
4. on the m oth er's d) o n e se lf
5. at the age e) coat
6. to in h erit f ) with doubt
7. to enjoy g) expense
8. at one's own h) collar
9. a v e ry sp oilt i) side
THE LOST INHERITANCE 267

Part 2
1 0 . according to som eone's j) ill
1 1 . to look k) fo r card debts
1 2 . to pretend 1) funeral
13. to feel m) in stru ctio n s
14. a trem b lin g n) luck
15. to leave all the property o) in te llig e n t and nice
16. a rich P) to be interested
17. to be in prison q) to som eone
18. bad r) hand

t4 F i l l in th e t a b le w ith th e m is s in g

6 g p a r t s o f s p e e ch . Mind t h a t n o t e v e r y
word has a l l d e r i v a t i v e s .
NOUN
in h e ritan ce
truth
VERB A D JEC TIV E ADVERB

ju s tic e
in stru ction
quarrel
luck
death

.4 S p e c u la te about...

7 0 1. What kind of person do you think Ted’ s uncle

was?
2.
What kind of life do you think Ted’s uncle
had led before he inherited the money? Do
you think he liked his job?
3. W hy do you think Ted’ s uncle’ s books were not popular
with the readers and the critics?
4. What kind of person do you think Ted was?
5. What do you think about the lies Ted told his uncle?
6 . What do you think of Ted’ s mother’s personality?
7. Why do you think Ted’s uncle put his real will in his last
book? Did he want his nephew to find or not to find it?
268 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

8 . Why do you think Ted’s uncle didn’ t tell his nephew


where exactly the will was?
9. Could the story be entitled ‘ Crime and Punishment’ ?
Why? W hy not?

8 Uj E n jo y th e c r o s s w o r d b e lo w . A l l t h e
«с w ords i n i t go o n l y a c r o s s and can b e

fo u n d e i t h e r i n th e s t o r y o r i n th e
e x e r c is1
e .s . І
2. N
3. Н
4. Е
5. R
І
7. Т
8. А
9. N
10. С
11. Е
1. a legal document that says what is to happen to somebody’s
money or property after they die (4 letters)
2 . to behave in a particular way to make other people
believe something that is not true (7 letters)
3. the son of your brother or sister (6 letters)
4. a sum o f money that somebody owes another person
(4 letters)
5. a thing or things that are owned by somebody
(8 letters)
6 . a person who is in charge6of books or works in a library
(9 letters)
7. opposite to ‘a lie’ (5 letters)
8 . a ceremony of burying a dead person (7 letters)
6 in charge - отвечать за что-то/відповідати за щось
THE LOST INHERITANCE. KEYS 269

9. good at learning, understanding and thinking in


a logical way (11 letters)
10. fair treatment of people (7 letters)
11. a person who is trained and qualified to advise people
about the law and to represent them in a court of law,
and to write legal documents (6 letters)

.4 From t h e p r o v e r b s b e lo w c h o o s e t h o s e
t h a t can b e u s e d a s a m o r a l o f
t h i s s t o r y . F in d R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n
e q u iv a le n t s f o r th e g iv e n p r o v e r b s .
All is well that ends well.
As a man sows, so shall he reap.
Life is not a bed of roses.
There is many a slip between the cup and the lip.
He laughs best who laughs last.
The end justifies the means.

jT V . >4 R e te ll th e s t o r y as c lo s e to th e
Я ш s
■ В £ te x t as p o s s ib le .

KEYS

TASK 2 . M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1 : 1 - е ; 2 - і ; 3 - a ; 4 - 1 ; 5 - h ; 6 - k ; 7-b; 8 - d ;
9 - j; 10 - c; 11 - f; 1 2 - g
PART 2 : 13 - v; 14 - w; 15 — t; 16 - x; 17 - u; 18 - p;
1 9 - m ; 20 - r; 21 - o; 22 - n; 23 - q; 2 4 - s

TASK 3 . Read t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e


sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tru e or
false.
1 - F; 2 - F; 3 - T; 4 - T; 5 - F; 6 - T; 7 - F; 8 - F; 9 - T; 1 0 -F ;
1 1 - T ; 1 2 - T ; 1 3 - T ; 1 4 -F ; 1 5 - F ; 1 6 - T ; 1 7 -F ; 1 8 - T
270 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 5 . M atch th e two h a l v e s o f th e


e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .

P art 1 P art 2
1 . to look at sm b with 10 . according to
doubt som e on e's in stru ction s
2. a shin y coat
11 . to look in te llig e n t and
nice
3. a w orn co lla r 12 . to pretend to be
4. on the m o th er's side interested
5. at the age of th irty - 13. to feel ill
seven 14. a trem b lin g hand
6. to in h e rit a lot of 15. to leave all the
m oney pro perty to som eone
16. a rich funeral
7. to enjoy o n e se lf
17. to be in prison fo r card
8. at one's own expense debts
9. a v e ry sp o ilt boy 18. bad luck

PA R I’ 1 : 1 - f ; 2 - е ; 3 - h ; 4 - і ; 5 - b; 6 - a; 7 - d; 8 - g;
9 - е
PART 2 : 10 - m ; 11 - o; 12 - p; 13 - j; 14 - r; 15 - q;
1 6 - 1 ; 17 - k; 18 - n

TASK 6 . F i l l i n t h e t a b l e w ith th e m i s s i n g
p a r t s o f s p e e c h . M ind t h a t n o t e v e r y
w ord h a s a l l p a r t s o f s p e e c h .

NOUN VERB A D JEC T IV E ADVERB


in he ritan ce ; to in h e rit inherited —
in h e rito r
truth — tru th ful tru th fu lly
ju s tic e to ju s tify ju s t ju s tly
in stru ction to in stru ct in structive —

q u arrel to quarrel q u a rre lso m e —

lu ck to luck out lu cky lu ckily


death to die dead; dea dly deathly;
d ea d ly
THE LOST INHERITANCE. KEYS 271

TASK 8 . Enjoy the crossw ord b elow . A l l th e words


in i t go a c r o s s and can be found e i t h e r
in the s t o r y o r in th e e x e r c i s e s .
1. w I 1 1
2. Р г e t e N d
3. n e p Н е W

4. d Е b t
5. Р г 0 P e R t У
1 і b г a r І а п
7. t г u Т h
8. f u n e г А 1
9. і N t е 1 1 і 9 е п t
10 . J u s t і С е
11 . 1 a w У Е г

TASK 9 . From th e b e lo w c h o o s e t h o s e t h a t can


be u sed a s a m oral o f t h i s s t o r y .
F in d R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s
f o r t h e g iv e n p r o v e r b s .
1. All is well that ends well. = Все хорошо, что хорошо
кончается./Все добре, що добре закінчується.
2. As a man sows, so shall he reap. = Как посеешь, так
пожнешь./Я к посієшь, так і пожнеш.
3. Life is not a bed of roses. = Жизнь прожить - не поле
перейти./Ж иття прожити - не поле перейти.
4. There is many a slip between the cup and the lip. =
He говори «оп », пока не перепрыгнешь./Не кажи
«гоп», поки не перескочиш.
5. Не laughs best who laughs last. = Хорошо смеется
тот, кто смеется последним./Добре сміється тот, що
сміється останнім.
6 . The end justifies the means. = Цель оправдывает
средства./Мета виправдовує засоби.
(Recommended answer: 2)
272 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities
I . E lic ita tio n o f b a ck g ro u n d kn o w led ge
M ind Map
• Ask your students to brainstorm the words denoting as
many close and distant members of the family as they
can and write them next to the arrows of the mind map.

• In case o f difficulty help them with the words from the


box below.
husband wife son daughter uncle
cousin niece nephew step-m other aunt
mother-in-law half-brother grandmother grandfather step-father

FAMILY RELATIONS - MATCHING


M atch th e w ords d e n o t i n g members o f fa m ily
w ith t h e i r d e f i n i t i o n s .
1. a husband the father of your father or mother
a)
2. a wife the brother of your father or mother
b)
3. a d a u g h te r c) your mother's second husband
4. a son d) a boy or a man who has the same
5. a niece father or mother as you
6. a nephew e) a person's female child
7. a g ra n d fath e r
f) the mother of your husband or wife
8. a g ra n d m o th e r
9) the man that a woman is married to
9. an uncle h) a child of your aunt or uncle
10. an aunt i) the woman that a man is married to
11. a ste p -m o th e r
j) the daughter of your sister or
12. a ste p -fa th e r brother
13. a cousin Ю a person's male child
14. a m o th e r-in - 1) the sister of your father or mother
law m) the mother of your father or mother
15. a h a lf-b ro th e r
n) the son of your sister or brother
o) your father's second wife
KEY : 1 — g ; 2 — i; 3 - e; 4 - k; 5 - j; 6 - n; 7 - a; 8 - m:
9 - b ; 1 0 - 1 ; 11 - o; 1 2 - c ; 13 - h; 1 4 - f ; 1 5 - d

і
THE LOST INHERITANCE. TIPS AND NOTES 273

II. E n la r g in g s t u d e n t s ' v o c a b u la r y і
' FAMILY IDIOMS'
G u ess w hat t h e 'F a m ily I d io m s ' g i v e n b e lo w
mean. M atch th e u n d e r lin e d id io m s w ith t h e i r
e x p la n a tio n s .
1. This icon is a very precious thing in our family, it is
given from father to son.
2. I don’ t advise you to trust Mr. Long. I knew his father,
he was famous for letting people down. In this case it’ s
really like father, like son.
3. How much you have changed! I knew you at vour
mother’ s knee.
4. Martha felt so lonely after she had to move to another
city and leave her parents and friends behind that she
wrote to an agony aunt.
5. A fter I broke a window in the school corridor, the
headmaster talked to me like a Dutch uncle.
6. When John’s opponent made his next move, the boy
realized that he couldn’t win that game and cried uncle.
7. Don’ t use so much make-up, you’ ll ruin your skin. -
Oh, come on! It’ s all an old wives’ tale.
8. Why is there so much noise in the Greens’ house? - They
are celebrating their prodigal son’s coming home.
E x p la n a t io n s
a) to scold somebody for something
b) from one generation of a family to the next
c) a person who leaves home and wastes money on a life
of pleasure, but who later is sorry about it and returns
home
d) to admit one’ s defeat
e) a son’s character or behaviour is similar to that of his
father
f) when you were young
g) person who writes in a newspaper or magazine giving
advice in reply to people’ s letters about their personal
problems
h) an old idea or belief that has been proved not to be
scientific
KEY: l - b ; 2 - e ; 3 - f ; 4 - g ; 5 - a ; 6 - d ; 7 - h ; 8 - c

274 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

I I I . S p e c u la t i o n - A HIDING PLACE
-
Imagine that for some reason you want to hide an
important paper in your house so that the relatives you
live with would not find it. Which place would be the best
to hide it in? Share your ideas with your partner.

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

IV . Work w ith P r e p o s it io n s
F ill in th e ga p s w ith p r e p o s itio n s if
n ecessary.
Mr. Stern had an uncle____ (1) his mother’ s side who
inherited a lo t____ (2) money_________________ (3) the age_____(
That uncle was a librarian but he always dream t____ (5)
becoming a writer. So when he got the money, he le ft ____
( 6) his job and started to write b ook s____ (7) Truth and
Justice. Nobody noticed his books and he had to publish
them ____ ( 8 ) his own expense.
____ (9) that time Mr. Stern was a young boy and his
mother made him visit his u n cle____ (10) every Sunday.
It was very b orin g ____ (11) the boy and he envied_____
(12) his cousin, a spoilt boy who refused to g o ____ (13) his
uncle’ s house_____(14) all.
____ (15) the e n d _____ (16) every visit the uncle
gave the boy one____ (17) his books which were never read
either____ (18) the boy o r ___ (19) anybody else. Shortly
____ ( 20) his death, the uncle to ld _____ ( 21) the boy that
he left all his property____ (22) him. He also gave____(23)
his nephew his last book and asked to read it carefully.
____ (24) the uncle’s death, the boy and his mother
started to look ____ (25) the will but couldn’ t find it
anywhere. Several days later a lawyer brought an old will
according____ (26) which all the money w en t_____ (27)
the other nephew._____ (28) the end the real will was found
but it was too late. The will w a s ____ (29) the last book
that the uncle gave the b o y ____ (30) his death.
THE LOST INHERITANCE. TIPS AND NOTES 275

KEY
Mr. Stern had an uncle on (1) his mother’s side who
inherited a lot of (2) money at (3) the age of (4) 37. That
uncle was a librarian but he always dreamt of (5) becoming
a writer. So when he got the money, he l e f t __ ( 6 ) his job
and started to write books about (7) Truth and Justice.
Nobody noticed his books and he had to publish them at (8 )
his own expense.
At (9) that time Mr. Stern was a young boy and his
mother made him visit his un cle__ (10) every Sunday. It
was very boring for ( 11) the boy and he envied__ ( 12) his
cousin, a spoilt boy who refused to go to (13) his uncle’s
house at (14) all.
At (15) the end of (16) every visit the uncle gave the
boy one of (17) his books which were never read either by
(18) the boy or by (19) anybody else. Shortly before (20)
his death, the uncle to ld __ ( 21) the boy that he left all his
property to (22) him. He also g a v e__ (23) his nephew his
last book and asked to read it carefully.
A fter (24) the uncle’ s death, the boy and his mother
started to look for (25) the will but couldn’t find it
anywhere. Several days later a lawyer brought an old will
according to (26) which all the money went to (27) the other
nephew. In (28) the end the real will was found but it was
too late. The will was in (29) the last book that the uncle
gave the boy before (30) his death.

V. Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2 . Ask your Ss to speculate what
episodes from the story are shown in the pictures.
Let them give arguments.

PICTURE 1. Describe the room you see in the picture.


What can it say about the person who lives in it?

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS
Ї4 Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s b e lo w .

І t, 1.
World literature knows a lot of great
detectives, for example, the famous Sherlock
Holmes in Conan Doyle’s stories. What other
great fictitious detectives can you name?
2. All great detectives (both real or fictitious) have some
common professional qualities. What do you think
they are?
3. Do you think detectives’ work is always exciting and
full of adventures? W hy? W hy not?
4. Have you ever wanted to be a detective? W hy? Why
not?

2
M atch t h e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r
R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n e q u i v a l e n t s .

P art 1
1. a b order a) н апрасно/дар ем но, марно
2. prom ising b) поток/потік
c) п ростодуш н о/простодуш н о
3. charge
d) естествен но/природно
4. a m atte r
e) пересекать, переходить/
5. to search перетинати, переходити
6. su sp icio u s f) постоянньїй/постійний
7. coal g) там ож ня/м итниця
h) ответственность/
8. engine
відповідал ьність
9. in vain i) граница/корд он
1 0 . ste a d y j) подозрител ьньїй/п ідозрілий
1 1 . a stream k) многообещ аю щ ий/
1 2 . to cross багатообіцяю чий
1) об ы ски ва ть/о бш укува ти
1 3 . n atu rally
m) дел о/справа
1 4 . s im p le -h e a rte d ly
n) паровоз/паровоз
1 5 . cu sto m s-h o u se о) уго ль/вугіл ля
THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS 277

P art 2

1 6 . to p uzzle a) хл ы н уть/л и н ути , хлинути


1 7 . a handle усл уга , одол ж ение/посл уга
c ) б о лтли вы й /б алакучи й
1 8 . a crim in a l
d) трость/тростина
1 9 . a sign e j очередь/черга
2 0 . an a ccom p lice f ) крайне возбуж денны й/
2 1 . exp erien ced вкрай збудж ений
g) ко м м и во я ж ер /ком івояж ер
22 . to d istra ct , .
n) зн а к/зн а к
2 3 . a w alking stick i ) п реступ н и к/зл очи н ец ь
2 4 . ch atty j ) со о б щ н и к/сп іл ьн и к
ставить в тупик,
2 5 . a queue
о задачивать/загоняти в
26 , to po ur out кут, спантеличувати
27 . a com m e rcial 1) невинная ж ертва/невинна
tra v e lle r (безвинна) ж ертва
2 8 . a fa vo u r ручка, наба л д а ш н и к/р учка ,
н абалдаш ник
2 9 . o verexcited r опьітньїй/досвідчений
3 0 . an in n oce n t victim o) отвлекать/відвертати

S4 M a t c h t h e w o r d s b e lo w w i t h

3
1.
2.
2 synonym s.

to receive
luggage
a)
b)
a try
a line
3 . ch atty c) a case
4 . sm u g g lin g d) to show
5 . an a tte m p t e) to get
6 . to reply f) to exa m in e
7 . a m a tte r g) ta lka tiv e
8 . a queue h) baggage
9. to in spect i ) to a n sw er
1 0 . to in d icate j ) contraband
278 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

»4 Read th e s t o r y and c o r r e c t th e
£з sta tem e n ts a f t e r i t .
One day the French Secret Service received
information that gold was being taken out of
the country over the Spanish border. Tolozan1, a young
promising detective, was sent down to take charge of the
matter2. He did the usual things - examined all the luggage
of the passengers who were going to cross the border and
searched some suspicious people - but nothing came out of
that. The gold was still going through.
Then Tolozan had every passenger on every train going
though the border searched, and he even ordered to look
through the coal on the engine. All was in vain - a steady
stream of gold coins went through to Bilbao3.
Naturally, Tolozan was looking for people who often
crossed the French-Spanish border. Among those people
was an old woman who went to Spain twice a week and
returned the following day. She always carried two
umbrellas and no luggage at all. When she was asked about
her umbrellas, she simple-heartedly replied that one was
for good weather while the other one was for bad weather.
At the customs office the old
lady attracted a lot of attention
to herself because she talked
very loudly, telling everybody
about her sick daughter who
she had to visit every week.
The police checked the old lady
and found out that she told the
truth as she really lived near the
border and went across to visit
her sick daughter who lived in
Bilbao.
What puzzled the young
detective about the old woman
1 Tolozan [toulo'zajn] Толозан/Толозан
2 ...to take charge o f the matter. - ...заняться этим делом./...зайнятися цим
ділом.
3 Bilbao [bil'bcusu] Бильбао/Більбао
THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS 279

was that every time she carried a different pair of umbrellas.


Sometimes she carried an old blue one with a black handle,
and sometimes a black one with a brown handle. Tolozan
thought that the old lady despite her simplicity 4 might
still be a criminal and the umbrellas could be a sign to her
accomplices. So the young detective ordered two policemen
to follow the old woman.
Two days had passed without any news but on the
third day Tolozan received a telegram from one of the two
policemen watching the old lady. That policeman was older
and more experienced of the two and his telegram said, “ If
one’ s attention is distracted by an old talkative woman
with two umbrellas, one may not notice a young man with
a walking stick.”
The next day the old lady appeared at the customs
again. She was as noisy and chatty as ever but Tolozan was
not looking at her, he was trying to find a young man with
a walking stick. It was not an easy task as walking sticks
were in fashion and practically every young man was
carrying one. The detective concentrated all his attention
on the young man who was standing in the queue close
behind the old lady. Tolozan invited him to the customs
and inspected his stick. It was a heavy one with a silver
handle on top of it. At first it seemed not to turn o ff but
after several strong attempts it was taken o ff and a stream
of gold coins poured out of the stick onto the table.
The young man was shocked
and cried out, “I don’t know
anything about this, Inspector.
I’m a commercial traveller and
don’t earn much money. I have
a sick wife and two children.
When I was buying a ticket to
Bilbao, a young beautiful lady
came up to me and said, “ Excuse
4 ...despite her simplicity... - ...несмотря на ее бесхитростность.../...незва-
жаючи на її щирість...
280 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

me, could you do me a favour? My husband went to Bilbao


yesterday and left his walking stick at home. He is so used
to it that he just can’ t do without it5. If you agree to take
it to Bilbao, my husband will meet you at the station and
will give you two hundred francs for your kindness.” Of
course, I agreed. Two hundred francs is big money for my
family. “ Believe me, Inspector, I knew nothing about the
gold!”
And Inspector Tolozan believed him as now he had
solved the mystery of the old lady with two umbrellas. It was
she who played the most active role in the gold smuggling.
With the colour of her umbrellas she showed the presence
of gold in a walking stick. W ith her place in the queue she
indicated the man who was carrying that stick across the
border. And with her overexcited behaviour she distracted
everybody’s attention from the innocent victim who knew
nothing about the contraband.
S ta te m e n ts
1. A fter the French Secret Service had received
inform ation about gold smuggling, Tolozan, a young
Spanish detective, was ordered to take charge o f it.
2. The very first steps he made in his investigation
brought their fruit immediately.
3. Tolozan had every passenger on every engine going
though the border searched.
4. Among the people who regularly crossed the border
was an old woman who went to France once a week and
returned the same day.
5. The old lady always carried two umbrellas and very
little luggage.
6 . The old lady did not want to explain why she always
carried two umbrellas.
7. It was impossible not to remember the old lady as her
appearance was very unusual.
8 . At the customs office the old lady usually behaved in
such a way so as not to attract anybody’s attention.
5 He is so used to it that he just can’t do without it. - Он так привык к ней, что не
может обходиться без нее./Він так звик до неї, що не може без неї обходитися.
THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS 281

9. The police’ s check of the old lady’s story gave Tolozan


some evidence against her.
10. The only thing that was clear to the young detective
about the old woman was her two umbrellas.
11. Sometimes the old lady carried an old blue umbrella
with a brown handle, and sometimes a black one with a
black handle.
12. Tolozan ordered two policemen to follow the old
woman’s accomplices.
13. A week later Tolozan received a telegram from one of
the two policemen watching the old lady.
14. The telegram was sent by the younger of the two
policemen.
15. The telegram clearly indicated who the criminal was.
16. Tolozan understood at once that the smuggler was the
young man with the walking stick who was standing in
the queue in front of the old lady.
17. There was nothing special about the stick the young
man was carrying.
18. The handle of the stick came o ff easily and a stream of
gold coins poured out onto the table.
19. The young man immediately confessed that the stick
was given to him by the old lady.
20. Inspector Tolozan didn’t believe the young man’ s
story.

-4 A nsw er t h e q u e s t i o n s ab ou t th e sto ry .

5 0 1. What information did the French Secret

Service receive one day?


2. What was Tolozan’ s occupation?
3. What was he ordered to do?
4. What usual things did the young detective do?
5. Why didn’t they bring any results?
6 . What was Tolozan’ s next step in the investigation?
7. W hy wasn’t it successful?
8 . Who did Tolozan start looking for then?
9. W hy did one old woman attract the inspector’s
attention?
282 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

10. What did she always carry?


11. How did she explain the fact that she always had two
umbrellas in her hands?
12. W hy did the old lady attract a lot of attention at the
customs office?
13. What did the police find out when they checked the old
lady?
14. What puzzled the young detective about the old woman?
15. What was strange about the two umbrellas the old lady
carried across the border?
16. What did Tolozan think the umbrellas could be?
17. What did Tolozan order two policemen to do?
18. What news did Tolozan receive on the third day?
19. What did the telegram say?
20. How did the old lady behave when she appeared at the
Customs again?
21. Why wasn’ t it easy to find the young man with a
walking stick who could be the old lady’s accomplice?
22. What young man did the detective concentrate all his
attention on?
23. Where did Tolozan invite the young man?
24. What did the young man’ s stick look like?
25. What did Tolozan find in it?
26. What was the young man’s reaction to the inspector’ s
finding?
27. What did the young man do for a living?
28. What kind of family did he have?
29. When did a young beautiful lady come up to him?
30. Where did the young woman say her husband had gone
the day before?
31. What did the lady’s husband leave back at home?
32. What did the lady want the young man to do?
33. How much money did she promise him for the favour?
34. W hy did the young man agree to take the stick?
35. What part did the old lady play in the gold
smuggling?
36. What did the old lady show with the colour of her
umbrella?
THE LADY WITH TW O UMBRELLAS 283

37. What did the old lady show with her position in the queue?
38. How was the old lady’s overexcited behaviour
explained?

. Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y and f i l l

S «5 in th e b la n k s w ith p r e p o s i t i o n s , i f
n ecessary.

The story_____ (1) the old lady______ (2) two


umbrellas is fu ll_____ (3) mystery and suspense. After the
French Secret Service got information that gold was being
smuggled_____ (4) the country______(5) the Spanish border,
Inspector Tolozan was sent to investigate that matter. The
case turned_____ (6) to be difficult and everything the young
inspector did was_____ (7) vain. When he ordered to check
every passenger, his attention was attracted______ (8) an old
lady who went_____ (9) Spain twice_____ (10) a week. She
crossed the border_____ ( 11) any luggage, just_____ ( 12) two
umbrellas______ (13) different colours.
Inspector Tolozan started to suspect the old lady and
sent two policemen to follow ____ (14) her. Then he got a
telegram_____ (15) one of the policemen_______ (16) which
he was recommended to pay attention_____ (17) a young
man _____ (18) a walking stick. A young man who was
standing close_____ (19) the old woman was invited______
(20) the customs office. The handle_____ (21) his stick was
taken_____ (22) and a stream of gold coins poured______
_____ (23) it. The shocked young man denied knowing
anything_____ (24) the gold. He said that he was asked to
take the stick _____ (25) the b ord er______ (26) a young
woman whose husband left it_____ (27) and couldn’t d o _____
(28) it _____ (29) Bilbao. The young commercial traveller was
promised a lot_____ (30) money______ (31) his favour.
Thus the m ystery______(32) the old la d y ______ (33)
two umbrellas was solved. _____ (34) the colour ______
(35) her umbrellas she showed her accomplices the presence
______(36) g old ______ (37) the walking stick and her noisy
behaviour distracted people’ s attention_____ (38) the man
who was their innocent victim.
SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

7
NS S p e c u la te about...
2 1. Do you think the case of gold smuggling was
the first one in Tolozan’ s career?
2. How many accomplices do you think the old
lady had?
3. How do you think the old policeman found out about
the young man with a walking stick?
4. Where do you think the criminals made a mistake?
5. What do you think happened to the old lady with two
umbrellas?

E n joy d o in g th e c r o s s w o rd b e lo w . A l l

8 a th e words i n i t go a c r o s s and can be


fou n d e i t h e r in th e s t o r y o r in th e
e x e r c is e s .

_
1. S
2. M
3. и
4. G
5. G
6. L
7. I
8. N
9. G

1 . a government department that checks the goods taken


into the country and collects taxes on them (7 letters)
2 . a person who helps other people to commit a crime
(10 letters)
3. a line of people waiting for somebody to do something
(5 letters)
4. bags, cases and trunks that contain clothes and things
when someone is travelling (7 letters)
THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS. KEYS 285

5. part o f a train that produces power to make it move


(6 letters)
6 . to make somebody feel confused because they don’t
understand something (6 letters)
7. a person who has been tricked (6 letters)
8 . a police officer (9 letters)
9. a fact that shows that something may happen in the
future (4 letters)

&

9
R e t e l l th e s t o r y as c l o s e t o th e t e x t
as p o s s i b l e .

KEYS

TASK 2 . Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .
PART 1: 1 - i; 2 - k; 3 - h; 4 - m; 5 - 1; 6 - j; 7 - o; 8 - n;
9 - a; 10 - f; 11 - b; 12 - e; 13 - d; 14 - c; 15 -
PART 2 : 16 - k; 17 - m; 18 - i; 19 - h; 20 - j; 21 - n;
22 - o; 23 - d; 24 - c; 25 - e; 26 - a; 27 - g;
28- b ; 29- f ; 30-1

TASK 3 . Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r


synonym s.
1 - e; 2 - h; 3 - g; 4 - j; 5 - a; 6 - i; 7 - c; 8 - b; 9 - f; 10 - d
286 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 6 . Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y and


fill in th e b la n k s w ith p r e p o s i t i o n s ,
if n ecessary.
The story about (1) the old lady with (2) two umbrellas
is full of (3) mystery and suspense. A fter the French
Secret Service got information that gold was being smuggled
from (4) the country across (5) the Spanish border,
Inspector Tolozan was sent to investigate that matter.
The case turned out ( 6 ) to be difficult and everything the
young inspector did was in (7) vain. When he ordered to
check every passenger, his attention was attracted to ( 8 )
an old lady who went to (9) Spain tw ice____ (10) a week.
She crossed the border without (11) any luggage, just with
(12) two umbrellas of (13) different colours.
Inspector Tolozan started to suspect the old lady and
sent two policemen to fo llo w ____ (14) her. Then he got
a telegram from (15) one of the policemen in (16) which
he was recommended to pay attention to (17) a young man
with (18) a walking stick. A young man who was standing
close behind (19) the old woman was invited to (20) the
Customs office. The handle of (21) his stick was taken o ff
(22) and a stream of gold coins poured out of (23) it. The
shocked young man denied knowing anything about (24)
the gold. He said that he was asked to take the stick across
(25) the border by (26) a young woman whose husband left
it behind (27) and couldn’ t do without (28) it in (29) Bilbao.
The young commercial traveller was promised a lot of (30)
money for (31) his favour.
Thus the mystery of (32) the old lady with (33) two
umbrellas was solved. W ith (34) the colour of (35) her
Limbrellas she showed her accomplices the presence of (36)
gold in (37) the walking stick and her noisy behaviour
distracted people’ s attention from (38) the man who was
their innocent victim.
THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS. TIPS AND NOTES 287

TASK 8. E n joy d o in g th e cro s s w o rd b e lo w . A l l


th e w ords in i t go a c r o s s and can be
fou n d e i t h e r in th e s t o r y o r in th e
e x e r c is e s .
1. С U s t О m S

а с с 0 М Р 1 і с е
3. q и е U е
4. 1 U G 9 а 9 е
5. е п G і п е
Р и Z Z L е
7. V I с t і m
8. і N S Р е с t 0 г
9. S і G п

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I. E l i c i t a t i o n o f backgrou nd know ledge and


e n la r g in g s t u d e n t s ' v o c a b u la r y
S p e c ia l Nouns ^ ™
• Explain to your Ss that there are s<5fiie nouns in English
which are always used in the plural form but they have
homonyms which can be used both in the singular and
plural forms but have a different meaning, for example:
work (both sing and pi) = job; works = written papers;
works (only plural) = factory
• Ask your Ss to match the singular and plural nouns
below with their explanations. Provide your Ss with
Russian/Ukrainian translations where necessary.
- colours - военное знамя, флаг/військовий прапор
- arms - оружие/зброя
288 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

- customs - таможня/митниця
- manner - метод, способ, образ действия/метод,
спосіб дії
- manners - обычаи, нравьі/звичаї
- a spirit - душа, дух/душа, дух
- spirits - настроение, душевное состояние/настрій,
стан
M atch t h e s i n g u l a r and p l u r a l nouns g i v e n
b e lo w w ith t h e i r d e f i n i t i o n s o r e x p l a n a t i o n s
1. a colou r a) w eapons
b) the w ay th a t som eth in g is done
2. colours or happens
c) a habit
3. an arm d) the a p pearance th a t th in g s have
tha t resu lts from the w ay in
w hich th e y reflect light
4. arm s
e) b eh a vio u r tha t is considered to
be polite in a p a rtic u la r cu ltu re or
5. a custom society
f) the part o f a person th a t includes
6. cu sto m s m ind, fee lin g s and ch ara cte r
rath er than a body
7. a m an n e r g) a flag tha t re p resen ts a team , a
school, a club or a cou n try
8. m an n ers h) part of a body
i) m ood
j) the g o v e rn m e n t d ep a rtm e n t that
9. a sp irit
c olle cts taxe s on goods brought
into the cou n try and checks
10 . sp irits
people's luggage fo r illegal things
KEY: 1 - d ; 2 - g; 3 - h; 4 - а ; 5 - е ; 6 - j; 7 - b ; 8 - е ;
9 - f; 1 0 - і

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

II. A re you an a t t e n t i v e reader?


This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.
THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS. TIPS AND NOTES 289

V A R IA N T 1 . R ead t h e summary o f t h e s t o r y 'T h e


Lady w ith Two U m b r e lla s ' and find 10 fa c tu a l
m is ta k e s in i t .
Once the French customs learned about gold being
taken out of the country. A young detective was sent to
find the criminals but all he did was in vain.
Among the people who crossed the English-Spanish
border was an old lady. She usually had little luggage but
always carried 2 umbrellas: one for the rain and one for
the sun, as she explained. It was hard not to notice the lady
as she spoke very loudly about her sick niece. Her story
was checked and appeared to be true. But still there were
several things about the lady which puzzled the detective -
the old lady’s umbrellas were never the same.
The detective ordered an old policeman to follow the
lady. Soon he got a telegram from him in which he was
advised to pay attention to young men with walking sticks
who kept close to the lady. It was not easy as sticks were in
fashion and all young men had them.
One day the detective noticed a young man standing
in a queue in front of the old lady. His stick was examined
and gold was found inside.
The shocked young man denied knowing anything
about the gold. He explained that before the train left
the station, a young lady asked him to take this stick to
her husband who would pay him 100 francs for that. So
the young man was innocent but the old lady wasn’t. Her
umbrellas and her place in the queue indicated the person
carrying the gold. And her noisy manners just distracted
everybody’s attention from this person.
V A R IA N T 2 . T here a r e 10 f a c t u a l m is ta k e s i n
th e s h o r t summary o f th e s t o r y 'The Lady w it lj
Two U m b r e lla s ' t h a t I am g o in g t o re a d t o y o u .
L i s t e n t o me c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y tim e I make a
f a c t u a l m is ta k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t me.
Once the French customs (1) learned about gold being
taken out of the country. A young detective was sent to
find the criminals but all he did was in vain.
1 0 Short stories with pleasure
290 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Among the people who crossed the English-Spanish


border (2) was an old lady. She usually had little (3) luggage
but always carried 2 umbrellas: one for the rain and one
for the sun, as she explained. It was hard not to notice the
lady as she spoke very loudly about her sick niece (4). Her
story was checked and appeared to be true. But still there
were several things (5) about the lady which puzzled the
detective - the old lady’s umbrellas were never the same.
The detective ordered an old policeman ( 6 ) to follow
the lady. Soon he got a telegram from him in which he was
advised to pay attention to young men with walking sticks
who kept close to the lady. It was not easy as sticks were in
fashion and all (7) young men had them.
One day the detective noticed a young man standing in
the queue in front (8 ) of the old lady. His stick was exam­
ined and gold was found inside.
The shocked young man denied knowing anything
about the gold. He explained that before the train left the
station. (9) a young lady asked him to take this stick to her
husband who would pay him 100 (10) francs for that. So
the young man was innocent but the old lady wasn’t. Her
umbrellas and her place in the queue indicated the person
carrying the gold. And her noisy manners just distracted
everybody’ s attention from this person.
KEY
1. It was the French Secret Service that got information
about gold smuggling.
2. the French-Spanish border
3. She always carried two umbrellas and no luggage at
all.
4. about her sick daughter
5. Only one thing that puzzled the young detective
about the old woman was that every time she carried a
different pair of umbrellas.
6 . The young detective ordered two policemen to follow
the old woman.
THE LADY WITH T W O UM BRELLAS. TIPS AND NOTES 291

7. Walking sticks were in fashion and practically every


young man was carrying one.
8 . The detective concentrated all his attention on the
young man who was standing in the queue behind the
old lady.
9. It happened when he was buying a ticket to Bilbao.
10. Two hundred francs.

I l l . Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2.
• Ask your Ss to speculate what episodes from the story
are shown in the pictures. Let them give arguments.
• Ask your Ss if they imagined the main characters
in a different way. If yes, let them describe their
appearance.

PICTU RE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).

10*
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD
j4 Answer th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w .

1 1. Have you, your friends or your relatives ever


had any strange experiences1 for which you
couldn’t find a reasonable explanation? If
yes, tell your desk-mate about it.
2. What would you do if you lost your purse (wallet) and
had no money even for a fare to get home? Would you
turn to a complete stranger for help?
3. Have you ever been given the wrong change in a
shop? If yes, tell your desk-mate what you did on that
occasion.

Ьй Match th e words b elow w ith t h e i r

2
2.
•sf R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .

1 . p a rticu la r
rid icu lo us
a)
b)
каф е, чай н а я/ка ф е, чайна
п ер в о н а ч ал ьно/спочатку
3. poorly c) внезап но/раптово
d) противополож ны й/
4. sp oilt
протилеж ний
5. torn e) м ногочисл енн ьїе/численні
6. a tea shop f) о собы й /особл иви й
7. to arrange g) роско ш ньїй /розкіш н и й
8. o rig in a lly h) см еш ной, нелеп ы й/
см іш ний, безглуздий
9. change
i) причина/причина
10. lu xu rio u s у зн авать/вп ізн авати
j)
11. n u m erou s k) дорогой/дорогий
12. su d d e n ly 1) бедно/бідно
13. opposite m) и спорченн ьїй/зіпсо ваний
n) порванн ы й/порвани й
14. exp e n sive
o) сдача/здача
15. a reason
p) д о говари ваться/
16. to recognize дом овлятись
1 ...ever had any strange experiences... - ...происходили ли с вами какие-нибудь
странные случаи.../...чи траплялись з вами які-небудь дивні випадки...
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD 293

NS Read th e s t o r y and c o r r e c t th e
<, sta tem e n ts a f t e r i t .
One day Angela Fairfax2, a university
student in New York, went along to the city public
library as she wanted to read some particular poem that
she wasn’t able to find in the university library. There she
was directed to Room 101 where she had to fill in a form
with the name of the author and the title of the book she
wanted. A fter she had done that she went to the reading
hall to wait for the book she had ordered.
But on her way to the reading hall she saw an old woman
standing in the corridor trying to attract somebody’s
attention. The lady was dressed very poorly and was
wearing a strange old hat with a ridiculous yellow paper
bird on it. She looked so unhappy that Angela stopped and
asked if she could help.
The woman told Angela a sad story. That morning
she had come to New York to see a sick friend. Just as she
was coming out of the underground train, the doors of the
train closed and her handbag and umbrella were caught in
the closing door. She managed to save the umbrella, but it
was torn. The woman showed Angela the spoilt umbrella.
But the handbag had gone and all her money with it. And
now she had no money to return home, and also she had
had nothing to eat all day. The woman explained that she
had come to the library because it was the nearest public
place to the underground station where she had lost her
handbag and where she didn’t have to pay money to stay
for some time.
Angela forgot about the poem she wanted to read, and
invited the poor woman to a little tea shop. When Angela
went to get the tea, she left her
own handbag on the chair next to
the old woman. They had a little
conversation over the tea, and
then Angela realized that it was
time for her to hurry home as she
had arranged to meet her friends
there.
2 Angela Fairfax ['aencfeala'feofaks] Анжела Феирфакс/Анжела Феірфакс
294 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

She told the woman that she


had a 5 dollar and a 10 dollar
banknotes, and asked how much
the woman wanted. The woman
asked for 10 dollars, but Angela
suddenly remembered that she
had to do some shopping on
her way home and she gave the
woman 5 dollars.
The old woman asked for
Angela’s address as she wanted
to return the money when she
got home. Angela gave the old
lady her address and left the
shop.
When she camehome and opened her handbag, she
was surprised to find 5 dollars more there than she had
originally had. But she thought that she had been given
the wrong change somewhere.
Angela waited for two weeks to hear from the old lady,
but got nothing from her and forgot about the incident.
Three months later she went to the Plaza3 Hotel to see a
friend from England who was staying there. In the hall of
that luxurious hotel she came up to one of the numerous
mirrors to brush her hair and suddenly in the opposite
corner she saw the same old woman who she had helped
with money.
This time the old lady was wearing an expensive fur
coat, and a very beautiful hat. The reason why Angela
recognized her at once was the same ridiculous yellow
paper bird on her hat.
The woman smiled at Angela with a Mona Lisa smile
and walked out of the hotel.
Statem ents
1. Angela Fairfax went along to the city public library as
she wanted to read some particular book of poems.
2. In the university library she was directed to Room 101
where she had to fill in a form with the name of the
author and the title of the book she wanted.
з Plaza Hotel [ pla:zo] гостиница «П лаза»/готель «Плаза»
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD 295

3. The woman Angela met in the corridor was standing


quietly at the window trying not to attract anybody’ s
attention.
4. The lady was dressed very poorly and was wearing a
strange old dress with a ridiculous yellow paper bird on it.
5. The woman stopped Angela and asked if she could help her.
6. The woman told Angela that that morning she had
come from New York to see a sick friend.
7. The old woman told Angela that in the underground
train her handbag and umbrella had been stolen and
she had no money to get home.
8. The old woman said that she had had nothing to eat
since she left her home in the afternoon.
9. The old woman came to the library because it was
raining and she didn’t have an umbrella.
10. Angela invited the poor old lady to have a cup of coffee
in a tea shop.
11. When Angela went to get the tea, she asked the old
woman to hold her handbag.
12. Angela had to hurry home as she had arranged to go
out with her friends.
13. The old lady asked Angela for some money.
14. The old woman asked for $5 but Angela gave her a
10-dollar banknote.
15. Angela decided to give the old woman her address so
that she could return her the money.
16. When Angela came home and opened her handbag, she
was surprised to find 10 dollars more there than she
had originally had.
17. While Angela was shopping she was given the wrong
change.
18. In a couple of days Angela completely forgot about the
incident.
19. Four months later Angela saw the woman again in the
Plaza Hotel.
20. It was very easy for Angela to recognize the old woman
as she was wearing the same yellow dress.
296 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Answer th e q u e s t io n s a b o u t th e s t o r y .
<5* 1. What did Angela Fairfax do for a living?
2. Where did she go one day?
3. W hy did she have to go to the public
library?
4. Where was she directed to?
5. What did she do in Room 101?
6. W hy did she go to the reading hall?
7. W ho did Angela see on her way to the reading hall?
8. What was the old lady trying to do?
9. How was the old lady dressed?
10. What kind of hat was she wearing?
11. What made Angela stop and talk to the lady?
12. W hy did the old woman come to New York?
13. What happened when the old woman was coming out
of the underground train?
14. What happened to the woman’s handbag and umbrella?
15. W hy did the old woman come to the public library?
16. Where did Angela invite the old woman?
17. Where did Angela leave her bag when she went to take
their tea?
18. W hy did Angela have to hurry home?
19. How much money did Angela have about her4?
20. How much money did the woman ask for?
21. W hy did Angela give her only $ 5?
22. W hy did the old woman ask for Angela’s address?
23. W hy was Angela surprised when she opened her
handbag at home?
24. What did she think about the extra money she had
found?
25. How long did she wait to hear from the old woman?
26. Why did Angela go to the Plaza Hotel three months
later?
27. What was she doing when she saw the old lady?
28. How was the old woman dressed this time?
29. W hy did Angela recognize the old woman at once?
30. How did the old lady smile at Angela?
4 to have money about - иметь с собой денег/мати із собою гроші
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD 297

gy§ fed Put th e e v e n ts and f a c t s o f th e s t o r y


tei ?<j in o r d e r .
A. Angela found more money in her handbag
■ than she had originally had.
B. Angela came up to the mirror to brush her hair.
C. Angela went to the public library to order a book she
needed.
D. The woman smiled at Angela with a Mona Lisa smile.
E. Angela took the old lady to a tea shop.
F. The old woman asked for Angela’s address.
G. Angela waited for two weeks to hear from the old
lady.
H. Angela gave the old woman five dollars.
I. Angela forgot about the incident.
J. A poorly dressed lady was standing in the corridor.
K. The doors of the train closed and the old woman’s
handbag and umbrella were caught in the closing door.
L. Angela remembered that she had to do some shopping
on the way home.
M. Angela’ s friend was staying in the Plaza Hotel.

)4 Match th e two h a lv e s o f th e
e x p r e s s io n s from th e s t o r y .

P art 1
1. the city p ublic a) friend
2. to fill in b) um brella
3. the title c) in the closing door
4. a reading d) fo r som e tim e
5. to a ttra ct e) tea shop
6. to be dressed f) place
7. a sick g) train
8. an underground h) library
9. to be cau gh t i ) o f the book
10. a sp oilt j ) hall
11. a public k) a form
12. to sta y 1) sm b's attention
13. a little m) v e ry poorly
298 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

P art 2
14. to do som e n) hotel
15. on one's way o) m irrors
16. the w rong p) one's hair
17 . to hear q) fu r coat
18. to forg et r ) sm ile
19. to stay s) co rn e r
20, a lu xu riou s t ) shopping
2 1 . n um erous u) once
22. to brush v) change
23. in the opposite w) in a hotel
24. an exp e n sive x) from sm b
25. at У) hom e
26. a Mona Lisa z) about the incident

7
S p e c u la t e about.,.
«Й
1 . What kind of person do you think Angela
Fairfax was? How old was she? Did she live
in a students’ hostel, rent a flat or live with
her parents? What university department
did she study at?
2. What do you think Angela needed that particular
poem for?
3. W hy do you think the old lady came to the public
library and not, for example, to a supermarket, where
she wouldn’ t have to pay money either?
4. Can you explain why after coming home Angela found
more money in her bag than she had had before?
5. W hy do you think the old lady never tried to get in
touch with Angela and thank her?
6. What, in your opinion, was the old lady doing in the
Plaza Hotel?
7. Do you think the old lady recognised Angela? Why
didn’ t she speak to her then?
8. It seems that the old lady always wore the ridiculous
paper bird on her hat. Can you explain why?
9. Can you think o f the old lady’ s real life story? Share
your story with your desk-mate (your class).
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD 299

^ E n joy d o in g th e cro s s w o rd b e lo w . A l l

8 J*j th e words in i t

e x e1.r c i s e s . I
g o a c r o s s and can be

fou n d e i t h e r in th e s t o r y o r in the

2. N
3. E
4. X
5. P
6. L
7. I
8. С
9. A
10. В
11. L
12. E
13. M
14. Y
s
16. T
17. E
18. R
у

1. used to describe the situation that existed at the


beginning of a particular period or activity, especially
before something changed (10 letters)
2 . quickly and unexpectedly (8 letters)
3. costing a lot of money (9 letters)
4. very comfortable; containing expensive and enjoyable
things (9 letters)
5. on the other side from something, usually facing it
(8 letters)
6 . damaged (6 letters)
7. something that happens, especially something unusual
or unpleasant (8 letters)
8 . very silly or unreasonable (10 letters)
300 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

9. the money that you get back when you have paid for
something giving more money than the amount it costs
(6 letters)
10. to clean, polish or make smooth (5 letters)
11 . the name of a book (5 letters)
12. to know who somebody is when you see or hear them
(9 letters)
13. existing in large numbers (8 letters)
14. the colour o f lemon (6 letters)
15. the name o f the most famous picture in the world
(2 words - 8 letters)
16. a building where people stay for a short time, paying
for their rooms and meals (5 letters)
17. a cafe in which tea, coffee, cakes and sandwiches are
served (7 letters)
18. an object with a folding circular frame of metal rods
covered with material that you use to protect yourself
from the rain or the hot sun (8 letters)
19. a building in which collections of books, tapes,
newspapers, etc are kept for people to read, to study
or to borrow (7 letters)

W R e t e l l th e s t o r y as c l o s e t o th e t e x t

9 a as p o s s i b l e .

KEYS

TASK 2. Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r


R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .
1 - f; 2 - h; 3 - 1 ; 4 - m; 5 - n; 6 - а ; 7 - p; 8 - b;
9 - o; 1 0 - g ; 1 1 - e ; 1 2 - c ; 1 3 - d ; 1 4 - k ; 15 - i; 16 - j
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD. KEYS 301

TASK 3 . Read th e s t o r y and c o r r e c t th e


sta tem e n ts a f t e r i t .
1. Not ‘some particular book of poems’ but ‘ some
particular poem’ .
2. Not ‘ In the university library’ but ‘ in the city public
library’ .
3. Not ‘trying not to attract anybody’ s attention’ but
‘ trying to attract somebody’ s attention’ .
4. Not ‘ a strange old dress’ but ‘ a strange old hat’ .
5. Not ‘ The woman stopped Angela’ but ‘Angela stopped
and asked if she could help’ .
6 . Not ‘ she came from New York’ but ‘ she came to New
Y ork’ .
7. Not ‘her handbag and umbrella were stolen’ but ‘her
handbag and umbrella were caught in the closing door’ .
8 . not ‘since she left her home’ but ‘ she had had nothing
to eat all day.’
9. Not ‘because it was raining and she didn’ t have an
umbrella’ but ‘because it was the nearest public place
to the underground station where she had lost her
handbag and where she didn’t have to pay money to
stay for some time’ .
10. ‘ coffee’ was not mentioned
11. Not ‘to hold handbag’ but ‘ she left her own handbag on
the chair next to the old woman.’
12. Not ‘ as she had arranged to go out with her friends’
but ‘ as she had arranged to meet her friends at home’ .
13. It was Angela who offered money to the old woman.
14. The old woman asked for $10 but Angela gave her a
5-dollar banknote.
15. It was the old woman who asked for Angela’ s address.
16. When Angela came home and opened her handbag, she
was surprised to find 5 dollars more there than she had
originally had.
17. Angela thought that she was given the wrong change.
18. Angela waited for two weeks to- hear from the old
woman.
302 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

19. Not ‘Four months later’ but ‘ Three months later’ .


20. Not ‘ the same yellow dress’ but ‘the same ridiculous
yellow paper bird on her hat.’

TASK 5. Put the events of the story in


order.
1 - C; 2 - J; 3 - K; 4 - Е ; 5 - L; 6 - H; 7 - F; 8 - А ;
9 - G; 1 0 - I ; 11 - M; 12 - B; 13 - D

TASK 6. Match the two halves of the


expressions from the story.
P a rt 1 P a rt 2
1. the city p ublic library 14. to do som e shopping
2. to fill in a form 15. on one's w ay hom e
3. the title of the book 16. the w rong change
4. a reading hall 17. to hear from sm b
5. to a ttra ct so m e b o d y's 18. to fo rg et about the
attention incident
6. to be dressed v ery poorly
19. to stay in a hotel
7. a sick friend
20 . a lu xu rio u s hotel
8. an underground train
21 . num erous m irro rs
9. to be cau g h t in the
closing d oor 22 . to brush one's hair
10 . a sp oilt um brella 23. in the opposite co rn er
11 . a public place 24. an e xp e n sive fu r coat
12 . to sta y for som e tim e 25. at once
13. a little tea shop 26. a Mona Lisa sm ile

PART 1: 1 - h; 2 - k; 3 - i; 4 j; 5 - 1 ; 6 - m ; 7 - а ; 8 - g;
9 - е ; 1 0 - b; 11 - f ; 1 2 - d ; 1 3 - е
PART 2 : 14 - t; 15 - y; 16 - v; 17 - x; 18 - z; 19 - w;
20 - n; 21 - o; 22 - p; 23 - s; 24 - q; 25 - u; 26 - r

TASK .6. E n joy d o in g th e cro s sw o rd b e lo w . A l l


th e words in i t go a c r o s s and can be
fou n d e i t h e r in th e s t o r y o r in th e
e x e r c is e s .
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD. TIPS AND NOTES 303

1. 0 r і g I n a 1 1 У
2. s u d d e N 1 У
3. e X P E n s і V e
4. 1 u X u г і 0 u s
5. 0 P P 0 s і t e
6. s P 0 і L, t
7. і n с I d e n t
8. r і d і С u 1 О u s
9. с h A n g e
10 . В r u s h
11 . t і t L e
12 . r E с 0 g n і z e
13. n u M e r 0 u s
14. Y e 1 1 0 w
15. M 0 n a L і S a
16. h 0 T e 1
17. t E a s h 0 p
18. u m b R e 1 1 a
1 і b r a r Y

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I. E l i c i t a t i o n o f backgrou n d know ledge


Mind Map
• Draw a circle on the board with the word ‘MONEY’ inside
it. Ask your Ss to write at least 10 verbs that can be
used with the noun ‘ money’ next to the arrows.

to earn -* 4 ^ MONEY to have


304 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

• If your students have difficulty in supplying the verbs,


help them with the verbs from the box below
to spend to lend to borrow to m ake to beg fo r to owe
to steal to g ive to lose to in h e rit to in vest
to save to raise to co lle ct to roll in to ch ange________

I I . E n la rg in g s t u d e n t s ' v o c a b u la r y
MONEY IDIOMS
T h e re a re a lot of 'm o n e y id io m s ' in E n g lis h .
M a tc h th e m w it h t h e ir e x p la n a t io n s .
1. They say, he is rolling in money.
2. I am short of ready money.
3. For mv money, this country soon will be the wealthiest
one in the world.
4. Don’t waste your good money on these cheap films.
They are not worth seeing.
5. Of course, you can buy this house if you have money to
burn, but I would not advise you to do it.
6. I can’ t buy you everything you see in the shops, I am
not made of money, you know.
7. This movie is very good, I am sure it will make a lot of
money.
8. The whole job took only an hour - it was money for old
ropes.
9. Margo travels around the world as if money is no object.
10. Money talks in today’s parliamentary election.
11. Jack will come here tonight, I’ d put money on it .
12. Everybody knows that Jacqueline married her second
husband for money.
13. His mother has always been careful with money.
14. You need to see the colour of his money before you
agree to sell him your house.
15. No, I can’t afford to buy this car. It’ s too expensive for
me. Money doesn’ t grow on trees, you know.
E x p la n a t io n s
a) to bring good profit
b) to have so much money that you do not have to be
careful with it
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD. TIPS AND NOTES 305

c) to be very rich
d) money that can be spend immediately
e) people who have more money, have more power and
influence than others
f ) in my opinion
g) not spending money on unimportant things
h) money that is earned very easily, for something that
needs little effort
i) money earned with hard work
j) to be very rich
k) to feel very sure that something is true or somebody
will succeed
1) to make sure that somebody has enough money to pay
for something
m) money is not something that has to be considered
because there is plenty of it available
n) you have to be more careful while spending your money
because you don’ t have a lot of it
o) to marry a rich person
KEY: 1 - c /j; 2 - d; 3 - f; 4 - i; 5 - b; 6 - j/c ; 7 - a; 8 - h;
9 - m; 10 - e; 11 - k; 12 - o; 13 - g; 14 - 1; 15 - n

I I I . E lic it a t io n of b a ckg ro u n d k n o w le d g e
TH E MONA L I S A S M IL E
• Ask your Ss to look at the reproduction of Leonardo da
Vinci’ s famous picture ‘ Mona Lisa’ at the end of the
Student’s Book.
• Ask them to give several descriptions of Mona Lisa’s
smile.
• In case of difficulty help them with the adjectives from
the box below.
m ysterious enigm atic m ystical strange light warm
intriguing charming pleasant mystic sweet nice
• Ask your Ss to turn to the copy of Leonardo da Vinci’s
‘ Mona Lisa’ at the end of their books. Tell your Ss the
following:
Imagine that you are looking not at the picture of
Mona Lisa but at a real woman who lived many centuries
зоб SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

ago. She was painted by the outstanding artist Leonardo


da Vinci who made her famous because of her mysterious
smile.
Imagine that today you have a chance to ask her any
questions you like and she will answer them.
Take one minute and think what questions to ask.
• Let your Ss ask questions about Mona Lisa and answer
them as confidently as you can. Use the reference
material provided below to help you answer their
questions.
M ost F re q u e n tly Asked Q u e s t io n s :
- Was Mona Lisa a real woman?
How old was she?
- Was she married?
- Did she have any children?
- Why did Leonardo paint her portrait?
- Why did Mona Lisa smile in such a way?
- W hy is the picture of the most famous Italian
painter kept in the French Louvre and not in one
of Italian Museums?
Has the picture ever been stolen?
- Is it true that Mona Lisa’ s eyes seem to follow you
as you move in front of the picture?
- Is Mona Lisa Leonardo’s self-portrait in disguise?
NOTE: Students can ask questions either in the first or in
the third person.
R e fe r e n c e M a te r ia l
‘ Mona Lisa’ is the most famous painting in history,
the only portrait by Leonardo whose authorship remains
unquestioned. Though neither signed nor dated it is
universally accepted to be painted by Leonardo. But who
was the subject, when was it painted and what is the story
behind the mystical smile?
Historians agree that Leonardo started painting Mona
Lisa in 1502 or 1503, working on it for approximately
four years and keeping it to himself for some years after.
Supposedly this was because Mona Lisa was Leonardo’ s
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD. TIPS AND NOTES 307

favourite painting, he didn’t want to part with it, however


it may also have been because the painting was unfinished.
Whatever the reason, much later it was sold to the King
of France for four thousand gold crowns. The world has
talked about it ever since. After the revolution in France
the painting was transferred to the Louvre. Napoleon took
it to decorate his bedroom but when he left France Mona
Lisa once more returned to the Louvre. What is certain
is that the painting never went to the rightful owner, the
man who originally commissioned and presumably paid
for it.
The first written reference to the painting appears in
the diary of Antonio de Beatis who visited Leonardo on the
10th October, 1517. He was shown three paintings by the
master, who was aged sixty-five at the time. These three
consisted of one o f the Madonna and Child in the lap of St.
Anne, one of a young St. John the Baptist and a third o f a
Florentine lady.
Who was the lady in question? At this time researchers
remain uncertain of the sitter’ s identity. Some claim
that she was Isabella of Aragon — the widowed Duchess
o f Milan; they point out the ‘widows veil’ on her head as
supporting evidence. Others conclude she was the mistress
of Giuliano de’ Medici, but the veil on her head may well be
a veil commonly shown at the time in portraits of married
women.
It is probable that she was Mona Lisa Gherardini, the
third wife of a wealthy silk merchant Francesco di Bartolomeo
di Zanobi del Giocondo. At this stage Lisa would have been
over twenty-four years of age, by the standards of the time
she was not in any way considered particularly beautiful,
though Leonardo saw certain qualities in her. Some recent
research suggests that the sitter was an expectant mother and
Leonardo painted her for precisely that reason. The recent
recovery of baptism records reveals that Lisa gave birth to
her second child in 1502.
The smile has become a hallmark of Leonardo’s style
as it can be seen in his other paintings. Speculation
308 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

exists that the smile originated from Leonardo’s mother,


Caterina. A less romantic suggestion is that the painter
merely “concerned himself with certain arrangements of
lines and volumes, with new and curious schemes of blues
and greens.”
Various other suggestions have also been made as to
the reason behind the smile including the simple idea that
during this period in history women were instructed to
smile only with one side of their mouths so as to add an air
of mystery and elegance.
There is also an Italian doctor’s idea that the woman in
the picture suffered from bruxism; this is an unconscious
habit of grinding the teeth during sleep or times o f great
stress. The long months of sitting for the. portrait could
well have triggered an attack of teeth grinding. Leonardo
did attempt to keep his sitter relaxed and entertained with
the use o f music; he had six musicians to play for her. He
also installed a musical fountain invented by himself.
Different, beautiful works were read out loud and a white
Persian cat and a greyhound were there to play with.
The most unusual suggestion is that Mona Lisa was
really a man in disguise, perhaps being a form of self-
portrait and the face of Leonardo himself. Computer tests
show that some of the facial features match well those of
Leonardo’ s self-portrait. Some copies o f the Mona Lisa
also show the sitter as a male.
The truth is that this style of smile was not invented
by Leonardo da Vinci. It can be found in a number of
sculptures from the fifteenth century, one o f these being
Antonio Rossellino’s Virgin; it is somewhat reminiscent
of Greek funerary statues and Gothic statues in medieval
cathedrals.
Another peculiarity of women’s appearance of that
time is that Mona Lisa has no eyebrows because they shaved
them o ff to be more ‘beautiful’ .
To researchers’ great surprise Mona Lisa has no
jewellery whereas the norm for the day was to present
subjects with elaborate decoration as can be seen in Titian
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD. TIPS AND NOTES 309

paintings. Mona Lisa’s hair is smooth with only the covering


of a black veil, her hands are free of rings or bracelets and
nothing adorns her neck. There are small intricate loops
across the neckline of her dress. Such was Leonardo’ s
interest in codes that many people have searched in vain for
a message in these loops. This painting went against all the
trends of the time and is a perfect example of how Leonardo
never followed traditions. He abandoned the usual poses,
which had subjects shown as stiff and upright, replacing
this with a relaxed sitter, her beautifully painted hands
resting easily on the arm of her chair.
Mona Lisa is also called La Gioconda by the Italians
(translation: “ a light-hearted woman.” ) and La Joconde by
the French.
The painting of Mona Lisa has had an interesting
history. It was stolen on the 21st August, 1911 by an Italian
thief who had taken the painting to Italy because he
believed that the masterpiece belonged to his motherland.
The loss of the painting was not reported for twenty-four
hours as most employees thought that it had been removed
by the official museum photographer. It then took a week
to search the 49-acre Louvre and only the painting’s
frame, which was located in a staircase, was found. The
picture resurfaced some two years later in Florence, when
an Italian named Vincenzo Perugia offered to sell the
painting to the U ffizi Gallery for US $100,000. It was
exhibited for a time and then returned to Paris.
To steal the painting Perugia had spent a night hiding
in a little-used room at the Louvre. When the museum
was closed he simply walked into the room where the
Mona Lisa was hung, removed it from the wall then cut
it from the frame once he reached the staircase. He then
exited the building breaking out through a ‘ locked’ door
by unscrewing the doorknob. Ten months before the theft,
the Louvre had made the decision to begin having their
masterpieces placed under glass. Perugia was one of four
men assigned to the job and so in a position to get to know
the Louvre well enough to pull o ff the crime.
310 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

• Tell your Ss that many people for centuries have tried


to ask and to answer the same questions they have just
asked.
• Invite them to listen to Not King Cole’ s song ‘ Mona
Lisa’ and to compare their questions with the
singer’s.
• Give your Ss a copy of the activity sheet and ask them
to correct any mistakes that they can find on it. It is
recommended to have disposable copies of the activity

• it is recommended to introduce the words ‘to tempt,


doorstep’ before the Ss start listening to the song,
maybe while answering their questions about Mona
Lisa.
• Play the song.
• Let the Ss correct the mistakes while listening to the
song.
• Play the song twice (three times, if necessary)
• Use the KEY and go through the mistakes corrections
with your students.

Dear Mary,
I heard this song on the radio. I liked it very much and
tried to write down the lyrics. But I am afraid I couldn’t
understand some of the words and made a few mistakes.
Could you possibly help me and correct them for me?
Thanks.
Love,
Tatyana.^
V
MONA L I S A
Mona Lisa, Mona Lisa men have shamed you,
You so like the lady with the Miss Tick’ s smile
Is it only ‘cos you’ re only they have claimed you?
For that Mona Lisa strangeness in your style?
Do you smile to tender lover, Mona Lisa?
Or is this your way to hire a broken cart?
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD. TIPS AND NOTES 311

Many dreams have bin bought at your doorstep


They jus’ sly their and they dye they’ re.
Are you worn? Are you ill, Mona Lisa?
Or just a golden, lovely, lonely work of art?
Do you smile to tender lover, Mona Lisa?
Or is this sure way to hire a broken cart?
Many dreams have bin bought at your doorstep,
They jus’ sly their, and they dye they’re.
Are you worn? Are you ill, Mona Lisa?
Or just a golden, lovely, lonely work of art?
Mona Lisa, Mona Lisa.
KEY
Mona Lisa, Mona Lisa men have named you,
You’ re so like the lady with the mystic smile
Is it only ‘ cos you’ re lonely they have blamed you?
For that Mona Lisa strangeness in your smile?
Do you smile to tempt a lover. Mona Lisa?
Or is this your way to hide a broken heart?
Many dreams have been brought to your doorstep
They just lie there and they die there.
Are you warm? Are you real. Mona Lisa?
Or just a cold and lonely, lovely work of art?
Do you smile to tempt a lover. Mona Lisa?
Or is this vour way to hide a broken heart?
Many dreams have been brought to your doorstep,
They just lie there, and they die there.
Are you warm? Are you real. Mona Lisa?
Or just a cold and lonely, lovely work of art?
Mona Lisa, Mona Lisa.

IV . P r e d ic tio n .
• Write on the board or dictate to your Ss the following
words:
shopping to feel sorry a university student
a library a tea shop the wrong change
an old woman underground a yellow paper bird
a strange hat to lose money the same old woman
a rich hotel to lend money
312 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

• Ask your Ss to predict what the story they are going to


read is about.
After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

V. A re you an a t t e n t iv e re a d e r?
This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.
VARIANT 1 . R e a d th e su m m a ry o f th e s to ry
'A Y e llo w Paper B ir d ' a n d f in d 10 fa c tu a l
m is t a k e s in it .
Angela Fairfax went to the public library because she
wanted to find one particular poem. She filled in a form
with the name of the author and the title of the poem she
wanted. On her way to the reading hall she saw an old
woman standing in the corridor and crying silently. The
woman was wearing a strange old coat with a yellow paper
bird on it. Angela felt sorry for the woman and decided to
take her to a coffee shop.
There the lady told Angela that she had lost her purse
and umbrella in the underground and now had no money
to get back home. Angela gave her a 10 dollar bill and her
address so that the lady could return the money.
When Angela got home that day, she found less money
in her bag than she had originally had. She thought that
she had been given the wrong change and soon forgot about
that event.
But three weeks later Angela met the same woman
again. It was in a very rich hotel and the lady was wearing
expensive clothes. What helped Angela recognize the old
lady was the same ridiculous old hat on her head. When
the old lady saw Angela, she gave her a broad smile and
hurried out of the hotel.
VARIANT 2 . T h e r e a re 10 fa c tu a l m is t a k e s in
t h e s h o r t su m m a ry o f t h e s t o r y 'A Y e llo w P a p e r
B i r d ' t h a t I am g o i n g t o r e a d t o y o u . L i s t e n t o
me c a r e f u l l y a n d e v e r y t im e I m ake a f a c t u a l
m is t a k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' a n d c o r r e c t m e .
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD. TIPS AND NOTES 313

Angela Fairfax went to the public library because she


wanted to find one particular poem. She filled in a form
with the name of the author and the title of the poem ( 1)
she wanted. On her way to the reading hall she saw an old
woman standing in the corridor and crying silently (2). The
woman was wearing a strange old coat (3) with a yellow
paper bird on it. Angela felt sorry for the woman and
decided to take her to a coffee shop (4).
There the lady told Angela that she had lost her purse
and umbrella in the underground (5) and now had no money
to get back home. Angela gave her a 10 dollar bill ( 6 ) and
her address so that the lady could return the money.
When Angela got home that day, she found less money
(7) in her bag than she had originally had. She thought
that she had been given the wrong change and soon forgot
about that event.
But three weeks later (8 ) Angela met the same woman
again. It was in a very rich hotel and the lady was wearing
expensive clothes. What helped Angela recognize the old
lady was the same ridiculous old hat on her head (9). When
the old lady saw Angela, she gave her a broad smile (10)
and hurried out of the hotel.
KEY
1. the title of the book
2. trying to attract somebody’s attention
3. a strange old hat
4. a tea shop
5. The doors of the underground train closed and her
handbag and umbrella were caught in the closing door.
She managed to save the umbrella, but it was torn.
6. a 5 dollar bill
7. more money
8. three months later
9. Angela saw the same ridiculous yellow paper bird on
the old lady’ s expensive hat.
10. a Mona Lisa smile
314 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

V I. W o rk w it h p ic t u r e s
PICTURE 1 . Ask your Ss to speculate what episode from
the story is shown in the picture. Let them give
arguments. Ask them the following questions:
• How do you think the old woman was trying to attract
someone’s attention?
• What do you think made Angela think that that woman
was poorly dressed? Describe the old woman’ s clothes.
• W hy in your opinion Angela paid attention to the
woman’ s hat in the first place?

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to


the story they have just read and find out if the
painter made any mistakes.
KEY: instead of the bird the old woman’ s hat is decorated
with feathers

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
THE DINNER PARTY

1
* A nsw er th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w ,
jg 1.
Do you like wearing jewellery? What pieces
of jewellery do you wear most often?
2. Do you prefer wearing costume jewellery or
precious stones and metals?
3. Do you wear jewellery every day or only on special
occasions?
4. Do you prefer wearing the same jewellery for a long
time or change it every day?
5. Have you ever read or heard any stories about lost and
found jewels? If yes, tell your classmates about it.

2
M a tc h th e w o rd s and e x p r e s s io n s g iv e n
I b e lo w w it h t h e ir R u s s ia n / U k r a in ia n
e q u iv a le n t s .

Part 1
і. a host a) замечательный, удивительный/
чудовий, дивний
2. hospitable
b) наклоняться, склоняться,
3. exciting сгибаться/нахилятися,
схилятися,згинатися
4. to include c) бриллиантовьій/діамантовий
5. a p ro p rie to r d) принадлежать/належати
e) протягивать/протягати
6. a sta te sm a n f) восклицание/вигук
7. re m a rka b le д) хозяин дома/хазяїн, господар
h) грациозно, изящно/граціозно,
8. to stre ss добірно
i) гостеприимный/гостинний
9. to lean
j) волнующий, волнительный/
1 0 . diam ond (adj) хвилюючий
к) подчеркивать/підкреслювати
1 1 . g ra ce fu lly 1) государственный деятель/
1 2 . to take sm th off держ авний діяч
m) владелец/власник
13. to hold out п) включать в себя, иметь в
1 4 . to belong составе/містити в собі, мати в
складі
15. an excla m a tion о) снимать что-либо/знімати що-
небудь
316 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Part 2
16 . to pass sm th on a) портвейн/портвейн
1 7 . at least b) и счезать/зникати
c) об ы ски ва ть/о б ш укува ти
1 8 . e xp e cta n tly
d) передавать что-либо/
19. port передавати щ о-неб удь
20. aw kw ardn ess e) вор/злодій, грабіж ник
f) клан яться/кл анятися
2 1 . a guest
g) беспл одны й/м арний
2 2 . to overtu rn на самом деле, ф акти ч ески /
h)
2 3 . to exa m in e насправді, ф актично
24. to vanish i) по крайней мере/принайм ні
j) бы ть разоренны м /бути
25. a th ie f розореним
26. to search k) ож и д аю щ е/оч ікувальн о
27. indeed 1) тщ ательно п роверять/
ретельно перевіряти
28 . to bow
m) гость/гість
29. fru itle ss n) п ереворачивать/п еревертати
3 0 . to be broken o) н ел о вкость/н езручн ість

Read t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e
sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t are tr u e o r f a l s e .
J§ Thirty years ago I was fifteen. My Uncle
Octavian1was then (in 1925) a very rich man. He
was a charming host whose villa on the Cote d’Azur 2 was
a meeting place of the rich, and he was a very hospitable
man - until January 3, 1925.
There was nothing special about that day in the life
of my Uncle Octavian, except that it was his fifty-fifth
birthday. As usual on such a day, he was giving a dinner­
party, a party for twelve people. All of them were old
friends; two of them, indeed, were what they called then
‘ old flames3’ .
1 Uncle Octavian [ok'teivjsn] дядя Октавиан/дядько Октавіан
2 Cote d ’Azur ['koL'tda:'zju:a] Лазурный берег (Франция)/Лазурний берег
(Франція)
3 old flames - прежние увлечения/колишні захоплення
THE DINNER PARTY 317

I, myself, aged fifteen,


was deeply privileged4. I was
staying with my uncle at his
beautiful villa and my uncle
allowed me to come down to
dinner. It was exciting for me
to be in such a company. It ^
included besides the two ‘ old
flames’ and their husbands,
a newspaper proprietor and his American wife; a recent
prime-minister of France and a well-known statesman of
post-war Germany, and a Habsburg5prince and princess.
A t that age, on holiday from school, you will
understand that I was excited. The company was
remarkable! But I should also stress that all o f them were
old and close friends of my uncle Octavian.
Towards the end of the wonderful dinner when the
servants had left, my uncle leant forward to have a look
at a beautiful diamond ring on the princess’ s hand. She
turned her hand gracefully towards my uncle.
Across the table, the newspaper proprietor leant across
and said, “ May I also have a look, Therese6?” She smiled
and nodded. Then she took o ff the ring and held it out
to him. “ It was my grandmother’s,” she said. “ I haven’ t
worn it for many years. It is said to have once belonged to
Genghis Khan7.”
There were exclamations o f surprise. The ring was
passed from hand to hand. For a moment it was in my
hand. Then I passed it on to my neighbour. As I turned
away again, I thought I saw her pass it on. At least I was
almost sure I saw her.
It was some twenty minutes later when the princess
stood up, giving the signal for the ladies to leave the table.
4 I ... was deeply privileged. - Для меня это была большая честь./Для мене це
була велика честь.
5 Habsburg ['haebsb3:g] Габсбургская династия (Австрия)/Габсбурзька
династія (Австрія)
6 Therese [ts'riizs] Тереза/Тереза
7 Genghis Khan ['d 3 erigis'ka:n] Ченгиз Хан/Чингісхан
318 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

She looked around with a pleasant smile. Then she said,


“ Before we leave you, may I have my ring back?”
I remember my uncle say, “Oh yes, that wonderful
ring!” I remember the newspaper proprietor say, “Of course!
Mustn’ t forget that!” and one of the women laughed.
Then there was a pause, while each of us looked
expectantly at his neighbour. Then there was silence.
The princess was still smiling, though less easily.
“ If you please,” she said again. “ Then we can leave the
gentlemen to their port.”
When no one answered her, and the silence continued,
I still thought it could only be a joke, and that one of us -
probably, the prince himself - would produce the ring with
a laugh. But when nothing happened at all, I knew that the
rest of the night would be awful.
I am sure you know what followed. There was the
awkwardness of the guests - all of them old friends. There
was the fact that no one would meet anyone else’ s eye. The
guests overturned the chairs, examined the carpet and
then the whole room.
All these things happened, but they did not bring
the princess’ s ring back. It had vanished - a diamond
ring worth possibly two hundred thousand pounds - in a
roomful of twelve people, all good friends.
No servants had entered the
room. No one had left it even for
a moment. The thief was one of
us, one of my Uncle Octavian’ s
old friends.
I remember it was the
French cabinet minister who
wanted to be searched. Indeed,
he had already started turning
out his pockets, before my uncle
held up his hand and stopped
him.
Uncle Octavian’s face was
pale when he said, “ There will
THE DINNER PARTY 319

be no searching. Not in my house. You are all my friends.


The ring can only be lost. If we do not find it,” he bowed
towards the princess, “ I will make amends myself8.”
The fruitless search began again. But there was no ring
anywhere, though the guests stayed nearly till morning -
nobody wanted to be the first to leave.
My Uncle Octavian remained true to his word, and no
one was searched.
I myself went to England a few days later. I was very
glad to leave the place. I could not bear the sight 9 of my
uncle’ s face and the knowledge of his overturned world.
And the fact that among the ruins of his way of life he was
left with was a question mark: which of his friends was the
thief?
I do not know how my Uncle Octavian ‘ made amends.’
I know that, to my family’ s surprise, he was rather poor
when he died. He died, in fact, a few weeks ago, and that is
why I feel I can tell the story.
It would be wrong to say that he died a broken man,
but he did die a very sad man who never gave a single lunch
or dinner-party for the last thirty years of his life.
S ta te m e n ts
1. The story happened when the narrator was a little boy.
2. The narrator’ s uncle was rich and enjoyed entertaining
other rich people.
3. The narrator’ s uncle’ s villa was situated in the south
of England.
4. On January 3, 1925 the narrator’ s uncle was celebrating
his jubilee.
5. There were several new acquaintances among Uncle
Octavian’ s guests.
6 . There were no celebrities or VIPs among Uncle
Octavian’ s guests, just his old friends.
7. The narrator was proud of being among his uncle’ s
guests.
8 I will make amends myself. - Я возмещу ущерб сам./Я відшкодую збиток сам.
9 I could not bear the sight... - Я не мог выносить ви да.../Я не міг терпіти
вигляду...
320 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

8 . It was the narrator’ s uncle who first paid attention to


the ring.
9. The princess inherited the ring from one of her
relatives.
10. The ring was said to be very old and to have belonged 10
to an ancient Mongol ruler.
11. The princess loved the ring so much that she never
took it off.
12. The narrator kept the ring in his hand longer than the
other guests.
13. The princess wanted to get her ring back after the
ladies had left the table.
14. The narrator thought that one of the guests had played
a trick on the princess.
15. Uncle Octavian called his servants to look for the lost
ring.
16. All the guests helped the servants to search for the
ring.
17. Uncle Octavian was against searching his guests.
18. Uncle Octavian didn’ t allow anyone to leave the room
while it was being searched.
19. Some guests believed that one of the servants had
stolen the ring.
20. The narrator’ s uncle believed that it was one of his
guests who had stolen the ring.
21. The narrator’ s uncle promised to make up for the lost
ring.
22. The narrator hated to leave his uncle at that sad
moment of his life but he had to go back to England.
23. When the narrator’ s uncle died at the age of 85, he was
a very unhappy man.

Answ er t h e q u e s t i o n s about th e s t o r y .
1. How old was the narrator at the time of the
story?
2. What kind of host was the narrator’s Uncle
Octavian?
10 ...and to have belonged... - . .. и когда-то принадлежало.../...i колись належало...
THE DINNER PARTY 321

3. Where was Uncle Octavian’s villa situated?


4. What was special about January 3, 1925?
5. How many guests were there at Uncle Octavian’s
dinner party on that particular day?
6 . Who did Uncle Octavian invite to his dinner party?
7. Why did the narrator feel privileged among the
guests?
8 . When did Uncle Octavian get interested in the
princess’s ring?
9. What kind of ring was the princess wearing?
10. Who else wanted to have a look at the ring?
11. What did the princess tell the guests about the ring?
12. How often did the princess wear that ring?
13. Who did the princess give the ring first?
14. What did the guests do with the ring?
15. How long did the narrator keep the ring?
16. Who did the narrator pass the ring to?
17. What did the narrator think his neighbour did?
18. Why did the princess stand up twenty minutes later?
19. What did the princess want the guests to do?
20. How did all the guests feel when the ring was not
returned to the princess?
21. What did the narrator expect to happen?
22. How did the guests look for the ring?
23. How much did the ring approximately cost?
24. What happened to the ring in the narrator’s opinion?
25. How many people came into or left the dining room?
26. Which of the guests wanted to be searched?
27. How did the host make that person stop turning out
his/her pockets?
28. What was Uncle Octavian sure of?
29. What did he promise to do in case the ring was not
found?
30. How long did the guests stay in the dining room and
why?
31. W hy wasn’ t any of the guests searched?
32. Where did the narrator go a few days later?

11 Short stories with pleasure


322 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

33. Why was the narrator glad to leave his uncle’ s house?
34. What question tormented the narrator’ s uncle till he
died?
35. How did the narrator’ s uncle ‘make amends’ ?
36. What kind of person did the narrator’ s uncle become?
37. What didn’ t the narrator’s uncle ever do during the
remaining years of his life?

5
lad M atch t h e two h a l v e s o f th e
СП
e x p r e s s i o n s fro m t h e s t o r y .
3
1. a hospitable a) to leave
2. to give b) search
3. as c) of the night
4. e xcla m a tio n s d) am ends
5. to look e) one's pockets
6. the rest f) usual
7. to turn out g) world
8. to m ake h) m ark
9. a fru itless i) a d in n e r-p a rty
10. to be the first j) man
11. to rem ain true k) e xp e cta n tly at sm b
12. can 't bear 1) m an
13. an overturned m) to one's word
14. a question n) of su rp rise
15. a broken o) the sig h t of sm b

lad P u t t h e e v e n t s and f a c t s of th e s t o r y

6 in o r d e r .
A. There was the awkwardness of the guests -
all of them old friends.
B. The narrator’s uncle leant forward to have
a look at a beautiful diamond ring on the
princess’ s hand.
C. The princess looked round with a pleasant smile.
D. Uncle Octavian promised to make amends himself.
E. The narrator was very glad to leave the place.
THE DINNER PARTY 323

F. There was nothing special about that day in the life of


the narrator’s Uncle Octavian.
G. Then the narrator passed the ring on to his
neighbour.
H. The fruitless search began again.
I. Uncle Octavian never gave a single lunch or dinner­
party for the last thirty years of his life.
J. The narrator was staying with his uncle at his beautiful
villa and was allowed to come down to dinner.
K. Uncle Octavian remained true to his words that no one
was to be searched.
L. The ring was said to have once belonged to Genghis
Khan.
M. The diamond ring had vanished in a roomful of twelve
people, all good friends.

7
Speculate about...
% 1. How do you think the narrator’ s Uncle

Octavian became rich?


2. W hy do you think the narrator’s Uncle
Octavian had a villa on the Cote d’Azur and
not in England?
3. W hy do you think there were so many celebrities
among Uncle Octavian’ s friends?
4. Do you think the narrator’ s Uncle Octavian was
married or had a family?
5. There are two possible solutions to the mystery how
the ring disappeared:
a) it was somehow lost in the room
b) it was stolen by one of the guests
Explain, from your point of view:
• where it might have fallen so that the guests were
not able to find it
• which of the guests might have stolen it and why
6 . In your opinion, how did the narrator’s Uncle Octavian
її* ‘ make amends’ ?
324 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

7. Do you think the narrator’ s Uncle Octavian was right


when he decided not to search his guests? W hy? Why
not?
8 . What would you do if you were in Uncle Octavian’ s
place?
9. Can you rule out the possibility that it was Uncle
Octavian himself who had stolen the ring? W hy? Why
not?

% E n jo y d o i n g t h e cro ssw o rd b e lo w . A ll

8 0 th e w ords in

w
it g o a c r o s s and can b e

fo u n d e i t h e r in th e s t o r y o r i n th e
e xo redr ciiss e gs i.v eTnh .e f i r s t l e t t e r o f t h e
1.
2.
3.
4. Ції
5.
6.

8.
9.
1. Abraham Lincoln was a respected s__________________ ,
who became one of the best known presidents of the
USA.
2. Look, how g __________________ this ballerina is
dancing. Her performance is superb!
3. The natives on that island turned out to be friendly
and h__________________ people, they invited us to
their houses and gave us their local food.
4. The boy did not answer for a long time and the teacher
looked at him e__________________ .
5. W herearemy glasses? They v__________________ every
time I want to check your homework!
THE DINNER PARTY. KEYS 325

6 . A fter a long s__________________ for the stolen money,


the police found it in the garage that belonged to one
of the thieves.
7. Seeing a tiger jump at him from behind the bush, the
hunter gave an e__________________ of horror.
8 . Belle was not afraid of the h__________________ of the
castle and even looked forward to meeting him.
9. The girl laughed to hide the feeling of a______________
when she realized that she had said a silly thing.
I f you have g u e s s e d a l l t h e words r i g h t ,
you can r e a d th e word i n th e shadowed
colu m n . How do you t h in k i t i s c o n n e c te d
w ith th e s t o r y you have re a d ?

R e t e ll th e s t o r y as c lo s e to th e t e x t
2; as p o s s ib le .

KEYS

TASK 2 . M atch t h e w ords and e x p r e s s i o n s g i v e n


b e lo w w ith t h e i r R u s s i a n /U k r a i n i a n
e q u iv a le n ts .
PART 1: 1 - g; 2 - і ; 3 - j; 4 - n ; 5 - m; 6 - 1; 7 - a; 8 - k;
9 - b; 10 - c; 11-h ; 12- o ; 1 3 -е ; 1 4 -d ; 1 5
PART 2 : 16 - d; 17 - i; 18 - k; 19 - a; 20 - o; 21 - m;
22 - n; 23 - 1; 24 - b; 25 - e; 26 - c; 27 - h;
2 8 - f ; 29 - g; 30 - j

TASK 3 . Read t h e s t o r y and d e c id e i f t h e


sta te m e n ts a f t e r i t a re tr u e or
fa ls e .
1 - F; 2 - T; 3 - F; 4 - T; 5 - F; 6 - F; 7 - T; 8 - T; 9 - T;
1 0 - T ; 1 1 - F ; 12 - F; 1 3 - F; 1 4 - T ; 1 5 - F ; 1 6 - F ; 1 7 - T ;
18 - F; 19 - F; 20 - F; 21 - T; 22 - F; 23 - T
326 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 5. Match th e two h a lv e s o f th e


e x p r e s s io n s from th e s t o r y .
1 . a h ospitable m an 9. a fru itle ss search
2 . to give a d in n e r-p a rty 10 . to be the first to leave
3. as usual 11 . to rem ain true to
4. e x cla m a tio n s of su rp rise one's word
5. to look e xp e cta n tly at 12 . c a n 't b ear the sig h t of
sm b sm b
6. the rest of the night 13. an overtu rn ed world
7.to turn out one's pockets 14. a question mark
8. to make amends 15. a broken man
1 —j/1; 2 —і; 3 —f ; 4 —n; 5 —k; 6 —c; 7 —e; 8 —d; 9 —b;
10 - a; 11 - m; 12 - o; 13 - g; 14 - h; 15 - 1/j

TASK б . P u t t h e e v e n t s a n d f a c t s of th e
s to r y in o r d e r .
1 - J; 2 - F; 3 - B; 4 - L; 5 - G; 6 - C; 7 - A; 8 - D; 9 - H;
1 0 - M ; 11 - K ; 1 2 - E ; 1 3 - І

TASK 8. E n joy d o in g th e c ro s s w o rd b e lo w . A l l
th e w ords i n i t go a c r o s s and can be
fou n d e i t h e r in th e s t o r y o r in th e
e x e r c i s e s . The f i r s t l e t t e r o f th e
word i s g iv e n .

1. s t a t e S m a n
2. g r a с e f U 1 1 У
3. h о S Р і t a b 1 e
4. e X P e с t a n t 1 У
5. v a n I s h
6. s e a r С h
e x с 1 a m a t I 0 n
8. h 0 s t
9. a w к w a r d N e s s
THE DINNER PARTY. TIPS AND NOTES 327

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities

I . E lic ita tio n o f b a c k g r o u n d k n o w le d g e


M in d Map
• Draw a circle on the board with the words ‘ PRECIOUS
STONES’ inside it.
• Ask your Ss to think what associations come to their
minds when they see or hear the words ‘ Precious
Stones’ . Suggest writing down as many ideas as
possible next to the arrows.

d iam ond <- *-ruby

• In case of difficulty help your students with the


following words:
Precious stones:
diamond - бриллиант/діамант, ruby - рубин/рубін,
emerald - изумруд/ізумруд, sapphire - сапфир/
сапфір, pearl - жемчуг/перлина
Semi-precious stones:
opal - опал/опал, alexandrite - александрит/
олександрит, malachite - малахит/малахіт; turquoise
- бирюза/бірюза, jade - нефрит/нефрит, jasper
- яшма/яшма, topaz - топаз/топаз, agate - агат/агат
Other materials used for making jewellery:
amber - янтарь/янтар, mother of pearl - перламутр/
перламутр, crystal glass - горный хрусталь/гірський
кришталь

• Offer your Ss „ iwellery with their


description and the parts of the body they are
worn on.
328 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

M a tch t h e j e w e l l e r y w it h t h e i r d e s c r i p t i o n s
and th e p a r t s o f th e b o d y t h e y a r e w orn o n .
M in d t h a t so m e p i e c e s o f j e w e l l e r y c a n b e w o r n
on th e sa m e p a r t o f th e b o d y .

1. a ring a) T his piece of je w e lle ry


decorates a sm all clo ck th a t
people w ea r on th e ir w rists.
2. a bracelet
b) T his piece of je w e lle ry
decorates the ears.
3. an a n kle t c) T his piece o f je w e lle ry is worn
on the finger.
4. a necklace d) T his piece of je w e lle ry connects
the ends of a sh irt sleeves at
the w rist.
5. a chain T his piece of je w e lle ry is w orn
e)
loose around the w rist.
6. a diadem f) This piece o f je w e lle ry is worn
on a chain around the neck.
g) T his piece of je w e lle ry is worn
7. a brooch
on a chain and is believed to
bring good luck.
8. e a r-rin g s h) T his piece of je w e lle ry is worn
on the leg.
i) This piece o f je w e lle ry is worn
9. a pendant
on the head.
j) T his piece of je w e lle ry consists
10. a bangle of connected m etal rings and is
w orn around the neck.
11. a cu ff-lin k Ю T his piece of je w e lle ry consists
of beads and is w orn around
the neck.
12. a bracelet T his piece of je w e lle ry is worn
1)
watch around the w rist.
m) T his piece of je w e lle ry
13. a charm decora tes clothes.

KEY: 1 - е ; 2 - 1 ; 3 - h; 4 - k; 5 —j; 6 - і ; 7 - m; 8 - b ;
9 - f; 1 0 - e ; 11 - d ; 1 2 - a ; 13 - g
THE DINNER PARTY. TIPS AND NOTES 329

I I . E n la rg in g backgrou nd know ledge


GENGHIS KHAN
(F or v e r y i n q u i s i t i v e g r o u p s .)
• Ask your students if they know anything about Genghis
Khan.
• Proceed to doing a cloze bank activity to find more
about Genghis Khan.
F i l l in the gaps in the t e x t w ith one o f th e words
from the box and rea d about Genghis Khan.
organizational discipline prisoners tactics m eans laws
neighbouring destroyed original capital tribes arm y
connections treasures m em bers em pire roots age

GENGHIS KHAN
Genghis Khan, who was born in 1162, was a very
successful Mongol military and political leader. He
founded the largest land____________( 1) in history and his
greatest ambition was to conquer the whole world.
Genghis Khan united Mongol and other nomadic
____________( 2) into an effective, disciplined army known
for their use of terror. When they met with resistance,
they would often kill most of their____________( 3).
Genghis Khan was an intelligent man with superior
____________(4) abilities. Although he had little interest in
cultural matters, he promoted literacy among his people.
He also established the first Mongol code o f ________ (5)
and encouraged the growth of trade between China and
Europe.
Genghis Khan’s ____________( 6) name was Temujin1,
which means’ ironworker’ . His father was the chief of a
small Mongol tribe. Temujin inherited that position at
about the__________ (7) of 13, when members of an enemy
tribe poisoned his father. But according to ‘ The Secret
History o f the Mongols’ , t h e ____________( 8) of the tribe
left their new chief and for a while, Temujin and his family
lived a hard and lonely life. They had few sheep and had to
d ig __________ (9) for food.
і Temujin ['temju:d3in] Темуджин/Темуджин
330 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Soon, however, Temujin began to attract followers


and build an ____________(10). He used much training and
strict__________ ( 11) to create a superior fighting force.
His army was well equipped and quickly adopted new
__________ (12) and weapons. Temujin appointed officers
on the basis of achievement and not for their family
__________ (13), as was customary. In this way, he gained
officers who would remain loyal to him alone.
_______ (14) tribes. By
Temujin conquered all th e _______
1206, he had become ruler of Mongolia and was proclaimed
Genghis Khan, a title that probably_________ (15) either
‘universal ruler’ or ‘invincible prince’ .
Genghis Khan also conquered China and took Beijing 2
(Peking)3, the___________ (16) of the China Empire. Then he
moved to Central Asia, crushed the kingdom of Khorezm 4
(modern Uzbekistan and Turkmenistan) a n d ___________
(17) the cities of Bukhara and Samarkand. Before Genghis
Khan died in 1227, he had countless__________ (18) and
ruled an area that stretched across Central Asia from the
Black and Caspian Seas to the Sea of Japan.
KEY
1 . empire 7. age 13. connections
2 . tribes 8 . members 14. neighboring
3. prisoners 9. roots 15. means
4. organizational 10 . army 16. capital
5. laws 11. discipline 17. destroyed
6 . original 12 . tactics 18. treasures

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)


I I I . A re you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r?
This activity can be used either as a reading or a
listening task.
VARIANT 1 . Read the summary o f the s to r y 'The
Dinner Party' and find 10 fa c tu a l m istakes in i t .
2 Beijing [Ьеі'фіп] Бейджин/Бейджин
3 Peking [pi:'kir)] Пекин/Пекін
4 Khorezm [ko:'rezm] Х орезм/Хорезм
THE DINNER PARTY. TIPS AND NOTES 331

The narrator’s uncle was a very rich and hospitable


man who lived with his family in the north of France. On
his fiftieth birthday he invited some of his old close friends
to a dinner party. Among the guests was his 13-year-old
nephew with his parents.
One of the guests, a Habsburg princess, had a beautiful
diamond ring that she inherited from Genghis Khan. The
ring, she said, was worth twenty-two hundred thousand
pounds.
All the guests immediately wanted to have a look at
the ring, and while it was being passed from one guest to
another, it suddenly disappeared.
Everyone was shocked and all the guests started to
look for the ring in the living room. Uncle Octavian didn’ t
want the guests to be searched and invited his servants to
overturn the furniture and examine the carpets.
When the ring was not found, Uncle Octavian promised
to make amends and all the guests immediately left.
The ring was never found and Uncle Octavian died a
sad and rather a poor man.
VARIANT 2 . There a re 10 f a c t u a l m ista k e s in
th e s h o r t summary o f th e s t o r y 'The D inner
P a rty ' th a t I am g o in g t o re a d t o y ou . L is t e n
t o me c a r e f u l l y and e v e r y tim e I make a f a c t u a l
m ista k e c r y o u t 'S t o p ' and c o r r e c t me.
KEY
The narrator’ s uncle was a very rich and hospitable
man who lived with his family (1 ) in the north (2) of France.
On his fiftieth birthday (3) he invited some of his old
close friends to a dinner party. Among the guests was his
13-vear-old nephew (4) with his parents (5).
One o f the guests, a Habsburg princess, had a beautiful
diamond ring that she inherited from Genghis Khan
( 6). The ring, she said, was worth twentv-two hundred
thousand pounds (7).
332 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

All the guests immediately wanted to have a look at


the ring, and while it was being passed from one guest to
another, it suddenly disappeared.
Everyone was shocked and all the guests started to look
for the ring in the living room ( 8). Uncle Octavian didn’t
want the guests to be searched and invited his servants (9)
to overturn the furniture and examine the carpets.
When the ring was not found, Uncle Octavian promised
to make amends and all the guests immediately left CIO').
The ring was never found and Uncle Octavian died a
sad and rather a poor man.
1. he had no family (at least it was not mentioned in
the story)
2 . in the south o f France
3. fifty-fifth birthday
4. 15-year-old
5. his parents were not mentioned in the story
6 . she inherited from her grandmother
7. two hundred thousand pounds
8 . dining room
9. he did not invite his servants; those were the
guests who did that
10. the guests stayed almost till morning

IV . Work w ith p i c t u r e s
PICTURE 1 .
• Ask your Ss to study the design of the ring drawn in
the picture.
• Let them speculate what precious materials the ring
was made of.
• Let them compare it with the ancient rings they have
ever seen in old portraits or museums.
• Let them speculate about why the ring drawn by the
painter cannot have belonged to Genghis Khan. Let
them give arguments.
KEY: it’s too small, it has a modern design
THE DINNER PARTY. TIPS AND NOTES 333

PICTURE 2 . Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to the


story they have just read and decide which of the
main characters are shown in it. Let them give
arguments.

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER

Ї4 Answer th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w ,

1 f 1.

2.
Do you believe in magic? W hy? W hy not?

Do you believe that some other worlds besides


our real world exist in the Universe? Why?
W hy not?
3. Have you read any books or seen any films about other
worlds? If yes, tell your partner (group) about it.

>4 Match th e w ords b e lo w w ith t h e i r

2
1.
J*j R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u i v a l e n t s .

to e xp e rim e n t
P art 1
a) тверды й/тверди й
b) д ы ха н и е /п о д и х
2. to trick
c) внутренний д в о р и к (зам ка,
3. to e xist д в о р ц а)/вн утр іш н ій дв ори к
4. to find o n e se lf (зам ку, палацу)
d) бассейн/б асейн
5. a doubt
e) неподвиж ны й/нерухом ий
6. solid f) эксперим ен тировать/
експерим ентувати
7. a sh u d d e r
g) в осковой/во скови й
8. w h ispe r
h) кры ло/крило
9. courtyard i) сущ ество вать/існувати
1 0 . to lead j) добиться обманом/
дом огтися обманом
1 1 . a wing к) ш епот/ш епіт
1 2 . a basin 1 ) очутиться/опин итися
1 3 . still ш) сом нение/сум нів
п) вести/вести
1 4 . breath
о) дрож ь, содрогание/
1 5 . w ax тремтіння, здригання
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER 335

P art 2
16. precious a) схватить/схопи ти
17 . to rot aw ay b) чары , волш ебство/чари,
18. to nod чарівництво
19. proud c) ож идать/очікувати
20. w ise d) легкий удар /л егки й удар
21. pride e) за п ястье/зап 'ястя
22. an arch f) хорон ить/ховати
23. a ham m er д) л аб и р и н т/л аб ір и н т
h) сгнить/згнити
24. to bide
i) кивать/кивати
25. to grab
j) д р а гоц енньїй /дорогоц інний
26. a w rist
к) м удры й/м удрий
27. a tap
1) горды й/гордий
28. a spell
т) м оло то к/ м олоток
29. to bury
п) гордость/гордість
30. a m aze о} а р ка/ар ка

>4 Match th e words b e lo w w ith t h e i r

З
1.
2.
3.
m agic
to rush
vague
a)
b)
c)
strange
valu ab le
violence
4. solid d) surprisin g
5. q u eer e) e n ch an tm en t
6. cheerful f) unkind, brutal
7. huge g) to hit, to beat
8. still h) to becom e w ea ker
9. a ston ish in g i) hard
10. precious j) to m ove q u ick ly
11. fie rce n e ss k) unclear
12. cruel 1) happy
13. u n fa m ilia r m) ve ry large
14 . to die aw ay n) m otionless
15. to strike o) unknow n
336 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

aj Read th e s t o r y and d e c id e i f th e

4 A sta tem e n ts a f t e r i t a re tr u e o r

fa ls e .
S y n o p s is
Digory’s 1 Uncle Andrew, who likes to experiment
with magic things, tricks his nephew and his friend Polly
into putting on yellow rings to prove his idea that there
exist Other Worlds besides the Real one. The children find
themselves in Another World.
'k 'k 'k

There was no doubt about Magic this time. Down


and down they rushed through darkness, then through
vague light. Then suddenly they felt they were standing
on something solid. A moment later everything came into
focus and they were able to look around.
“ What a queer place” , said Digory.
“I don’t like it,” said Polly with something like a
shudder.
Both of them, without knowing why, were talking in
whispers. And they were still holding hands.
What they noticed first was th
red and not cheerful. They were
and there were red stone walls
rising around it. There were
many windows without glass
through which they could see
nothing but black darkness. The
two children kept on turning
round to look at the different
sides of the courtyard as if they
were afraid of somebody or
something looking out of those
windows at them when their
backs were turned.
Then they entered the
building through one of the big
і Digory ['digsri] Дигери/Дігері
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER 337

doors. It was not so dark inside and they could see a huge hall
with a door leading to another courtyard even bigger than
the first one. In the middle stood a fountain. It was a great
stone monster with wide spread wings and with its mouth
open. The water basin under it was as dry as a bone.
They passed through another huge door and saw a
room which was full o f people, all seated and perfectly
still. At least they looked like people but there was neither
a movement nor the sound of breath among them. They
were like the most wonderful wax figures the children had
ever seen. All of them were taller than the people of our
world, had beautiful dresses on and crowns on their heads
with precious stones of astonishing size.
“ W hy haven’t these clothes all rotten away?” asked
Polly.
“ Magic,” whispered Digory. “ Can’ t you feel it? This
whole room is just full of enchantment. I could feel it the
moment we came here.”
“Any of these dresses would cost hundreds of pounds,”
said Polly.
But Digory was more interested in the faces, and
indeed these were worth looking at2.
“ They were nice people I think,” said Digory.
Polly nodded. All the faces were certainly nice. Both
men and women looked kind and wise.
But after the children had gone a few steps down the
room they came to faces that
looked a little different: they
looked very strong and proud
and happy, but they were cruel.
A little further on they looked
even crueller and they no longer
looked happy.
The last figure of all was the
most interesting - a woman even
2 ...and indeed these were worth looking at. - ...и действительно, на них стоило
посмотреть./...і дійсно, на них варто було подивитися.
338 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

more richly dressed than the others, very tall with a look of
such fierceness and pride that it took the children’s breath
away. Yet, she was very beautiful too. This woman was the
last but there were plenty of empty chairs next to hers.
“ I do wish we knew the story that’ s behind all that3.
Let’s look at the things that are on the table in the middle
of the room,” said Digory.
It was not exactly a table. It was a kind of a little golden
arch from which there hung a little golden bell and beside
this lay a little golden hammer to hit the bell with.
“ Look, something is written here,” said Polly. “ But of
course we shan’t be able to read it.”
But a strange thing happened - while they were
looking at the unfamiliar letters cut in the stone they
found that they could understand them. The enchantment
was beginning to work!
This is what was written there,
‘Make your choice, adventurous Stranger;
Strike the bell and bide the danger,
Or wonder, till it drives you mad4,
What would have followed if you had5.’
“ N o,” said Polly, “ we don’ t want any danger.” And
Digory saw that Polly’ s hand was moving to the pocket with
her yellow ring. He grabbed her wrist with one hand and
then with the other one he picked up the golden hammer
and struck the golden bell with a light tap.
As soon as the bell was struck, it gave out a sweet note
which was not very loud. But instead of dying away, it
grew louder and louder. Then it began to be mixed with
another sound as if something very heavy was falling and
a quarter o f the roof at one end of the room fell in raising
clouds of dust.
I do wish we knew the story that’ s behind all that. - Как бы мне хотелось
узнать все, что стоит за этим./Я к би мені хотілося довідатися про все, що
за дим стоїть.
...till it drives you mad - ...пока это не сведет тебя с ума/...доки це не зведе
тебе з розуму
What would have followed if you had. - Что бы случилось, если бы ты это
сделал./Щ о б трапилось, якби ти це зробив.
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER 339

Suddenly they heard a soft noise coming from another side


of the room. To their horror they saw that the most beautiful
woman who was the last in the row of sitting figures was rising
from her chair. When she stood up, the children realized that
she was even taller than they had thought.
“Who has awaken me? Who has broken the spell?” she
asked.
“ I think it must have been me6.” said Digory. “W e’ve
come from another world, by Magic.”
“ There is a great danger here,” said the Queen. “ The
whole place is breaking up. If we are not out of it in a few
minutes, we shall be buried under the ruins.”
With these words the Queen took the children’ s hands
into her very large and strong hands, and led them out of
the Hall of Images, and then through a whole maze of halls
and stairs and courtyards.
S t a te m e n ts
1. The further the children travelled, the darker it
became.
2. Polly at once disliked the place they found themselves
in.
3. The children were holding hands and speaking very
loudly.
4. Around the children there were high walls with big
brightly-lit windows.
5. Inside the building they entered, it was even darker
than it was outside.
6. In the middle of the second courtyard the children saw
a winged monster.
7. The people that the children saw in the room were not
alive.
8. All the people seated in the room were richly dressed
and definitely belonged to royalty.
9. Their clothes looked very old.
10. Digory could feel something strange about the room.
6 I think it must have been me. - Должно быть, это был я ./Ц е, мабуть, був я.
340 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

11. Both children disliked the people they saw first.


12. The further the children moved along the line of the
seated people, the crueller their faces became.
13. The last woman in the row was the most beautiful and
didn’t seem cruel at all.
14. On the table in the middle o f the room the children saw
a little golden arch with a little golden bell and a little
golden hammer to hit the bell with.
15. It was magic that helped the children to read the
strange letters.
16. Digory was more curious and adventurous than Polly.
17. Digory put on his yellow ring and returned to his own
world.
18. Digory took the hammer and struck the bell as hard as
he could.
19. The bell didn’t sound for a long time.
20. Suddenly the palace began to tumble down.
21. The most beautiful queen came to life.
22. It happened because Polly had broken the spell.
23. It was dangerous to stay in the palace any longer.
24. The children took the Queen’s hands and led her out of
the palace.

ІЙ Answer th e q u e s t io n s a b o u t th e s t o r y .

5 2 1. What did Digory’ s uncle Andrew like doing?

2. How did Uncle Andrew make his nephew and


his friend Polly put on the yellow rings?
3. W hy did Uncle Andrew make his nephew and his friend
Polly put on the yellow rings?
4. Where did the children find themselves after they put
on the yellow rings?
5. What did the children travel through?
6 . What were Digory’ s and Polly’s first opinions of the
place they found themselves in?
7. How were they speaking to each other?
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER 341

8. What did they notice first?


9. What was strange about that light?
10. Where were the children standing?
11. What kind of building surrounded them?
12. What could they see through the windows of the
building?
13. W hy did the children keep on turning round?
14. What did the children see in the second courtyard?
15. Who did the children see in the room?
16. What was strange about the people seated in the
room?
17. How were the people in the room dressed?
18. What surprised Polly about their clothes?
19. What explanation did Digory give about that?
20. W hy did the children like the faces of the people who
were sitting on the first chairs?
21. How did the faces change as the children were going
further along the room?
22. How did the last woman differ from all the rest?
23. What did the children see in the middle of the room?
24. How many things were there ?
25. How did it happen that the children were able to read
the unfamiliar letters cut in the stone?
26. What message did the letters cut in the stone carry?
27. What did Polly want to do after they had read the
message?
28. What did Digory do after they had read the message?
29. What was strange about the sound of the bell?
30. What did the sound of the bell cause?
31. What other sound did the children hear from another
side of the room?
32. What surprised the children about the woman?
33. What did the beautiful woman want to know?
34. What danger did the woman warn the children about?
35. Where did the Queen lead the children?
342 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

<4 M a tc h th e tw o h a lv e s o f t h e
fr o m t h e s t o r y .

b e™ io n s P a rt 1
1. to e x p e rim e n t a) w ith ou t glass
2. to tric k som eone b) people
3. to rush through c) fig u res
4. to com e d) turn in g round
5. a q u eer e) as a bone
6. to talk f) sto nes
7. to hold g) m o n ste r
8. w indow s h) with m agic things
9. to keep on i) into focus
10. a gre a t stone j) of breath
11. as dry k) place
12. p e rfe ctly still 1) into doing sm th
13. the sound m) darkn ess
14. w ax n) hands
15. precious o) in w hispers
P a rt 2
16. to be full a) under the ruins
17 . a few steps b) m ad
18. to look c) d a nger
19 a little d) tap
20. to take e) lo u d er and louder
21, u n fa m ilia r f ) a bell
22 . to be cut g) in the stone
23. to strike h) the spell
24. to bide i ) a little different
25 to drive som eone j ) down the room
26 . to grab som eone's k) of e n ch an tm en t
27 a light 1 ) fu rth e r on
28 to grow m) one's breath aw ay
29. to break n) letters
30 . to be buried o) w rist
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER 343

Put th e e v e n ts and f a c t s o f th e s t o r y
£) in o r d e r .
A. As soon as the bell was struck, it gave out a
sweet note which was not very loud.
B. This woman was the last but there were plenty of empty
chairs next to hers.
C. Then suddenly they felt they were standing on
something solid.
D. But a strange thing happened - while they were looking
at the unfamiliar letters cut in the stone they found
that they could understand them.
E. It was a great stone monster with wide spread wings
and with its mouth open.
F. They passed through another huge door and saw a room
which was full of people, all seated and perfectly still.
G. But Digory was more interested in the faces, and
indeed these were worth looking at.
H. The Queen led the children out of the Hall of Images,
and then through a whole maze of halls and stairs and
courtyards.
I. The most beautiful woman who was the last in the row
o f sitting figures was rising from her chair.
J. They were in a sort o f a courtyard and there were red
stone walls rising around it.
K. “ No,” said Polly, “we don’t want any danger.”
L. All the faces were certainly nice. Both men and women
looked kind and wise.
M. A quarter of the roof at one end of the room fell in
raising clouds of dust.

i*S S p e c u la te about...

8 1. Where and when do you think Digory and


Polly lived? How old were they? What did
their parents do?
2. Why do you think the children didn’t want to
put on the yellow rings on their own free will?
3. How did Digory’s Uncle Andrew manage to trick the
children into putting on the yellow rings?
344 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

4. What do you think Digory’ s Uncle Andrew wanted the


children to find out about the Other Worlds?
5. Do you think the children were able to come back to the
Real W orld? How?

Mi In t h e s t o r y find t h e E n g li s h

9 5 e q u i v a l e n t s o f t h e w ords and p h r a s e s
b e lo w . P ut t h e l e t t e r s whose numbers
a re g iv e n in b r a c k e ts i n t o th e g r i d .
D o n ' t f o r g e t a b o u t a r t i c l e s and th e
p a r t i c l e ' t o ' . Read t h e p h r a s e y o u 'v e
g o t . The f i r s t l e t t e r i s done f o r y o u .

1. внутренний двор замка или дворца/внутрішній двір


замку чи палацу (letter 7) = a courtyard
2 . сомнение/сумнів (letter 3)
3. содрогание/здригання (letter 4)
4. шепот/шепіт (letter 2)
5. экспериментировать/експериментувати (letter 8)
6 . вести/вести (letter 3)
7. неподвижный/нерухомий (letter 4)
8 . крыло/крило (letter 4)
9. дыхание/подих (letter 4)
10 . туманный, нечеткий,неясный/туманний,нечіткий,
неясний (letter 1)
11. драгоценньїй/дорогоцінний (letter 3)
12. арка/арка (letter 4)
13. темнота/темрява (letter 4)
14. камень/камінь (letter 5)
15. удивительный, изумительный/дивний (letter 4)
16. корона/корона (letter 5)
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER. KEYS 345

17. запястье/зап’ ястя (letter 2)


18. веселый, жизнерадостный/веселий, життєрадісний
(letter 2)
19. восковой/восковий (letter 2)
20. ударять, наносить удар/ударяти, завдавати удару
(letter 4)
21. гнить/гнити (letter 9)
22. фонтан/фонтан (letter 3)
23. гордый/гордий (letter 4)
24. волшебньїй/чарівний (letter 5)
25. лабиринт/лабіринт (letter 3)
26. бассейн/басейн (letter 6)
27. твердый/твердий (letter 5)
28. кивать/кивати (letter 4)
29. колдовство, магия, волшебство/чаклунство, магія,
чарівництво (letter 7)
30. обманывать, надувать/обманювати, надувати (letter 5)
31. чары, волшебство/чари, чарівництво (letter 5)
32. желтый/жовтий (letter 36)
33. затихать/затихати (letter 9)
34. чудовище, монстр/чудовисько, монстр (letter 3)
35. огромный/величезний (letter 2)
36. немного дальше/трохи далі (letter 11)
37. хватать/хапати (letter 4)
38. хоронить/ховати (letter 6)

10
^ R e t e l l th e s t o r y a s c lo s e to th e
5 te x t as p o s s ib le .

KEYS
TASK 2 . Match the words below with their
Russian/Ukrainian equivalents.
PART 1 : 1 - f; 2 - j; 3 - i; 4 - 1; 5 - m; 6 - a; 7 - o; 8 - k;
9 - c; 10 - n; 11 - h; 12 - d; 13 - e; 14 - b; 15 - g
PART 2 : 16 - j; 17 - h; 18 - i; 19 - 1; 20 - k; 21 - n;
2 2 - o ; 23 - m ; 2 4 - c ; 2 5 - a ; 2 6 - e ; 2 7 - d ; 2 8 - b ;
29- f ; 30- g
346 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

TASK 3. Match the words below with their


synonyms or explanations.
1. m agic - e n ch a n tm e n t 9. aston ish in g - surprising
2. to rush - to m ove qu ick ly 10. p re cio u s - v alu ab le
3. vag u e - u n clea r 11. fie rce n e ss - v io len ce
4. solid - hard 12. cruel - u n kin d , brutal
5. q u e e r - strang e 13. u n fa m ilia r - unknow n
6. cheerful - happy 14. to die aw ay - to becom e
7. huge - v e ry large w e aker
8. still - m o tio n less 15. to strik e - to hit, to beat

1 - e; 2 - j; 3 - k ; 4 - i; 5 - a ; 6 - 1; 7 - m ; 8 - n ; 9 - d ;
1 0 b ; 11 - c ; 1 2 - f; 1 3 - o ; 1 4 - h ; 1 5 - g
-

TASK 4, Read the story and decide if the


statements after it are true or
false.
1 - F; 2 - T; 3 - F; 4 - F; 5 - F; 6 - F; 7 - T; 8 - T; 9 - F;
10-T ; 11-F ; 12-T ; 13-F ; 14-F ; 15-T ; 16-T ; 17-F ;
18 - F ; 19 - F ; 2 0 - T ; 21 - T ; 2 2 - F ; 2 3 - T ; 2 4 - F

TASK 6. Match the two halves of the


expressions from the story.
P art 1
t o e x p e r i m e n t w it h m a g ic 8. w in d o w s w it h o u t g la s s
t h in g s 9. t o k e e p o n t u r n in g r o u n d
2. t o t r i c k s o m e o n e in t o d o in g
10. a g re a t s to n e m o n s te r
s o m e t h in g
3. to ru sh th ro u g h
11. as d ry as a bone

d a rk n e ss 12 . p e r f e c t ly s t ill p e o p le
4. t o c o m e in t o f o c u s 13. th e so u n d o f b re a th
5. a q u e e r p la c e 14. w a x f ig u r e s
6. t o t a l k in w h i s p e r s
15. p r e c io u s s t o n e s
7. t o h o ld h a n d s
P art 2
16. t o b e f u ll o f e n c h a n t m e n t 24. t o b id e d a n g e r
17. a fe w s te p s d o w n th e ro o m 2 5 . t o d r iv e s o m e o n e m a d
18. t o lo o k a l i t t l e d if f e r e n t t o g r a b s o m e o n e 's w r i s t
26.
19. a l i t t le f u r t h e r o n
27. a lig h t t a p
20 . t o t a k e o n e 's b r e a t h a w a y
28. t o g r o w l o u d e r a n d lo u d e r
21. u n f a m ilia r le t t e r s
22 . t o b e c u t in t h e s t o n e 29. t o b r e a k t h e s p e ll
23. t o s t r i k e a b e ll 30. b e b u r ie d u n d e r t h e r u in s
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER. KEYS 347

PART 1: 1 - h ; 2 - 1 ; 3 - m; 4 - і ; 5 - k; 6 - o; 7 - n; 8 - а ;
9 - d; 10 - g; 11 - e; 1 2 - b ; 1 3 - j ; 1 4 - c ; 1 5 -
PART 2 : 16 - k; 1 7 - j; 18 —i; 19 -1 ; 20 - m; 21 - n; 22 - g;
23 - f ; 24 - c; 25 - b; 26 - o; 27 - d; 28 - e; 29 - h;
30-a

TASK 7 . P u t t h e e v e n t s a n d f a c t s of th e
s t o r y in o r d e r .
1 - C; 2 - J; 3 - E; 4 - F; 5 - G; 6 - L; 7 - B; 8 - D; 9 - K;
1 0 - A ; 11 - M ; 1 2 - 1 ; 1 3 - H

TASK 8 . I n t h e s t o r y fin d t h e E n g l i s h
e q u iv a le n t s o f th e w ords and p h ra s e s
b e l o w . P u t t h e l e t t e r s w h o s e n u m b e rs
a re g iv e n in b r a c k e t s in t o th e g r id .
D o n 't f o r g e t a b o u t - a r t i c l e s a n d t h e
p a r t i c l e ' t o ' . R e a d t h e p h r a s e y o u 'v e
g o t . The f i r s t l e t t e r i s d o n e f o r y o u .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Y 0 u w I і 1 п е V е г к п 0 W
1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
w h a t У о и с а п d о
2930 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
"7:.-
t і 1 1 У о и t г У
1. внутренний двор замка или дворца/внутрішній двір
замку чи палацу (letter 7) - a courtyard
2. сомнение/сумнів (letter 3) - a doubt
3. содрогание/здригання (letter 4) - a shudder
4. шепот/шепіт (letter 2) - a whisper
5. экспериментировать/експериментувати (letter 8) -
to experiment
6. вести/везти (letter 3) - to lead
7. неподвижный/нерухомий (letter 4) - still
8. крыло/крило (letter 4) - a wing
9. дыхание/подих(1еиег 4) - a breath
10. туманный, нечеткий, неясный/мрячний, нечіткий,
неясний (letter 1) - vague
11. драгоценньїй/дорогоцінний (letter 3) - precious
12. арка/арка (letter 4) - an arch
13. темнота/темрява (letter 4) - darkness
348 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

14. камень/камінь (letter 5) - a stone


15. удивительный, изумительный/дивний (letter 4) -
astonishing
16. корона/корона (letter 5) - a crown
17. запястье/зап’ястя (letter 2) - a wrist
18. веселый, жизнерадостный/веселий, життєрадісний
(letter 2) - cheerful
19. восковой/восковий (letter 2) - wax
20. ударять, наносить удар/ударяти, завдавати удару
(letter 4) - to strike
21. гнить/гнити (letter 9) - to rot away
22. фонтан/фонтан (letter 3) - a fountain
23. гордый/гордий (letter 4 ) - proud
24. волшебньїй/чарівний (letter 5 ) - magic
25. лабиринт/лабіринт (letter 3) - a maze
26. бассейн/басейн (letter 6) - a basin
27. твердый/твердий (letter 5) - solid
28. кивать/кивати (letter 4) - to nod
29. колдовство, магия, волшебство/чаклунство, магія,
чарівництво (letter 7) - enchantment
3 0 . обманывать, надувать/обм аню вати, надувати
(letter 5) - to trick
31. чары, волшебство/чари, чарівництво (letter 5) - a spell
32. желтый/жовтий (letter 3) - yellow
33. затихать/затихати (letter 9) - to die away
34. чудовище, монстр/чудовисько, монстр (letter 3) -
a monster
35. огромный/величезний (letter 2) - huge
36. немного дальше/трохи далі (letter 11) - a little
further on
37. хватать/хапати (letter 4) - to grab
38. хоронить/ховати (letter 6) - to bury

TIPS AND NOTES


Pre-Reading Activities
I. P r e d ic tio n .
• W rite the word combinations given below on the board
or prepare cards with them
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER. TIPS AND NOTES 349

- another world - black darkness


- wax figures - large and strong hands
- beautiful dresses - a stone monster
- a queer place - a golden hammer
- unfamiliar letters - a golden bell
- a great danger - a Queen
• Tell your students that they are going to read a story
about the adventures of two children.
• Ask them to guess what happened in the story using
the key expressions given on the board (on the cards).
• You may use different modes of work with these
words:
- panel discussion when all, the students of the class
give suggestions from their places
- group work when 3-4 students working together
use the cards, predict the story and tell their
version to the class
- pair work when 2 students working together use
the cards, predict the story and tell their version
to another pair
• If your students have problems in predicting the
story, you may help them with the following guiding
questions:
- Do you think it’ s a story about real events or a
fantasy?
- Is the story in your opinion funny or frightening?
- How many characters do you think there are in the
story?
- Do you think the story has a happy ending?

After-Reading Activities (Follow-up)

the summary of the story they


have read and ask them to fill in the gaps with the words
and phrases that they used for prediction.
350 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

F i l l in th e gaps in th e summary o f th e s t o r y
'The B e l l and th e Hammer' w ith th e p h ra se s
g iv e n in th e b o x .
another world wax figures beautiful dresses a queer place
unfamiliar letters a great danger black darkness a stone monster
a golden hammer a golden bell large and strong hands______________

The story ‘the Bell and the Hammer’ is about two


children who travelled t o ____________________ ( 1) by magic.
Diggory and Polly put on the yellow rings that Diggory’ s
uncle gave them and rushed through___________________
(2). They found themselves in ___________________ (3).
They entered a huge dark palace and saw a fountain in
the form of a great ___________________ (4). Then the
children entered a huge hall full of people who looked like
___________________ (5) w earing____________________ ( 6 ).
Then they saw a golden arch with ___________________ (7)
a n d ___________________ ( 8 ) to strike the bell with.
Some magic helped the children to understand the
__________________ (9) written on the arch which
challenged Diggory to strike the bell. As soon as the bell
sounded, the whole place started to break up. Suddenly the
most beautiful and cruel queen came to life and took the
children’ s hands into her ___________________ (10). She
said that they were in ___________________ ( 11) and led the
children out of the Hall of Images.
KEY
The story ‘the Bell and the Hammer’ is about two
children who travelled to another world ( 1) by magic.
Diggory and Polly put on the yellow rings that Diggory’ s
uncle gave them and rushed through the black darkness ( 2).
They found themselves in a queer place (3). They entered a
huge dark palace and saw a fountain in the form of a great
stone monster (4). Then the children entered a huge hall full
of people who looked like wax figures (5) wearing beautiful
dresses ( 6 ). Then they saw a golden arch with a golden bell
(7) and a golden hammer (8 ) to strike the bell with. Some
magic helped the children to understand the unfamiliar
letters (9) written on the arch which challenged Diggory
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER. TIPS AND NOTES 351

to strike the bell. As soon as the bell sounded, the whole


place started to break up. Suddenly the most beautiful and
cruel queen came to life and took the children’s hands into
her large and strong hands (10). She said that they were
in a great danger (11) and led the children out of the Hall
of Images.

I I I . W ork w i t h p i c t u r e s
PICTURES 1 AND 2. Ask your Ss to speculate what
scenes from the story are shown in the pictures.
Let them give arguments.

PICTURE 2 .
• Ask your Ss if they imagined the main characters
in a different way. If yes, let them describe their
appearance.
• Ask your Ss to look at the illustration to the story they
have just read and find out what mistakes the painter
made.
KEY: the Queen and the other figures were not sitting at
the table.

PICTURE 3 . If you were asked to draw the third picture


to illustrate this story, what would you draw in
it? Describe your picture to your partner (class­
mates).

IV . F u r t h e r R e a d in g
If you see that your students have got interested in the
story, advise them to read ‘The Magician’ s Nephew’ by
Clive Staples Lewis which is not difficult to read for the
students of the pre-intermediate or intermediate level.
WORK WITH COLOURED ILLUSTRATIONS
List of Pictures
1. 'The Last Day of Pom peii' by Karl Bryullov
2. 'A Ghost' (author unknown)
3. 'The Circus' by George Sera
5. 'After the Storm ' (author unknown)
4. 'A Burglary' (author unknown)
6. 'A Fountain in Venice' from Giusti Garden
7. 'A Woman with an U m brella' by Claude Monet
8. 'Mona Lisa' by Leonardo da Vinci
9. 'The Queen' (author unknown)
10. 'The Painter at Work' by Vincent Van Gogh
Pre-Reading Activities
VARIANT 1. Ask your Ss the fo llo w in g q u e stio n s fo r
p r e -r e a d in g b ra in storm in g and d is c u s s io n :
• Do you think illustrations and pictures make reading a story more
interesting? W hy? W hy not?
• When there are a lot of pictures illustrating a story, does it help you
to see the characters and events more vividly or does it distract or
even irritate you? Can you explain why?
VARIANT 2. Choose the picture that you think illustrates the story
you are going to read and discuss i t with your class.
• Ask your Ss to look at the picture and try to guess what the story
they are going to read is about.
• Write their ideas on the board.
• After reading the story, go back to the Ss’ ideas and decide which is
the best.
VARIANT 3. Inform your Ss that they are going to work with a l l
the illu s tr a tio n s given at the end o f the book.
• Give the Ss the title of the story they are going to read.
• Ask them to look through all the pictures and decide which of them
could illustrate this particular story. Let them explain why they
think so.
After-Reading Activities
Ask your Ss the following questions for after-reading discussion:
• What episode from the story, in your opinion, can this picture
illustrate? W hy do you think so?
• Is there anything in the picture that disagrees with the story you
have just read?/Are there any details in the picture that do not
relate to the story you have just read?
• What could be added to the picture or which details could be changed
to make it a better illustration of the story?
• If you were a painter and were asked to draw a coloured illustration
to the story, what kind of picture would you draw (e.g. a landscape,
a still-life, a genre picture, etc)? Which characters or things would
you paint in your picture? What colours would be prevailing in your
picture?
'The Last Day of P o m p e ii' by K a rl B r y u llo v
'A Fountain in V e n ic e ' from G iu s t i G a r d e n
'A W o m a n w it h a n U m b r e lla ' b y C la u d e M o n e t
'M o n a L is a ' b y L e o n a r d o d a V in c i
'T h e Q u e e n ' ( a u t h o r u n k n o w n )
PHOTOCOPIABLE MATERIALS
CONTENTS

The Dog of Pom peii 354


A M yste riou s E vent in a C o u n try House 356
Zero 358
The B lack C a t 360
Two G e n tle m e n of Verona 364
A S im p le Explanatio n 366
A G ift from the Past 368
A Present from S tra sb o u rg 374
I N e ve r Forget a Face 378
Burs and Roses 380
A M int Clue 384
The Dog G u lliv e r 386
A C le v e r Hint 390
The B est Rew ard 392
From Bad to W orse 394
The E arth q u ake 398
The Lost In h e rita n ce 400
The Lady w ith Two U m b rella s 402
A Yellow Paper Bird 404
The D in n e r Party 408
The Bell and the H a m m e r 410

1 2 Short stories with pleasure


THE DOG OF POMPEII

Match the 'dogf idioms with their explanations.


1. a hot dog a) a very silent person
2. a dum b dog b} a gloom y person
c} a bun with a boiled sausage
3. a sad dog d) a very bad person
4. a dead dog e) a boring person
5. a sly dog f) som e useless thing
6. a dull dog g) a cunning person
h) the winner
7. a top dog i) the hottest period of the year
8. a d irty dog j) used so much that the corners of the
pages are turned down
9. a dog in the
k) a container for taking home any food
m an g er
that is left after a meal in a
10. a dog's b re ak fast restaurant
11. a dog's life i) a person who stops other people
from using what he/she does not *
12. dog days
want
13. a dog-ea red book m) a thing that has been done badly
14. a dog fish n) an unhappy existence full of
problem s and unfair treatm ent
15. a doggy bag
o) a sm all shark with very sharp teeth

.§<- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
A re you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r?
Read the summary of the story "The Dog of Pompeii" and
find 10 factual mistakes in it.
“ The Dog o f Pom peii” is a story about a Spanish boy Tito
who lived in an ancient town long ago. He was deaf from his
birth and was helpless. But he had a fa ith fu l friend - his dog
Bim bo. The boy and the dog were always together and Tito was
Bim bo’ s nurse and playm ate. Twice a day the dog left Tito alone
and ran away to find some food.
One day the citizens o f Pompeii saw a column o f smoke
above the volcano Vesuvius and started to talk about the flood
that happened 10 years before.
The next day Tito and Bimbo fe lt very sleepy and didn’ t
want to m ove. Suddenly the earth began to shake and the dog bit
the boy and made him cough. The boy and the dog ran to the sea.
Tito was saved by the sailors but the dog disappeared.
M any centuries later archeologists found the skeleton o f a
dog with a piece o f meat in its m outh.
Photocopiabk- materials: THE DOG OF POMPEII
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 355

Match the 'dog' idioms with their explanations.


1. a hot dog a) a very silent person
2. a dum b dog b) a gloom y person
c) a bun with a boiled sausage
3. a sad dog d) a very bad person
4. a dead dog e) a boring person
5. a sly dog f) som e useless thing
g) a cunning person
6. a dull dog
h) the w inner
7. a top dog i) the hottest period of the year
8. a d irty dog j) used so much that the corners of the
pages are turned down
9. a dog in the
k) a container for taking hom e any food
m an ger
that is left after a meal in a
10. a dog's b re ak fast restaurant
11. a dog's life 1) a person who stops other people
from using what he/she does not
12. dog days
want
13. a dog -ea red book m) a thing that has been done badly
14. a dog fish n) an unhappy existence full of
problem s and unfair treatm ent
15. a doggy bag
o) a sm all shark with very sharp teeth

- - X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- к

A re you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r?
Read the summary of the story "The Dog of Pompeii" and
find 10 factual mistakes in it.
“ The D og o f Pom peii” is a story about a Spanish boy Tito
who lived in an ancient town long ago. He was deaf from his
birth and was helpless. But he had a fa ith fu l friend - his dog
Bimbo. The boy and the dog were always together and Tito was
Bim bo’ s nurse and playm ate. Twice a day the dog le ft Tito alone
and ran away to find some food.
One day the citizens o f Pompeii saw a column o f smoke
above the volcano Vesuvius and started to talk about the flood
that happened 10 years before.
The next day Tito and Bimbo fe lt very sleepy and didn’ t
want to move. Suddenly the earth began to shake and the dog bit
the boy and made him cough. The boy and the dog ran to the sea.
Tito was saved by the sailors but the dog disappeared.
M any centuries later archeologists found the skeleton o f a
dog with a piece o f meat in its m outh.
Photocopiahle materials: THE DOG O F POMPEII
12*
A MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN A COUNTRY HOUSE

F i l l in th e gaps in th e s e n te n c e s b e lo w w ith
th e v e r b s g iv e n in th e b o x . Use th e n e c e s s a r y
te n s e form . Some o f th e v e r b s can b e u sed more
than o n c e .

to whistle to blow to deliver to creak to whisper


to exclaim to die down to surround to invite to knock
to become quiet to get nervous to greet

1. That night the weather wasn’t nice. The wind


______________ and the huge fir trees_____________ .
2. The old house stood in the middle o f an overgrown
garden w hich_____________ by a huge wall.
3. When the wind _____________ through the old pine
trees, they_____________ and_____________ .
4. When the parents left the little boy alone in the house,
he ____________ because the old house was full of
strange noises.
5. When Gerda entered the old lady’ s enchanted garden,
it seemed to her that the cold w in d_____________ and
the winter had turned into summer.
6. The girl _____________ in surprise when she heard
about the first prize she had won in the contest.
7. In the evening, when the children went to bed, the
house______________ .
8. If you are hungry I will order pizza and i t ____________
in half an hour.
9. When somebody__________ at the door, the little girl
thought that it was a burglar, got frightened and hid
under the bed.
10. In small villages people____________everyone in the
street even if they don’ t know this person.

Photocopiable materials: A MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN A COUNTRY HOUSE


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 357

Are you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r ?

Read the summary o f the s to ry "A Mysterious Event


in a Country House" and find 10 fa ctu a l mistakes
in i t .

One day Mrs. Tupman’ s friends decided to go


away on holiday. They asked her to spend a week in
their house as they were nervous about burglars.
Mrs. Tupman went there on Friday morning and
spent the first night quite peacefully as she liked the
house very much. Saturday afternoon turned out to
be quite stressful because the weather was awful and
the house was full of strange noises. Mrs. Tupman got
nervous as she was a little afraid of ghosts.
Suddenly Mrs. Tupman heard a knock at the door.
She was sure that it was a delivery service and went
to answer the door. On the porch she saw an old man
dressed in a dark business suit, a white shirt and ablack
tie. He was wearing a hat and a coat and carrying an
umbrella. He said that he wanted to see his daughter
and tell her something important. Mrs. Tupman
informed the man that the lady of the house would
come home only on Monday and offered him to wait
for his daughter in the house. The gentleman refused
politely and left.
When Mrs. Tupman’ s friends returned, she told
them about the strange visitor and they were very much
surprised because the hostess’ s parents had died long
before.

Photocopiable materials: A MYSTERIOUS EVENT IN A COUNTRY HOUSE


ZERO

A re y ou an a t t e n t i v e reader?

R e a d t h e su m m ary o f t h e s t o r y "Z e ro " a n d fin d


10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n i t .

John Allen had dreamt of working in a circus since


childhood. When he finished school, he went to another
city which was far away but had a circus. The director
of the circus liked the young man’s tricks but he advised
John to come again in a couple of years because he thought
John was too young.
It was only three years later that John got the job.
The young man was a great success with the public. He
performed under the name ‘ Zero’ because the circus
director thought that John’s name was too unusual for an
acrobat.
Those years were not good for the circus because the
citizens of the city were too busy to go to the circus. The
director did his best to find money but in the end he had to
stop paying his artists. John found another full time job
but he was very unhappy because he missed his job at the
circus.
Some time passed and things got better. The circus
director managed to get a lot of money and he decided to
pay his actors in the alphabetical order. Next morning
Zero was the first to come for his money. The director got
9
very angry when he saw John but the young man explained
that he had decided to call himself John Allen again.

’H :i.iterials: ZERO
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 359

A re y ou an a t t e n t i v e reader?

R e a d t h e sum m ary o f t h e s t o r y "Z ero " a n d fin d


10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n i t .

John Allen had dreamt of working in a circus since


childhood. When he finished school, he went to another
city which was far away but had a circus. The director
of the circus liked the young man’s tricks but he advised
John to come again in a couple of years because he thought
John was too young.
It was only three years later that John got the job.
The young man was a great success with the public. He
performed under the name ‘ Zero’ because the circus
director thought that John’ s name was too unusual for an
acrobat.
Those years were not good for the circus because the
citizens of the city were too busy to go to the circus. The
director did his best to find money but in the end he had to
stop paying his artists. John found another full time job
but he was very unhappy because he missed his job at the
circus.
Some time passed and things got better. The circus
director managed to get a lot of money and he decided to
pay his actors in the alphabetical order. Next morning
Zero was the first to come for his money. The director got
very angry when he saw John but the young man explained
that he had decided to call himself John Allen again.

Photocopiable materials: ZERO


THE BLACK CAT

There a re many p r o v e r b s and s a y in g s a b ou t c a t s ,


Match them w ith t h e i r R u ssian e q u i v a l e n t s .
To set a cat among а) Довольный как кот.
the pigeons. b} Быть как на иголках.
2 , The cat did it.
с } Живуч как кошка.
3, Has the cat got
your tongue? d) В темноте все кошки
It's enough to make серы.
a cat laugh. e) Много будешь знать,
To let the cat out of скоро состаришься.
the bag. f ) Без труда не
It's raining cats and выловишь
dogs. и рыбку из пруда.
A cat may look at
д ) Без кота мышам
the king.
раздолье.
To play cat and
m ouse with h) И хочется и колется.
somebody. i) Белый медведь
To be like a cat on (Пушкин) это сделал.
hot bricks. j) Пустить лису в
10 To look like a cat курятник.
that's got the cream.
к) Вольно псу и на
When the cat is
владыку брехать.
away, the mice will
play. 1) Сделать тайное явным.
12 Curiosity killed the т) Ты что, язык
cat. проглотил?
13 A cat has nine lives. п) Курам на смех./Смех
14 All cats are grey in да и только.
the dark.
о) Дождь льет как из
15 A cat in gloves
catches no mice. ведра.
16 All cats like fish р) Играть с кем-то в
but fear to wet кошки-мышки.
their paws.

Photocopiable materials: THE BLACK CAT


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 361

F i l l in th e gaps w ith one ■o f th e s a y in g s


and p r o v e r b s a b ou t c a t s t o co m p le te th e
s itu a tio n s .
1. Who has broken Mum’ s favourite vase? I suppose,
, not you?
2. What is the weather like in your parts? - Awful!
r
3. W hy aren’t you answering your mother’ s
question? ?
4. I wanted it to be a surprise but my sister

5. Before her final exams, Donna was like

6. When the teacher praised Fiona’ s composition,


she was lik e ___________________________ . She was
almost purring with pleasure.
7. When the daughter told her parents she
was going to drop out of college, that really

8. If you want to be a success, you should really work


very hard. Roll up your sleeves and get down to
business.___________________________ .
9. Tell me the truth, don’ t __________________________
with me.
10. You ask too many questions. Remember,

11. W e are looking forward to our parents’ leaving for


a holiday. Then we’ ll have a great party. - Oh, I see,

Photocopiable materials: THE BLACK CAT


362 THE BLACK CAT

Match th e E n g lis h names o f th e b ir d s w ith


t h e i r R u ssia n /U k ra in ia n e q u iv a le n t s .
1. a woodpecker a) дрозд/дрізд
2. a crow b) жаворонок /
жайворонок
3. a raven
c) соловей/соловейко
4. a sparrow d) малиновка/малинівка
5. a swallow e) сорока/сорока
6. a jay f ) волнистый
7. an owl попугайчик/
хвилястий папужка
8. a magpie
g) орел/орел
9. a blackbird h) ласточка/ластівка
10. a nightingale i ) дятел/дятел
11. a hawk j ) ястреб/яструб
12. a robin к) ворон/ворон
і ) воробей/горобець
13. a lark ш) ворона/ворона
14. a budgerigar п) сойка/сойка
15. an eagle о) сова/сова

S o r t o u t th e b i r d s g iv e n above in to th e
fo llo w in g c a t e g o r ie s :
Birds that live in
the wild

Birds that can live


in cities

Birds of prey

Singing birds

Birds that can be


kept as pets

Photocopiable materials: THE BLACK CAT


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 363

F ill in th e g ap s in t h e s e n t e n c e s b e lo w w it h p r e p ­
o s i t i o n s w here n e c e s s a r y .
1. Captain G ibson’ s w ife was sure that the sea air would be
g o o d _____ her favourite parrot.
2. There w asn’ t a single s a i l o r _____board the ship who
wouldn’ t ta lk ____ the parrot and the ship’ s cat.
3. For two days the sailors w atch ed_____the cat very carefully
b u t _____ the third day it g o t ______ the captain’ s cabin and
stayed th e re _____ about 5 m inutes.
4. H aving seen the p a r r o t_____ feathers the captain shouted
_____ such a voice that everyone ju m p e d ______ .
5. Old Sam said that he was a fr a id _____killing black cats and
wouldn’ t do it e v e n _____ a sa c k _______ gold.
6. The angry captain didn’ t want to listen _____ Old Sam ’ s
explanations. He tu r n e d _______ the cook and ordered him to
throw the cat overboard_____ once.
7. A ll the sailors hoped that the parrot would get better because
to ex p lain _____ M rs Gibson what had happened______ her pet
would be the worst p u n ish m en t_____ them .

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -к -

F ill in th e gaps in t h e s e n t e n c e s b e lo w w it h
p r e p o s i t i o n s w h ere n e c e s s a r y .
1. Captain Gibson’ s w ife was sure that the sea air would be
g o o d _____ her favourite parrot.
2. There w asn’ t a single s a i l o r _____ board the ship who
wouldn’ t t a lk ____ the parrot and the sh ip ’ s cat.
3. For two days the sailors w atch ed _____the cat very carefully
b u t _____ the third day it g o t ______ the captain’ s cabin and
stayed th e re _____ about 5 m inutes.
4. H aving seen the p a r r o t_____ feathers the captain shouted
_____ such a voice that everyone ju m p e d ______ .
5. Old Sam said that he was a fr a id _____ killing black cats and
w ouldn’ t do it e v e n _____ a sa c k _______ gold.
6. The angry captain didn ’ t want to listen _____ Old Sam ’ s
explanations. He tu r n e d t he cook and ordered him to
_

throw the cat overboard___________ once.


7. A ll the sailors hoped that the parrot would get better because
to e x p la in _____ M rs Gibson what had h ap p en ed ______ her
pet would be the worst punishm ent _ _ _ _ them .
Photocopiable materials: THE BLACK. CAT
ITALY QUIZ

2. Which of the following descriptions shows the geographical


position of Italy?
a) It is a small country that lies on the Iberian Peninsula in the
west of the continent of Europe.
b) This country is an island located off the northwest coast of
the mainland of Europe and is separated from the mainland
by the English Channel in the south and the North Sea in the
east.
c) This country occupies a boot-shaped peninsula that extends
into the Mediterranean Sea from southern Europe.
3. Which of the three cities is the capital of Italy?
a) Venice b) Rome c) Milan
4. Which of these mountain ranges are NOT situated in Italy?
a) the Alps b) the Apennines c) the Andes
5. The word ‘Italia’ for ancient Romans meant
a) the land of oxen
b) the land that looks like a boot
c) the land near the sea
6. In which of these Italian cities the main means of transport is a
gondola?
a) Verona b) Venice c) Florence
7. In which of these Italian cities is the famous Opera House ‘La Scala’
situated?
a) Rome b) Milan c) Genoa
8. Which of the following famous Italians is NOT a painter?
a) Antonio Vivaldi c) Raphael de Santi
b) Leonardo da Vinci
9. Which of the three playwrights wrote the comedy ‘Two Gentlemen
of Verona’ ?
a) William Shakespeare c) Jean-Baptiste Moliere
b)’ Lope,de Vega
10. Which of the following means ‘I love you’ in Italian?
a) Grazie di tutto. c) Ciao bambino.
b) Ті amo.
Photocopiable materials: TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 365

Are you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r ?
If you have read the story carefully you will be able to
answer the questions below from memory without looking
back in the text
1. W hich fruit were the boys selling when the narrator saw them
for the first time?
a) Blackberries c) Strawberries
b) Raspberries
2. W hich of the boys was younger?
a) Jacopo. b) Nicolo
3. W hich of the jobs below Jacopo and Nicolo did NOT do?
a) Selling fruit and berries.
b) Shining shoes.
c) Showing tourists places of interest.
d) Serving drinks and snacks to tourists.
e) Selling newspapers.
f) Selling cigarettes.
g) Buying theatre tickets for tourists.

4. On which day of the week did the brothers visit their sister?
a) On Saturday c) On Monday
b) On Sunday
5. W here did the boys offer the narrator to wait for them?
6. W h at did the narrator see on the table near the girl’ s bed?
a) Some flowers, a dish of fruit and several books.
b) Some flowers, a dish of strawberries and several books.
c) Some flowers, a dish of fruit and several magazines.
7. W hich of these people was a famous opera singer?
a) Jacopo and Nicolo’s mother.
b) Jacopo and Nicolo’ s father.
c) Jacopo and Nicolo’ s sister.
8. W here did the boys live during the war?
a) In the forest c) In the mountains
b) In the city
9. How did the boys carry secret messages?
a) In their baskets with fruit.
b) In their pockets.
c) In their shoes.
10. How often did the brothers pay for their sister’ s treatment?
a) Every week c) Every month
b) Every two weeks
Photocopiable materials: TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA
A SIMPLE EXPLANATION

R ead a sh ort su m m ary o f th e story 'A


S im p le E x p la n a tio n ' and fill in th e gaps
w ith p r e p o s itio n s w h ere n ecessa ry.

Once a man who was staying_____ a big hotel_____


the W est End of London, had an amusing experience.
One n igh t_____ a good dinner______his friends______
an expensive restaurant, he returned_____ his hotel.
He took his key_____ the reception, g o t_____ a lift and
pressed the button______the floor where his room was.
When he opened the door, he saw a furious old man
pointing a revolver_____ a beautiful young woman.
He quickly turned_____ , ran_____ the stairs_____ the
hall and cried_____ the night porter that someone was
being murdered_____ his room. The porter followed
the m a n _____ his room, but when they opened the
door, they saw that the room was empty. The mystery
was solved the next morning. It turned_____ that the
man pushed the wrong button_____ the lift and got
_____ the wrong room_____ mistake. There he saw two
actors rehearsing a scene_____ a new play. The man
was happy not only because no one was murdered, but
also because the actors gave him a free ticket _ _ _
their play.

Photocopiable materials: A SIMPLE EXPLANATION


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 367

R e a d a s h o r t su m m ary o f th e story 'A S im p le


E x p la n a tio n ' and fill in th e gaps w ith
p r e p o s itio n s w h ere n ecessa ry.

Once a man who was staying_____ a big hotel_____


the W est End of London, had an amusing experience.
One n igh t_____ a good dinner______his friends .
an expensive restaurant, he returned_____ his hotel.
He took his key_____ the reception, go t_____ a lift and
pressed the button______the floor where his room was.
When he opened the door, he saw a furious old man
pointing a revolver _ _ _ _ a beautiful young woman.
He quickly turned_____ , ran_____ the stairs_____ the
hall and cried______the night porter that someone was
being murdered_____ his room. The porter followed
the m a n _____ his room, but when they opened the
door, they saw that the room was empty. The mystery
was solved the next morning. It turned_____ that the
man pushed the wrong button_____ the lift and got
_____the wrong room_____ mistake. There he saw two
actors rehearsing a scene_____ a new play. The man
was happy not only because no one was murdered, but
also because the actors gave him a free tick et_____
their play.

Photocopiable materials: A SIMPLE EXPLANATION


A GIFT FROM THE PAST

TREASURE ISLAND
Jim Haw kins1 Billy Bones2 Squire Trelawney3 Dr. Livesey4
Captain Sm ollett5 Long John Silver6 Ben Gunn7___________________
1. Who is the central character of the novel?
2. Where do we first meet the central character?
3. Who possesses a map showing the location of Captain Flint’s
treasure?
4. Who finds the map?
5. Who is the cook of the ship?
6. Who decides to sail on the ‘Hispaniola’ in search of the treasure?
7. Who lives on the desert island where the treasure is hidden?
8. Is the treasure found?
9. Which of the pirates manages to escape?

1 Jim Hawkins [cfeim ho:kir)z] Джим Хокинз/Дж им Хокінз


2 Billy Bones ['bili 'bsunz] Билли Боне/Біллі Боне
3 Squire Trelawney ['skwais 'treb:ni] Сквайр Трелони/Сквайр Трелоні
4 Dr. Livesey [dnkto 'laivsei] Доктор Ливеи/Доктор Лівсі
5 Captain Smollett ['kaeptin 'smorlit] Капитан Смоллетт/Капітан Смоллетт
6 Long John Silver ['lor) 'ifeDn'silvs] Одноногий Джон Сильвер/Одноногий
Джон Сільвер
7 Ben Gunn ['ben 'длп] Бен Ганн/Бен Ганн-

К г ------------------------------------------------------------------------------■'-§<-
_____________________ T R E A S U R E I S L A N D ____________________
Jim Haw kins1 Billy Bones2 Squire Trelawney3 Dr. Livesey4
Captain Sm ollett5 Long John Silver6 Ben Gunn7____________________
1. Who is the central character of the novel?
2. Where do we first meet the central character?
3. Who possesses a map showing the location of Captain Flint’s
treasure?
4. Who finds the map?
5. Who is the cook of the ship?
6. Who decides to sail on the ‘ Hispaniola’ in search of the treasure?
7. Who lives on the desert island where the treasure is hidden?
8. Is the treasure found?
9. Which of the pirates manages to escape?

1 Jim Hawkins [djim 'ho:kir)z] Джим Хокинз/Д ж им Хокінз


2 Billy Bones ['bili 'bounz] Билли Боне/Біллі Боне
3 Squire Trelawney ['skwam 'trebrni] Сквайр Трелони/Сквайр Трелоні
4 Dr. Livesey ['dDkts 'laivsei] Доктор Ливеи/Доктор Лівсі
5 Captain Smollett ['kaeptin 'smo:lit] Капитан Смоллетт/Капітан Смоллетт
6 Long John Silver [ 'Ido '(ijDn'silvs] Одноногий Джон Сильвер/Одноногий
Джон Сільвер
7 Ben Gunn ['ben 'длп] Бен Ганн/Бен Ганн

Photocopiable materials: A GIFT FROM THE PAST


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 369

TREASURE IS L A N D

The central character is Jim Hawkins, whose


mother keeps an inn near the coast in the West
Country. Jim meets an old pirate, Billy Bones, who
has in his possession a map showing the location of
Captain Flint’ s treasure. Bones dies after a second
visit of his enemies. Jim, his mother, and a blind man
named Pew open Bones’s sea chest and find an oilskin
packet, which contains the map.
Squire Trelawney, Dr. Livesey, Jim, and a small
crew with Captain Smollett sail for Treasure Island.
Jim discovers that the crew of the Hispaniola includes
pirates, led by a one-legged man named Long John
Silver, the cook of the ship.
On a journey to the island interior, Jim encounters
Ben Gunn, the former shipmate of the pirates. After
several adventures the pirates are defeated, Jim
befriends Long John, and the treasure is found.
Jim and his friends sail back to England. Long
John Silver manages to escape, taking as much gold
as he can carry.
N O T E : The famous song from the novel ‘Treasure
Island’
“Fifteen men on the dead man’ s chest
Yo-ho-ho, and the bottle of rum!
Drink and the devil had done for the rest
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!”
could have originally been “Fifteen men on the Dead
Man’s Chest...” referring to a Caribbean Island.
According to a tale, the notorious pirate Edward
Teach left fifteen men on the island of Dead Man’ s
Chest, with a bottle of rum and a sword.

Photocopiable materials: A GIFT FROM THE PAST


370 A GIFT FROM THE PAST

K IN G S O L O M O N 'S M I N E S

Allan Quatermain1, an English adventurer


and hunter who lived in Durban2, South Africa, is
approached3 by an English aristocrat Sir Henry and
his friend Captain Good, seeking4 his help to find Sir
Henry’s lost brother, who was last seen travelling in the
north on a quest5 for the fabled6 King Solomon’s Mines.
Quatermain has a map leading to the mines and agrees
to lead an expedition in return for part of the treasure,
or a stipend for his son if he is killed along the way. He
has little hope they will return alive. They also hire a
mysterious native, Umbopa7, who seems more regal8,
handsome and well spoken than the other porters, and
who is very anxious9 to join the party.
Travelling by oxen and cart they reach the edge of
a desert. Quatermain’s map shows an oasis and they
continue on foot, almost dying of thirst before reaching
it. They cover the rest of the desert without any incidents
and reach the edge of a mountain chain. They climb to
the top and enter a cave where they find the dead body
of the 16th century explorer who had originally drawn
Quatermain’ s map. They cross the mountain chain into
a green valley inhabited by a tribe of natives known as
the Kukuanas10, who are well organized militarily and
speak an ancient dialect of Zulu11.

1 Allan Quatermain ['ffilsn 'kwo:tsmeinJ Аллан Квотермейн/Аллан Квотермейн


2 Durban [Ч1з:Ьэп] Дурбан/Дурбан
3 Allan Quatermain ... is approached by ... Sir Henry - к Аллан Квотермейну
обратился Сэр Генри/до Алана Квотермейна звернувся Сер Генрі
4 seeking - ищ ущ ий/який шукає
5 on a quest - [kwest] в поисках/у пошуках
6 fabled ['feibld] легендарный/легендарний
7 U m b o p a [э ш 'Ь э и р э ] А м б о п а /А м б о п а
8 regal [ гіідзі] с царственной осанкою /з царственою статурою
9 to be anxious ['aerjkjss] страстно стремиться, желать/жагуче прагнути, бажати
ю Kukuanas [,ku:ku'aen3z] кукуаны/кукуани
її Zulu ['zu:lu:] зулусы/зулуси
PhotocopiaW e materials: A GIFT FROM THE PAST
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 371

They are taken to see King Twala12, who rules over


his people with ruthless violence. He came to power years
ago when he murdered his brother who had been King,
and exiled 13 his brother’ s wife and infant son, who they
thought died in the desert. King Twala’ s adviser is an
old evil withered hag 14 named Gagool15.
The regal servant who has come with the Englishmen
turns out to be the son o f the murdered king. A
rebellion 16begins and the rebels overthrow 17Twala and,
in accordance with Kukuana tradition, Sir Henry kills
Twala in a duel. The Englishmen catch the evil Gagool
and she leads them to King Solom on’ s Mines. On finding
the treasure, Gagool tricks the Englishmen and a giant
boulder seals 18 them inside the mountain tomb. W ith
no light and little water they prepare to die. W ith luck
they escape, bringing with them only a few pocketfuls o f
diamonds from the immense treasure, but still enough
to make them rich.
The party leaves the valley and returns to the desert
taking a different route, where in an oasis they find
Sir H enry’ s brother with a broken leg, unable to move.
They all return to Durban and eventually to England,
wealthy enough to live out com fortable lives.

12 Twala ['tw a:b] Твала/Твала


13 to exile ['eksail] изгонять/виганяти
14 a hag - колдунья/чаклунка
15 Gagool [дэ'ди:1] Гагула/Галула
16 rebellion [ri'beljsn] восстание, мятеж/повстання, заколот
17 to overthrow - отстранить от власти/усунути від влади
18 a giant boulder seals - огромный валун закрывает вход/величезний валун
закриває вхід
Photocopiable materials: A GIFT FROM THE PAST
372 A GIFT FROM TOE PAST

Read th e summary o f t h e s t o r y 'A G i f t fro m th e


P a s t ' and find 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n i t .

The story is about Mr. Thompson whose dream to


become rich never came true. One day he bought a beautiful
old house in a village. It was in a bad state of repair but
Mr. Thompson knew he could hire someone to rebuild and
redecorate it. Mr. Thompson decided to examine the house
from the roof but he couldn’ t get there because there were
no stairs. So he got there through a hole that he made in
the ceiling. The attic was dirty and there were a lot of
strange things in the corners. His attention was attracted
by a little envelope with the words on the back ‘A Prize
for You’ . Mr. Thompson started to open the envelope but
it was too old, so he took it to a special department in a
museum. The man there promised to do the job within a
month. During all this time Mr. Thompson read books
about found treasures and thought how he would spend
his fortune.
At last the museum man phoned Mr. Thompson and
invited him to come. Mr. Thompson listened carefully to
the man’ s explanation how he had opened the envelope.
Then the moment came when the envelope was taken from
under the microscope and opened. In it there was another
envelope. Mr. Thompson could hardly breathe until he
saw a piece of paper which now looked almost new. But to
Mr. Thompson’ s bitter disappointment it was only an old
unpaid bill for roof repairing.

Photocopiable materials: A GIFT FROM’THE PAST


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К, Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 373

Read t h e summary o f t h e s t o r y 'A G i f t fro m th e


P a s t ' and find 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n i t .

The story is about Mr. Thompson whose dream to


become rich never came true. One day he bought a beautiful
old house in a village. It was in a bad state of repair but
Mr. Thompson knew he could hire someone to rebuild and
redecorate it. Mr. Thompson decided to examine the house
from the roof but he couldn’ t get there because there were
no stairs. So he got there through a hole that he made in
the ceiling. The attic was dirty and there were a lot of
strange things in the corners. His attention was attracted
by a little envelope with the words on the back ‘A Prize
for You’ . Mr. Thompson started to open the envelope but
it was too old, so he took it to a special department in a
museum. The man there promised to do the job within a
month. During all this time Mr. Thompson read books
about found treasures and thought how he would spend
his fortune.
At last the museum man phoned Mr. Thompson and
invited him to come. Mr. Thompson listened carefully to
the man’ s explanation how he had opened the envelope.
Then the moment came when the envelope was taken from
under the microscope and opened. In it there was another
envelope. Mr. Thompson could hardly breathe until he
saw a piece of paper which now looked almost new. But to
Mr. Thompson’ s bitter disappointment it was only an old
unpaid bill for roof repairing.

Photocopiable materials: A GIFT FROM THE PAST


A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG

Fill in the gaps in the words given below


and read the names of domestic animals and
birds
1. h __ __ __ __ s 8. b __ __ __ s

2. r ______________ s 9. о _____ n
3. с _____ s 10. t______________ s
4. p ____ s 11. с __ __ __ __ __n
5. s ________ p 12. d ________ s
6. d ______________ s 13. g ________ e

7. g ________ s

- X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ^

Fill in the gaps in the words given below


and read the names of domestic animals and
birds
1. h ___________ s 8. b _________ s

2. г ______________ s 9. о _____ n
3. с __ __ s 10. t______________ s
4. p ____ s 11. с ______________ n
5. s ________ p 12. d ________ s
6. d ______________ s 13. g ________ e

7. .g ________ s

Photocopiable materials: A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 375

Have you g o t a g o o d memory?

A n sw e r th e q u e s t io n s b e lo w w it h o u t lo o k in g
a t th e te x t.

1. H ow m any fellow -passengers besides the


ow ner o f the rabbits were there in M r. B row n ’ s
com partm ent?

2. W h at nationality was M r. B row n ’ s fellow -


passenger: Swiss, Germ an, French or A u strian ?

3. H ow m any rabbits were there in the b ox o f


M r. B row n ’ s fellow -passenger?

4. H ow m any sandwiches did M r. Brown take with


him to eat on his jou rn ey?

5. H ow m any vegetables are m entioned in the story?

6 . H ow m any borders did M r. Brown have to cross?


7. H ow m any Swiss custom s o ffice rs came into
M r. B row n ’ s com partm ent?

8 . W h at language did the Swiss custom s o ffice rs


speak to each other: E nglish, French, German,
Swiss or A u strian ?

9. W hen did M r. Brown ask the landlady about the


name o f the dish she served him ?
a) W hen he caught the delicious smell o f the dish.
b) W h en he started to eat the dish.
c) W hen he finished eating the dish.

Photocopiable materials: A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG


A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG
376

Old McDonald Had A Farm

Photocopiable materials: A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 377

A song a b o u t d o m e s t ic a n im a ls :

O L D M C D O N A L D H AD A FARM

Old MacDonald had a farm, E, I, E, I, 0,


And on that farm he had a dog, E, I, E, I, O,
With a roof-roof here and a roof-roof there,
Here roof, there roof, everywhere roof-roof,
Old MacDonald had a farm, E, I, E, I, O,

Old MacDonald had a farm, E, I, E, I, O,


And on that farm he had some cows, E, I, E, I, O,
With a moo moo here and a moo moo there,
Here moo, there moo, everywhere moo moo,
Old MacDonald had a farm, E, I, E, I, O, etc.

Repeat with:

...ducks (duack, duack)

...hens (cluck, cluck)

...cats (miaow, miaow)

...pigs (oink, oink)

...sheep (baa, baa)

...horses (neigh, neigh)

...donkeys (ee-ore, ee-ore)

Photocopiable materials: A PRESENT FROM STRASBOURG


I NEVER FORGET A FACE

B e lo w th e re a re tw o d e f in it io n s of th e w o rd
'C O M M U T E R ' . W h ic h of th e m do you lik e b e tte r

-X -
F ill in th e gaps in th e poem b e lo w w it h th e
w o rd s fro m th e box and re a d about B r it is h
c o m m u te rs .
C O M M U T ER
briefcase turn what paper m iserably same
canteen evening over hasn't coffee bus
morning choice chips
He lives in a house in the suburbs
He rises e a c h _______________ at six
He runs fo r t h e _______________ to the station
Buys h i s ______ ___________and looks at the pics1.

He always gets in the same carriage,


Puts h is ______________ up on the rack.
___________ o f his o ffice,
T h in k s ___________
A n d knows he can never back.

He gets to his desk by nine th irty ,


W o n d e r in g ______________________ he should do.
W h en t h e ______________break comes at eleven,
He knows he s t i l l ____________ a clue.

H is lunch break is quite uninspiring,


H e sits it out in t h e _______________ .
It ’ s fish and _, mince or potatoes,
A _________ th a t’ s quite literally obscene.
A t five he runs back to the station,
Gets in t h e ______ carriage again,
U n folds h i s _______________ paper,
Pulls a veil down ___________ his brain.
l pics - short for ‘ pictures’
Photocopiable materials: t NEVER FORGET A FACE
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 379

M is s in g A d j e c t iv e s

R e a d t h e s h o r t su m m a ry o f t h e s t o r y and f ill
i n th e g a p s w it h th e a d j e c t iv e s fro m th e box
b e lo w .

r e g u la r p a r t ic u la r p o lic e f a m ilia r s p lit t in g d a rk


a n n o y in g a tte m p te d stra n g e m uddy in t e r e s t in g h a rd
r a in y next e m p ty n e a re st b ig m ost

This ____________ (1) story happened to the man


who had a n ____________( 2) peculiarity: he never forgot
a face if he saw it once. This man was a ____________ (3)
commuter and he knew _____ . (4) o f his fellow-
travellers. On t h a t __________ (5) evening he stayed at
work late and almost missed the train. There was another
passenger in the carriage whose face was _____________
( 6) to the narrator, but t h e ____________(7) thing was
that he couldn’t remember who the fellow was. The other
passenger soon fell asleep and had to be woken up at the
station. It was a __________ ( 8) ____________ (9) night, so
the narrator offered to give the man a lift. A fter the car
had gone about a mile, the man asked to put him down.
The narrator did that and t h e __________ (10) thing
he remembered was something __________ ( 11) hitting
him on the back of his head. When he came round, he was
lying on t h e __________ ( 12) road, having a ____________
(13) headache. His pockets w ere_____________(14) and his
car had gone.
The narrator managed to get to th e ____________(15)
_________ (16) station and there he remembered where he
had seen the scoundrel. His picture was outside with the
_________ (17) words above it ‘Wanted for robbery and
____________(18) murder’ .

Phorocopiable materials: I NEVER FORGET A FACE


BURS AND ROSES

Step 1 . W rite the names o f the shops where the things given below
are sold. Can all of them combine with the word ‘ shop’ ?
Follow the example.
EXAM PLE. book + shop = a bookshop
m eat + shop = a bu tch er's (shop)
book
je w e lle ry \
tea /co ffee і
n ew sp a pe r
flow e r
m ilk
dress + SH O P
shoe
m eat
gro cery
veg e ta b le
bread
fish
Step 2 . Next to each shop write down at least three things that can
be bought in this particular shop. Follow the example.
example. a bookshop - books, pictures, videocassettes, etc.
-§ < - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■§<-
Step 1 . Write the names of the shops where the things given below
are sold. Can all of them combine with the word ‘shop’ ?
Follow the example.
EXAM PLE. book + shop = a bookshop
m eat + shop = a b u tch er's (shop)
book
je w e lle ry .
tea /coffee
n ew spa pe r
flo w e r
m ilk
dre ss / + SH O P
shoe
m eat
g ro cery
veg e ta b le
bread
fish
Step 2 . Next to each shop write down at least three things that can
be bought in this particular shop. Follow the example.
example. a bookshop - books, pictures, videocassettes, etc.
Photocopiable materials: BURS AND ROSES
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 381

SOUTH A M E R IC A N C O U N T R IE S
S te p 1. Match South American countries with their
capitals.
1 . A rg en tin a a) Quito
2. B olivia b) M ontevideo
3. Brazil c) Lim a
4. Chile d) C a ra cas
5. C olom bia e) Param aribo
6. Ecuador f) Buenos A ires
7. G uyana g) C ayenne
8. Paraguay h) Bogot
9. Peru i) Brasilia
10 . S u rin a m e j) A suncion
11 . U ruguay k) La Paz; S ucre
12 . V enezuela О S a n tiag o
13. French G uiana m) G eorgetow n

Step 2 . Look at the map of South American countries


and try to find Coralio on it.

South A m erica
uyana
Гпе2 иеІаИ, S u r in a me 10* N
C o lo m b ia
/ • *- F re n ch
G u ia n a (Fr.)
Equator 0*

P a c if ic
Ocean iguay
20* S
T ro p io o f
C a p rico rn

30* S
A rg e n tin a
Atlantic

O cean 40*s
0 7 5 0 Miles 'Falkland fs.
0 7 50 Kilometers

ANTARCTICA J ’
№ '
120* W 100* W SO* W W 40* W 20* W 0* Іо гд -

Photocopiable materials: BURS AND ROSES


382 BURS AND ROSES

A re you an a t t e n t i v e read er?

Read t h e summary o f t h e s t o r y 'B u r s and R o s e s '


and find 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s in it.

Johnny, a young man from a small town in the US,


decided to go to South America after a quarrel with his
girl-friend Rose. He went to Coralio together with his
friend Billy and they both started working in the American
Consulate. All their job was to answer the letters sent to the
consul. One day they got a letter from a trader who lived
in Johnny’ s home town. The man wanted to open several
shoe shops in Coralio. It was a silly idea as the weather in
Coralio was always hot and nobody wore shoes there, but
the two friends decided to play a practical joke on the man
and invited him to come to Coralio.
A week later the man arrived in Coralio with all his
family. Billy and Johnny went to meet them and John was
shocked when he learnt that the trader’s daughter was
Rose. Johnny still loved the girl and he knew she would
never forgive him the joke on her father.
Then a great idea came to Billy’s head. He wrote a
letter to his friend in America and asked him to send
500 kg of burs. Soon the burs arrived and late at night the
two friends scattered them all over the town.
As a result the natives had to buy shoes and Rose’ s
father got a lot of money. He decided to go to the US for
more shoes and his daughter agreed to marry Johnny. The
young people lived happily ever after and Johnny never
told his secret to his wife.

Photocopiable materials: BURS AND ROSES


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. .Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 383

A re you an a t t e n t i v e read er?

Read t h e summary o f t h e s t o r y 'B u r s and R o s e s '


and find 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s in it.

Johnny, a young man from a small town in the US,


decided to go to South America after a quarrel with his
girl-friend Rose. He went to Coralio together with his
friend Billy and they both started working in the American
Consulate. All their job was to answer the letters sent to the
consul. One day they got a letter from a trader who lived
in Johnny’ s home town. The man wanted to open several
shoe shops in Coralio. It was a silly idea as the weather in
Coralio was always hot and nobody wore shoes there, but
the two friends decided to play a practical joke on the man
and invited him to come to Coralio.
A week later the man arrived in Coralio with all his
family. Billy and Johnny went to meet them and John was
shocked when he learnt that the trader’ s daughter was
Rose. Johnny still loved the girl and he knew she would
never forgive him the joke on her father.
Then a great idea came to Billy’ s head. He wrote a
letter to his friend in America and asked him to send
500 kg o f burs. Soon the burs arrived and late at night the
two friends scattered them all over the town.
As a result the natives had to buy shoes and Rose’ s
father got a lot of money. He decided to go to the US for
more shoes and his daughter agreed to marry Johnny. The
young people lived happily ever after and Johnny never
told his secret to his wife.

Photocopiable materials: BURS AND ROSES


A MINT CLUE

T H IE V E S
T h e re a re m any 'p r o f e s s io n s ' am ong t h ie v e s .
M a tc h th e t h ie v in g p r o f e s s io n s w it h t h e ir
d e f in it io n s .
1. a thief a) person who steals from strong metal
boxes or cupboards with a complicated
lock, used for storing valuable things such
as money or jewels
2. a burglar b) person who steals from another person or
place, especially using violence or threats
3. a pickpocket c) person who steals from another person or
place without using violence
4. a robber d) a thief who climbs up the outside of a
building in order to enter it and steal
smth
5. a safe-cracker e) a person who steals money or valuables
from other people's clothes, especially in
crowded places
6. a cat-burglar f) a person who enters a building illegally in
order to steal
Photocopiable materials: A MINT CLUE
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 385

IN V E S T IG A T IO N O F A C R IM E
Match the le g a l terms w ith t h e ir d e fin it io n s .
1. an alibi a) a person who is believed to have done
something wrong
2. a clue b) a careful examination in order to find
something
3. evidence c) a person who was actually present at an
event and should be able to describe it
4. investigation d) anything that makes clear or proves
something
5. a search e) fact, idea, or an object that helps detectives
to solve a crime
6. a suspect f) evidence that proves that a person was in
another place at the time of a crime and so
could not have committed it
7. a witness g) an official examination of the facts about a
crime
—K - ------------------------------------ --- -------------------------------------
M is s in g A d j e c t iv e s
F i l l in the gaps in the s t o r y 'A Mint C lu e' w ith the
a d je c t iv e s g iv en in the b ox.
large gold dining famous grey golf
wall stamp silver stamp sweet glass
better professional expensive personal valuable cold
mint
The story is about a burglary in the house of th e _____________(1)
_____________(2) champion Mr. Gosling. Inspector Watts was ordered
to carry out an investigation. On a _____________ (3) ______________
(4) morning he arrived at Mr. Gosling’s place and was taken into the
_____________ (5) room. There he saw a __________ ( 6 ) ___________ (7)
case full of __________ (8) and____________ (9) trophies. Next to it was
an open_____________(10) safe. It turned out that the thief had stolen
some money and an _____________ (11) _____________ (12) collection.
Surprisingly, the___________ (13) trophies had not been touched.
Inspector W atts got interested in two things only. One was
Mr. Gosling’s photograph in a newspaper which clearly showed not
only the champion near his trophies but also the safe. Besides, the paper
mentioned Mr Gosling’s _____________(14) collection.
The second thing which attracted the inspector’s attention was a
___________ (15) wrapping on the floor. He at once remembered Minty
Miller, a ______ _ (16) safe-cracker, who always sucked___________
(17) candies.
Thus the matter was settled. But before leaving Mr. Gosling’s
house the Inspector advised him to find a ______________ (18) place for
his_____________(19) safe and to keep it secret.
Photocopiable materials: A MINT CLUE
1 3 Short stories with pleasure
THE DOG GULLIVER

R a n k t h e r e a s o n s t h a t h e lp p e o p le t o s u r v iv e s h ip ­
w re ck s in o r d e r o f t h e i r im p o r t a n c e . E x p la in y o u r
c h o ic e .

___ availability of food and water


strong will power
___ favourable weather conditions
___ luck
___ friendly fellow-travellers
___ availability of weapons
___ availability of fishing tackles
___ availability of lifeboats or rafts
___ availability of matches
___ animals
___ skills and knowledge
___ instruments from the wrecked ship

A re y o u an a t t e n t i v e r e a d e r ?

Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'The Dog G u l li v e r ' and


find 10 f a c t u a l m ista k es in i t .
The narrator once travelled in a sm all passenger ship which
caught fire on the fourth day o f the voyage. A ll the sailors left
the ship in life boats and forgot about their only passenger. The
narrator was fortunate to find one more boat on the deck. He
pushed it into the sea and jumped into it. W h en he fe ll, he hurt
his head and lost consciousness. W h en he came round, the sea
was calm , and far in the distance he could see the sailors’ life ­
boats.
The narrator was all alone on his raft but not for a long tim e.
Very soon he saw a small dog sw im m ing towards his ra ft. It was
captain’ s favourite dog whose name was G ulliver. The narrator
was very happy to see the dog.
Both the dog and the man were very hungry but luckily in the
boat there were some stale biscuits and a bottle o f fresh water.
The man and the dog shared the ra ft, the bread and the water
for four days and that made them friends. On the fifth day the
dog suddenly started barking. That sound was heard on the ship
that was passing by and the narrator and Gulliver were rescued.

Photocopiable materials: THE DOG GULLIVER


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 387

ROBINSON CRUSOE
Fill in the gaps in the text below with the adjectives
from the box and find out more information about the
most famous shipwreck described in literature.
in t e r e s t in g c le v e r ly re scu e s coast e x p e r ie n c e s
e x p e r ie n c e s se rva n t m et s a ilo r
‘Robinson Crusoe’ is an imaginary story about a shipwrecked
___________( 1) who found himself on a desert island off the
northern___________(2) of South America. Daniel Defoe wrote
this novel in 1719. He based the story partly on the_________
(3) of a Scottish sailor, Alexander Selkirk. But Defoe’s realistic
account of Crusoe’s life is much more___________(4), and has
become one of the most popular books in English.
The book explains how Crusoe___________(5) manages to
make himself at home while he lives on the island. After living
alone for 26 years, Crusoe__________ (6) a man from cannibals.
He calls the man Friday because h e_________ (7) him on that
day. Friday becomes Crusoe’s trusted friend and_________ (8).
Finally, after 28 years, Crusoe and Friday are discovered by a
___________(9) British ship and are taken to England.

- - X ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - jK -

ROBINSON CRUSOE
Fill in the gaps in the text below with the adjectives
from the box and find out more information about the
most famous shipwreck described in literature.
in t e r e s t i n g c le v e r ly re scu e s coast e x p e r ie n c e s
e x p e r ie n c e s se rva n t m et s a ilo r
‘ Robinson Crusoe’ is an imaginary story about a shipwrecked
___________( 1) who found himself on a desert island off the
northern___________(2) of South America. Daniel Defoe wrote
this novel in 1719. He based the story partly on the_________
(3) of a Scottish sailor, Alexander Selkirk. But Defoe’s realistic
account of Crusoe’s life is much more___________(4), and has
become one of the most popular books in English.
The book explains how Crusoe___________(5) manages to
make himself at home while he lives on the island. After living
alone for 26 years, Crusoe_________ (6) a man from cannibals.
He calls the man Friday because h e_________ (7) him on that
day. Friday becomes Crusoe’s trusted friend and_________ (8).
Finally, after 28 years, Crusoe and Friday are discovered by a
___________(9) British ship and are taken to England.
Photocopiable materials: THE DOG GULLIVER
із*
388 THE DOG GULLIVER

GULLIVER'S TRAVELS
In th e story b e lo w some s e n te n c e s o r p a r ts
of s e n te n c e s a re d e le te d . F ill in th e gaps
1 -7 w ith th e s e n te n c e s A-G and re a d th e s t o r y
a b ou t 'G u l l i v e r 's T r a v e l s '.

‘ Gulliver’s Travels’ is one of the most favourite


children’ s stories in English literature. It was published
in London in 1726 under the name of Lemuel Gulliver1,
supposedly a ship’ s surgeon and later a captain. ___1__
In the book, Dr. Gulliver describes his fantastic
adventures in distant lands. The story begins with a
shipwreck in which Gulliver, the only survivor, swims
ashore. He finds himself in Lilliput2, ___ 2___ . But the
Lilliputians3 take themselves very seriously. At first the
Lilliputians treat Gulliver well and Gulliver helps them a
lot, but after a time they turn against him and he is happy
to escape their land.
Gulliver’ s second voyage takes him to Brobdingnag 4
___ 3 Though the people in that country are tremendous
giants, they are better tempered than the Lilliputians.
However, Gulliver becomes a pet of a little 9-year-old girl,
___ 4___ . He has terrifying experiences and in the end he
is happy when he manages to escape.

1 Lemuel Gulliver [Jemjusl'gAlivs] Лэмюэль Гулливер/Лемюель Гулівер


2 Lilliput ['lilipst] Лилипутия/Ліліпутія
3 Liliputians [, lili' putjsnz] Ли липу т ы / Ліліпути
4 Brobdingnag ['brobdirjnaeg] Бробдиньяг/Бробдіньяг

Photocopiable m aterials: THE DOG GULLIVER


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 389

Gulliver’s third voyage takes him to several strange


kingdoms in which people, even scientists, behave very
foolishly. For example, in the academy of Lagado5, scholars
spend all their time on useless projects___ 5___
In his last, fourth voyage, Gulliver discovers a land
ruled by wise and gentle horses called Houyhnhnms6.
___ 6 The Yahoos 7look like human beings. The horses
distrust Gulliver because they believe he is a Yahoo.
Gulliver wishes to stay in the agreeable company of the
clever horses, but they force him to leave. A fter Gulliver
returns to England,___ 7___ •

A. ...who is much taller than Gulliver.


B. ...where the people are 12 times larger than Gulliver
and are greatly amused by his tiny size.
C. Savage, stupid animals, called Yahoos, also live
there.
D. In reality, Jonathan Swift8, the witty dean of
St. Patrick’s Cathedral in Dublin, wrote the book.
E. ...such as extracting sunbeams from cucumbers.
F. ...he speaks at first only with the horses in his stable.
G. ...where the people are only 6 inches (15 centimetres)
high.

5 Lagado ['1аздэёэи] - Лагадо/Лагадо


6 Houyhnhnms ['huinamz] Гуигнгмьі/Гуінгми
7 Yahoos [ ja:hu:z] - И еху/Іеху
8 Jonathan Swift ['d jD n a G a n ' swift] Джонатан Свифт/Джонатан Свіфт

Photocopiable materials: THE DOG GULLIVER


A CLEVER HINT

How W ell do you Know C l a s s i c a l M usic?


Match th e m u sic g e n re s g iv e n b e lo w w ith t h e i r
d e f in it io n s .

1 . an opera 6. a nocturne
2. a m usical com edy 7. a concerto
3. a sym p h on y 8. an overtu re
4. a sonata 9. a suite
5. a serenade 10 . a toccata

A. A piece of music for one or more solo instruments


playing with an orchestra.
B. A gentle piece of music in several parts, usually for a
small group of instruments which borrowed its name
from a love song sung at night under the window of a
beloved woman.
C. A dramatic composition with music in which all or
most of the words are sung.
D. A piece of music written as an introduction to an opera
or ballet.
E. A group of instrumental selections from a ballet or
opera.
F. A piece of music for one or two instruments, one of
which is usually a piano, made up of three or four parts
of varying speed.
G. A light amusing play with songs and dancing.
H. A long musical composition in three or four parts for a
large orchestra.
I. A piece of music for organ which includes difficult
passages designed to show the player’ s skill.
J. A short piece of music in a romantic style often related
to the night, especially for the piano

Photocopiable m aterials: A CLEVER HINT


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 391

A re you an a t t e n t iv e re a d e r?

R ead t h e summary o f t h e s t o r y 'A C l e v e r H i n t '


an d find 1 0 f a c t u a l m is ta k e s in it.

After Mr. Brooks, a successful businessman,


retired, he moved to the country where he rented a
comfortable cottage which was surrounded by a large
overgrown garden. Among his several neighbours
there was an elderly woman who never caused him
any trouble. When the old lady died, the house was
bought by her niece, an art student. Mr. Brooks and
his new neighbour, Beth, soon became good friends.
Beth often invited Mr. Brooks to her garden for a cup
of afternoon tea. Then they both went on long walks
in the evening.
When Beth’ s piano arrived from town, she
started practising in the garden which irritated
Mr. Brooks who hated classical music. To stop Beth’ s
practising, Mr. Brooks bought an electric lawnmower
and switched it on every time Beth began playing.
Very soon Beth had to leave for town to continue her
studies and Mr. Brooks wasn’ t sorry that she was
going away.

Photocopiable materials: A CLEVER HINT


THE BEST REWARD

Put the sentences in the story below in order and


enjoy reading it.
A. A t the end o f his holiday he wanted to pay the farm er, but
the farm er said, ‘ N o , I don’ t want any m oney, but give me
one o f your pictures.
B. The artist was very pleased and thanked the farm er for
saying such kind words about his paintings.
C. The farm er smiled and answered, ’ It is not that. I have a son
in London. He wants to become an a r tis t.’
D. A n artist went to a beau tifu l part o f the country fo r a
holiday and stayed there with a farm er.
E. ‘ W h a t is m oney? In a week it will be all finished, but your
painting will still be h ere.’
F. Every day he went out with his paints and his brushes and
painted from m orning till evening.
G. W h en he comes here next m onth, I will show him your
picture, and then he will not want to be an artist any m ore, I
th in k .’
H. W h e n it got dark, he went back to the farm and had a good
dinner before he went to bed.

X - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ X
Put the sentences in the story below in order and
enjoy reading it.
A. A t the end o f his holiday he wanted to pay the farm er, but
the farm er said, ‘ N o, I don’ t want any m oney, but give me
one o f your pictures.
B. The artist was very pleased and thanked the farm er for
saying such kind words about his paintings.
C. The farm er smiled and answered, ’ It is not that. I have a son
in London. He wants to become an a r tis t.’
D. A n artist went to a beautiful part o f the country fo r a
holiday and stayed there with a farm er.
E. ‘ W h a t is money? In a week it will be all finished, but your
painting will still be h ere.’
F. Every day he went out with his paints and his brushes and
painted from m orning till evening.
G. W h en he comes here next m onth, I will show him your
picture, and then he will not want to be an artist any more, I
th in k .’
H . W h en it got dark, he went back to the farm and had a good
dinner before he went to bed.

Photocopiable materials: THE BEST REWARD


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 393

A re you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r ?

Read the summary o f the s t o r y 'The B est Reward'


and find 10 fa c t u a l m istakes in i t .

One evening the famous painter Richard Layton


had an unexpected visitor. Though the painter had
heard Lady Lloyd’ s name before, he had never met
her in person. Lady Lloyd came to ask the famous
painter for a favour. She had a problem with her
son who decided to become an artist. Lady Lloyd
wanted her son to become a military man so she asked
Richard Layton to tell Charles that he had no talent
for painting. Lady Lloyd also said that if her son did
not obey her, she would give him very little financial
support.
After Lady Lloyd showed Richard Layton several
pictures of her son, the painter understood that the
boy had no talent at all. He asked for one hundred
pounds because he had a plan how to help the boy.
After the boy’ s mother left, the famous painter went
to his lawyer.
When Lady Lloyd brought her son, Richard
Layton told him that it was better for him to become
a politician.
Some years later Layton met Charles Lloyd again.
The young man was now independent of his family as
one of his relatives paid for his education in an art
college.
Richard Layton told Charles that it was him
who paid for his studies after the young man gave
the famous painter one of his pictures to show his
gratitude.
Photocopiable materials: THE BEST REWARD
FROM BAD TO WORSE

Task 1. F i l l in the t a b le w ith the c o r r e c t forms


o f a d j e c t i v e s . The fir s t one i s done f o r you.
Positive Com parative Superlative
Degree Degree Degree
qood better the best
bad
little
manv/m uch
near
far
late
old

Task 2. Match the e x p r e s s io n s w ith the a d je c t iv e s


'b e s t ' and 'w o r s t' w ith t h e i r R ussian /U k rainian
e q u iv a le n t s .
l. a change for the better a) идти все хуже и хуж е/йти все
гірше і гірше
2. to change for the worse b) в худшем случае/у гіршому
випадку
3. so much the better
c) делать все возможное/робити
4. so much the worse все можливе
d) все к лучш ему/усе на краще
5. if the w orst com es to e) быть в ударе; быть на высоте/
the worst бути в ударі; бути на висоті
f) перемена к лучш ему/зміна на
6. to go from bad to краще
worse в счастье и в несчастье/у щастя
g)
й у нещастя
7. at best
h) меняться к худш ему/
8. at worst змінюватися до гіршого
i) насколько я знаю /наскільки я
9. to do one's best знаю
j) в самом худшем случае/
10. to be at one's best у самому гіршому випадку
k) наихудш ее из зол/найгірш е з
11. to make the best of a
зол
bad job
1) тем хуже/тим гірше
12. ail for the best m) тем лучше/тим краще
n) в лучшем случае/
13. to the best of my у кращому випадку
knowledge o) не унывать, не падать духом;
делать хорошую мину при
14. for better or worse плохой игре/не сумувати; не
падати духом; робити веселу
15. the worst of all evils
міну при поганій грі

Photocopiable materials: FROM BAD TO WORSE

II
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 395

Task 3. F i l l in the gaps with one of the


expressions from Task 2.

1. What will you do if you fail your English exam? -


, I’ ll try to sit it again.
2. I really don’ t want you to leave now, but perhaps,
in this situation.
3. I promise y o u ,_______________________, we will never
part.
4. W hy didn’t you finish your work before
the deadline? - I’ m really sorry, I tried
_____________________ , but I’ m afraid, the task was
too difficult for me.
5. Are you sure the . weather is going
__________________________ ? - Yes, I heard the weather
forecast, it will be raining the whole day tomorrow.
6 . ___________________ •_____ , Angola is in South Africa
and not in North Africa.
7. Things in the Dickens family w ent__________________
and in the end the whole family, except Charles, had to
live for some time in a debtor’ s prison.
8 . Laura has a beautiful voice. W ill you sing to us,
Laura? - Sorry, I’d better not. I am not really
today.
9. Tim, dinner is ready, everyone is waiting for you.
- Sorry, mum, I won’ t come. I’m not hungry.
- _____________________ , your brother will have two
desserts, his and yours! - No, wait, I’ m coming!

- - - X - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Task 4. Below is an English saying in which
all the words are scrambled. Sort them out and
read the saying.
IF OF CAN N O T BEST, HAVE THE MAKE HAVE
BEST W HAT YOU YOU THE________________________
Explain how you understand this saying and
give examples from your life.
Photocopiable materials: FROM BAD TO WORSE
396 FROM BAD TO WORSE

A re you an a t t e n t i v e r e a d e r ?
Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'From Bad t o
W orse' and find 10 f a c t u a l m ista k e s in i t .

The hero of the story liked Saturdays, but hated


Fridays because he always worked on night shifts on
Fridays. One Saturday turned out extremely difficult
for him. He went to a friend’ s party on Friday after
work and felt very tired on Saturday. When he came
home, he wanted to have a good night’ s sleep, but he
didn’ t manage to rest at all because his two cousins
were coming to stay with him for a few days. So he
had to go to the airport early in the morning, and he
only had a few hours to sleep. He woke up earlier than
he had planned because of mosquitoes buzzing in his
ear and also because it was rather cold in the room.
The cousins’ plane arrived on time and they went
to a cafe to have dinner. When it was time to pay the
bill, the young man found out that he had no money
which was very embarrassing.
The cousins had almost missed the plane because
it was leaving earlier than they had expected. The
young man thought that he had had enough troubles
for one day, but he was wrong. He was late for work
because of the flat tyre.

Photocopiable materials: FROM BAD TO WORSE


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 397

Are you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r ?
Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'From Bad t o
W orse' and find 10 f a c t u a l m ista k e s i n i t .

The hero of the story liked Saturdays, but hated


Fridays because he always worked on night shifts on
Fridays. One Saturday turned out extremely difficult
for him. He went to a friend’ s party on Friday after
work and felt very tired on Saturday. When he came
home, he wanted to have a good night’ s sleep, but he
didn’t manage to rest at all because his two cousins
were coming to stay with him for a few days. So he
had to go to the airport early in the morning, and he
only had a few hours to sleep. He woke up earlier than
he had planned because of mosquitoes buzzing in his
ear and also because it was rather cold in the room.
The cousins’ plane arrived on time and they went
to a cafe to have dinner. When it was time to pay the
bill, the young man found out that he had no money
which was very embarrassing.
The cousins had almost missed the plane because
it was leaving earlier than they had expected. The
young man thought that he had had enough troubles
for one day, but he was wrong. He was late for work
because of the flat tyre.

Photocopiable materials: FROM BAD TO WORSE


THE EARTHQUAKE

A re you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r ?
Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'T he E arth qu ake'
and find 10 f a c t u a l m is t a k e s i n i t .

Mr. Sanders was a rich businessman. He was single


but he had three sons who he loved dearly. They lived
in California in a nice little house full of servants.
Mr. Sanders was often away on business, so his sons
were actually brought up by the servants.
Mr. Sanders’ s sons were very spoilt boys. Though
they did well at school, they did nothing but enjoyed
themselves at home. The eldest son was good at
playing his guitar and he drove all the servants mad
with his loud music. The middle boy was crazy about
cycling so he spent most of his time outside and the
servants didn’t have any troubles with him. But the
youngest boy was a real disaster because he was the
noisiest of all.
Once newspapers reported that a terrible
earthquake was going to happen in California.
Though Mr. Sanders did not take the news seriously,
he decided to send his sons to his friend who lived
far away. A t first, Mr. Walker, did not like that idea
very much, but he agreed to have the boys for some
time. The boys tried to help the doctor as much as
they could, but still the house was a mess and very
soon the boy’ s father got a telegram, ‘ Take back the
boys and send me the earthquake.’

Photocopiable m aterials: THE EARTHQUAKE


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 399

Are you an a t t e n t i v e re a d e r?
Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'T he E arth qu ak e'
and find 10 f a c t u a l m is t a k e s i n i t .

Mr. Sanders was a rich businessman. He was single


but he had three sons who he loved dearly. They lived
in California in a nice little house full of servants.
Mr. Sanders was often away on business, so his sons
were actually brought up by the servants.
Mr. Sanders’ s sons were very spoilt boys. Though
they did well at school, they did nothing but enjoyed
themselves at home. The eldest son was good at
playing his guitar and he drove all the servants mad
with his loud music. The middle boy was crazy about
cycling so he spent most of his time outside and the
servants didn’ t have any troubles with him. But the
youngest boy was a real disaster because he was the
noisiest of all.
Once newspapers reported that a terrible
earthquake was going to happen in California.
Though Mr. Sanders did not take the news seriously,
he decided to send his sons to his friend who lived
far away. A t first, Mr. Walker, did not like that idea
very much, but he agreed to have the boys for some
time. The boys tried to help the doctor as much as
they could, but still the house was a mess and very
soon the boy’ s father got a telegram, ‘ Take back the
boys and send me the earthquake.’

Photocopiable materials; THE EARTHQUAKE


THE LOST INHERITANCE

M a tc h t h e w o r d s d e n o t in g m e m b e rs o f t h e f a m ily
w it h t h e ir d e f in it io n s .
1. a husband a)the father of your father or mother
2. a wife b)the brother of your father or mother
3. a daughter c)your mother's second husband
4. a son d) a boy or a man who has the same father
5. a niece or mother as you
6. a nephew e) a person's female child
f) the mother of your husband or wife
7. a grandfather
g) the man that a woman is married to
8. a grandm other
h) a child of your aunt or uncle
9. an uncle i) the woman that a man is married to
10. an aunt j) the daughter of your sister or brother
11. a step-m other k) a person's male child
12. a step-father I) the sister of your father or mother
13. a cousin m) the mother of your father or mother
14. a m other-in-law n) the son of your sister or brother
15. a half-brother o) your father's second wife
_ _ _ _ _ _
F i l l i n t h e g a p s w it h p r e p o s i t i o n s , if n ecessa ry
Mr. Stern had an uncle _ (1) his mother’s side who
inherited a lot____ (2) money____ (3) the age (4) 37. That
uncle was a librarian but he always dreamt____ (5) becoming
a writer. So when he got the money, he left ___ _ (6) his job
and started to write books____ (7) Truth and Justice. Nobody
noticed his books and he had to publish them____ (8) his own
expense.
____ (9) that time Mr. Stern was a young boy and his mother
made him visit his uncle____ (10) every Sunday. It was very
boring____ ( 11) the boy and he envied_____( 12) his cousin, a
spoilt boy who refused to g o ____ (13) his uncle’s house_____
(14)all.
____ (15) the end____ (16) every visit the uncle gave the boy
o n e _____ (1 7 ) his books which were never read e ith e r ______ (1 8 )
the boy o r _____ (1 9 ) anybody else. S h o r tly ______ (2 0 ) his death,
the uncle t o l d _____ (2 1 ) the boy that he le ft all his property
_____ (2 2 ) him . He also g a v e _____ (2 3 ) his nephew his last book
and asked to read it carefully.
_____ (2 4 ) the uncle’ s death, the boy and his m other started
to lo o k _____ (2 5 ) the will but couldn’ t fin d it anywhere. Several
days later a lawyer brought an old will according_____ (2 6 ) which
all the money w e n t _____ (2 7 ) the other n e p h e w .______ (2 8 ) the
end the real will was found but it was too late. The will w a s _____
(2 9 ) the book that the uncle gave the b o y _____ (3 0 ) his death.
Photocopiable materials: THE LOST INHERITANCE
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 401

F A M IL Y ID IO M S

Guess what th e 'F a m ily I d io m s ' g iv e n b elo w mean.


M atch th e id io m s w ith t h e i r e x p l a n a t i o n s .

1. This icon is a very precious thing in our family, it is given


from father to son.
2. I don’t advise you to trust Mr. Long. I knew his father, he
was famous for letting people down. In this case it’s really
like father, like son.
3. How much you have changed! I knew you at vour mother’s
knee.
4. M artha fe lt so lon ely a fte r she had to m ove to an oth er city
and leave h er parents and frie n d s b ehin d th at she w rote to
an a gon y a u n t.
5. After I broke a window in the school corridor, the headmaster
talked to me like a Dutch uncle.
6. When John’s opponent made his next move, the boy realized
that he couldn’t win that game and cried uncle.
7. Don’t use so much make-up, you’ll ruin your skin. - Oh,
come on! It’s all an old wives’ tale.
8 . Why is there so much noise in the Greens house? - They are
celebrating their prodigal son’s coming home.

E x p la n a t io n s
a) to scold somebody for something
b) from one generation of a family to the next
c) a person who leaves home and wastes moneyon alife of
pleasure, but who later is sorry about it and returns home
d) to admit one’s defeat
e) a son’s character or behaviour is similar to that of his
father
f) when you were young
g) person who writes in a newspaper or magazine giving advice
in reply to people’s letters about their personal problems
h) an old idea or belief that has been proved not to be
scientific

Photocopiable materials: THE LOST INHERITANCE


THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS

M a tc h th e s in g u la r and p lu r a l nouns g iv e n
b e lo w w it h t h e ir d e f in it io n s or e x p la n a t io n s
1. a c o lo u r a) w eapons
b) t h e w a y t h a t s o m e t h in g is d o n e o r
2. c o lo u r s happens
c) a h a b it
3. an a rm
d) th e a p p e a r a n c e t h a t t h in g s h a v e t h a t
r e s u l t f r o m t h e w a y in w h ic h t h e y r e f le c t
4. a rm s
lig h t
5. a c u sto m e) b e h a v io u r t h a t is c o n s id e r e d t o b e p o lit e
in a p a r t i c u l a r c u lt u r e o r s o c ie t y
6. cu sto m s f) t h e p a r t o f a p e r s o n t h a t in c lu d e s t h e i r
m in d , f e e lin g a n d c h a r a c t e r r a t h e r t h a n a
7. a m anner body
g) a f la g t h a t r e p r e s e n t s a t e a m , a s c h o o l, a
8. m a n n e rs
c lu b o r a c o u n t r y

9. a s p ir it h) p a rt o f a b o d y
i) m ood
10. s p ir it s j) t h e g o v e r n m e n t d e p a r t m e n t t h a t c o lle c t s
t a x e s o n g o o d s b r o u g h t in t o t h e c o u n t r y
a n d c h e c k s p e o p le 's lu g g a g e f o r ille g a l
t h in g s
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -X-
M a tc h th e s in g u la r and p lu r a l nouns g iv e n
b e lo w w it h t h e ir d e f in it io n s or e x p la n a t io n s
1. a c o lo u r a) w eapons
b) t h e w a y t h a t s o m e t h in g is d o n e o r
2. c o lo u r s happens
c) a h a b it
3. an a rm
d) th e a p p e a r a n c e t h a t t h in g s h a v e t h a t
r e s u l t f r o m t h e w a y in w h ic h t h e y r e f le c t
4. a rm s
lig h t
5. a c u sto m e) b e h a v i o u r t h a t is c o n s id e r e d t o b e p o lit e
in a p a r t i c u l a r c u lt u r e o r s o c ie t y
6. cu sto m s f) t h e p a r t o f a p e r s o n t h a t i n c lu d e s t h e i r
m in d , f e e lin g a n d c h a r a c t e r r a t h e r t h a n a
7. a m anner body
g) a f la g t h a t r e p r e s e n t s a t e a m , a s c h o o l, a
8. m a n n e rs
c lu b o r a c o u n t r y

9. a s p ir it h) p a rt o f a b o d y
i) m ood
10. s p ir it s j) t h e g o v e r n m e n t d e p a r t m e n t t h a t c o lle c t s
t a x e s o n g o o d s b r o u g h t in t o t h e c o u n t r y
a n d c h e c k s p e o p le 's lu g g a g e f o r ille g a l
t h in g s
Photocopiable materials: THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 403

A re you an a t t e n t i v e read er?

R ead t h e summary o f t h e s t o r y 'T h e Lady w ith


Two U m b r e lla s ' and find 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n
it.

Once the French customs learned about gold being


taken out of the country. A young detective was sent to
find the criminals but all he did was in vain.
Among the people who crossed the English-Spanish
border was an old lady. She usually had little luggage but
always carried 2 umbrellas: one for the rain and one for
the sun, as she explained. It was hard not to notice the lady
as she spoke very loudly about her sick niece. Her story
was checked and appeared to be true. But still there were
several things about the lady which puzzled the detective -
the old lady’ s umbrellas were never the same.
The detective ordered an old policeman to follow the
lady. Soon he got a telegram from him in which he was
advised to pay attention to young men with walking sticks
who kept close to the lady. It was not easy as sticks were in
fashion and all young men had them.
One day the detective noticed a young man standing in
the queue in front of the old lady. His stick was examined
and gold was found inside.
The shocked young man denied knowing anything
about the gold. He explained that before the train left
the station, a young lady asked him to take this stick to
her husband who would pay him 100 francs for that. So
the young man was innocent but the old lady wasn’ t. Her
umbrellas and her place in the queue indicated the person
carrying the gold. And her noisy manners just distracted
everybody’s attention from this person.
Photocopiable materials: THE LADY WITH TWO UMBRELLAS
A YELLOW PAPER BIRD

Money Id io m s
T h ere a r e a l o t o f 'm oney i d i o m s ' in E n g li s h .
M atch them w it h t h e i r e x p l a n a t i o n s .
1. They say, he is rolling in money.
2. I am short of ready money.
3. For mv money, this country soon will be the wealthiest one
in the world.
4. Don’t waste your good money on these cheap films. They are
not worth seeing.
5. Of course, you can buy this house if you have money to burn,
but I would not advise you to do it.
6. I can’t buy you everything you see in the shops, I am not
made of money, you know.
7. This movie is very good, I am sure it will make a lot of
money.
8. The whole job took only an hour - it was money for old
ropes.
9. Margo travels around the world as if money is no object.
10. Money talks in today’s parliamentary election.
11. Jack will come here tonight, I’d put money on it.
12. Everybody knows that Jacqueline married her second
husband for money.
13. His mother has always been careful with money.
14. You need to see the colour of his money before you agree to
sell him your house.
15. No, I can’t afford to buy this car. It’s too expensive for me.
Money doesn’t grow on trees, you know.

E x p la n a t io n s
a) to bring good profit
b) to have so much money that you do not have to be careful
with it
c) to be very rich
d) money that can be spend immediately
e) people who have more money, have more power and influence
than others
f) in my opinion
g) not spending money on unimportant things
h) money that is earned very easily, for something that needs
little effort
i) money earned with hard work
Photocopiable materials: A YELLOW PAPER BIRD
Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 405

j) to be v e r y rich
k) to feel v e ry su re th at som eth in g is tru e o r som ebod y w ill
su cceed
1) to m ake su re that som ebod y has en ou gh m on ey to pay fo r
som eth in g
m ) m on ey is n ot som eth in g that has to be con sid ered because
th ere is p len ty o f it available
n) you have to be m ore ca re fu l w h ile spen d in g y o u r m on ey
because y ou d o n ’ t have a lot o f it
o) to m arry a rich person
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Ґ Dear Mary, Л
I heard this song on the radio. I liked it very much and
tried to write down the lyrics. But I am afraid I couldn’ t
understand some of the words and made a few mistakes.
Could you possibly help me and correct them for me?
Thanks.
Love,
____________________________________________ Tatyana .y
MONA LISA
Mona Lisa, Mona Lisa men have shamed you,
You so like the lady with the Miss Tick’ s smile
Is it only ‘cos you’ re only they have claimed you?
For that Mona Lisa strangeness in your style?
Do you smile to tender lover, Mona Lisa?
Or is this your way to hire a broken cart?
Many dreams have bin bought at your doorstep
They jus’sly their and they dye they’re.
Are you worn? Are you ill, Mona Lisa?
Or just a golden, lovely, lonely work of art?
Do you smile to tender lover, Mona Lisa?
Or is this sure way to hire a broken cart?
Many dreams have bin bought at your doorstep,
They jus’ sly their, and they dye they’ re.
Are you worn? Are you ill, Mona Lisa?
Or just a golden, lovely, lonely work of art?
Mona Lisa, Mona Lisa.
Photocopiable materials: A YELLOW PAPER BIRD
406 A YELLOW PAPER BIRD

A re you an a t t e n t i v e read er?

Read th e summary o f th e s t o r y 'A Y e llo w P aper


B i r d ' and find 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n i t .

Angela Fairfax went to the public library because she


wanted to find one particular poem. She filled in a form
with the name of the author and the title of the poem she
wanted. On her way to the reading hall she saw an old
woman standing in the corridor and crying silently. The
woman was wearing a strange old coat with a yellow paper
bird on it. Angela felt sorry for the woman and decided to
take her to a coffee shop.
There the lady told Angela that she had lost her purse
and umbrella in the underground and now had no money
to get back home. Angela gave her a 10 dollar bill and her
address so that the lady could return the money.
When Angela got home that day, she found less money
in her bag than she had originally had. She thought that
she had been given the wrong change and soon forgot about
that event.
But three weeks later Angela met the same woman
again. It was in a very rich hotel and the lady was wearing
expensive clothes. What helped Angela recognize the old
lady was the same ridiculous old hat on her head. When
the old lady saw Angela, she gave her a broad smile and
hurried out of the hotel.

Photocopiable materials: A YELLOW PAPER BIRD


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 407

A re yo u an a t t e n t i v e read er?

Read t h e summary o f t h e s t o r y 'A Y e llo w P aper


B i r d ' and find 10 f a c t u a l m i s t a k e s i n i t .

Angela Fairfax went to the public library because she


wanted to find one particular poem. She filled in a form
with the name of the author and the title of the poem she
wanted. On her way to the reading hall she saw an old
woman standing in the corridor and crying silently. The
woman was wearing a strange old coat with a yellow paper
bird on it. Angela felt sorry for the woman and decided to
take her to a coffee shop.
There the lady told Angela that she had lost her purse
and umbrella in the underground and now had no money
to get back home. Angela gave her a 10 dollar bill and her
address so that the lady could return the money.
When Angela got home that day, she found less money
in her bag than she had originally had. She thought that
she had been given the wrong change and soon forgot about
that event.
But three weeks later Angela met the same woman
again. It was in a very rich hotel and the lady was wearing
expensive clothes. What helped Angela recognize the old
lady was the same ridiculous old hat on her head. When
the old lady saw Angela, she gave her a broad smile and
hurried out o f the hotel.

Photocopiable materials: A YELLOW PAPER BIRD


THE DINNER PARTY

JE W E LLE R Y

M a tc h th e je w e lle r y w it h t h e ir d e s c r ip t io n s
and th e p a rts of th e body th e y a re w o rn on.
M in d t h a t som e p ie c e s of je w e lle r y c a n b e w o rn
on th e sam e p a r t of th e body.
1. a ring a) This piece of je w e lle ry
decorates a sm all clock th a t
people w ea r on th e ir w rists.
2. a bracelet
b) T his piece of je w e lle ry
decora tes the ears.
3. an a n kle t This piece of je w e lle ry is worn
c)
on the finger.
4. a necklace d) T his piece of je w e lle ry connects
the ends of a sh irt sle e v e s at
the w rist.
5. a chain
e) T his piece o f je w e lle ry is worn
loose around the w rist.
6. a diadem
T his piece o f je w e lle ry is worn
f)
on a chain around the neck.
7. a brooch g) T his piece of je w e lle ry is worn
on a chain and is believed to
8. e a r-rin g s bring good luck.
h) T his piece of je w e lle ry is worn
on the leg.
9. a pendant
i) T his piece of je w e lle ry is worn
on the head.
10 . a bangle j) T his piece of je w e lle ry co n sists
of connected m etal rings and is
11 . cu ff-lin ks w orn around the neck.
k) T his piece of je w e lle ry co n sists
o f beads and is w orn around
12 . a bracelet
the neck.
w atch
1) T his piece of je w e lle ry is worn
around the w rist.
13. a charm m) T his piece of je w e lle ry
d ecora te s clothes.

Photocopiable materials: THE DINNER PARTY


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 409

G e n g h is Khan
F i l l in th e g ap s in th e t e x t w it h o n e o f th e w o rd s
fro m th e b o x and re a d a b o u t G e n g h is Khan.
organizational discipline prisoners tactics means laws
neighbouring destroyed original capital tribes army
connections treasures members empire roots age
Genghis Khan, who was born in 1162, was a very successful
Mongol military and political leader. He founded the largest land
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (1) in history and his greatest ambition was to conquer the
whole world.
Genghis Khan united Mongol and other nomadic _____________
(2) into an effective, disciplined army known for their use of terror.
When they met with resistance, they would often kill most of their
________ (3).
Genghis Khan was an intelligent man with superior_____________
(4) abilities. Although he had little interest in cultural matters, he
promoted literacy among his people. He also established the first
Mongol code o f ___________ (5) and encouraged the growth of trade
between China and Europe.
Genghis Khan’s _____________(6) name was Temujin, which means
ironworker. His father was the chief of a small Mongol tribe. Temujin
inherited that position at about the___________ (7) of 13, when members
of an enemy tribe poisoned his father. But according to ‘The Secret
History of the Mongols’ , the_____________(8) of the tribe left their new
chief and for a while, Temujin and his family lived a hard and lonely
life. They had few sheep and had to d ig ___________ (9) for food.
Soon, however, Temujin began to attract followers and build an
_____________(10). He used much training and strict_____________ (11) to
create a superior fighting force. His army was well equipped and quickly
adopted new___________ (12) and weapons. Temujin appointed officers
on the basis of achievement and not for their family___________ (13), as
was customary. In this way, he gained officers who would remain loyal
to him alone.
Temujin conquered all the ■
________(14) tribes. By 1206, he had
become ruler of Mongolia and was proclaimed Genghis Khan, a title that
probably__________ (15) either universal ruler or invincible prince.
Genghis Khan also conquered China and took Beijing (Peking),
th e ___________ (16) of the China Empire. Then he moved to Central
Asia, crushed the kingdom of Khorezm (modern Uzbekistan and
Turkmenistan) and ___________ (17) the cities of Bukhara and
Samarkand. Before Genghis Khan died in 1227, he had countless
___________ (18) and ruled an area that stretched across Central Asia
from the Black and Caspian Seas to the Sea of Japan.
1 Temujin ['temju:d 3 in] Темуджин/Темуджин
2 Beijing [Ьеі'<±5Іп] Бейджин/Бейджин
3 Peking [pi:' kir)] Пекин/Пекін
4 Khorezm [ko:'rezm] Х орезм/Хорезм
Photocopiable materials: THE DINNER PARTY
THE BELL AND THE HAMMER

F ill in th e gaps in th e su m m a ry of th e s to ry
'T h e B e ll and th e H a m m e r' w it h th e w o rd
c o m b in a t io n s g iv e n in th e box.

a n o th e r w o rld w a x fig u re s b e a u tifu l d re s s e s a q u e e r pla ce


u n fa m ilia r le tte rs a g re a t d a n g e r b la c k d a rk n e s s a sto n e m o n s te r
a g o ld e n h a m m e r a g o ld e n bell la rg e an d stro n g h a n d s_________________

The story ‘the Bell and the Hammer’ is about two


children who travelled to _____________________ ( 1)
by magic. Diggory and Polly put on the yellow rings
that Diggory’ s uncle gave them and rushed through
___________________ (2). They found themselves in
___________________ (3). They entered a huge dark palace
and saw a fountain in the form of a g re a t______________
(4). Then the children entered a huge hall full of people
who looked like _____________________ (5) wearing
_____________________ ( 6). Then they saw a golden arch with
____________________ (7) and _____________________ ( 8 )
to strike the bell with. Some magic helped the children to
understand t h e _____________________ (9) written on the
arch which challenged Diggory to strike the bell. As soon
as the bell sounded, the whole place started to break up.
Suddenly the most beautiful and cruel queen came to life
and took the children’ s hands into h e r__________________
(10). She said that they were in ____________________ (11)
and led the children out of the Hall of Images.

Photocopiable materials: THE BELL AND THE HAMMER


Н. В. Тучина, Т. К. Меркулова, В. С. Кузьмина
Short Stories With Pleasure. Pre-Intermediate Level 411

F ill in th e gaps in th e su m m a ry of th e s to ry
'T h e B e ll and th e H a m m e r' w it h th e w o rd
c o m b in a t io n s g iv e n in th e box.

a n o th e r w o rld w a x fig u re s b e a u tifu l d re s s e s a q u e e r place


u n fa m ilia r le tte rs a g re a t d a n g e r b la c k d a rk n e s s a sto n e m o n s te r
a g o ld e n h a m m e r a g o ld e n bell la rg e an d stro n g h a n d s

The story ‘the Bell and the Hammer’ is about two


children who travelled to _____________________ ( 1)
by magic. Diggory and Polly put on the yellow rings
that Diggory’s uncle gave thfem and rushed through
___________________ (2). They found themselves in
___________________ (3). They entered a huge dark palace
and saw a fountain in the form of a g rea t______________
(4). Then the children entered a huge hall full of people
who looked like _____________________ (5) wearing
_____________________ ( 6). Then they saw a golden arch with
____________________ (7) and ______________________ ( 8 )
to strike the bell with. Some magic helped the children to
understand t h e _____________________ (9) written on the
arch which challenged Diggory to strike the bell. As soon
as the bell sounded, the whole place started to break up.
Suddenly the most beautiful and cruel queen came to life
and took the children’s hands into h e r__________________
(10). She said that they were in ____________________ (11)
and led the children out of the Hall of Images.

Photocopiable materials: THE BELL AND THE HAMMER


APPENDIX: VOCABULARY
A

above(prep) э 'Ь лу над/над


absence(n) 'aebssns отсутствие/відсутність
absorb (v) sb'so:b впитывать, поглощать/
усмоктувати, поглинати
accept (v) sk'sept принимать/приймати
accident (n) 'aeksident несчастный случай/нещасний
випадок
accomplice (n) a 'k D m p lis сообщник/спільник
according to (adv) a'ko:dir) в соответствии с/відповідно до
account (n) э'каигй счет/рахунок
accountant (n) s'kauntsnt бухгалтер/бухгалтер
ache (n) eik боль/біль
achieve (v) s'tfi:v достигать, добиваться/досягати,
добиватися
acid (n) 'aesid кислота/кислота
acquaint (v) sk'weint знакомить/знайомити
• get acquainted • знакомиться/знайомитися
acquaintance (n) ak'weintsns 1. знакомство/знайомство
2. знакомый, приятель/
знайомий,приятель
across (prep) э'кгте через/через
act (v) sekt действовать/діяти
add (v) sed добавлять/додавати
addicted (adj) s'diktid склонный к чему-либо дурному/
схильний до чогось поганого
get adddicted • пристраститься/пристраститися
admire (v) sd'mais восхищаться, любоваться/
захоплюватися, любуватися
adopt (v) adopt 1) принимать/приймати
2) усыновлять/усиновляти
advantage(n) ad'vamtidj преимущество/перевага
adventure(n) advent/a приключение/пригода
adventurer(n) sd'ventfsrs искатель приключений/шукач
пригод
affection (n) s'fekjn привязанность, любовь/
прихильність, любов
affectionate (adj) s'fekjsnit любящий /люблячий
afford (v) a'fo:d позволять себе/дозволити собі
aflame (adj) s'fleim объятый пламенем/обійнятий
полум’ ям
• be aflamed быть объятым пламенем/бути
обійнятим полум ’ям
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 413

W o rd T ra n s la tio n
afterwards (adv) 'aiftaw ad z позже, впоследствии/пізніше,
згодом
against (prep) s 'g e in s t против/проти
agree(v) s 'g r i: соглашаться / погоджуватися
agreeable (adj) a 'g ri:a b l приятный, милый/ приємний,
милий
agreement (n) s'g riim a n t соглашение/угода
aid eid 1. (п) помощь/допомога
2. (v) помогать/допомагати
aim (n) eim цель/ціль
aimlessly (adv) 'eim lisli бесцельно/безцільно
air (n) еэ воздух/ повітря
ale (n) eil эль (напиток)/ель (напій)
alibi (n) 'aelibai алиби/алібі
alike (adj) a 'la ik 1. (adj) одинаковый, похож ий/
однаковий, схожий
2. (adv) точно так же, одинаково/
так само, однаково
alive (adj) a 'la iv живой/живий
allow (v) a 'la u позволять, разрешать/дозволяти
along (prep) э'1ш } вдоль/уздовж
aloud (adj) s 'la u d громко, вслух/голосно, уголос
amateur (n) 'asm ats любитель/аматор
amazement (n) a 'm eizm a n t изумление, удивление/
здивування, подив
ambition (n) a m 'b ifn честолюбивый замысел,
стремление, мечта/честолюбний
задум, прагнення, мрія
ambitious (adj) a m 'b i/a s честолюбивый/честолюбний
among (prep) э 'т л г ) среди/серед
amulet (n) 'asmjulit амулет/амулет
ancient (adj) 'e in jn t древний/ стародавній
anger 'геддэ 1. (п)гнев/гнів
2. (v) злить/злити
angry (adj) 'aeogri сердитый/сердитий
anklet (n) 'aerjklit ножной браслет/ножний браслет
announce (v) a'nauns объявлять/повідомляти
annoy (v) a 'n o i раздражать(ся)/дратувати(ся)
anticipate (v) asn'tisipeit предвидеть, предчувствовать/
передбачати, передчувати
antidote (n) 'asntidaut противоядие/протиотрута
antique (adj) a n 'ti:k антикварный/антикварний
anxiety (n) 32i) zaiati тревога, беспокойство/тревога,
занепокоєння
414 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

■\Afort T ra n s c rip tio n 1 Translation


anyway (adv) 'eniwei тем не менее/проте
apologize (v) э'роЬфак извиняться/вибачатись
appealing (adj) з'ріїііі) умоляющий; привлекательный/
благаючий; привабливий
appear(v) з'різ появляться/з’ являтися
applause (n) 3'pb:z аплодисменты/оплески
apply (v) зр'їаі обращаться/ звертатися
• applyfor ajob • устраиваться на работу/
влаштовуватися на работу
appoint (v) s'pamt назначать (встречу);
договариваться/призначати
(зустріч); домовлятися
appointment (n) a'pointmsnt встреча, свидание/зустріч,
побачення
appreciate (v) s'priijieit ценить/цінувати
approach(v) sp'rsutj подойти, приблизиться/підійти,
наблизитися
approve(v) 3'pru:v одобрять/схвалювати
approvingly (adv) 3'pru:vir)li одобрительно/схвально
arch (n) a:tf арка/арка
archaeologist (n) ,a:ki'Dl3d3ist археолог/археолог
architecture (n) a:kitekt/3 архитектура/архітектура
argue (v) Q:9ju; спорить/сперечатися
argument (n) 'a:gju:msnt спор/суперечка
arm (v) a:m вооружать/озброювати
arrange (v) s'reindj устраивать; договариваться/
улаштовувати; домовлятися
arrow (n) 'эегэи стрела, стрелка/стріла, стрілка
artificial (adj) искусственный/штучний
artistically (adv) a:'tistikali артистично, искусно/артистично,
мистецьки
ash (n) ®T пепел,зола/попіл, зола
asleep (adj) 3-sli:p спящий/сплячий
• fall asleep • засыпатъ/засинати
assurance(n) s'Juarans заверение, уверение; уверенность/
запевнення; упевненість
astonished (adj) 3'stDnJt удивленный, изумленный /
здивований
astonishing (adj) 3'stDnJir) поразительный/разючий
astonishment (n) s'stDniJmsnt изумление/здивування
attempt (n) s'tempt попытка/спроба
• attempted murder s'temptid • покушение на убийство/залгах на
'm3:d3 вбивство
attentively (adv) s'tentivli внимательно/уважно
attic (n) aetik чердак/горище
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 415

I Translation 1
attitude (n) 'aetitju:d отношение/відношення
attract (v) s'traekt привлекать/залучати
audience (n) 'o:disns публика, зрители/публіка, глядачі
authority (n) a'0o:riti 1) власть/влада
2) авторитет/авторитет
available (adj) s'veibbl имеющийся в наличии/наявний
avalanche (n) 'aeva,la:nj лавина/лавина
avenue (n) a;vinju: авеню, проспект/авеню, проспект
avoid (v) s'void избегать/уникати
await (v) a'weit ждать/очікувати
awake (irr. v) s'weik просьіпаться/просигіатися
awful (adj) 'D:ful ужасный / жахливий
awfully (adv) 'o:fsli ужасно/жахливо
awkward (adj) 'o:kwsd неловкий, неудобный,
затруднительный/неспритний,
незручний,скрутний
awkwardly (adv) 'o:kwsdli неловко, неуклюже/ніяково,
незграбно
awkwardness (n) '3:kwadnis неловкость/незручність
axe(n) asks топор/сокира

в
1 Word 1Transcription 1 Translation |
background (п) 'baekgraund происхождение/походження
bait (п) beit приманка/принада
bakery(п) 'beiksri булочная/ булочна
bang (п) basr) сильный удар, громкий хлопок/
сильний удар, гучний стук
bard (п) ba:d бард, поэт/бард, поет
bare (adj) bes голый/голий
barefoot (adj) 'beafu:t босой/босий
bargain (n) 'ba:gin удачная покупка/вдала покупка
bark (v) ba:k лаять/ гавкати
basket(n) 'ba:skit корзинка/кошик
battle (n) 'bffitl битва/битва
battlefield (n) 'bcetlfi:ld поле битвы/бойовище
beach (n) bi:f пляж/пляж
beacon (n) 'bi:kan маяк/маяк
bear (irr. v) Ьеэ 1. (зд.) иметь, нести на себе/мати,
нести на собі
2. выносить, терпеть/виносити,
терпіти
3. рожать, рождаться/родити,
народжуватися
г

416 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

W o rd T ra n s c rip tio n ! T ra n s la tio n m


beard (n) biad борода/борода
beat (irr. v) bi:t бить/бити
beauty (n) 'bju:ti 1. красавица/красуня
2. красота/краса
beer(n) bis пиво/пиво
beetle (n) 'bi:tl ж ук/ж ук
beetroot (n) 'bi:tru:t свекла/буряк
beg (v) beg просить, умолять/просити,
благати
beggar (n) 'begs нищий/жебрак
behaviour (n) bi'heivia поведение/поведінка
believe (v) bi'lirv верить/вірити
bell (n) bel 1. звонок/дзвоник
2. кол окол ;колокольчик/дзвін;
дзвіночок
belong (v) bi'loo принадлежать/належати
beloved (adj) bi'Uvid любимый, любимая/улюблений,
улюблена
below (prep) bi'lsu под/під
benefit (v) 'bensfit 1. извлекать выгоду/дістати
вигоду
2. приносить пользу, выгоду/
приносити користь, вигоду
besides (adv) bi'saidz кроме того/крім того
best (adj) best лучший/кращий
• at best • в лучшем случае/у кращому випадку
bet (irr. v) bet спорить, делать ставки, играть
в азартные игры/сперечатися,
робити ставки, грати в азартні ігри
betray (v) bi'trei предавать/зраджувати
bewildered (adj) bi'wildsd озадаченный, сбитый с толку/
здивований,спантеличений
bide (v) baid ожидать/очікувати
bill (n) bil счет (в ресторане)/рахунок (у
ресторані)
bird (n) b3:d птица/птах
• bird o f prey 'b3:d sv 'prei • хищная птица/хижий птах
birth (n) Ьз:0 рождение/народження
birthmark (n) 'Ьз:0та:к родимое пятно, родинка/родима
плям а,родинка
bit (irr. v) bit прош. от ‘bite’ /мин. від ‘bite’
bite (irr. v) bait кусать/кусати
blackberry (n) 'blaskbari ежевика/ожина
blackbird (n) 'blaekb3:d дрозд/дрізд
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 417

W o rd I T ra n s c rip tio n l T ra n s la tio n


blackmail (n) blsekmeil шантаж, вымогательство/шантаж,
вимагання
blame (v) bleim винить, обвинять/звинувачувати
blank (adj) blaer)k пустой/порожній
blazing (adj) bleizir) сверкающий, пылающий/
блискаючий, палаючий
blind (adj) blaind слепой/сліпий
block Ыок 1. (n) квартал/квартал
2. (v) блокировать/блокувати
block the sounds • заглушать звуки/заглушати зву
blood (n) blAd кровь/кров
bloody (adj) bUdi кровавый/кривавий
bloom blu:m 1. (n) цветение/цвітіння
2. (v) цвести/цвісти
blot (n) blot пятно/пляма
blow Ыэи 1. (n) удар/удар
2. (irr. v) дуть/дути
bluff (v) bUf блефовать/блефувати
board (n) bo:d борт корабля/борт корабля
boarding house (n) bo:dir) пансион/пансіон
border(n) 'bo:da граница/кордон
bore bo: 1. (п) зануда, скучный человек/
зануда, нудна людина
2. (v) скучать/нудьгувати
boring (adj) bo:rir) скучный/нудний
borrow (v) Ьогэи занимать, брать взаймы/займати,
брати в борг, позичати
both (adv) Ьэиб оба/обидва
both ... and и ... и / і ... і
bother(v) ЬэЗэ 1. беспокоиться, затруднять себя/
турбуватися, утрудняти себе
2. надоедать, беспокоить/
докучати,турбувати
bottle (n) bDtl бутылка/пляшка
boundless (adj) baundlis безграничный/безмежний
bow (v) bau кланяться/кланятися
box (n) bDks - 1. коробка, ящик
2. рамочка/рамочка
3. ложа в театре/ложа в театрі
boyish (adj) bonj мальчишеский/хлоп’ ячий
brain (n) brein мозг/мозок
brass (adj) bra:s медньїй/мідний
brave (adj) breiv храбрый/хоробрий
bravery (n) breivari храбрость/хоробрість

1 4 Short stories with pleasure


418 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

ЇЇ*a n s c n pptli
tio r, Translation
break (irr. v) breik ломать/ламати
• break in вмешаться в разговор, прервать/
втручатися в розмову, перервати
break off breik • прерыватъ/переривати
• break the spell breik • рассеять чары, волшебство/
розсіяти чари, чарівництво
breath (n) Ьгев дыхание/подих
breathe (v) bri:d дыш ать/дихати
breed bri:d 1. (n) порода/порода
2. (irr. v) воспитывать,
вскармливать/виховувати,
вигодовувати
brew (v) bru: варить/варити
brick (n) brik кирпич/цеглина
brief-case (n) 'bri:fkeis портфель/портфель
briefly (adv) bri:fli кратко, коротко/стисло
brilliant (adj) 'brilisnt блестящий/блискучий
broad-shouldered 'brn:d'fauldid широкоплечий/широкоплечий
(adj)
broken (adj) 'Ьгэикп сломанный, разбитый/зламаний
розколотий
♦ be broken быть разоренным/бути розореним
brooch (n) brautf брошь/брошка
brush (v) Ьгл/ 1. чистить / чистити
2. расчесывать щ еткой/
розчісувати щіткою
brute (n) bru:t зверь, животное/звір, тварина
budgerigar (n) 'Ьлфэпда: волнистый попугайчик/хвилястий
папужка
bull (n) bul бы к/бик
bullet (n) 'bulit пуля/куля
bunch (n) bAntf букет; связка/букет; в’ язка
bundle (n) 'Ьлпё! узелок, сверток/вузлик, згорток
bur(n) Ьз: колючка, шип, репейник/
колючка, шип, реп’ ях
burglar (n) Ьз:д1э квартирный вор, домушник/
квартирний злодій, домушник
burglary (n) Ьз:д1агі ночная кража со взломом/нічна
крадіжка зі зломом
burgle (v) Ьз:д1 воровать, красть (из квартир)/
красти з квартир
burn (irr. v) Ьз:п гореть, жечь/горіти, палити
burst (irr. v) b3:st врываться/уриватися
• burst into tears • залиться слезами, расплакаться/
залитися сльозами, розплакатися
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 419

ITranscription I Translation 1
bury (v) 'beri хоронить/ховати
bush (n) buj куст/кущ
businesslike (adj) 'biznislaik деловой /діловий
butcher (n) 'butfa м ясник/м ’ ясник
• butcher s 'butfsz • мясной магазин, лавка/м ’ясний
магазин, крамниця
button (n) 'bAtn 1. кнопка (лифта)/кнопка (ліфта)
2. пуговица/гудзик
buzz (v) Ьлг жужжать /дзижчати
buzzing (n) 'Ьлгіг) жужжание/дзижчання
by and by (adv) bai and bai вскоре/незабаром

С
Word ITranscription 1 Translation • ]
Caballero (n) ,кеЬэ'Уэгэи кабальєро, кавалер/кабальєро,
кавалер
cabin (n) kasbin кабина, каюта/кабіна, каюта
calamity (n) ks'laemiti бедствие/нещастя
• natural calamity стихийное бедствие/стихійне лихо
call over (v) 'korl'auva подзьівать/підкликати
calm ka:m 1. (adj) спокойный, тихий/
спокійний, тихий
2. (v) успокаивать/заспокоювати
candle (n) kasndl свеча/свіча
cannibal (n) кагпіЬІ каннибал, людоед/канібал,
людожер
captain (n) 'kaeptin капитан/капітан
care for (v) кеэ питать интерес/мати інтерес
career (n) кэ'пэ карьера/кар’ єра
careless (adj) keslis небрежный/недбалий
caress(n) ks'res ласка/ласка
carriage (n) каггіф 1. экипаж, карета/екіпаж, карета
2. вагон/вагон
carrot(n) 'kaerst морковка/морква
carry (v) 'kaeri нести, носить/нести, носити
cartoon (n) ka:'tu:n мультфильм/мультфільм
carved (adj) ka:vd покрытый искусной резьбой/
покритий митецьким різьбленням
case (n) keis случай/випадок
cashier (n) кге'/із кассир/касир
cast (irr„ v) ka:st бросать/кидати
castle (n) 'ka:sl замок/замок

14*
420 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

catch (irr. v) kastf ловить, хватать/ловити, хватати


• catch sight o f smth • увидеть, заметить что-то/
побачити, помітити щось
cause(v) ko:z вызывать/викликати
cave (n) keiv пещера/печера
ceiling (n) 'si:lirj потолок/стеля
celebrate (v) 'selibreit праздновать/святкувати
century(n) 'sentjari столетие/сторіччя, століття
certain (adj) 's3:tn 1. определенный/визначений
2. некий/деякий
chain (n) tfein цепь, цепочка/ланцюг, ланцюжок
challenge (n) 'faslincb вызов, испытание/виклик, іспит
chambermaid (n) tfaembameid горничная/покоївка
chance(n) tfa:ns шанс, случай/шанс, випадок
• by chance • случайно/випадково
change tfeindj 1. (п)сдача/здача
2. (v) менять, меняться/мінять,
мінятися
chap (n) tfasp приятель, парень/приятель,
хлопець
charge tfa:ci5 1. (п) ответственность/
відповідальність
2. (v) брать плату/брати пла
charm (n) tfa:m 1. обаяние, очарование/
чарівність/зачарування
2. талисман, амулет/талісман,
амулет
chatty (adj) 'tfaeti болтливый/балакучий
cheap (adj) tfi:p дешевый/дешевий
cheat(v) tfi:t обманывать, мошенничать/
обманювати, шахраювати
cheer(v) tfia аплодировать; награждать
одобрительными возгласами;
приветствовать/аплодувати;
нагороджувати схвальними
вигуками; вітати
cheerfully (adv) 'tfiafuli радостно/радісно
chemist (n) 'kemist 1. химик/хімік
2. аптекарь/аптекар
• chemist’s (n) 'kemists • аптека/аптека
chemistry (n) химия/хімія
'kemistri
chew (v) tfu: жевать/жувати
chim ney-sw eeper (n) 'tfimni swi:pa трубочист/сажотрус
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 421

WorcT Transcription Translation


chisel (n) 'tfizl стамеска, зубило, долото/
стамеска, зубило, долото
choice (n) tfois вьібор/вибір
choke (v) tfauk душить /душити
choose (irr. v) t[u:z выбирать/вибирати
chore(n) tfo: работа по дому/домашня робота
chuckle (v) 'tfAkl посмеиваться, хихикать, фыркать
от смеха/посміюватися, хихикати,
фиркати від сміху
cigarette-end (n) ,sigs'ret'end окурок/недокурок
cinder (n) 'sinda пепел,зола/попіл, зола
circumstance (n) 's3:k3mstsns обстоятельство/обставина
circus (n) 's3:kss цирк/цирк
citizen (n) 'sitizn гражданин, горожанин/
громадянин, городянин
civilization (n) ,sivilai'zeijn цивйлизация/цивілізація
claim kleim 1. (п) требование/вимога,
вимагання
2. (п) иск, претензия/позов,
претензія
3. (v) заявлять/заявляти
clap (v) kla:p хлопать/ляскати
claw (n) kb: коготь/кіготь, пазур
clerk (n) kla:k служащий, клерк/службовець,
клерк
client (n) 'klaisnt клиент/клієнт
cliff (n) klif утес/стрімчак
climb (v) klaim карабкаться, взбираться, влезать,
подниматься/підніматися,
залазити
close ktaus 1. (adj) близький/близький
2. (adv)близко/близько
closely (adv) 'ktausli внимательно/уважно
closet (n) 'ktazit шкаф, чулан/шафа, прикомірок
club (n) кІлЬ 1. дубинка/кийок
2. клуб/клуб
clue (n) klu: улика, ключ к разгадке,
путеводная нить/доказ, ключ до
розгадки, провідна нитка
coal (n) ksul уголь/вугілля
coast(n) ksust побережье/узбережжя
coin (n) koin монета/монета
coincidence (n) ,k9u'insidans совпадение/збіг
collar (n) 'kola воротник/комір
422 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

colleague (n) 'k D li:g сотрудник, коллега по работе/


співробітник, колега по роботі
collocation (n) , kDb 'keijn словосочетание / словосполучення
colloquial (adj) k a 'b u k w i s l разговорный/розмовний
colourless (adj) ' клІо1іs бесцветный/безбарвний
column (n) 'kotam колонна, колонка/колона,
стовпчик
come (irr. v) приходить/приходити
• come round /to/ • приходить в себя/приходити до
around тями
com fort (n) 'kAinfat 1. комфорт/комфорт
2. утешение/розрада
commercial (adj) ко'тз:|'1 коммерческий/комерційний
• commercial • коммивояжер/комівояжер
traveller
commit (v) ka'mit совершать/здійснювати
• commit suicide s(j)u:isQid . совершить самоубийство/
покінчити життя самогубством
common (adj) 'китэп простой, обыкновенный/простий,
звичайний
commuter (n) ks'mju:t3 постоянный пассажир
пригородного поезда/постійний
пасажир приміського потяга
company (n) 'клтрзпі компания, общество/компанія,
суспільство
compartment (n) kam'pa:tmont купе (в поезде)/купе (у потязі)
compensation (n) ,kDmp3n'seiJn компенсация/компенсація
compete (v) kam'pi:t соревноваться/змагатися
competition (n) , котра' tijn соревнование/змагання
complaint (n) ksm'pleint жалоба/скарга
complete (adj) kam'pli:t полный/повний
completely (adv) kam'pli:tli полностью/цілком
comrade (n) 'komrid товарищ/товариш
concentrate (v) 'konsan'treit сосредотачиваться/
зосереджуватися
concerned about ksn's3:nd озабоченный чем-то/заклопотаний
(adj) чимось
conclude (v) ksn'klu:d делать вывод, заключение/робити
висновок
conduct (n) 'knndokt поведение/поведінка
confess (v) kon'fes признаваться, сознаваться/
визнаватися, зізнаватися
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 423

Word ITranscription I ________________________ Translation_____ ]


confession (n) kan'fejn признание/визнання
confidence (n) 'konfidans уверенность/упевненість
confused (adj) kan'fju:zd озадаченный/спантеличений
confusion (n) kan'fju:zn замешательство/замішання
congratulate (v) kan,grsetju'leit поздравлять/поздоровляти
conquer (v) kDijka завоевывать/завойовувати
conscience (n) 'kDnJans совесть/совість
conscientiously (adv) ^tmji'enjasli добросовестно/сумлінно
consciousness (n) 'k o n jasn is сознание/свідомість
consist of (v) kan'sist состоять из/складатися з
consul(n) 'konsal консул/консул
consulate (n) 'kDnsjulit консульство/консульство
contain (v) kan'tein содержать/містити
contempt (n) kan'tempt презрение/презирство
convenient (adj) kan'vi:niant удобный/зручний
convict (v) kan'vikt осуждать/засуджувати
convince (v) kan'vins убеждать, убедить/переконувати,
переконати
cool(v) ku:l остывать; охлаждать/остигати;
охолоджувати
cop (n) kDp (Am.E.) полицейский/
поліцейський
corner(n) ka:na угол/кут
corporal(n) 'ka:pral капрал (воинский чин)/капрал
(військовий чин)
correspond (v) ,kDri'spDnd переписываться /листуватися
cost (irr. v) kost стоить/коштувати
couch (n) kautf кушетка/кушетка
cough (v) kof кашлять/кашляти
count (v) kaunt считать/лічити
counter 'kaunta 1. (п )прилавок/прилавок
2. (v) противостоять,
противопоставлять/
протистояти, протиставляти
countless (adj) kauntlis бесчисленный/незліченний
county (n) 'kaunti графство/графство
couple (n) 'клрі пара/пара
courage(n) ' клгіф смелость, храбрость/сміливість,
хоробрість
court of law (n) 'ko:t av 'la: суд/суд
cousin (n) 'клгп двоюродный брат (сестра)/
двоюрідний брат (сестра)
424 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

coward (n) 'kausd трус/боягуз


cowardly (adv) kauadli трусливый/боягузливий
crawl (v) kro:l ползти/повзти
crazy (adj) 'kreizi сумасшедший/божевільний
creak (v) kri:k скрипеть/скрипіти
crew (n) kru: экипаж корабля, команда
crime (n) kraim преступление/злочин
criminal 'krimiiwl 1. (п) преступник/злочинець
2. (adj) криминальный,
преступньїй/кримінальний,
злочинний
cross(v) kros переходить, пересекать/
переходити, перетинати
crow (n) кгэи ворона/ворона
crowd (n) kraud толпа/юрба
crowded (adj) 'kraudid оживленный, заполненный
людьми/оживлений, залюднений
crown (n) kraim корона/корона
cruel (adj) krual жестокий/жорстокий
crumb (n) кглш крошка/крихта
crusade (n) krufseid крестовый поход/хрестовий похід
crust(n) krASt корка хлеба/скорина хліба,
шкоринка
cucumber (n) 'kju:kamba огурец/огірок
cuff-link (n) 'клПіок запонка/запонка
cunning (adj) 'клпігі хитрый/хитрий
cup (n) клр кубок/кубок
cure (v) kjus излечивать/виліковувати
curiosity (n) .kjuari'nsiti любопытство/цікавість
curious (adj) 'kjuariss любопытный/зацікавлений
curling (adj) 'кз:1іо вьющиеся (волосы)/кучеряве
(волосся)
curly (adj) 'кз:1і вьющийся / кучерявий
custom (n) 'kAst9m привычка, обычай, обыкновение/
звичка,звичай
customary (adj) 'kAstsm ari привычный/звичайний
customer (n) 'kA stsm s покупатель, клиент/покупець,
клієнт
custom-office (n) 'kAStam 'ofis таможня/митниця
cut down (v) kAt рубить/рубати
cycling (n) 'saiklit) велосипедный спорт/
велосипедний спорт
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 425

damage (v) 'd£emid5 наносить вред, повреждать/


ушкоджувати
danger (n) 'deincfcs опасность/небезпека
dangerous (adj) 'deind3sr3s опасный/небезпечний
dare(v) deo сметь/сміти
dart (v) da:t ринуться, броситься, мчаться
стрелой/ринутися, кинутися,
мчатися стрілою
dash d »J 1. (п) дефис, черточка/дефіс,
риска
2. (v) бросаться, мчаться/
кидатися, мчатися
deadly (adj) 'dedli смертельно/смертельно
deaf (adj) def глухой/глухий
deafening (adj) 'defniij оглушающий, оглушительный/
приголомшуючий, оглушливий
deal with (irr. v) di:l заниматься чем-то; иметь дело
с кем-то или чем-то/займатися
чимось; мати справу з кимось або
чимось
death (n) de0 смерть/смерть
debt(n) det долг/борг
decent (adj) 'diisant приличный, порядочный/
пристойний, порядний
decide (v) di'said решать/вірішувати
decision (n) di'si3n решение/рішення
deck (n) dek палуба/палуба
deed (n) di:d 1. дело, поступок/діло, вчинок
2. подвиг/подвиг
deep (adj) di:p глибокий/глибокий
definite (adj) 'definit определенный/визначений
definitely (adv) 'definitli определенно/безперечно
delicate (adj) 'delikit нежный/ніжний
delicious (adj) di'lijas очень вкусный, восхитительный/
дуже смачний, чудовий
delight (n) di'lait восторг/захват
deliver (v) di'liva доставлять/доставляти
deny (v) di'nai отрицать/заперечувати
department (n) di'pa:tmant отдел/відділ
departure (n) di'pa:tjb отаезд/від’їзд
descendant (n) di'sendsnt потомок/нащадок
description (n) dis'kripjn описание/опис
426 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

д и и т ш и ^ и и и д и д ІНЯЯЯДЯЯШДДІ НМНДИИИДДДДДДИ и
С Word [Transcription}________Translation |
desert(n) dezat пустыня/пустеля
• desert island • необитаемый остров/ незаселений
острів
deserted (adj) de'z3:tid брошенный, пустынный,
необитаемый/кинутий,
пустельний, ненаселений
deserve (v) di'z3:v заслуживать/заслуговувати
desire (n) di'zaia желание/бажання
despair (n) dis'pea отчаяние/розпач
desperately (adv) 'desparatli страшно, отчаянно, позарез/
страшно, запекло, конче
despite (prep) dis'pait несмотря на/незважаючи на
destroy (v) dis'trai разрушать/руйнувати
destructive (adj) dis'trAktiv разрушительный/руйнівний
determination (n) di,t3:mi'neijn решимость/рішучість
determined (adj) di't3:mind решительно настроенный/рішуче
настроений
devotion (n) di'vau/n преданность/відданість
diamond (n) 'daimand алмаз, бриллиант/діамант
die away/down (v) dai угасать, затихать/затихати,
згасати
differently (adv) 'difarantli иначе/інакше
dip (v) dip погружать, окунать/занурювати
diplomacy (n) dip'Iaumasi дипломатичность /
дипломатичність
direct (v) di'rakt направлять/направляти
directory (n) di'rektari справочник /довідник
dirt (n) d3:t грязь/грязь
disappear (v) .disa'pia исчезать/зникати
disappearance (n) ,disa'piarans исчезновение / зникнення
disappoint (v) ,disa'paint разочаровывать/розчаровувати
disappointed (adj) ,disa'paintid разочарованный/розчарований
disappointment (n) ,disa'pointmant разочарование/розчарування
disaster (n) di'za:sta бедствие, несчастье/нещастя
discover (v) dis'kAva обнаруживать/виявляти
discovery (n) dis'kAvari открытие/відкриття
dish (n) dij блюдо/блюдо
dishonest (adj) dis'Dnist нечестный, бесчестный/ нечесний,
безчесний
dismay (n) dis'mei страх, испуг/страх, переляк
disobedience (n) ,disa'bi:djans непослушание/неслухняність
disobey (v) ,disa'bei не слушаться, не подчиняться/не
слухатися, не підкорятися
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 427

'ord_______ [Transcription! ~ _________Translation____________


disorder (n) dis'o:da беспорядок/безладдя
dispense (v) dis'pens готовить и отпускать лекарства/
готувати та відпускати ліки
displeased (adj) dis'pli:zd недовольный/незадоволений
dissolve (v) di'zolv растворять (ся)/розчиняти (ся)
distance (n) 'dista:ns расстояние/відстань
distract (v) dis'traskt отвлекать/відволікати
ditch (n) ditj канава, траншея/канава, траншея
dive (v) daiv нырять / поринати
dog-eared (adj) 'drigisd (страница) с загнутыми краями/
(сторінка) із загнутими краями
door-mat (n) 'do:maet половик, коврик для вытирания
ног/постілка, килимок для
витирання ніг
doorway (n) 'do:wei дверной проем/дверний проріз (отвір)
double cross (n) 'dAb!'kros хитрость, уловка, обман/обман,
хитрість, виверт
doubt(n) daut сомнение/сумнів
downstairs (adv) ,daun'steaz внизу/унизу
dozen (n) 'dAzn дюжина, десяток/дюжина,
десяток
drag (v) drag тащить/тягти
draw (irr. v) dro: 1. тащить/тягти
2. рисовать/малювати
drawing (n) 'dro:ir) рисунок/малюнок
dread (v) dred бояться/боятися
dream (irr. v) dri:m 1. мечтать/мріяти
2. видеть сны /бачити сни
dressing-table (n) 'dresirjteibl туалетный столик/туалетний
столик
drink (n) drirjk напиток/напій
drizzle (v) 'drizl моросить/моросити
drop (v) drop ронять/упускати
drought (n) draut засуха/посуха
drown (v) draun тонуть/тонути
drowned draund 1. (п) утопленник/утопленик
2. (adj) утонувший/той, що
потонув
drug drAg 1. (п) лекарство, наркотик/ліки,
наркотик
2. (v) подмешивать наркотики/
підмішувати наркотики
drugged (adj) drAgd одурманенный (наркотиками)/
одурманений наркотиками
428 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Г Word 1Transcription! Translation 1


druggist (n) 'drAgist аптекарь, фармацевт/аптекар,
фармацевт
drunk (adj) drArjk выпивший/той, що випив
dry (adj) drai сухой/сухий
due (adj) dju: должный/належний
due to (prep) dju: благодаря, вследствие, в ре­
зультате/завдяки, у наслідок, у
результаті
dull (adj) dAl скучный/нудний
dumb (adj) dAm глухой/глухий
dust (n) dASt пыль/пил
dustbin (n) 'dAstbin мусорное ведро/сміттєве відро
dusty (adj) 'dASti пыльный/курний
duty (n) 'dju:ti долг, моральное обязательство/
борг, моральне зобов’ язання
sense o f duty 'sens av 'dju:ti • чувство долга/почуття боргу

Е
mj___ Translation____________ |
eager (adj) 'i:gs стремящийся/прагнучий
be eager • страстно стремиться, жаждать/
жагуче прагнути, жадати
eagle (n) 'i:gl орел/орел
earn (v) з:п зарабатывать/заробляти
earth (n) з:0 земля/земля
earthquake (n) '3:0kweik землетрясение/землетрус
e ffo rt(n ) 'efst усилие/зусилля
either (pron) 'аіЗз 1. либо/або
2. тоже (в отрицательных
предложениях) / теж
(в заперечних реченнях)
elated (adj) i'leitid ликующий, в приподнятом
настроении/радісний, у
піднесеному настрої
elderly (adj) 'eldsli пожилой/літній
elect (v) iTekt выбирать/вибирати
embarrass (v) im'bserss смущать/бентежити
• get embarrassed • смутиться/бентежитися
embrace (v) im'breis обнимать/обіймати
emergency (n) i'm3:d33nsi чрезвычайное происшествие/
надзвичайна подія
emperor (n) 'е т р э г э император/імператор
employee (n) ,empbi'i: служащий, работник/службовець,
працівник
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 429

enchantment (n) in'tfa:ntmsnt колдовство, волшебство/


чаклунство, чарівництво
enclose (v) in'klauz (зд.) вкладывать (в письмо)/
вкладати (у лист)
encourage (v) іn' клгі(±5 поощрять/заохочувати
endless (adj) 'endlis бесконечный/нескінченний
enemy (n) enami враг/ворог
energetic (adj) ,ena'djetik знергичньїй/енергійний
engine (n) 'encfein паровоз/паровоз
enough I'mvf 1. (adj) достаточный/достатній
2. (adv) довольно, достаточно/
досить
enquiry (n) in'kwaiari наведение справок/наведення
довідок
enter(v) 'enta входить/входити
entertain (v) ,enta'tein развлекать/розважати
entertainment (n) ,enta'teinmsnt развлечение/ розвага
enthusiastic (adj) in,0ju:zi'£estik полный энтузиазма/сповнений
ентузіазмом
entitle (v) in'taitl давать название/давати назву
entrance(n) 'entrans вход/вхід
envelope (n) 'envalaup конверт/конверт
envy (n) 'envi зависть/заздрість
eruption (n) і'глр/п извержение / виверження
escape (v) is'keip убегать, сбегать/тікати, збігати
European (adj) Juara'pian европейский/європейський
event(n) i'vent собьітие/подія
eventually (adv) i'ventfuali в конечном счете, в конце концов/,
у кінцевому рахунку, зрештою
evidence (n) 'evidans улики; свидетельство;
доказательство/доказ; свідчення
evident (adj) evident очевидный/очевидний
evidently (adv) 'evidantli очевидно/очевидно
exact (adj) ig'zaekt точный/точний
exactly (adv) ig'zaektli точно/точно
examination (n) ig,zsmi'neijn 1. екзамен/екзамен, іспит
2. осмотр/огляд
examine (v) ig'zaemin проверять, осматривать/
перевіряти, оглядати
excavation (n) .ekska'veijn раскопки/розкопки
except(prep) ik'sept кроме/зокрема
exception (n) ik'sepjn исключение/виняток
excited (adj) ik'saitid возбужденный/збуджений
430 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

be excited • быть в возбуждении/бути


збудженим
exciting (adj) ik'saitir) 1. захватывающий/той, що
захоплює
2. волнующий, волнительный/
хвилюючий
exclaim (v) ik'skleim " восклицать/вигукувати
excusable (adj) ik'skju:zsbl простительный / пробачний
excuse(n) ik'skju:s предлог/привід
exhausted (adj) ig'zD:stid очень усталый; истощенный,
измученный/дуже втомлений;
виснажений, змучений
exhibit (v) ig'zibit выставлять, экспонировать/
виставляти,експонувати
exist (v) ig'zist существовать/існувати
existence (n) ig'zistsns существование/існування
exit 'egzit/'eksit 1. (п) вьіход/вихід
2. (v) выходить/виходити
expect (v) ik'spekt ждать, ожидать/очікувати
expectantly (adv) ik'spektsntli ожидающе/очікувально
expense (n) ik'spens расход,трата/витрата
• at smb s expense за чей-то счет/за чийсь рахунок
expensive (adj) ik'spensiv дорогой/дорогий
experience (n) iks'piarisns 1. случай, приключение/випадок,
пригода
2. опыт/досвід
experienced (adj) iks'piaranst опьітньїй/досвідчений
experiment (v) iks'perimsnt экспериментировать/
експериментувати
expert (n) 'eksp3:t эксперт/експерт
explain (v) ik'splein объяснять / пояснювати
explosion (n) ik'spl9U3n взрыв/вибух
expose (v) ik'spauz разоблачать/викривати
exposure(n) i k 's p 9 U 3 s 1. разоблачение/викриття
2. подвергание внешнему
воздействию / піддавання
зовнішньому впливу
exquisite (adj) 'ekskwizit искусно сделанный, изящный/
мистецьки зроблений, витончений
extremely (adv) ik'stri:mli крайне/украй
eye-brow (n) 'aibrau бровь/брова
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 431

Word______ [TranscriptionT Translation


face (v) feis 1. повернуться лицом/
повернутися обличчям
2. стоять лицом к/стояти
обличчям до
faded (adj) 'feidid выцветший, увядший/вицвілий,
зів’ялий
fail (v) feil потерпеть неудачу/зазнати невдачі
failure (n) 'feilja 1. провал, неудача/провал,
невдача
2. неудачник/невдаха
faint (v) feint терять сознание/знепритомніти
fair fea 1. (п) ярмарка, базар / ярмарок,
базар
2. (adj) белокурьш/білявий
3. (adj) честный, справедливый/
чесний, справедливий
• fair-headed 'fea'hedid • светловолосый, русый/
світловолосий, русявий
fairy (n) 'feari фея/фея
faithful (adj) 'feiGful верный, преданньїй/вірний,
відданий
familiar (adj) fa'milia знакомый/знайомий
fan (v) fen обмахивать/обмахувати
fancy(n) 'fensi (зд.) симпатия/симпатія
• take fancy • проникнуться симпатией,
понравиться/перейнятися
симпатією, сподобатися
fare (n) fea плата за проезд/плата за проїзд
fascinating (adj) 'fesineitirj захватывающий/той, що захоплює
fast (adj) fcust быстро/швидко
• be fast asleep 'fa:st a'sli:p • крепко спать/міцно спати
fasten (v) 'fa:sn закреплять, пристегивать/
закріплювати, пристібати
fate (n) feit судьба/доля
fatness(n) 'fetnis полнота/повнота
fault (n) fo:lt вина/провина
favour(n) 'feiva услуга, одолжение/послуга
do smb a favour • оказать кому-то услугу/ зробити
комусь послугу
favourite (n) 'feivarit любимец, фаворит/улюбленець,
фаворит
fear fia 1. (п)страх/страх
2. (v )бояться/боятися
432 SHORT STORIES W ITH PLEASURE

Word___ [Transcription]___________ Translation


fearful (adj) 'fiaful страшный, ужасный/страшний,
жахливий
feather (n) 'fe6a перо/перо
feature (n) черта (характера)/риса
(характеру)
feed (irr. v) fi:d кормить / годувати
feel (irr. v) fill чувствовать/почувати
• feel ill at ease чувствовать себя неловко/
почувати себе ніяково
feet (pi. n) fi:t множ, от ‘ foot’ ноги/ноги
fellow (n) 'felau человек, парень, малый/людина,
хлопець, малий
fellow-traveller (n) ,felau'tra2vala попутчик/попутник
ferocious (adj) fa'ra:Jas дикий, свирепый, жестокий/
дикий, лютий, жорстокий
ferry-boat (n) 'feribaut паром/пором
few (adv) fju: мало/мало
• a few • немного, несколько/небагато,
трохи
fiance (n) fi Dnsei жених/наречений
fictitious (adj) fik'tijas вымышленный, воображаемый/
вигаданий, уявний
field (n) fi:ld поле/поле
fierce (adj) 'fias жестокий/жорстокий
fill (v) fil наполнять/наповнювати
finally (adv) 'fainali наконец/нарешті
find (irr. v) faind находить/знаходити
• find out • обнаруживать/виявляти
• find oneself • очутиться/опинятися
finding (n) 'faindir) находка/знахідка
fine (v) fain штрафовать, налагать штраф/
штрафувати, накладати штраф
finger (n) 'fiogs палец руки/палець руки
fir tree (n) f3: ель/ялина
fire (n) 'faia пожар/пожежа
(be) fired (adj) 'faiad быть уволенным/бути звільненим
firmly (adj) 'f3:mli твердо/твердо
fisherman (n) 'fijaman рыбак/рибалка
fishing rod (n) ' fijirj 'rod удочка/вудка
fit (v) fit 1. (зд.) подбирать/підбирати
2. соответствовать, годиться/
відповідати, годитися
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 433

[_______ Word______TTranscriptionl __________ translation____ _______ j


fix (v) fiks 1. чинить, приводить в
порядок,устанавливать/
лагодити, упорядковувати,
установлювати
2. фиксировать/фіксувати
3. смотреть не отрываясь/
дивитися не відриваючись
flask (n) fla:sk фляжка, термос/фляжка, термос
flat (adj) flaet ровный, плоский/рівний,
плоский, плаский
flavour (n) 'fleiva 1) привкус/присмак
2) аромат/аромат
flesh (n) flej тело, плоть, мякоть/тіло, плоть,
м’якоть
flight (n) fldlt 1. рейс/рейс
2. полет/політ
flirt (v) fh:t флиртовать/фліртувати
float (v) flsut плавать, держаться на
поверхности/плавати, триматисз
на поверхні
flow (v) fl3l) течь/текти
fly (irr. v) flai летать/літати
fog (n) fog туман/туман
folk (n) fsuk народ, люди/народ, люди
follow (v) 'foist) следовать за кем-то, чем-то/іти
слідом за кимось, чимось
fond (adj) fond любящий/який любить
• be fond o f smth • любить что-либо, увлекаться
чем-либо/любити що-небудь,
захоплюватися чим-небудь
fool(n) fu:l дурак/дурень
footsteps (pi. n) 'futsteps шаги/кроки
forbid (irr. v) fs'bid запрещать/забороняти
force fo:s 1. (п) сила/сила
2. (v) заставлять/примушувати
forehead 'fo:rid лоб/чоло
forgive (irr. v) fa'giv прощать/прощати
fork (n) fo:k вилка/виделка
former (adj) 'foims бьівший/колишній
fortunate (adj) fotfnit удачный, удачливый/удалий,
щасливий
fortune (n) 'fo:tfsn богатство, состояние/багатство
forward (adv) 'fo:wad вперед/уперед
fountain (n) 'fauntin фонтан/ фонтан
434 SHORT STORIES W ITH PLEASURE

I_______ Word [Transcriptionf ____________Translation


fragrant (adj) 'freigrsnt ароматный/ароматний
frank (adj) fraerjk честный, откровенный/чесний,
відвертий
freeze (irr.v) fri:z мерзнуть, замерзать, морозить/
мерзнути, замерзати, морозити
freight (adj) freit грузовой/вантажний
frightened (adj) 'fraitnd испуганный / зляканий
• be/get frightened • испугаться/злякатися
front (adj) frMit передний/передній
frown (v) fraim хмуриться/супитися
fruitless (adj) 'fru:tlis бесплодный/марний
frustrating (adj) frA'streitir) разочаровывающий/той, що
розчаровує
fulfil (v) fu lfil выполнять/виконувати
full-length (adj) 'ful'lengQ в полный рост/на повний зріст
funeral (n) 'fjuinsral похороны/похорони
fur (n) f3: мех/хутро
furious (adj) 'fjusrias разъяренный, взбешенный/
розлютований
furry (adj) f3:ri мохнатый, покрытый мехом/
волохатий, покритий хутром

G
1 Word ITranscription 1 _____________________Translation______
gain (v) gein (зд.) набрать (вес)/набрати (вагу)
gallant (adj) gaelant галантный, любезный/галантний,
люб’ язний
gamble (v) 'gsmbl играть на деньги/грати на гроші
gambling house (n) 'gsmblir) игорный дом/ігорний дім
garlic (n) 'ga:lik чеснок/часник
gate (n) geit ворота, калитка/ворота, хвіртка
generally (adv) 'djengrsli обычно, вообще/звичайно, загалом
• in general • в общем/взагалі
generate(v) '(feensreit вызывать, порождать/викликати,
породжувати
generous (adj) 'cftensrss щедрый/щедрий
get lost (v) get 'lost заблудиться/заблукати
ghost (n) gsust привидение/привид
giant 'cfcaiant 1. (п) гигант/гігант
2. (adv) гигантский/гігантський
gift (n) gift 1. подарок/подарунок
2. талант/талант
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 435

і Word ITranscription Translation


girlhood (n) g3:lhud девичество/дівоцтво
give (irr. v) giv давать/давати
• give in • поддаваться/піддаватися
• give out • выдавать/видавати
give smb a lift • подвезти/підвезти
• give smb away • выдавать кого-то/видавати когось
glance gla:ns 1. (п) взгляд/погляд
2. (v) мельком взглянуть/мигцем
глянути
gloomy (adj) giu:mi угрюмый/похмурий
glory (n) glori слава/слава
gnomelike (adj) 'naumlaik похожий на гнома/схожий на
гнома
go up (irr. v) подниматься/підніматися
goat(n) gaut коза, козел/коза, козел
gold (n) gauld золото/золото
(be) good at (adj) gud быть способным, хорошо
получаться/бути здатним, добре
виходити
goods (pi. n) gudz товар, товары/товар, товари
gorgeous (adj) 'go:d38s великолепный, блестящий,
красивый/чудовий, блискучий,
красивий
govern (v) 'длуп руководить, управлять/керувати
government (n) 'gAvnmant правительство/уряд
grab (v) grasb схватить/схопити
grain (n) grein зерно/зерно
grand (adj) gramd великий, грандиозный,
великолепный/великий,
грандіозний, розкішний
grateful (adj) greitful благодарный/вдячний
gratitude (n) gra2titju:d благодарность/подяка
gray-haired (=grey) grei'head седой/сивий
(adj)
greedy (adj) gri:di жадньїй/жадібний
greet(v) gri:t приветствовать/вітати
grid (n) grid решетка/грати
grip (v) grip схватить/схопити
grow (irr. v) grau расти, выращивать/рости,
вирощувати
growl (v) graul рычать/ричати,гарчати
guardian (n) ga:dian (зд.) блюститель порядка/
охоронець порядку
436 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

I__ Word ITranscription! ________ Translation |


guess (v) ges догадываться, разгадывать/
догадуватися, розгадувати
guest (n) gest гость/гість
guilty (adj) giiti виноватый/винуватий
gun (n) длп ружье, винтовка, пистолет/
рушниця, гвинтівка, пістолет

H
Word ITranscription Translation
half (n) ha:f половина/половина
half-alive (adj) harfa'laiv полуживой/напівживий
hallucination (n) hs'lu:sineijn галлюцинация/галюцінація
hammer (n) hsema молоток/молоток
hand (v) hsend 1. давать, раздавать/давати,
роздавати
2. подавать, передавать/подавати,
передавати
handkerchief (n) 'haegkatfif носовой платок/носовичок
handle (n) 'hsendl ручка, набалдашник/ручка,
набалдашник
handsome (adj) 'haensam красивый, симпатичный/
красивий, симпатичний
handwriting (n) 'hsnd.raitirj почерк/почерк
hang (irr. v) haer) вешать, висеть/вішати, висіти
happen (v) 'haepn случаться/траплятися
hard ha:d 1 . (adj) тяжелый, упорный/
важкий, завзятий
2. (adv) тяжело, упорно/важко,
завзято
hardly (adv) 'ha:dli едва, вряд ли/ледь, навряд чи
hardware store (n) 'ha:dwea'sto: скобяная лавка/залізна крамниця
harmless (adj) 'ha:mlis безвредный/нешкідливий
hatch (v) высиживать птенцов/
висиджувати пташенят
hateful (adj) 'heitful ненавистный/ненависний
haunt (v) ha:nt являться, появляться, обитать (о
привидениях)/бути, з’ являтися,
жити (про примар)
hawk (n) ho:k ястреб/яструб
head for/to (v) hed направлять(ся)/направляти(ся)
headless (adj) 'hedlis без головы, безголовый/без
голови, безголовий
heap(n) hi:p куча/купа
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 437

Word ITranscription Translation


heart(n) ha:t сердце/серце
• by heart • наизустъ/напам ’ять
• heart failure 'ha:t'feilja • остановка сердца, разрыв сердца/
зупинка серця, розрив серця
heated (adj) 'hi:tid горячий, разгоряченный/гарячий,
розгарячений
heather(n) 'ЬеЗэ вереск/верес
heavy (adj) 'hevi тяжелый/важкий
hesitantly (adv) 'hezitentli нерешительно, заикаясь/
нерішуче, заїкаючись
hesitate (v) 'heziteit сомневаться, колебаться/
сумніватися, коливатися
hesitation (n) ,hezi'teijn сомнение, колебание/сумнів,
коливання
hidden (irr. v) 'hidn прош. причастие от ‘hide’
hide (irr. v) haid прятать; спрятать/ховати;сховати
hillside (n) 'hilsaid склон горы или холма/схил гори
чи пагорба
hint (n) hint намек/натяк
hold (irr. v) hauld 1. держать (в руке)/тримати
(у руці)
2. проводить/проводити
• hold out • протягивать/протягати
hole (n) haul дьіра/діра
homicide (n) 'homisQid убийство/убивство
honest (adj) 'Dnist честный/чесний
honour ' dm 1. (п)честь/честь
2. (v) оказывать честь/робити
честь
hoof(n) hu:f копыто/копито
horror(n) 'Ьэ:гэ ужас/жах
horseman (n) 'ho:sman всадник/вершник
hospitable (adj) 'hDspitabl гостеприимный/гостинний
hospitality (n) hnspi'tasliti гостеприимство/гостинність
host (n) hsust хозяин дома/хазяїн дому
hot-blooded (adj) 'hDt'bUdid вспыльчивый, горячий,
импульсивный/запальний,
гарячий,імпульсивний
however (adv) hau'evs однако/однак
huge (adj) hju:d3 огромный/величезний
hunger (n) 'Ьлг)дэ голод/голод
hunted (adj) 'hAntid загнанный/загнаний
hurricane 'Ьлгікап ураган/ураган
hurry (v) 'Іілгі торопиться/поспішати
438 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Word Transcription Translation


hurt (irr. v) h3:t травмировать, ранить/
травмувати, ранити
hut (n) hAt хижина/хатина

І
I Word Transcription Translation - ^Я І
ice-breaker (n) 'aisbreika ледокол/ криголам
ignorant (adj) 'ignarant невежественный/неосвічений
image (n) 'imid3 образ/образ
imaginary (adj) і'тжсізіпагі воображаемый/уявний
imagination (n) ^ m aed jin 'eijn воображение/уява
imagine (v) I'msecfein представлять себе/уявляти собі
immediately (adv) i'mi:diatli немедленно/негайно
impolite (adj) ,impa'lait невежливый / нечемний
impose (v) im'pauz навязывать (свои взгляды)/
нав’ язувати (свої погляди)
impossible (adj) im'pDSibl невозможно/неможливо
impression (n) im'prejn впечатление/враження
impressive (adj) im'presiv впечатляющий/вражаючий
imprison (v) im'prizn заключать в тюрьму, лишать
свободы/кинути до в’ язниці,
позбавляти волі
• be imprisoned • находиться в заключении/
знаходитися у в 'язниці
impulse (n) 'impAls порыв, импульс/порив, імпульс
inanimate (adj) in'aemmit неодушевленный/неживий
inappropriate (adj) ina'praupriit неподходящий/невідповідний
inch (n) intf дюйм/дюйм
incident (n) 'insidant случай, происшествие, инцидент/
випадок, подія, інцидент
include (v) in'klu:d включать в себя, иметь в составе/
містити в собі, мати в складі
indeed (adv) in'di:d на самом деле, фактически/
насправді, фактично
independent (adj) ,mdi'pendant независимый/незалежний
indicate (v) ,indi'keit указывать / указувати
indifferently (adv) in'difarantli равнодушно, безразлично/
байдуже
indignantly (adv) m'dignantli возмущенно, негодующе/обурено
inevitably (adv) i'nevitabli неизбежно/неминуче
inexperienced (adj) , inik' spirianst неопытный/недосвідчений
inherit (v) m'herit наследовать/успадковувати
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 439

Word ITranscriptionl Translation


inheritance (n) in'heritans наследство/спадщина
inkpot (n) 'iijkpDt чернильница / чорнильниця
innocent (adj) 'inasant невинный/безневинний
inquisitive (adj) in'kwizitiv любознательный, любопытный/
допитливий
inside (prep) in'said внутри/усередені
insist (v) in'sist настаивать/наполягати
inspire (v) in'spaia вдохновлять/надихати
install (v) m'sto:l установить/установити
instant 'instant 1. (п) мгновение/мить
2. (adj) растворимый (кофе)/
розчинна(кава)
3. (adj) мгновенный/миттевий
instead of (prep) in'sted вместо/замість
insufficient (adj) .inso'fijant недостаточньїй/недостатній
intact (adj) in'taekt нетронутый, невредимый/
недоторканий, непошкоджений
intelligent (adj) in'telicfcant умный/розумний
intention (n) m'tenjn намерение/намір
interfere (v) ,inta'fia вмешиваться, мешать/втручатися,
заважати
interpreter(n) in't3:prita переводчик/перекладач
interrupt (v) ,mta'rApt прерывать/переривати
introduce (v) ,intra'dju:s представлять(ся)/
рекомендувати(ся)
invader(n) in'veida захватчик/загарбник
invent (v) tn'vent изобретать/винаходити
invention (n) m'venfn изобретение/винахід
investigation (n) in.vesti'gei/n расследование/розслідування
invincible (adj) in'vinsibl непобедимый/непереможний
invisible (adj) in'vizibl невидимый / невидимий
invite (v) in'vait приглашать/запрошувати
irritate (v) 'iriteit раздражать/дратувати
island (n) 'ailand остров/острів

J
HKk. Word ITranscription Translation
jam (n) djaem сжатие/стиск, стисло
• traffic jam 'traefik'djasm • транспортная пробка/
транспортна пробка
Japanese (adj) ,cfeaepa'ni:z японский/японський
jay (n) <±5ei сойка/сойка
440 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Word ITranscription Translation |


jewellery (n) 'djjuislri драгоценности/коштовності
jinnee (n) 'cfeini джин/джин
join (v) С&ОІП присоединяться/приєднуватися
journey (n) 'сіззіпі поездка, путешествие/поїздка,
подорож
judge(n) 'СІ3 ЛСІ3 судья/суддя
judgement (n) '(feAdbmant 1) приговор/вирок
2) суждение, мнение/судження,
думка
jungle (n) 'сізлпді джунгли/джунглі
just d3ASt 1) (adj) только; только что/
тільки; тільки що
2) (adv) справедливый/
справедливий
justice (n) 'l^AStis справедливость/справедливість
justify (v) 'd$Astifai оправдывать, находить
оправдание/виправдувати,
знаходити виправдання

К
I Word ITranscription! Translation |
keen (adj) ki:n 1. проницательный/проникливий
2. живо интересующийся,
страстно увлекающийся/той,
що жваво цікавиться, жагуче
захоплений
be keen on smth • страстно увлекаться/'жагуче
захоплюватися
kerb (n) кз:Ь обочина, бордюрный камень/
узбіччя, бордюрний камінь
key-hole (n) 'ki:haul замочная скважина/замкова
шпара
kick (v) kik пинать, подбрасывать носком
ноги/підкидати, штовхати
kill (v) kil убивать/вбивати
kin (n) kin родственник/родич
• n,extofkin • ближайший родственник /
найближчий родич
kingdom (n) 'knjdam королевство/королівство
knee (n) ni: колено/коліно
knock (n) nDk стук/стук
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 441

ITranscription I Translation |
knock down (v) сбить с ног, свалить/збити з ніг,
звалити
knowledge (n) 'krmlkfe знания/ знання

L
І Ї Word ITranscription 1 Translation j
label (n) 'leibl ярлык, этикетка/ярлик, етикетка
lack laek 1. (п) недостаток/недолік
2. (v) испытывать недостаток, не
хватать/потребувати нестаток,
не вистачати
land (v) laend приземляться/приземлятися
landing (n) 'lasndiij лестничная площадка/сходова
площадка
landlady (n) 'lsndleidi хозяйка пансиона, сдающая
комнаты/господарка пансіону,
яка здає кімнати
lark (n) la: к жаворонок/жайворонок
last(v) la;st 1. быть достаточным, хватать/
бути достатнім, вистачати
2. длиться, продолжаться/
тривати, продовжуватися
late (adj) leit покойньїй/покійний
Latin (adj) 'laetin (зд.) древнеримский/
давньоримський, староримський
(the) latter (adj) 'laets последний (из двух)/останній
(із двох)
lawnmower (n) 'Ь:п'тзиэ газонокосилка/газонокосарка
lawyer (n) 'bis юрист/юрист
lay (irr. v) lei класть, положить/класти,
покласти
layer (n) Іею слой/шар
lead (n) led свинец/свинець
lead (irr. v) li:d вести (за собой)/вести (за собою)
leaf (n) li:f лист, листик/лист, листочок
lean (irr. v) li:n наклоняться, склоняться,
сгибаться/нахилятися, схилятися,
згинатися
least (adj) li:st самый маленький/найменший
• at least (adv) по крайній мере/принаймні
leave (irr. v) li:v покидать, оставлять, уезжать/
залишати, їхати
442 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Word [Transcription I Translation 1


lecturer (n) 'lektfara лектор/лектор
legal (adj) li:gl законный/законний
legend (n) 'lecfeand легенда/легенда
legendary (adj) Tecfcandari легендарный/легендарний
lend (irr. v) lend давать взаймы/давати в борг
let (irr. v) let позволять, разрешать/дозволяти
• let alone let • не говоря уж е о/не кажучи вже про
liar (n) Taia л гу н ,врун/брехун
librarian (n) lcu'brerian библиотекарь/бібліотекар
lid (n) lid крышка/кришка
lie (v) lai 1. (п) лгать/брехати
2. (irr. v) лежать/лежати
life-boat (n) 'laifbaut спасательная шлюбка/рятувальна
шлюбка
lifeless (adj) 'laiflis безжизненный/безжиттєвий
life-raft (n) Taifra:ft спасательный плот/рятувальний
пліт
light (irr. v) lait зажигать/запалювати
lightning (n) Taitnir) молния/блискавка
limit (n) 'limit предел /межа
lion (n) laian лев/лев
little (adv) 'litl мало/мало
a little немного/небагато, трохи
lock (v) tak запирать на замок/замикати на
замок
lodging (n) 'iDCfeir) жилье/житло
lonely (adj) 'launli одинокий/самотній
look after (v) luk ухаживать, заботиться/доглядати,
піклуватися
look around (v) осматриваться, оглядываться/
оглядатися
look for (v) искать/шукати
look forward to (v) с нетерпением ждать чего-то/з
нетерпінням чекати чогось
lose (irr. v) lu:z терять/втрачати
loss(n) Ids потеря/втрата
• be at a loss • быть в растерянности/бути в
розгубленості
lost (adj) lost 1. потерянный/втрачений
2 . заблудившийся/той, який
заблукав
(be) lucky (adj) 'Іл к і быть удачливым/бути щасливим
luxurious (adj) Ug'zjuarias роскошный/розкішний
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 443

1T ra n s c rip tio n ! T ra n s la tio n н


lyrics (п) ' liriks слова песни/слова пісні

М
1 W o rd [T ra n s c rip tio n !
madness (n) masdnis сумасшествие/божевілля
magic 'mascftik 1. (n) волшебство/чаклунство
2. (adj) волшебньїй/чарівний
magician (n) m as'cftijn волшебник/чарівник
magpie (n) 'т а г д р а ї сорока/сорока
maid (n) meid служанка/служниця
mail meil 1. (п) почта/пошта
2. (v) посылать по почте/
посилати поштою
mainland (n) 'm em land материк/материк
make (irr. v) meik 1. делать, изготовлять/робити,
виготовляти
2. заставлять/примусити
• make up one s • решить, принять решение/
mind вирішити, прийняти рішення
manage (v) 'maenicfe 1. удаваться, справляться/
удаватися, справлятися
2. руководить, управлять/
керувати
manger (n) тж о д э ясли (для скота)/ясла (для худоби)
• dog in the manger • собака на сене/собака на сіні
masterpiece (n) ,m a :sta'p i:s шедевр/шедевр
match (n) mastf 1. спичка/сірник
2. брак/шлюб
3. ровня, пара/рівня, пара
match (v) masf 1. подходить (по цвету)/пасувати
(за кольором)
2. соотносить/співвідносити
matter maets 1. (п)дело/справа
2. (v) иметь значение, значить/
мати значення, значити
mature (adj) m s'tfu s зрелый/зрілий
maze (n) meiz лабиринт/лабіринт
mealtime (n) 'mi:ltcum время приема пищи/час прийому
їжі
mean (irr. v) 1. иметь в виду/мати на увазі
2. значить/означати
mean (adj) mi:n подльїй/підлий
means (pi. n) mi:nz средство/засіб
444 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Ш w o rd I T ra n s c rip tio n T ra n s la tio n


meanwhile (adv) 'mi:nwail тем временем/тим часом
medieval (adj) ,medi'i:vl средневековый/середньовічний
memories (pi. n) 'memariz воспоминания/спогади
memory (n) 'memari память/пам ’ ять
menacing (adj) 'menasir) угрожающий/погрожуючий
mend (v) mend чинить, ремонтировать/лагодити,
ремонтувати
mending (n) 'mendir; ремонт/ремонт
mention (v) 'menjn упоминать/згадувати
mere (adj) mia явный, простой/явний, простий
merit (n) 'merit заслуга, достоинство/заслуга,
достоїнство
merry (adj) 'meri веселый, жизнерадостный/
веселий, життєрадісний
mess (n) mes 1. беспорядок/безладдя
2. неприятность/неприємність
messy (adj) 'mesi неряшливый, грязный/
неохайний,брудний
middle-aged (adj) 'midl'eidjd среднего возраста/середнього віку
midnight (n) 'midnait полночь/північ
midway (adv) 'midwei на полпути/на півдорозі
might (n) mait мощь, сила/міць, сила
mild (adj) maild (зд.) спокойньїй/спокійний
minaret (n) ,mina'ret минарет/мінарет
mind mcund 1. (п) ум, разум; направление
мыслей/розум; напрямок
думок
2. (v) возражать/заперечувати
mine (n) mam прииск/ копальня
• gold mine • золотой прииск/золота копальня
miniature (n) 'minitja миниатюра, миниатюрный
портрет/мініатюра, мініатюрний
портрет
mint mint 1. (п) мята/м’ ята
2. (adj) мятный/м’ятний
miracle (n) 'mirakl чудо/чудо
mirror (n) 'mira зеркало/дзеркало
mischievous (adj) 'mistjivas озорной, непослушный/
бешкетний, неслухняний
miserable (adj) mizarabl жалкий, несчастньїй/жалюгідний,
нещасливий
misery (n) mizari нищета/убогість
misfortune (n) mis'fo: tfn несчастье, неприятность/нещастя,
неприємність
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 445

( T ra n s c rip tio n I Ir a n s la tio n |


miss (v) mis 1. опаздывать, пропускать/
спізнюватися, пропускати
2. скучать, тосковать/тужити
mixture(n) 'mikstfa смесь/суміш
modest (adj) 'mDdist скромный/скромний
monotonous (adj) ms'nDtanas однообразный, монотонный/
одноманітний, монотонний
monotony (n) ma'nDtsni однообразие, монотонность/
одноманітність, монотонність
mood (n) mu:d настроение / настрій
moonlit (adj) 'mu:nlit освещенный светом луны/
освітлений місяцем
mop (v) ггюр вытирать, мыть пол шваброй/
витирати, мити підлогу шваброю
mosquito (n) ms'skiitsu комар; москит/комар; москіт
most (n) 'msust большинство/більшість
motion (v) 'maujn показать жестом, знаком/
показати жестом, знаком
mountain (n) 'mauntin гора/гора
• mountain range reind3 • горная цепь/гірський ланцюг
mourning (n) 'mo:nir) траур/жалоба
moustache (n) m9s'ta:/ усы/вуса
movement (n) 'mu:vmant движение/рух
murder (v) 'm3:d8 убивать/убивати
murderer (n) 'm3:dara убийца/вбивця
muscular (adj) 'mAskjula мускулистый/мускулистий
mutter (v) 'mAta бормотать/бурмотати
mysterious (adj) mis'tirias загадочный, таинственный/
загадковий, таємничий
mystery (n) 'mistari тайна/таємниця

N
і W o rd ІЕ Ш З Ш З Д 1 T ra n sla tio n ШШ
nail (n) neil гвоздь/цвях
nap (v) пжр дремать/дрімати
narrator (n) na'reita рассказчик/оповідач
native (adj) 'neitiv родной/рідний
(the) natives (pi. n) 'neitivz местные жители, коренное
население/місцеві жителі,
корінне населення
naturally (adv) 'naetfarali естественно/природно
naughty (adj) 'no:ti непослушный, балованный/
неслухняний, розпещений
446 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

1. Word 1Transcription! Translation |


n e a r (v ) П1Э п р и б л и ж а т ь ся /н а б л и ж а т и ся
n eat (a d j) ni:t о п р я т н ы й , а к к у р а т н ы й /о х а й н и й ,
а к у р атн и й
n ecessa ry (a d j) 'nesasari н е о б х о д и м ы й /н е о б х ід н и й
n eck (n) nek ш ея , г о р л ы ш к о /ш и я , ш и й к а
n eck la ce (n) 'neklis о ж е р е л ь е /н а м и ст о
need (v ) ni:d н у ж д а т ь с я /б ід у в а т и
n e g a tiv e ly (ad v) 'negativli отр и ц а те л ь н о /за п е р е ч л и в о
n e g le c t (v ) ni'glekt п р ен ебр ега ть, не з а б о т и т ь с я /
зн ев а ж а ти , не п ік л у в а ти ся
n e g o tia te (n) ni'gaufieit в ести п е р е г о в о р ы /в е с т и
п ер егов ор и
n e ig h b o u r h o o d (n ) 'neibahud о к р у г а , с о се д ст в о , о к р е с т н о с т и /
о к р у г а , с у с ід с т в о , о к о л и ц я
• in the • по-соседству/по-сусідству
neighbourhood
n erv ou s (a d j) 'n3:vas н ер в н ы й /н е р в о в и й
n ev erth eless (a d v ) ,neva3a'les тем не м е н е е /п р о т е
n ew com er (n) 'nju:kAma в н овь п р и б ы в ш и й ,
н ов о п р и б ы в ш и й , н ов ы й ч е л о в е к /
зн ов у п р и бу л и й , н ов оп р и бу л а ,
нова л ю ди н а
n iece (n) 'ni:s п л е м я н н и ц а /п л е м ін н и ц я
n ig h tin g a le (n ) 'naitirjgeil с о л о в е й /с о л о в е й
n ig h tm a re (n) 'naitmea н оч н ой к о ш м а р /н іч н и й к ош м а р
n ob le (a d j) 'naubl б л а гор од н ы й /ш л я х е т н и й
n od (v ) nod к и в а ть г о л о в о й /к и в а т и го л о в о ю
n oise (n) noiz ш у м , з в у к /ш у м , зв у к
n oiselessly (a d v) 'noizlisliб е сш у м н о / безш ум н о
n om a d ic (a d j) nau'maedikк о ч е в о й , к о ч у ю щ и й /к о ч о в и й , той
хто кочує
n o n -e x iste n t (a d j) ,nDnig'zistant н е с у щ е ст в у ю щ и й / н еісн у ю ч и й
n on sen se (n ) 'nDnsans ч е п у х а /н іс е н іт н и ц я
n o rth (n) no:9 с е в е р / п івн іч
n o tic e 'nautis 1. (п ) о б ъ я в л е н и е /о б ’ я ва
2. (v ) за м е ч а т ь /п о м іч а т и
n ow a days (a d v) 'natiadeiz в н а стоя щ ее в р е м я /н а ц ей час
n ow h ere (a d v ) 'nan we a н и г д е /н ід е
n u m erou s (a d j) 'nju:maras м н о г о ч и сл е н н ы й /ч и сл е н н и й
n u rse (n) n3:s 1. м е д се с т р а /м е д с е ст р а
2. н я н я /н я н ь к а
n u t (n ) nAt о р е х /г о р іх
• a hard nut to crack • твердый орешек/твердий горішок
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 447

О
Word Transcription T ra n s la tio n
obey (v) a 'b e i слушаться, повиноваться,
подчиняться/слухатися,
коритися, підкорятися
obedient (adj) a'bi:diant послушный/слухняний
object (n) 'Dbcftakt предмет/предмет
observe (v) ab'z3:v наблюдать/спостерігати
obsessed ( a d j) ab'sest одержимый/одержимий
obstinate (adj) 'o b stin it упрямый/упертий
obviously (adv) DbviSSli ясно,очевидно/ясно, очевидно
occasion (n) а'кеізп случай/випадок
occur (v) э'кз: происходить, возникать/
відбуватися, виникати
offend (v) a'fend обижать/кривдити
offer (v) 'Dfa предлагать/пропонувати
oilman (n) 'o ilm an торговец маслом/торговець олією
oily (adj) 'o ili масляный, маслянистый/
масляний, маслянистий
once (adv) WAns один раз, однажды/один раз
• at once • сразу же/відразу ж
(the) opening 'aupenir) премьера/прем’єра
night (n) nait
opinion (n) a 'p in jan мнение/думка
opportunity (n) ,o p a 'tju :n iti возможность/можливість
opposite (prep) 'Dpazit противоположный/протилежний
order 'o:da 1. (п) приказ/наказ
2. (v) приказывать; заказывать/
наказувати; замовляти
• in order to • для того, чтобы/для того, щоб
ordinary (adj) 'o:dinari обычный/звичайний
oriental (adj) ,a:ri'entl восточный/східний
origin (n) 'Dridsin начало, источник,
происхождение/початок, джерело
походження
originally (adv) a 'r id 5in a li первоначально/спочатку
orphan (n) 'a:fan сирота/сирота
otherwise (conj) 'Adaw aiz в противном случае, иначе/
інакше
outline (v) 'a u tla in излагать, обрисовывать/
викладати,обрисовувати
outside (adv) 'au tsa id снаружи, на улице/зовні, на
вулиці
outwit (v) 'au tw it перехитрить, провести/
перехитрити, провести
448 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

W o rd T ra n s c rip tio n T ra n s la tio n


overboard (adv) 'auvstad за борт, за бортом/за борт, за
бортом
overcoat(n) 'auvskaut пальто, верхняя одежда/пальто,
верхній одяг
overexcited (adj) ,auvarik'saitid крайне возбужденный/украй
збуджений
overturn (v) 'auvatsin переворачивать/перевертати
owe (v) эи быть должным/бути в боргу
owl (n) aul сова/сова
own (v) ЭШ1 принадлежать/належати
owner (n) 'эипз владелец, хозяин/власник, хазяїн
oyster (n) 'oista устрица/устриця

Р
li W o rd 1T ra n s c rip tio n
(the) Pacific (ocean) pa'sifik'aujn Тихий океан/Тихий океан
pack (v) paek паковать, паковаться/пакувати,
пакуватися
package(n) paekicfe пакет, сверток/пакет, згорток
pain (n) pein боль/біль
paint (v) peint рисовать, красить/малювати,
фарбувати
palace (n) 'paelis дворец/палац
pale (adj) peil бледный/блідий
parcel (n) 'pa:sl посылка/посилка
parlour (n) 'ра:1э гостиная/вітальня
parrot(n) 'paerst попугай/папуга
part(v) 'pa:t расставаться/розставатися
partially (adv) 'pa:Jali частично/частково
particle (n) 'partikl частица/частка
particular (adj) ps'tikjula особый/особливий
part-time job (n) ,pa:t'taim временная работа/тимчасова
робота
pass(v) pa:s проходить, проходить мимо/
проходити, проходити повз
• pass smth on • передавать что-либо/передавати
що-небудь
paseer-by (n) 'pa:sabai прохожий/перехожий
passion (n) 'pasjn страсть/пристрасть
passionate (adj) 'paejsnit страстный / пристрасний
path (n) pa:0 тропинка, дорожка/стежина,
доріжка
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 449

ianscrlptionl
p a tien ce (n) 'peijans тер п ен и е/т е р п ін н я
p a tien t (a d j) 'peijant с п о к о й н ь ій /с п о к ій н и й

p a tie n tly (a d v ) 'peijantli т е р п е л и в о /т е р п л я че


p a ttern (n) 'paetn о б р а з е ц /з р а з о к
pause (v ) po:z делать п а у зу , о с т а н а в л и в а т ь ся /
р о б и ти п а узу , зу п и н я ти ся
pa vem en t (n ) 'peivmant тр о ту а р ; м о с т о в а я /т р о т у а р ;
б р у к ів к а
p a w p rin t (n ) 'po:print о тп е ч а то к , сл ед л а п ь і/в ід б и т о к ,
сл ід лапи
p e a ce fu lly (a d v ) 'pi:sfuli сп о к о й н о , м и р н о /с п о к ій н о , м и р н о
p ea cock (n) 'р і:кок п а в л и н /п а в и ч
peer (v ) pia п р и ста л ьн о в гл я д ы в а т ь ся /п и л ь н о
вд и в л я ти ся
p e n d a n t(n ) 'pendant к у л о н , п од в еск а , б р е л о к /к у л о н ,
п ід в іск а , бр ел ок
p en in su la (n ) pi'ninsjula п о л у о с т р о в /п ів о с т р ів
pen -nam e (n ) 'penneim л и тер а ту р н ы й п с е в д о н и м /
л ітер а ту р н и й п севд он ім
p e r co la to r (n) 'p3:kaleita к о ф е в а р к а /к а в о в а р к а
p e r fe c t ly (a d v ) 'p3:faktli п р ек р а сн о, п р е в о с х о д н о /
п р ек р а сн о, п р е в о сх о д н о
p e r fo rm (v ) p a fa m в ы сту п а ть , и с п о л н я т ь /в и с т у п а т и ,
ви к он у в а ти
p e r fo rm a n ce (n) pa'fa:mans и гр а, и сп ол н ен и е, п р е д ста в л е н и е /
гра, в и к он а н н я , ви ста ва
p e r fu m e (n) 'p3:fju:m д у х и /п а р ф у м и
p erish (v ) 'perij п оги б а ть , у м и р а т ь /г и н у т и ,
ум и р а ти
perm a n en t (a d j) 'p3:manant п о с т о я н н ы й /п о с т ій н и й
p erm ission (n) pa'mijn ра зр еш ен и е/д о з в іл
persu ad e (v ) pa'sweid угов а р и в а ть , у б е ж д а т ь /у м о в л я т и ,
п ер ек он у ва ти
persu a sive (a d j) pa'sweisiv у б е д и т е л ь н ы й /п е р е к о н л и в и й
pet pet " 1. (п ) д ом а ш н и й л ю б и м е ц /
д ом а ш н ій у л ю бл ен ец ь
2 . (v ) л а с к а т ь /п е с т и т и
p e t a l(n ) 'petl л е п е ст о к /п е л ю с т о к
p e t r o l(n ) 'petral бен зи н , г о р ю ч е е /б е н з и н , пальне
p h a rm a cy (n ) 'fa:masi а п т е к а /а п т е к а
p ick u p (v ) рік п о д н и м а т ь /п ід н ім а т и
p ick les (p i. n) piklz сол ен ь я , сол ен ы е или
м а ри н ова н н ы е о г у р ц ь і/с о л ін н я ;
со л о н і чи м а ри н ова н і о гір к и

15 Short stories with pleasure


450 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

p ic k p o c k e t (n) ,pik'pokit в о р -к а р м а н н и к /к и ш е н ь к о в и й
ЗЛОДІЙ
p ictu re sq u e (a d j) ,piktfa'resk ж и в о п и с н ы й /м а л ь о в н и ч и й
pie (n ) pai п и р о г /п и р іг
p ig e o n (n) 'pkfein г о л у б ь /г о л у б
p ile (n ) pail к у ч а /к у п а
p illo w (n) 'pilau п о д у ш к а /п о д у ш к а
p in (n ) pin бу л а в к а , за к о л к а , б р о ш ь /
ш пилька, брош ка
p in t (n ) paint п и н та (0 ,5 7 л )/п ін т а ( 0 ,5 7 л)
p it y (n ) 'piti ж а л о с т ь /ж а л іс т ь
p la ce (v ) pleis р а зм ещ а ть, к л а сть с т а в и т ь /
р о зм іщ а т и , к л а сти , ста в и ти
• place o f interest • достопримечательность/
визначна пям ятка
pla in (a d j) plein п р о с т о й , о б ы к н о в е н н ы й /п р о с т и й ,
зви ча й н и й
• plain-looking • некрасивый; человек с
непримечательной внешностью/
некрасивий; людина з непримітною
зовнішністю
p la n t (n) pla:nt р а стен и е/р о с л и н а
p la y (n ) plei п ьеса, с п е к т а к л ь /п ’ є са , сп ек та к л ь
p la ym a te (n) 'pleimeit тов а р и щ п о и г р а м /т о в а р и ш по
ігр а х
p la y w rig h t (n ) 'pleirait д р а м а т у р г/д р а м а т у р г
plea (n ) pli: оф и ц и ал ьн ое заявл ен и е в с у д е /
о ф іц ій н а заява у с у д і
p lu g in (v ) рілд в к л ю ч и т ь в р о з е т к у /в к л ю ч а т и в
р о зе т к у
p o in t (v ) paint 1 . у к а зы в а ть (на ч т о -т о )/
у к а зу в а ти (н а щ о с ь )
2 . ц е л и т ь с я /ц іл и т и с я
p o is o n (n ) 'poizn я д /о т р у т а
p o is o n o u s (a d j) 'paiznas я д о в и т ы й /о т р у т н и й , о тр у й н и й
p ok er (v ) 'рэикэ к о ч е р г а /к о ц ю б а
p o lice (n ) pa'lis п о л и ц я /п о л іц ія
p o lite (a d j) pa'lait в е ж л и в ы й /у в іч л и в и й
p o litic ia n (n) ,pDli'tiJn п о л и т и к /п о л іт и к
p o o r ly (a d v) 'puali б е д н о /б ід н о
p o p u la tio n (n ) ,pDpju'leiJn н а сел ен и е/н а сел ен н я
p o r ch (n) po:tf к р ы л ь ц о /г а н о к
p o r t (n ) pa:t п о р т в е й н /п о р т в е й н
p o r te r (n) 'pa:ta п о р т ь є , н о с и л ь щ и к /п о р т ь є , н осій
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 451

p o r tr a it (n ) paitrit п о р т р е т /п о р т р е т
p o s s e s s (v ) pa'zes вл ад еть / в ол од іти
p ossessor (n) pa'zesa об л а д а тел ь/ в л асн и к
p o u n d (n ) paund 1 . ф у н т (д ен еж н а я ед и н и ц а )/ф у н т
(г р о ш о в а о д и н и ц я )
2 . ф у н т (ед и н и ц а в е са )/ф у н т
(од и н и ц я ваги)
p o u r (v ) po: л и т ь /л и т и
• pour out • хлынуть/линути
p o v e r ty (n) 'pDVSti б е д н о ст ь /б ід н іс т ь
p ow er (n ) 'раиэ си л а, м о г у щ е с т в о /с и л а ,
м о г у т н іст ь
p raise (v ) preiz х в а л и т ь /х в а л и т и
p ra y er (n) ргеэ м о л и т в а /м о л и т в а
p re cio u s (a d j) 'prejbs д р а г о ц е н н ь їй /д о р о г о ц ін н и й
p re d a to r (n ) predsts х и щ н и к /х и ж а к
p r e d ic t (v ) pri'dikt п р ед ск а зы в а ть /п р о р о к у в а т и
p r e fe r (v ) pri'f3: п р е д п о ч и та ть /в ід д а в а ти п еревагу
p re fe re n ce (n ) 'prefarans п р ед п оч тен и е/п е р е в а г а
p rescrib e (v ) pri'skraib п р оп и сы в а ть (л е к а р с т в о )/
п р оп и су в а ти (л ік и )
p resen ce (n) 'prezons п р и с у т ст в и е /п р и с у т н іс т ь
press pres 1 . (п ) п р е с с /п р е с
2 . (v ) д ав и ть, н а ж и м а т ь /д а в и т и ,
н ати ск а ти
pressu re (n) 'pre/a д а в л е н и е /т и ск
p reten d (v ) pri'tend 1 . п р и т в о р я т ь ся , делать в и д /
п р и к и д а ти ся , р о б и ти в и гл яд
p re v e n t (v ) pri'vent п р е д о т в р а щ а т ь /за п о б іга т и
p re v io u s (a d j) 'pri:vias п р е д ы д у щ и й /п о п е р е д н ій
p riceless (a d j) 'praislis б есц е н н ы й /б е з ц ін н и й
p rid e (n ) praid г о р д о с т ь /г о р д іс т ь
p r im itiv e (a d j) 'primitiv п р и м и т и в н ь їй /п р и м іт и в н и й
p r iso n e r (n ) 'prizana п л ен н и к , з а к л ю ч е н н ы й /б р а н е ц ь ,
у в ’ я зн ен и й
p riv a te (a d j) 'praivit ч а ст н и й /п р и в а т н и й
p r iv ile g e d (a d j) ' privilidjd п р и в и л еги р ов а н н ы й /
п р и в іл ей ова н и й
p r iz e (n ) praiz п р и з, н а г р а д а /п р и з, н а город а
p rob a b ly (ad v) 'prnbobli в е р о я т н о /ім о в ір н о
p r o fit (n) ^profit п р и б ы л ь, д о х о д /п р и б у т о к , д о х ід
p r o fu s e ly (a d v ) pra'fju:sli об и л ь н о, ч р е з м е р н о /р я с н о ,
н ад м ірн о
p r o h ib it (v ) pra'hibit за п р ещ а ть/з а б о р о н я т и

15 *
452 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

promise 'premis 1. (n) обещание/обіцянка


2. (v) обещать/обіцяти
promising (adj) 'promisirj многообещающий /
багатообіцяючий
pronounce (v) prs'nauns произносить/вимовляти
proof(n) pru:f доказательство/доказ
property (n) 'propsti собственность/власність
propose(v) prs'psuz делать предложение (руки и
сердца)/освідчуватися
proprietor (n) prs'praiata владелец/власник
prospect(n) 'prospakt перспектива/перспектива
protect(v) pre'tekt защищать/захищати
proud (adj) praud гордый/гордий
proudly (adv) 'praudli гордо/гордовито
prove(v) pru:v доказывать/доводити
proverb (n) 'prov3:b пословица/прислів ’ я
provide (v) pra'vaid обеспечивать/забезпечувати
pseudonym (n) 'sju:danim псевдоним/псевдонім
public 'рлЬІік 1. (п) публика/публіка
2. (adj) публичный,
общественньїй/публічний,
суспільний
publish (v) рлЫіJ публиковать/публікувати
puddle (n) pAdl лужа/калюжа
pull (v) pul тащить, тянуть/ тягти
• pull oneself • взять себя в руки/узяти себе у руки
together
• pull up • тормозить/гальмувати
pumpkin (n) 'рлтркіп тыква/гарбуз
punctual (adj) 'pAnktfusl пунктуальный/пункту альний
punish (v) 'рлпі/ наказывать/карати
punishment (n) 'pAniJmant наказание/покарання
pure (adj) pjus чистый/чистий
purple (adj) рз:р! пурпурный, багровый,
фиолетовый, лиловый/пурпурний,
багряний, фіолетовий, ліловий
purpose (n) 'p3:p3s цель/ціль, мета
purr (v) рз: мурлыкать/муркотати
purse (n) p3:s женский кошелек/жіночий
гаманець
push (v) P4f толкать/штовхати
put (irr. v) put класть/класти
put up давать приют, принимать/давати
притулок, приймати
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 453

1 I
• put up with put • смиряться, примиряться с чем-
либо/упокорюватися, примирятися
з чим-небудь
puzzle 'pAzl 1. (п) загадка/загадка
2. (v) ставить в тупик,
озадачивать/ставити в тупик,
спантеличувати

Q
ІІВЯЯЯЯЖИЯл| Translation 1
quality (n) 'kwoliti качество/якість
qualified (adj) 'kwolifaid кваливицированный /
кваліфікований
quantity (n) 'kwDntiti количество/кількість
quarrel 'kworel 1. (іі) ссора/сварка
2. (v )ссориться/сваритися
quarter (n) 'kwo:ts четверть/чверть
queer (adj) kwis странный, чудаковатый/чудний,
чудернацький
quest (n) kwest поиски (приключений)/ пошуки
(пригод)
queue (n) kju: очередь/черга
quick-witted (adj) 'kwik'witid находчивый, остроумный/
винахідливий, дотепний
quiet (adj) 'kwaist тихий, спокойный/тихий,
спокійний
quietly (adv) 'kwaiatli тихо, спокойно/тихо, спокійно
quite (adj) kwait довольно,достаточно/досить

R
t Word Й Translation П
rabbit (n) 'raebit кролик/кролик
race (v) reis мчаться, бросаться, стремительно
нестись/мчатися, кидатися,
стрімко нестись
raft (n) 'ra:ft плот/пліт
railroad (n) 'reilr9ud железная дорога/залізниця
rain cats and dogs лить как из ведра/дощ відром ллє
(v)
rainbow (n) 'reinbau радуга/райдуга
raise (v) reiz поднимать/піднімати
ranch (n) ra;ntf ранчо/ранчо
454 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

rank (v) raer)k располагать по порядку/


розташовувати по порядку
rare (adj) геэ редкий/рідкий
raspberry (n) 'ra:zbsri малина/малина
rather (adj) 'га:8э довольно, отчасти, до некоторой
степени/досить, до деякої міри
raven (n) 'reivn ворон/ворон
reach (v) ri:tj доходить, достигать/доходити,
досягати
reach for ri:t[ • дотягиваться, тянуться/
дотягуватися, тягтися
reaction (n) гі'гек/п реакция/реакція
readily (adv) 'redili с готовностью/охоче
realize (v) 'rialaiz 1. осознавать/усвідомлювати
2. реализовьівать/реалізовувати
reap (v) ri:p жать, пожинать/жати, пожинати
reason (n) "ri:zn причина/причина
reasonable (adj) 'riiznsbl разумный/розумний
rebel(n) 'rebl бунтовщик, повстанец, мятежник,
бунтівник, повстанець,
заколотник
rebel (v) ri'bel бунтовать, протестовать,
восставать/ бунтувати,
протестувати, повставати
rebuilding (n) ri'bildiij перестройка/перебудова
recently (adv) 'rissntli недавно/недавно
reception (n) ri'sepjn прием; регистрация в гостинице/
прийом; реєстрація в готелі
recipe (n) 'resipi рецепт/рецепт
reciting (n) ri'saitiij 1. декламація/декламація
2. сольный концерт/сольний
концерт
recognition (n) ,reks'gnijn узнавание, признание/дізнавання.
визнавання
recognize (v) 'rekagnaiz узнавать/впізнавати
recover (v) гі'клуз выздоравливать/видужувати
redden (v) 'redn краснеть/червоніти
redecorating (n) ri:,deks'reitirj ремонт/ ремонт
red-hot (adj) 'red'hot раскаленный/розпечений
re-echo (v) гі:'екзи отозваться эхом/пролунати,
залунати
reflection (n) ri'flekjn отражение/відображення
refuse (v) ri'fju:z отказываться/відмовлятися
regard (v) ri'ga:d рассматривать/розглядати
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 455

Transcription Г
regiment (n) 'r e d ji m s n t полк/полк
regret (v) r i 'g r e t сожалеть/шкодувати
rehearse(v) r i 'h 3 :s репетировать/ репетирувати
relationship (n) r i 'l e i j n j i p 1. отношение/відношення
2. отношения (между людьми)/
відносини (між людьми)
relative (n) 'r e l s t i v родственник/родич
release (v) r i'H :s освобождать, выпускать на волю/
звільняти, випускати на волю
reliability (n) r i, l a i s 'b i l i t i надежность/надійність
reliable (adj) r i 'l a i s b l надежный/надійний
relief (n) r i 'l i : f облегчение/полегшення
remain (v) r i 'm e i n оставаться/залишатися
remark (v) r i 'm a :k замечать, наблюдать, отмечать/
зауважувати, спостерігати,
відзначати
remarkable (adj) ri'm a :k b l замечательный/чудовий
remind (v) ri'm a in d напоминать / нагадувати
remote (adj) ri'm su t удаленный / віддалений
rent(n) re n t квартирная или арендная плата/
квартирна або орендна плата
repair (n) r i 'p e s ремонт/ремонт
• in bad repair • в плохом состоянии/в поганому стані
repay (v) r i 'p e i отплатить/відплатити
reply (v) r i 'p l a i отвечать/відповідати
reputation (n) ,r e p ju 'te ijn репутация/репутація
rescue (v) 'reskju: спасать/рятувати
resell (irr. v) r i'se l перепродавать/перепродати
reserved (adj) ri'z3:v d сдержанный/стриманий
respect (v) r i'sp e k t уважать / поважати
respectful(adj) ri'spektful вежливый, почтительный/
увічливий, шанобливий
respond (v) r is 'p D n d отвечать/відповідати
response (n) ris'p D n S ответ/відповідь
rest of (n) rest остаток, остальное, остальные/
залишок, інше
restful (adj) 'restful тихий, мирный, успокоительный,
успокаивающий/тихий, мирний,
заспокійливий
restless (adj) 'restlis беспокойный/неспокійний
restoration (n) ,r e s ta 'r e ijn восстановление, реставрация/
відновлення, реставрація
restore (v) ri'sto: реставрировать, восстанавливать/
реставрувати, відновлювати
456 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

retire (v) ri'taia уходить на пенсию/іти на пенсію


reveal (v) ri'vi:l открывать, разоблачать/
відкривати, викривати
revenge (n) ri'vendj месть/помста
revolve (v) ri'volv вращаться/обертатися
reward (n) ri'wo:d награда/нагорода
rid (irr. v) rid избавляться/позбавлятися
• get rid o f избавляться/позбавлятися
ride (irr. v) raid ехать верхом/їхати верхи
ridiculous (adj) ri'dikju:las смешной, нелепьій/смішний,
безглуздий
rifle (n) 'raifl ружье, винтовка/рушниця, }
гвинтівка
ring (n) rir) кольцо/обручка
ring (irr. v) 1. звонить/дзвонити;
2. окружать кольцом/оточувати
кільцем
rise (irr. v) raiz подниматься/підійматися
risky (adj) 'riski рискованный/ризикований
rival (n) 'raivl соперник/суперник
roar гэ: 1. (п) рев/ревіння
2. (v) реветь/ревіти
roast(v) raust жарить/смажити
rob (v) rob грабить/грабувати
robbery (n) 'гоЬэп ограбление/пограбування
robin (n) 'robin малиновка/малинівка
rock (n) rok скала/скеля
rod (n) rod розга, прут/різка, лозина
Roman 'гэитэп римский/римський
roof(n) ru:f крыша/дах
rope (n) rsup веревка/ мотузка
rough (adj) nvf грубый, жестокий; бурный
(о море)/грубий, жорстокий,
бурхливий (про море)
round(n) raund обход/обхід
row (n) гаи ряд/ряд
rubbish (n) 'глЬі/ мусор/сміття
rucksack (n) 'глкваек рюкзак/рюкзак
rude (adj) ru:d грубый/грубий
ruin (v) ru:in разрушать/руйнувати
rule (v) ru:l править, управлять/правити,
керувати
rumor (n) слух, молва, толки/слух,
поголоска, товчи
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 457

Itranscripti bril Translation’............ ~~ ]


rush (v) 'гл/ мчаться, стремительно бросаться/
мчатися, стрімко кидатися
ruthlessly (adv) 'ru:01isli жестоко/жорстоко

sack saek 1. (n) мешок/мішок


2. (v) увольнять с работы/
звільняти з роботи
sacrifice (v) 'saskrifais жертвовать/жертвувати
sad (adj) sasd грустный/ сумний
saddle (v) 'saedl седлать/сідлати
safe serf 1. (п) сейф/сейф
2. (adj) безопасный/безпечний
safe-cracker (n) 'seif,krasks взломщик сейфов/зломщик сейфів
safety (n) ' seifti безопасность/безпека
sail (v) sell плавать/плавати
sailor (n) 'sells моряк, матрос/моряк, матрос
saint(n) seint святой/святий
salary (n) 'saelsri заработная плата/заробітна плата
salesman (n) 'seilzmaen продавец/продавець
same (prep) seim тот же самый, одинаковый/той
самий, однаковий
sand (n) saend песок/пісок
sausage(n) 'so:sidj колбаса/ковбаса
savage 'sa2vid3 1) (п) дикарь, варвар/дикун,
варвар
2) (adj) дикий, первобытный,
свирепый/ дикий, первісний,
лютий
save (v) seiv спасать/рятувати
saviour (n) 'seivis спаситель/рятівник
saw (n) so: пила/пила
scar (n) ska: шрам/шрам
scarf pin (n) 'ska:f pin булавка для галстука/шпилька
для краватки
scary (adj) 'skesri страшный, жуткий/страшний,
моторошний
scatter (v) 'skasta разбрасывать/розкидати
scene (n) si:n сцена/сцена
scent (n) sent запах/запах
scholar (n) 'sknls ученый/вчений
458 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

school master (n) sku:l ma:sts школьный учитель/шкільний


учитель
scold (v) sksuld ругать/лаяти
scoundrel (n) 'skaundral негодяй/негідник
scratch (n) skrsetf царапина/подряпина
scream (v) skri:m кричать, визжать, пронзительно
вопить/кричати, верещати,
пронизливо волати
search S3:tf 1. (п) обыск/обшук
2. (v) искать/шукати
3. (v) обыскивать/обшукувати
seed (n) si:d семя, семечка/сім’ я, насіннячко
seek (irr. v) si:k искать/шукати
seem (v) si:m казаться/здаватися
seize (v) si:z хватать/хапати
select (v) si'lekt выбирать/вибирати
selfish (adj) 'selfij эгоистичный/егоїстичний
selfless (adj) 'selflis самоотверженный, бескорыстный,
неэгоистичный/самовідданий,
безкорисливий, неегоїстичний
self-respecting 'self ri'spektir) уважающий себя/поважаючий
(adj) себе
sense sens чувство/почуття
• sense o f duty 'sens av'djuiti • чувство долга/почуття обоє 'язку
sensible (adj) 'sensibl разумный/розумний
sensitive (adj) 'sensitiv чувствительный/чутливий
sentence(v) 'sentsns приговаривать, выносить
приговор/засуджувати, виносити
вирок
servant(n) s3:vsnt слуга/слуга
serve (v) S3:v обслуживать / обслуговувати
set off (irr. v) set отправиться / відправитися
settle (v) 'setl решать / вірішувати
• settle down • поселяться, обосновываться/
поселятися, улаштовуватися
severe (adj) строгий, суровый/суворий
shabby (adj) 'Jsebi старый, потрепанный,
поношенный/ старий, порваний,
поношений
shadow (n) 'Jaedsu тень/ тінь
shake (irr. v) Jeik трясти;трястись/трясти; трястися
shame (n) Jeim стыд, позор/сором, ганьба
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 459

і wora 1iranscripaor _____________ iransiaaon____________


share (n) Jes доля, часть/частина, частка
share (v) Jes 1. делить/поділяти
2. пользоваться совместно/
користатися спільно
sharp (adj) Ja:P острый/гострий
shave (v) Jeiv бритье/гоління
shelter (n) 'Jelts убежище/притулок
shift (n) Jift рабочая смена/робоча зміна
shine (irr. v) Jam сверкать, сиять/ блискати, сіяти
shiny (adj) 'Jaini блестящий; залоснившийся/
блискучий; лискучий
shipwreck (n) 'Jiprek кораблекрушение/аварія корабля
shoot (irr. v) Ju:t стрелять/стріляти
shop window (n) 'Jbpwindau витрина/ вітрина
shop-works (pi. n) 'Jbpw3:ks завод, фабрика, мастерские/завод,
фабрика, майстерні
shore(n) берег моря/берег моря
shortly (adv) вскоре/незабаром
shot(n) /ft выстрел/постріл
shout fuut 1. (п) крик, возглас/вигук
2. (v) кричать, орать/кричати,
репетувати
show (irr. v) /эи показывать/показувати
• show oneself off • выставлять себя в выгодном свете/
виставляти себе вигідно
shrewd (adj) Jru:d проницательный, умный/
проникливий,розумний
shrink (irr. v) /пг)к садиться (о ткани)/ збігатися (про
тканину)
shrug (v) JrA9
• shrug one's • пожимать плечами/знизувати
shoulders плечима
shudder 'Ads 1. (п) дрожь, содрогание/
тремтіння, здригання
2. ( v ) содрогнуться/здригнутися
shy (adj) Jai застенчивый, робкий/соромливий
боязкий
sigh sai 1. (п)вздох/подих
2. (v) вздьіхать/зітхати
sight (n) salt 1. взгляд/погляд
2. вид/вид
3. достопримечательность/
визначна пам’ ятка
460 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

sign (n) sain 1. знак, признак/знак, ознака


2. рекламная вывеска/рекламна
вивіска
significant (adj) sig'nifikant важный, значительный/
важливий, значний
silent (adj) 'sailant молчаливый/мовчазний
be silent молчать/мовчати
silk (adj) silk ш елковый/ш овковий
silly (adj) 'sili глупый, неразумный/дурний,
нерозумний
silver (n) 'silva серебро / срібло
similar (adj) 'simila похожий, подобный/схожий,
подібний
simple-heartedly 'simpl'ha:tidli простодушно/простодушно
(adv)
since (prep) sins с тех пор/з тих пір
sincere (adj) sin'sia искренний/щирий
single (adj) sirjgi 1. единственный/единий
2. одинокий/самотній
sink sir)k 1. (п) кухонная мойка/кухонна
мийка
2. (irr. v) тонуть/тонути
sip (n) sip глоток/ковток
sir (n) S3: сэр/сер
size (n) saiz размер/розмір
skeleton (n) 'skelatan скелет/кістяк
skilful (adj) 'skilful умелый/ум ілий
skill (n) skil майстерство, умение, навы к/
майстерність, уміння, навик
skin (n) skin кож а/ш кіра
slave (n) sleiv раб/раб
sleepy (adj) 'sli:pi сонный/сонний
sleeve (n) sli:v рукав/рукав
slender (adj) 'slenda стройный/стрункий
slice (n) slais ломтик/скибочка
slide (irr. v) slaid скользить; соскользнуть/сковзати;
зісковзнути
slight (adj) slait легкий /легкий
slip (v) slip скользить/сковзати
• slip o f the tongue • оговорка/обмовка
slow down (v) 'slau'daun замедлить ход/сповільнити хід
smart (adj) sma:t 1. умный, сообразительный/
розумний, кмітливий
2. нарядньга/ошатний
smooth (adj) smu:3 гладкий, ровный/гладкий, рівний
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 461

snooze off (v) snu:z задремать/задрімати


soft (adj) SDft мягкий/м’ який
soft drinks (pi. n) безалкогольные напитки/
безалкогольні напої
sole (n) saul подошва/підошва
solid (adj) 'SD lid твердый/твердий
solution (n) ss'lu:Jn 1. решение/рішення
2. раствор/розчин
solve (v) sdIv решать/вирішувати
somehow (adv) '•sAmhau 1. как-нибудь, почему-то/ як-
небудь, чомусь
2. тем или иным образом, как-то/
тим чи іншим способом, якось
soul(n) ssul душа/душа
sound (n) saund звук/звук
soundly (adv) 'saundli крепко, хорошо/міцно, добре
southern (adj) ' saSii южньїй/південний
sow (irr. v) San сеять/сіяти
spacious (adj) 'speijbs просторный/просторий
Spaniard (n) 'spaeniad испанец/іспанець
Spanish (adj) 'spa en if испанский/іспанський
spare spea 1. (adj) лишний, свободный/
зайвий, вільний
2. (v) жалеть, экономить/
шкодувати, заощаджувати
sparrow (n) spaerau воробей/горобець
species (pi. n) 'spijiz вид, разновидность/вид, різновид
specific (adj) spi'sifik специфический, особый/
специфічний, особливий
speculate (v) 'spekjuleit 1. размышлять/міркувати
2. спекулировать/спекулювати
speed spi:d 1. (п) скорость/швидкість
2. (irr. v) увеличивать скорость/
набирати швидкість
spell (n) spel чары, волшебство/чари,
чарівництво
spend (irr. v) spend 1. тратить/витрачати
2. проводить/ проводити
spider (n) 'spaida паук/ павук
spirit (n) 'spirit дух/дух
in spite of (prep) spait несмотря на/ незважаючи на
splitting (adj) 'splitirj раскалывающий/той, що
розколює
a splitting голова раскалывается/голова
headache тріщить
462 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

1 W o rd I T ra n s c rip tio n I ____________T ra n s la tio n ____________


spoilt (irr. v) spoilt прош. от ‘ spoil’ испорченный/
розпещений; зіпсований
spot(n) SpDt пятно/плям а
• on the spot • на месте/на місці
sprang (irr. v) sprasg прош. от ‘ spring’
spray (n) sprei ветка, побег/гілка, гачок
spread (irr. v) spred распространять/поширювати
spring (irr. v) sprir) выпрыгивать/вистрибувати
spur (v) sp3: пришпоривать (к о н я )/
пришпорювати (коня)
square skwea 1. (п) площадь/майдан
2. (adj) квадратный/квадратний
stable (n) 'steibl коню ш ня/стайня
stairs (pi. n) steaz . ступеньки/сходинки
stale (adj) steil черствый/черствий
stammer (v) 'staema заикаться/заїкатися
starve (v) sta:v голодать, умирать от голода/
голодувати, вмирати з голоду
state (v) steit заявлять, утверждать/заявляти,
стверджувати
statesman (n) 'steitsman государственный деятель/
державний діяч
station (v) 'steijn размещать/розміщувати
steady (adj) 'stedi постоянньїй/постійний
steal (irr. v) sti:l красть, воровать/красти
steaming (adj) 'sti:mir) дымящ ийся/парую чий
step (n) step 1. ш аг/крок
2. ступенька/сходинка
stern (adj) st3:n строгий/ суворий
stick (n) stik палка, трость/ціпок, тростина
stiff (adj) stif жесткий, тугой, неэластичный,
негибкий/твердий. тугий,
нееластичний, негнучкий
still (adj) stil неподвижный/нерухомий
stomach (n) 'sUmak живот, ж елудок/ж ивіт, шлунок
stone (n) staun 1. (п) камень/камінь
2. (adj) каменный/к а м ’яний
store (n) sto: магазин/магазин
stores (pi. n) sta:z запасы/ запаси
storey (n) 'stO:ri этаж/поверх
straight (adj) streit прямой/прямий
stranger (n) 'streindja незнакомый человек, незнакомец
незнайома людина, незнайомець
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 463

straw (n) stro: солома/солома


strawberry (n) 'strabari клубника/полуниця
stream (n) stri:m ручей, небольшая речка/струмок,
невелика річка
street-car (n) 'stri.tka; трамвай/трамвай
stress (v) stres подчеркивать/підкреслювати
stretch (v) stretf протягивать/ протягати
to strike (irr. v) straik 1. ударяться/вдаритися
2. приходить в голову/приходити
в голову
striped (adj) straipt полосатый/смугастий
struggle (v) 'strAgl бороться, сражаться, драться/
битися,боротися
stubborn (adj) 'stAban упрямый/впертий
stumble (v) 'stAmbl споткнуться/спіткнутися
stupid (adj) 'stju:pid глупый/дурний
subjects (pi. n) 'sAbdjskts подданньїе/підданні
substance (n) 'sAbstsns вещ ество/ речовина
suburb (n) 'sAb3:b пригород/пригород
succeed (v) sok'si:d добиваться успеха/домагатися
успіху
success(n) sak'ses успех/успіх
successful (adj) sak'sesful преуспевающий, удачливы й/
процвітаючий, щасливий
suck (v) sAk сосать/смоктати
suddenly (adv) 'sAdnli внезапно/раптово
suffer (v) 'sAfa страдать/страждати
suffering (n) 'sAfarir) страдание/страждання
suggest (v) sa'cfcest предлагать/пропонувати
suicide (n) ' sju:isaid самоубийство/самогубство
suit sju:t 1. (п) костю м/костю м
2. (v) подходить/підходити
suitable (adj) 'sjuitabl подходящ ий/придатний
sunken (adj) 'sArjkan затонувший/затонулий
superstition (n) ,sju:pa'stijn суеверие/ забобон
superstitious (adj) ,sju:pa'stijas суеверный/ марновірний
supply sa'plai 1. (n) запас; снабжение/запас;
постачання
2. (v) снабжать/постачати
suppose (v) sa'pauz предполагать/ припускати
sure (adv) Jua конечно/звичайно
be sure • уверенный, быть уверенным
упевнений, бути впевненим
surface (n) 's3:fis поверхность/поверхня
464 SHORT STORIES W ITH PLEASURE

Г W o rd IT ra n s c rip tio n I T ra n s la tio n id


surround (v) sa'raund окружать/оточувати
survive (v) ss vaiv остаться в живых, выжить,
спастись/залишитися у живих,
вижити, врятуватися
suspect(n) 'sAspskt подозреваемый/підозрюваний
suspect(v) sas'pskt подозревать/підозрювати
suspense(n) ss'spens напряженный интерес/
напружений інтерес
suspicious (adj) ss'spijas подозрительный/ підозрілий
suspiciously (adv) ss'spifasli подозрительно, с подозрением/
підозріло, з підозрою
swallow 'swolau 1. (п) ласточка/ластівка
2. (v )глотать/ковтати
swear (irr. v) swea 1. клясться/клястися
2. ругаться/лаятися
sweat swet 1. (п) пот/піт
2. (v) потеть/пітніти
sweet swi:t 1. (п)конфета/цукерка
2. (adj) сладкий/солодкий
swiftly (adv) 'swiftli быстро/ швидко
swindler (n) 'swindta негодяй, мошенник/негідник,
шахрай
Swiss (adj) swis швейцарский/швейцарський
swore (irr. v) SWO: прош. от ‘swear’
sympathetic (adj) ,simp9'0etik полный сочувствия/повний
співчуття
synopsis і 'sinopsis краткое содержание предыдущих
глав/короткий зміст попередніх
глав

Т
L Word T ra n s c rip tio n T ra n s la tio n |
tackle (n) 'taekl инструмент, прибор,
принадлежности/інструмент,
прилад, приналежності
tact (n) taekt такт/такт
take smb on (v) принимать на работу/приймати на
роботу
talentless (adj) 'taebntlis бездарный/бездарний
talkative (adj) 'to:kotiv разговорчивый/бал акучий
tall (adj) ta:l высокий/високий
tame (v) teim приручать/приручати
tap (n) taep легкий удар/легкий удар
taste (n) 'teist вкус/смак
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 465

"W o rd " T ra n s c rip tio n ! T ra n s la tio n


tasteless (adj) 'teistlis безвкусный/несмачний
tasty (adj) 'teisti вкусный/смачний
tattoo ( n) ta'tu: татуировка/татуювання
tea shop (n) ti:Jop кафе, чайная/кафе, чайна
tear (n) tie слеза/сльоза
tear (irr. v) tea рвать/рвати
teeth (pi. n) ti:0 множ, от ‘tooth’ зубы/зуби
temper (n) 'temps 1) нрав, характер/вдача, характер
2) настроение/настрій
temporary (adj) Чешрэгэп временный/тимчасовий
tempt (v) tempt искушать, соблазнять/спокушати
tension (n) 'tenfn напряжение/напруження
terribly (adv) 'teribli ужасно/жахливо
test (v) test проверять, тестировать/
перевіряти, тестувати
theft (n) 0eft кража/крадіжка
therefore (adv) 'Sesfo: поэтому, следовательно/тому,
отже
thick (adj) O ik толстый/товстий
thief (n) 0i:f вор, грабитель/злодій, грабіжник
thirst(n) 03:st жажда/жага
thorough (adj) '0ЛГЭ тщательный/ретельний
though (conj) бэи хотя/хоча
thought (n) 00: t мысль/думка
thoughtfully (adv) '0D:tfuli задумчиво / задумливо
threat(n) 0ret угроза/загроза
threaten (v) 'Oretn угрожать/погрожувати,
загрожувати
threw (irr. v) 0ru: прош. от ‘throw’
thrill (v) 0ГІ1 возбуждать/збуджувати
throat(n) 0raut горло/горло
through (prep) 0ru: через/через
throw (irr. v) 0ГЭ1) бросать, швырять/кидати,
шпурляти
thrust(v) 0rASt толкать, совать, засовывать/
штовхати, сунути, засовувати
thunder (n) '0Ands гром/грім
thunderous (adj) '0Andaras громоподобный/громоподібний
thus (adv) dAS таким образом/таким чином
tick (v) tik отмечать галочкой/ відмічати
галочкой
tie (v) tai привязывать, завязывать/
прив’язувати, зав’ язувати
466 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

time (v) рассчитывать время/


розраховувати час
• on time (adv) • вовремя/вчасно
tiny (adj) 't a i n i крошечный/крихітний
tire (v) 't a i a утомлять, утомляться/
стомлювати, стомлюватися
tissue (n) 't i s j u v 't i j j u : 1. ткань/тканина
2. бумажный носовой платок или
салфетка/паперовий носовичок
чи серветка
title (n) 't a i t l название; титул/назва; титул
tolerant (adj) 't o l e r a n t терпеливый/терпимий
tool (n) tu :l инструмент / інструмент
tore (irr. v) to: прош. от ‘tear’
torn (irr. v) to m прош. причастие от ‘tear’
tornado (n) to :'n e id a u торнадо/торнадо
touch (v) tAtf касаться/торкатися
tough (adj) Uf жесткий, грубый/жорстокий,
грубий
tournament (n) 't u a n a m a n t соревнование, состязание/
змагання
towards (prep) ta 'w o :d z к, по направлению к/до, у
напрямку до
towel (n) 't a u a l полотенце/рушник
tower (n) 't a u a башня/вежа
track (n) traek след/слід
trader (n) 't r e i d a торговец/торговець
traffic (n) 'tr a e fik дорожное движение/дорожній рух
traffic warden (n) 'traefik 'w o :d n офицер дорожной полиции/офіцер
дорожньої поліції
trait (n) tr e it черта лица, характера/риса
обличчя,вдачі
traitor (n) 't r e i t a предатель/зрадник
tramp traemp 1. (п)бродяга/бродяга
2. (v) наступать ногой/наступати
ногою
tray (n) tre i поднос/таця
treasure (n) 'treja 1. клад/скарб
2. сокровище/скарб
treasure hunt (n) 't r e 3 a 'h A n t поиск сокровищ/пошук скарбів
treat (v) t r i:t обращаться, обходиться/
обходитися
treatment (n) 't r i .t m a n t 1. лечение/лікування
2. обращение, обхождение/
обходження
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 467

1T ra n s c rip tio n ! T ra n s la tio n !


tremble (v) 'tre m b l дрожать/тремтіти
trend (n) trend общее направление, тенденция/
загальний напрям, тенденція
trial(n) 'tr a is l судебное разбирательство/судовий
розгляд
tribe (n) tra ib племя/плем’я
trick trik 1. (п) трюк, хитрость, обман/
трюк, хитрощі, обман
2. (v) добиться обманом/
домогтися обманом
trifle (n) tra ifl 1) мелочь, пустяк/дрібниця
2) бисквит/бісквіт
troops (pi. n) tru:ps войска/війська
trophy (n) 'trsu fi спортивный приз, награда/
спортивний приз, нагорода
trousers (pi. n) 'trauzaz брюки/штани
true (adj) tru: верный, преданньїй/вірний,
відданий
trunk (n) trAijk 1) ствол дерева/стовбур дерева
2) чемодан/валіза
trust(n) trASt доверие/довіра
tsunami (n) tsu'na:m i цунами/цунамі
tumble down (v) 'tAm bl разрушаться, превращаться
в руины/руйнуватися,
перетворюватися в руїни
turban (n) 't3:ban тюрбан/тюрбан
turn (n) t3:n 1. очередь/черга
2. смена/зміна
turned-up (adj) 't3:nd'Ap курносый (нос)/кирпатий (ніс)
turret(n) 'tA rit башня/вежа
twice (adv) tw ais дваждьі/двічі
typewritten (adj) 'ta ip r itn напечатанный на пишущей
машинке/надрукований на
друкарській машинці
typhoon (n) ta i'fu :n тайфун/тайфун
tyre (n) taia шина
• flat tyre • спущенное колесо, пробитая шина/
спущене колесо, пробита шина

U
I W o rd ( T r a n s c r ip tio n 1 T ra n s la tio n
ugly (adj) лдіі уродливый, некрасивый/
виродливий, некрасивий
unable (adj) лп'еіЬІ неспособный/нездатний
468 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

in scrip
unattended (adj) ,Ans'tendid без присмотра/без догляду
unbelievable (adj) >nbi'li:vabl невероятны й/не ймовірний
unbutton (v) An'bAtn расстегивать/розстібати
uncertain (adj) An's3:tn неуверенный/невпевнений
unconscious (adj) An'kDnJas без сознания/непритомний
underclothes (pi. n) Ando'klsudz нижнее белье/спідня білизна
underground (n) Andsgraund 1. подземелье/підземелля
2. подполье/підпілля
3. подземная железная дорога,
метро/підземна залізниця,
метро
underline (v) 'Andalain подчеркивать/ підкреслювати
underneath (adv) ,Anda'ni:0 внизу, ниже/ унизу, нижче
undertake (irr. v) ,Ands'teik браться, взяться; предпринимать/
братися, узятися; починати
undetectable (adj) .Anda'tektibl необнаруживаемый/той, якого не
можна знайти
undo (irr. v) An'du: расстегивать/розстібати
undress (v) An'dres раздеваться/роздягатися
uneasy (adj) An'i:zi неловкий, смущенный/
неспритний, збентежений
unexpectedly (adv) ,Anik'spektidli неожиданно/зненацька
unfold (v) An'fauld разворачивать, раскрывать/
розгортати, розкривати
unfortunately (adv) An'fo:tfunitli к несчастью/на нещастя
ungrateful (adj) A n 'g r e itfu l неблагодарный/невдячний
unhealthy (adj) An'helGi нездоровый/нездоровий
unhesitatingly A n 'h e z it e itir jli решительно, без колебаний/
(adv) рішуче, без коливань
unintelligible M i i n 't e l i d p b i неразборчивьій/нерозбірливий
unlighted (adj) A n 'la itid неосвещенный/неосвітлений
unlike (adj) A n 'la ik в отличие от/на відміну від
unpaid (adj) An'peid неоплаченный/неоплачений
unreasonable (adj) An'riizsnsbl неразумный/ нерозумний
unscratched (adj) An'skraetft без единой царапины/без єдиної
подряпини
unwilling (adj) A n 'w illl} нежелающий, несклонный,
нерасположенный/ небажаючий,
несхильний
unwillingly (adv) An'wilujli неохотно/неохоче
upbringing (n) лр'Ьгіщг) воспитание/виховання
upper (adj) лрэ верхний/верхній
uproot (v) Ap'ru:t вырывать с корнем/виривати з
корінням
upset (adj) Ap'set расстроенный/розстроений
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 469

T ra n s c rip tio n ! T ra n s la tio n


upside down (adv) Apsaid'daun вверх ногами/угору ногами,
шкереберть
upstairs (adv) A p 's te a z наверху/нагорі
use (v) ju :z пользоваться/користуваться
useless (adj) 'ju :s li s бесполезный/марний

vacation (n) v a 'k e ijn каникулы, отпуск/канікули,


відпустка
vacuum-cleaner (n) 'v s k ju m 'kli: пэ пылесос/пилосос
vaguely (adv) 'v e ig li смутно, неясно, неотчетливо/
смутно, неясно, нечітко
vain (adj) 1. тщетный, напрасный,
бесполезный/марний,
даремний
2. тщеславный/марнолюбний
in vain (adv) • напрасно/дарма
valley (n) 'vseli (горная) долинаДгірська) долина
valuable (adj) 'vasljusbl ценньїй/цінний, коштовний
value (v) 'vaslju: ценить/цінити
vanish (v) 'v s n i / исчезать / зникати
variety (n) v s'ra is ti разнообразие/різноманітність
vast (adj) va:st обширный/великий
vehicle (n) 'vi:ik l сухопутное средство для
передвижения и перевозок/
сухопутний засіб для пересування
і перевезень
veil (n) veil вуаль/вуаль
vice (n) vais порок,зло/порок,зло

victim (n) 'vik tim жертва/жертва


victory (n) 'vik tsri победа/перемога
vju: 1. (п) вид; взгляд/вид; погляд,
думка
2. (v) смотреть, рассматривать/
розглядати, дивитися
violence (n) vaislsn s насилие/насильство
violently (adv) 'va ista n tli с сил ой/щосили
violin (n) ,v a ia 'lin скрипка/скрипка
virulent (adj) 'virulant опасный/небезпечний
visible (adj) 'vizibl видимый / видимий
volcano (n) vD l'keinsu вулкан/вулкан
470 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

volunteer (v) ,V D b n 't I 9 добровольно предлагать свою


помощь/добровільно пропонувати
свою допомогу
vow (v) vau клясться/клястися, присягатися
voyage(n) 'v o n d j морское путешествие/морська
подорож
vulnerable (adj) 'улІпягаЬІ уязвимый, ранимый/уразливий,
ранимий

waist (n) weist талия/талія


wages (pi. n) 'w e id jiz заработная плата/заробітна плата
wallet (n) 'w o:lit бумажник/гаманець
wardrobe (n) 'w ordrsub платяной шкаф/платяна шафа
warn (v) worn предупреждать/попереджувати
warrior (n) 'w o r ia воин/воїн
wash away (v) ' wdJ 3'wei смывать/змивати
waste (v) weist терять, тратить, расточать/губити,
марнувати
watch for (v) WDtf высматривать, выслеживать,
подкарауливать/виглядати,
вистежувати, підстерігати
watchful (adj) 'wDtfful внимательный, наблюдательный/
уважний, спостережливий
water-pipe (n) 'wsitspaip водосточная труба/ринва
wave w eiv 1. (п)волна/хвиля
2. (v) махать/махати
wax (adj) waeks восковой/восковий
way (n) weі способ/засіб
weak (adj) wi:k слабый/слабкий
wealthy (adj) 'welGi богатый/ багатий, заможний
weapon (n) 'w e p a n оружие/зброя
wear (irr. v) wea носить (об одежде)/носити (про
одяг)
weary (adj) 'w e sr i усталый, утомленный/утомлений,
стомлений
wed (v) wed жениться/женитися
wedded wife • законная жена/законна дружина
wedding (n) 'w e d iij свадьба/весілля
weep (irr. v) w i:p плакать/плакати
weigh (v) wei весить, взвешивать/важити,
зважувати
weight (n) weit вес/вага
APPENDIX: VOCABULARY 471

on: T ra n s la tio n ““ 1
welcome (v) 'welkam радушно пригласить/радо
запросити
well-kept (adj) 'wel'kept хорошо-ухоженный/гарно-
доглянутий
whatever (adv) wo'teva какой бы ни; какой бы ни было/
який би ні; який би не було
wheat (n) wi:t пшеница/пшениця
whereas (adv) wear'aez тогда как/тим часом
while (adv) wail в то время, как; пока/у той час,
як;поки
whip (v) wip сечь, пороть, хлестать розгами/
сікти, пороти, хльостати різками
whisper (v) 'wisps шептать/шепотіти
whistle (v) wisl свистеть/свистіти
whole (adj) haul цельїй/цілий
widow (n) 'widau вдова/удова
wild (adj) waild дикий/дикий
in the wild • на воле, на свободе; в глухих
местах/на волі; у глухих місцях
will (n) wil 1. завещание/заповіт
2. сила воли/сила волі
willingly (adv) 'wilirjli охотно/охоче
willpower (n) 'wilpaua сила воли/сила волі
win (irr. v) win завоевать, победить/завоювати,
перемогти
wink (n) wirjk подмигивание/підморгування
winner (n) 'wins победитель/переможець
wipe (v) waip вытирать/витирати
wiper(n) 'waips стеклоочиститель, дворник/
склоочисник, двірник
wisdom (n) 'wizdam мудрость/мудрість
wise (adj) waiz мудрый/мудрий
wish (n) wij желание/бажання
wit (n) wit смекалка, остроумие/кмітливість,
дотепність
within (adv) wi'Sin внутри, в пределах/усередині, в
межах
without (adv) wi'3aut без/без
witness (v) 'witnis быть свидетелем/бути свідком
witty (adj) 'witi остроумный /дотепний
wonder 'wAnda 1. (п)чудо/чудо
2. (v) удивляться, интересоваться/
дивуватися, цікавитися
woodcutter (n) 'wud.kAta дровосек/дроворуб
472 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Г ~ Word |Transcription! Translation " |


wooden (adj) wudn деревянный/дерев’ яний
woodpecker (n) 'wud,peka дятел/дятел
work box (n) 'w3:k 'b D k s рабочая ш катулка/робоча
скринька
work out (v) W3:k разрабатывать (план)/розробляти
(план)
worm (n) W3:m червяк/черв ’ як
worn (irr. v) wo:n прош. от ‘ wear’ поношенный,
залоснившийся/лискучий,
заяложений
worst (adj) W3:st наихудший / найгірший
worth (adj) W3:0 стоящий/вартий
• be worth doing • быть стоящим что-то сделать/
smth бути вартим зробити щось
worthless (adj) 'w3:01is бесполезный/марний
worthwhile (adj) 'w 3:0w a il стоящий/вартий
wound(n) wu:nd рана/рана
wrap (v) rasp заворачивать / загортати
wrapping (n) 'гжрщ обертка/обгортка
• sweet wrapping конфетная обертка/цукеркова
обгортка
wreckage (n) 'rekidj обломки (кораблекрушения)/
уламки (аварії корабля)
wrist (n) rist запястье/зап’ ястя

Z
[ ___W o rd ___ |Transcription!_______ __ Translation__________J
zero (n) ноль/нуль
APPENDIX: IRREGULAR VERBS
In fin itiv e P a st P ast P re se n t T ra n sla tio n
In d e fin ite P a rtic ip le P a rtic ip le
to arise arose arisen arising подниматься,
возникать/
підніматися,
виникати
to awake awoke, awoke, awaking будить,
awaked awoken просыпаться/
будити,просипатися
to be was, were been being быть, находиться/
бути,знаходитися
to bear bore bom , borne bearing выносить, терпеть,
рожать, рождаться/
виносити,
терпіти, родити,
народжуватися
to beat beat beaten beating бить/бити
to become became become becoming становиться/ставати
to begin began begun beginning начинать/починати
to bend bent bent, bended bending гнуть,сгибать/
гнути,згинати
to bet bet, betted bet, betted betting спорить, держать
пари/сперечатися,
тримати парі
to bind bound bound binding связывать, вязать,
переплетать/
зв’язувати, в’язати,
переплітати
to bite bit bit, bitten biting кусать/кусати
to bleed bled bled bleeding кровоточить/
кровоточити
to blow blew blown blowing дуть/дути
to break broke broken breaking ломать/ламати
to breed bred bred breeding выращивать,
выводить породу/
вирощувати,
виводити породу
to bring brought brought bringing приносить,
приводить/
приносити,
приводити
to broadcast broadcast broadcast broadcasting транслировать
по радио, ТВ/
транслювати по
радіо, ТБ
to build built built building строить/будувати
474 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Infinitive Past Past Present Translation


Indefinite Participle Participle
to burn burnt, burnt, burning жечь, гореть/
burned burned палити, горіти
to burst burst burst bursting взрываться,
разражаться
(смехом), лопаться/
вибухати,вибухати
(сміхом), лопатися
to buy bought bought buying покупать/купувати
to catch caught caught catching ловить, хватать/
ловити,вистачати
to choose chose chosen choosing выбирать/вибирати
to come came come coming приходить/
приходити
to cost cost cost costing стоить/коштувати
to creep crept crept creeping ползти/повзти
to cut cut cut cutting резать/різати
to deal dealt dealt dealing иметь дело/мати
справу
to dig dug dug digging копать/копати
to do did done doing делать/робити
to draw drew drawn drawing рисовать; тащить/
малювати; тягти
to dream dreamt, dreamt, dreaming мечтать/мріяти
dreamed dreamed
to drink drank drunk drinking пить/пити
to drive drove driven driving ехать на машине,
вести, гнать/їхати
на машині, вести,
гнати
to dwell dwelt dwelt dwelling жить, обитать,
останавливаться /
жити, зупинятися
to eat ate eaten eating кушать, есть/їсти
to fall fell fallen falling падать/падати
to feed fed fed feeding кормить/годувати
to feel felt felt feeling чувствовать/
почувати
to fight fought fought fighting драться,бороться,
сражаться/битися,
бороти(ся)
to find found found finding находить/знаходити
to flee fled fled fleeing спасаться бегством/
рятуватися втечею
APPENDIX: IRREGULAR VERBS 475

In fin itiv e P ast P ast P re s e n t T ra n sla tio n


In d e fin ite P a rtic ip le P a rtic ip le
to fly flew flown flying летать/літати
to forbid forbade, forbidden forbidding запрещать/
forbad забороняти
to forecast forecast, forecast, forecasting предсказывать
forecasted forecasted (погоду)/
прогнозувати
to foresee foresaw foreseen foreseeing предвидеть/
передбачати
to foretell foretold foretold foretelling предсказывать/
пророкувати
to forget forgot forgotten forgetting забывать/забувати
to forgive forgave forgiven forgiving прощать/прощати
to freeze froze frozen freezing мерзнуть,
замораживать /
мерзнути,
заморожувати
to get got got getting получать/
одержувати
to give gave given giving давать/давати
to go went gone going идти,ходить/йти,
ходити
to grow grew grown growing растить,
выращивать/
ростити, вирощувати
to hang hung, hung, hanging вешать, висеть/
hanged hanged вішати, висіти
to have had had having иметь/мати
to hear heard heard hearing слышать/чути
to hide hid hidden hiding прятать/ховати
to hit hit hit hitting ударять, попадать
(в цель)/ударяти,
попадати (у ціль)
to hold held held holding держать (в руке),
проводить/тримати
(у руці), проводити
to hurt hurt hurt hurting причинять боль/
заподіювати біль
to keep kept kept keeping хранить/зберігати
to knit knit, knitted knit, knitted knitting вязать (на спицах)/
плести
to know knew known knowing знать/знати
to lay laid laid laying класть, накрывать
на стол/класти,
накривати на стіл
476 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

In fin itiv e P a st P ast P re s e n t T ra n sla tio n


In d e fin ite P a rtic ip le P a rticip le
to lead led led leading вести за собой/вести
за собою
to lean leant, leaned leant; leaned leaning опираться,
прислоняться/
обпиратися,
притулитися
to learn learnt, learnt, learning учить, изучать/
learned learned учити,вивчати
to leave left left leaving уходить, уезжать,
оставлять/іти, їхати,
залишати
to lend lent lent lending давать взаймы,
одалживать/давати
в борг, позичати
to let let let letting позволять,сдавать
квартиру/дозволяти,
здавати квартиру
to lie lay lain lying лежать/лежати
to light lit, lighted lit, lighted lighting светить, освещать/
світити, освітлювати
to lose lost lost losing терять/втрачати
to make made made making делать, изготовлять/
робити,виготовляти
to mean meant meant meaning значить, иметь
значение/значити,
мати значення
to meet met met meeting встречать/зустрічати
to mislead misled misled misleading вводить в
заблуждение/
вводити в оману
to mow mowed mown, mowing косить/косити
mowed
to overcome overcame overcome overcoming преодолевать/
переборювати
to oversleep overslept overslept oversleeping просыпать/
просипати
to pay paid paid paying платить/ платити
to put put put putting класть, ставить/
класти, ставити
to read read read reading читать/читати
to resell resold resold reselling перепродавать/
перепродавати
to retell retold retold retelling пересказывать/
переказувати
APPENDIX: IRREGULAR VERBS 477

In fin itiv e P ast P a st P re se n t T ra n sla tio n


In d e fin ite P a rtic ip le P a rtic ip le
to rid rid, ridded rid, ridded ridding избавляться/
рятуватися
to ride rode ridden riding ездить верхом/
їздити верхи
to ring rang rung ringing звонить/дзвонити
to rise rose risen rising подниматься/
підніматися
to run ran run running бегать, бежать/
бігати, бігти
to say said said saying говорить,сказать/
говорити, сказати
to see saw seen seeing видеть/бачити
to seek sought sought seeking искать/ш укати
to sell sold sold Celling продавать/продавати
to send sent sent sending посылать/посилати
to set set set setting устанавливать/
установлювати
to sew sewed sewed, sewn sewing шить/шити
to shake shook shaken shaking трясти/трясти
to shine shone shone shining светить/світити
to shoot shot shot shooting стрелять/стріляти
to show showed shown, showing показывать/
showed показувати
to shrink shrank shrunk shrinking сокращаться,
садиться(об
одежде)/
скорочуватися,
збігатися (про одяг)
to shut shut shut shutting закрывать/
закривати
to sing sang sung singing петь/співати
to sink sank sunk sinking погружаться (в
воду); тонуть/
занурюватися (у
воду); тонути
to sit sat sat sitting сидеть/сидіти
to slide slid slid sliding скользить/
ковзатися
to sleep slept slept sleeping спать/спати
to smell smelt, smelt, smelling пахнуть, нюхать/
smelled smelled пахнути, нюхати
to sow sowed sowed, sown sowing сеять/сіяти
478 SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE

Infinitive Past Past Present Translation


Indefinite Participle Participle
to speak spoke spoken speaking говорить,
разговаривать/
говорити,
розмовляти
to speed sped, sped, speeding ускорять, спешить/
speeded speeded прискорювати,
поспішати
to spell spelt, spelled spell, spelled spelling писать, произносить
по буквам/писати,
вимовляти по буквах
to spend spent spent spending тратить (время,
деньги), проводить
(время)/витрачати
(час, гроші),
проводити (час)
to spill spilt, spilled spilt, spilled spilling проливать/
проливати
to split split split splitting расщеплять/
розщеплювати
to spoil spoilt, spoilt, spoiling портить/псувати
spoiled spoiled
to spread spread spread spreading распространять/
поширювати
to spring sprang sprung springing выпрыгивать,
распрямляться
(о пружине)/
вистрибувати,
розпрямлятися (про
пружину)
to stand stood stood standing стоять/стояти
to steal stole stolen stealing красть, воровать/
красти
to stick stuck stuck sticking приклеивать,
застревать/
приклеювати,
застрявати
to sting stung stung stinging жалить/жалити
to stink stank stunk stinking дурно пахнуть/
погано пахнути
to strike struck struck striking наносить удар;
бастовать/завдавати
удару;страйкувати
to swear swore sworn swearing клясться, ругаться/
клястися, лаятися
APPENDIX: IRREGULAR VERBS 479

In fin itiv e P ast P ast P re s e n t T ra n sla tio n


In d e fin ite P a rtic ip le P a rticip le
to sweep swept swept sweeping подметать/підмітати
to swell swelled swollen, swelling наливаться,
swelled отекать/наливатися,
набрякати
to swim swam swum swimming плавать/плавати
to take took taken taking брать, взять,вести,
нести/брати,узяти,
вести, нести
to teach taught taught teaching учить, преподавать/
учити, викладати
to tear tore torn tearing рвать/рвати
to tell told told telling рассказывать/
розповідати
to think thought thought thinking думать/думати
to throw threw thrown throwing бросать, швырять/
кидати, шпурляти
to understand understood understood understanding понимать/розуміти
to undertake undertook undertaken undertaking браться, пред­
принимать/
братися,починати
to undo undid undone undoing расстегивать/
розстібати
to upset upset upset upsetting расстраивать,
опрокидывать /
розбудовувати,
перекидати
to wake woke, woken, waking будить, про-
waked waked сыпаться/будити,
просипатися
to wear wore worn wearing носить (об одежде)/
носити (про одяг)
to weep wept wept weeping плакать, рыдать/
плакати, ридати
to win won won winning побеждать/
перемагати
to wind wound wound winding виться, извиваться;
заводить (часы)/
витися,звиватися;
заводити (годинник)
to write wrote written writing писать/писати
Навчальне видання Short stories with pleasure.
Pre-Interm ediate level.
Teacher’ s book

Авторський колектив: Наталія Василівна Тучина


Тетяна Костянтинівна
М еркулова
Віра Сергіївна Кузьміна

Продюсер проекту О. В. Симоненко


Головний редактор Д. В. Маркое
Зав. редакції О. в. Вікторова
Редактор Е. г. Паповянц
Коректор І. в. Іваніга
Комп’ ютерне макетування к. О. Найпак
Художнє оформлення є. о. Бондар
Аудіозапис В. с. Поліна
Г. с. Фоміна

Свідоцтво про внесення суб’єкта видавничої справи


до державного реєстру видавців, виготівників та розпов­
сюджувачів видавничої продукції ДК № 1723 від 23.03.2004

Підписано до друку 22.05.2009


Формат 8 4 x 1 0 8 /3 2 Друк офсетний
Папір типографський Гарнітура SchoolBookC
Обл.-вид. арк. 24,38 + 0,36 Ум. друк. арк. 25,2 + 0,42
Наклад 3000 прим. Зам. № 9-0855

ЗАТ «Національний книжковий проект»,


вул. Сім’ ї Сосніних, 3, м. Київ, 03680,
(044) 2 7 3 571 6,(044) 2735718

Віддруковано у ВАТ «Харківська книжкова фабрика “ Глобус” »


61012, Харків, вул. Енгельса, 11.
Свідоцтво ДК № 2891 від 04.07.2007 р.
www. globus-book. com
SHORT STORIES WITH PLEASURE
Pre-Intermediate level (A 2) is the
first in a three-level series.

Its key features include:

• D iv e r s it y o f s t o r ie s
• S y s t e m a t ic v o c a b u la r y w o r k
• I n t e g r a t e d d e v e lo p m e n t o f r e a d in g a n d s p e a k in g s k ills
• S p e c ia l e m p h a s is o n s t o r y t e llin g
• I n t e r a c t iv e ta s k s
• F u n a c t iv it ie s

The Teacher's Book contains keys to Student's Book activities, photocopi-


able materials, extra input sections, some useful tips and instructions for
the teacher.

N avig ator ISBN 978-966-339-829-7

You might also like